| Entries |
| Document | Title | Date |
|---|
| 20080198757 | MECHANISM AND SYSTEM FOR PROGRAMMABLE MEASUREMENT OF AGGREGATE METRICS FROM A DYNAMIC SET OF NODES - A method for measuring performance of system. The method includes the steps of retrieving a metric definition from a declarative metrics specification, obtaining a list of computing nodes from a database that are currently assigned to the metric definition, obtaining resource data provided by the computing nodes in the list of computing nodes and determining the metric of system performance based on the metric definition and the resource data. The computing nodes in the list of computing nodes are nodes of a cluster of nodes having a dynamically varying node count. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080198758 | Communication Monitoring Apparatus, Communication Monitoring Method, Communication Monitoring Program, and Recording Medium - A communication monitoring apparatus ( | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080198759 | Traffic Analyis on High-Speed Networks - The present invention provides a traffic analyzing system on a communications link having analyzer circuits connected to each other by a number of links, where each analyzer circuit has a data rate lower than the data rate of the communications link, and are adapted to perform respective different levels of analysis on packets. The information extracted from the packets analyzed at a first level of analysis by a first analyzer circuit is forwarded to a second level of analysis performed at a second analyzer circuit, where the additional analysis performed by the second analyzer circuit depends on the analysis performed by the first analyzer circuit. Such a system and associated method allows for an efficient, practical, and improved traffic flow analyses for computer networks to evaluate high-speed and heavy traffic flow, as well as for improved protocol analysis for emerging technologies. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080198760 | TRAINED DATA TRANSMISSION FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Various embodiments are described for a trained data transmission for communication systems. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080205287 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATION TRAFFIC TO MULTIPLE LINKS OF A MULTI-LINK SYSTEM - An apparatus for controlling the transfer of communication traffic to an interface having a group of links comprises a detector for detecting the sizes of data units to be transferred to the interface, and a controller for causing data units to be transferred to the interface, wherein the controller is operative to select the link to which to transfer a data unit based on the detected size. The group of links includes a reference link that is used as an overflow to receive data units when other member links are full, and when the reference link is not used in its overflow capacity, the controller is operative to bias selection of the links to which to transfer data units towards the other links relative to the reference link. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080205288 | Concurrent connection testing for computation of NAT timeout period - Concurrent testing of NAT connections using different timeout values to compute a keep-alive value for the NAT device. Computation of the approximate timeout value is accomplished concurrently over multiple test connections within about a time equivalent to the actual NAT timeout value. The architecture validates the computation of the approximate timeout value by distinguishing NAT connection failure from external failure using a control connection. Moreover, computation of the keep-alive value is performed only once for a given NAT device rather than being an on-going process for that NAT device. When one of the test connections fails, it is determined that the NAT timeout value is less than the test timeout value associated with the failed test connection. Accordingly, a smaller test timeout value is then selected as the keep-alive value for keep-alive processing of the NAT device. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080205289 | Network and systems management monitoring tool - A method and apparatus for managing networks and devices on the networks. The method may include collecting information pertaining to the infrastructure of a network and devices on the network, and presenting a user interface that provides a view of the network and the devices using the collected information. In one embodiment, the user interface allows to make changes to software settings of the devices. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080205290 | Device and method for QoS based cell capacity dimensioning - The invention relates to a method and system for monitoring QoS criteria of Traffic classes of at least one cell in a telecommunication system, comprising means for setting thresholds, means for monitoring the traffic with regard to the thresholds for the at least two different traffic classes, and means for adapting the traffic handling capacity of the monitored cell depending on the monitoring result. The monitored traffic classes preferably include circuit-switched traffic and packet-switched traffic, and/or realtime and non-realtime packet-switched traffic. Thresholds are preferably set and monitored for rate of call attempt blocking, and/or data throughput, and/or service blocking. | 08-28-2008 |
| 20080212485 | Transmission links - Implementations related to transmission systems are presented herein. | 09-04-2008 |
| 20080212486 | Checking of broadband network components - Systems and methods for checking broadband network components are provided in which an automated interactive system permits a field technician to check various conditions of a communication line or other broadband network components without the assistance of a support technician. While options to request assistance from a support technician are provided, the automated interactive system permits the field technician to perform various functions on a communication line without additional assistance, especially for routine tasks. The automated interactive system, therefore, removes efficiencies that may be associated with conventional approaches for checking broadband network components. | 09-04-2008 |
| 20080219176 | Transmission Device - A flow calculation unit classifies packets of data to be transmitted according to each packet header. A stream data determination unit organizes a set of packets having the same packet header as a packet group according to the classified result by the flow number calculation unit, and determines whether to transmit with a bandwidth guaranteed according to the bit rate of the packet group. A bandwidth request command generation unit requests a bandwidth control device to reserve a bandwidth for the packet group determined to be transmitted with a bandwidth guaranteed by the stream data determination unit. Therefore, a bandwidth can be automatically reserved to allow data transmission even when no transmission condition is specified by the application. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080219177 | Method and Apparatus for Voice Conference Monitoring - This method and apparatus is used to process call control protocol messages and quality of service media streams from an internet protocol conferencing session. The status and attributes processed from call control protocol messages are combined with the quality of service information for the parties connecting to a conferencing session for display to users in real-time. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080219178 | METHOD OF DATA ANALYSIS IN A PACKET SWITCHED NETWORK - This invention relates to an apparatus and method for analysis of packet media streams. In particular for analysis of media streams from different network monitoring points where it is desirable to compare analysis of a particular media packet stream from different monitoring points in the network. The invention provides a method for generating a report relating to a stream of packets in a packet switched network from a monitoring point in said network, comprising the step of: generating a signature from a plurality of packets in said stream; and in which said report includes said signature. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080219179 | Transmission Device, Transmission Method, Reception Device, and Communication System - A communication system includes: a transmission device configured to transmit predetermined information; and a reception device configured to receive the predetermined information; wherein the transmission device includes an encoding unit configured to encode the information such that the error rate of the information in the case of a signal-to-noise ratio being greater than a first signal-to-noise ratio is at or below a predetermined value, and the error rate in the case of a signal-to-noise ratio being smaller than a second signal-to-noise ratio becomes 1/2; and wherein the reception device includes a decoding unit configured to decode the information subjected to encoding by the encoding unit. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080219180 | Derivative packet delay variation as a metric for packet timing recovery stress testing - A method and system for analyzing simulated packet delay variation (PDV) using derivative PDV is disclosed. The delay-step method for simulating PDV determines a delay for each packet in a stream of packets generated at a regular interval. Delay target values are randomly selected based on a statistical distribution, such as a Gaussian distribution. Delay-steps are determined for each packet based on the delay target values. The delay-steps can be fixed or variable sized steps which are used to adjust the delay of sequential packets. PDV is generated by delaying each of the packets with the delay determined for that packet. The derivative PDV is calculated to evaluate a delay rate of change on a packet-by-packet basis. The derivative PDV can be used as a metric to specify stresses for adaptive packet timing recovery stress testing. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080219181 | HIGH-SPEED TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT AND ANALYSIS METHODOLOGIES AND PROTOCOLS - We formulate the network-wide traffic measurement/analysis problem as a series of set-cardinality-determination (SCD) problems. By leveraging recent advances in probabilistic distinct sample counting techniques, the set-cardinalities, and thus, the network-wide traffic measurements of interest can be computed in a distributed manner via the exchange of extremely light-weight traffic digests (TD's) amongst the network nodes, i.e. the routers. A TD for N packets only requires O(loglog N) bits of memory storage. The computation of such O(loglog N)-sized TD is also amenable for efficient hardware implementation at wire-speed of 10 Gbps and beyond. Given the small size of the TD's, it is possible to distribute nodal TD's to all routers within a domain by piggybacking them as opaque data objects inside existing control messages, such as OSPF link-state packets (LSPs) or I-BGP control messages. Once the required TD's are received, a router can estimate the traffic measurements of interest for each of its local link by solving a series of set-cardinality-determination problems. The traffic measurements of interest are typically in form of per-link, per-traffic-aggregate packet counts (or flow counts) where an aggregate is defined by the group of packets sharing the same originating and/or destination nodes (or links) and/or some intermediate nodes (or links). The local measurement results are then distributed within the domain so that each router can construct a network-wide view of routes/flow patterns of different traffic commodities where a commodity is defined as a group of packets sharing the same origination and/or termination nodes or links. After the initial network-wide traffic measurements are received, each router can further reduce the associated measurement/estimation errors by locally conducting a minimum square error (MSE) optimization based on network-wide commodity-flow conservation constraints. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080219182 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE BASED SERVICES - A system and method for adjusting digital subscriber line based services is provided. In a particular embodiment, a computer readable medium is provided including computer-executable instructions that when executed, cause a computer to modify a value of a first control parameter associated with a Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) network based on a first performance parameter that is measured in real-time at a DSL modem over a first pre-determined time period. | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080225734 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA RATE DETECTION USING A DATA EYE MONITOR - Methods and apparatus are provided for data rate detection using a data eye monitor. The data rate is one of a plurality of data rates comprising a base rate and one or more divide-by-N multiples of the base rate, where N is an integer. The data rate of a received signal is detected by sampling the received signal; comparing the samples for a plurality of full rate data eyes associated with the received signal to determine if there is a mismatch between at least two predefined samples; and detecting the data rate by evaluating the comparison based on predefined criteria. The comparison can be performed by an exclusive or (XOR) logic gate for samples of at least two adjacent data eyes of a given rate. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225735 | REDUCING EFFECTS OF PACKET LOSS IN VIDEO TRANSMISSIONS - An error correction system determines a level of error correction protection to apply to a frame of video data to be transmitted by a sending endpoint to a receiving endpoint based on the predicted impact of packet loss as well as the importance of the frame based on inter-frame dependencies, frame size, packet loss probability, historical packet loss pattern, central processing unit (CPU) load, and available network bandwidth. At the receiving endpoint, when packet loss is detected for a particular frame, the receiving endpoint will attempt to recover the frame using protection packets received along with the video data. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225736 | TRANSMISSION OF SEGMENTS OF DATA PACKAGES IN ACCORDANCE WITH TRANSMISSION SPEED AND PACKAGE SIZE - Adaptive data transmission is accomplished by allotting transmission to data of a data package via a communications connection. In one embodiment, the steps comprise determining the transmission speed available using an open connection; estimating time of transmission of the data package in accordance with the determined transmission speed and size of the data package; comparing the time of transmission to a predetermined maximum time limit, and if the time of transmission is within the predetermined maximum time limit, allotting transmission via the open connection to the data package; else, if the time of transmission exceeds the predetermined maximum time limit, breaking the data package into segments, each of which fits within the predetermined maximum time limit, assigning priorities to each the segment in accordance with information within each the segment, and allotting transmission via the open connection to the one of the segments having the highest priority. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225737 | Dynamic Rate Limiting in Wireless Mesh Networks - A dynamic rate limiting mechanism for wireless mesh networks. In particular implementations, a method comprising monitoring one or more clients associated with a wireless mesh network and the respective hop counts of the clients to a root mesh node of the wireless mesh network; determining, responsive ton one or more events, a client data rate for one or more clients of the wireless mesh network based on the number of current clients and the respective hop counts of the current clients; and applying the client data rate to the wireless mesh network. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225738 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RETRIEVING TIME SERIES DATA - Systems and methods for analyzing time series data are disclosed. A query including a machine variable identifier may be received. The machine variable identifier may include an identifier pertaining to one or more of a state, a condition and a performance measure for a printer. A first time series data entry may be determined based on the query. The first time series data entry may include a data value and a time entry for the machine variable identifier. One or more second time series data entries may be selected based on the data value associated with the first time series data entry. One or more maintenance operations may be performed based on the one or more second time series data entries. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225739 | Method and Apparatus for Monitoring Events in Network Traffic - A method of monitoring events in network traffic is described herein, in accordance with various embodiments. The method may provide for the reduction in the number of network traffic samples that need to be analysed in order to determine performance criteria for the traffic in the network. By selecting specific samples as representative of the requirements of all the traffic, it may be possible to more efficiently and quickly provide an analysis of the activity of the network. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225740 | Detection of heavy users of network resources - A device includes a multistage filter and an elephant trap. The multistage filter has hash functions and an array. The multistage filter is operable to receive a packet associated with a candidate heavy network user and send the packet to the hash functions. The hash functions generate hash function output values corresponding to indices in the array. The elephant trap is connected to the multistage filter. The elephant trap includes a buffer and probabilistic sampling logic. The probabilistic sampling logic is operable to attempt to add information associated with the packet to the buffer a particular percentage of the time based in part on the result of the multistage filter lookup. The buffer is operable to hold information associated with the packet, counter information, and timestamp information. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225741 | Monitor for Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) Networks - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving label data that indicates all interface labels that belong to each path ID of multiple path IDs associated with corresponding multiple paths between provider edge nodes in a Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) network. Each interface label is associated with a network interface on a node in the MPLS network. Based on the label data, an untested list that holds data that indicates all unique interface labels is generated. A tested interface selected from the untested list is scheduled for testing. After scheduling, the interface label of the tested interface is removed from the untested list. It is determined whether the untested list still includes data for at least one interface label. If not, then a test of the MPLS network is completed without testing every path end to end, thus conserving network resources. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225742 | Scheduling method and system for guaranteeing real-time service quality of WiBro CPE - Provided are a scheduling method and apparatus for guaranteeing real-time service quality of Wireless Broadband (WiBro) customer premises equipment (CPE). The scheduling apparatus includes: a real-time protocol (RTP) packet monitoring unit for monitoring an RTP packet passing through a local area network (LAN) section and detecting a bandwidth of real-time service; and a queue managing unit for determining a window size corresponding to the bandwidth of real-time service checked by the RTP packet monitoring unit and generating/changing a real-time service queue. The scheduling method and apparatus monitor an RTP packet and adjust a real-time service queue, thereby ensuring real-time service quality of terminals. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225743 | REVERSE-LINK QUALITY-OF-SERVICE INFORMATION IN DATA PACKET HEADER - Quality-of-service information provides details related to data packets, including delay information. A data packet header may be analyzed to determine a portion capable of retaining quality-of-service information. Quality-of-service information may be compressed and placed into the identified portion. The header may be transmitted to a base station, where the quality-of-service information is decompressed, read, and modification of operations occurs as a function of the quality-of-service information. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225744 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS LINK ADAPTATION - A method of high speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) link adaptation, comprises receiving a channel quality measurement metric over a Measured Results on random access channel (RACH) information element (IE). The link is adapted based upon the received channel quality metric. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225745 | PACKET NETWORK MONITORING DEVICE - A network analysis device for a digital communication network includes a digitizer to digitize a waveform representing a signal to produce a plurality of digital samples indicative of the waveform. The signal is communicated on the network. The network analysis device also includes a processor operable to analyze the digital samples to identify signal events, determine analog characteristics of the signal events, and decode the signal events, which are digital communications between network devices, based on the data, to selectively predict a failure mode. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225746 | Method and system for generating packet delay variation with a uniform distribution - A method and system for generating packet delay variation (PDV) with a uniformly distributed probability density function (PDF) for packet timing recovery stress testing. A delay-step method determines a delay for each packet in a stream of packets generated at a regular interval. In the delay-step method, delay-steps are determined for each packet based on delay target values. In order to generate PDV with a uniform PDF, the delay target values are randomly selected based on a pre-biased PDF which is a uniform distribution that is pre-biased by a pre-bias function. The pre-bias function increase the values of small delay target values so that an increased number of delay target values are at the extremes of the uniform distribution. This causes the delay-step method to result in PDV with a uniform distribution. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225747 | Simulating packet delay variation using step-target delay method - A method and system for simulating packet delay variation (PDV) is disclosed. The delay-step method for simulating PDV determines a delay for each packet is a stream of packets generated at a regular interval. Delay target values are randomly selected based on a statistical distribution, such as a Gamma distribution, which models a desired PDV. Delay-steps are determined for each packet based on the delay target values. The delay-steps can be fixed or variable sized steps which are used to adjust the delay of sequential packets. Each of the packets is then transmitted with the delay determined for that packet. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080232262 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK TOPOLOGY DISCOVERY USING CLOSURE APPROACH - Improved network topology discovery techniques are disclosed. For example, an automated method for discovering a topology of a network, having a plurality of nodes, includes the following steps. A first traceroute process is performed for a given source node and one or more destination nodes listed in a target list so as to discover one or more paths through one or more intermediate nodes between the given source node and the one or more destination nodes. The one or more intermediate nodes discovered during the first traceroute process are added to the target list. A second traceroute process is performed for the given source node and the one or more intermediate nodes discovered during the first traceroute process so as to discover one or more paths through one or more additional intermediate nodes between the given source node and the one or more intermediate nodes discovered during the first traceroute process. When one or more additional intermediate nodes are discovered as a result of performance of the second traceroute process, the one or more additional intermediate nodes are added to the target list and the traceroute process is repeated to determine the existence of any further intermediate nodes. When no new intermediate nodes are discovered as a result of performance of the second traceroute process or a subsequent traceroute process, the nodes in the target list are identified as a target closure set for the given source node. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080232263 | System and method for correlating a network packet exchange with a period of a transaction - A system and method of associating a period of a transaction over an IP network with the packet exchanges of data or functions on the IP network during such period. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080232264 | System and method for simulating dynamic routing of traffic over an IP network - A system and method of triggering a switch of transmission of signals from a first route of a virtual IP network to a second route of a virtual IP network upon detecting a pre-defined condition on a distant hop of the first route, and evaluating parameters of such switch from the first route to the second route. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080232265 | Communication terminal, data exchange method, and computer product - When a first communication terminal retrieves data from a second communication terminal, the first communication terminal increases a reliability rank of the second communication terminal if the user of the first communication terminal selects a piece of data retrieved from the second communication terminals. When providing data to the second communication terminal, the first communication terminal controls data to be provided to the second communication terminal based on the reliability rank of the second communication terminal. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080232266 | NETWORK MONITORING APPARATUS, NETWORK MONITORING METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A network monitoring apparatus that is in communication with a monitoring target apparatus through a network, receives traffic values transmitted from the monitoring target apparatus, accumulates the traffic values, calculates a traffic calculation value for judging congestion of the monitoring target apparatus by using the traffic values, and using a judgment target value corresponding to a traffic value as a congestion judgment target from the traffic values transmitted from the monitoring target apparatus and the traffic calculation value as a threshold value, compares the judgment target value and the threshold value. The apparatus judges whether the monitoring target apparatus is congested with traffic by using the comparison result. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080232267 | Apparatus and method for supporting quality of service in wideband wireless communication system using multiple frequency allocations - An apparatus and method for supporting Quality of Service (QoS) in a wideband wireless communication system using multiple Frequency Allocations (FAs) are provided. In a transmitting method for packet distribution in the wideband wireless communication system, the method includes, during a network entry process, determining a number of FAs through multi-FA capability negotiation; distributing packets, received from a superordinate layer, through the multiple FAs; and transmitting the packets distributed through the multiple FAs. Accordingly, packets can be effectively distributed through multiple FAs, and QoS can be effectively provided. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080232268 | LMS Adaptive Filter for Digital Cancellation of Second Order Inter-Modulation Due to Transmitter Leakage - A transmit signal second-order inter-modulation (IM | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080232269 | DATA COLLECTION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IP NETWORKS - A system operative to collect and analyze data in a digital network includes a probe layer comprising a probe disposed in the digital work. The probe is configured to identify and capture data from frames passing through the probe. The system also includes an analysis layer operative to receive the captured data from the probe. In addition, the system includes an application layer comprising a system master operative to mediate between an application and the probe. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080239974 | Measurement of Network Performance in Transporting Packet Streams - A method and apparatus for measuring network performance. A packet from a stream of multimedia data packets is received from across a network during a measurement interval. The time interval from the start of the measurement interval to receiving the packet is measured. The response of a buffer to the received packet is determined. The level of the buffer just before the packet arrives is calculated, based on the time interval. The level of the buffer just after the packet arrives is calculated, based on the previous level. A performance measure for the network is determined based on at least one of the two levels. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080239975 | Message collision handling - A collision handling receiver for use in a data communication network. The collision handling system and method comprises collision handling receivers together with transmitters inserting pseudo-random delays. Accordingly, multiple sources may transmit simultaneous messages to a receiver so that the messages arrive with varying signal levels and times of arrival. The receiver sorts the symbols into separate sequences by grouping together symbols having similar time of arrival. In addition, the receiver retains the sequences with sufficiently reliable symbol detection, for example, when 75% of the symbols in a sequence are detected with sufficient quality. Receiver then ranks the retained transmitters by received signal level and decodes the messages from transmitters with highest received signal level. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080239976 | Communication link interception using link fingerprint analysis - A method for monitoring communication includes intercepting one or more communication links, which are part of a communication system that includes a plurality of the communication links. Data content that is carried by the one or more communication links is decoded. First and second mathematical fingerprints related to the one or more intercepted communication links are computed by evaluating statistical characteristics of the data content decoded from the one or more communication links. The first and second fingerprints are compared to produce a matching result, and a predefined action is performed with respect to the one or more communication links responsively to the matching result. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080239977 | Methods and arrangements for selection of a wireless transmission method based upon signal to noise ratios - Methods and arrangements for wireless communications are contemplated. Embodiments include transformations, code, state machines or other logic to determine the signal to noise ratios (SNRs) of multiple stations associated with an access point in a wireless network. The embodiments may also include selecting whether one of the stations communicates with the access point by an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) transmission method or a multiple-access joint coding/decoding transmission method, the selecting based upon the SNRs and communicating the selected transmission method to the station of the multiple stations. Some embodiments may include determining an SNR threshold level, selecting the MAC transmission method if the SNR of at least one of the multiple stations is below the SNR threshold level, and selecting the OFDM transmission method if the SNRs of all of the multiple stations are above the SNR threshold level. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080239978 | Automatic data rate and power adjustment on communications uplink based on communications activity on communications downlink - An Internet Protocol (IP) telephone operates a communications uplink to a switch based on activity on a separate communications downlink (such as to a personal computer) to conserve power when possible. The IP telephone monitors the communications activity of a link partner on the communications downlink, and when the link partner is present and operating at a relatively high data rate, the IP telephone operates the communications uplink at a correspondingly high data rate to support the communications needs of the IP telephone and the link partner. If the monitoring indicates that the link partner has reduced communications activity (which may include becoming entirely disconnected from the communications downlink), the IP telephone transitions to a second operating condition to operate the communications uplink at a relatively low data rate, with a corresponding decrease in the power required for operation of the communications uplink interface circuitry. By this mechanism, the power required to operate the IP telephony system can be reduced to realize costs savings etc. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080239979 | Web service monitoring system using policy - A system uses policy to monitor web services. A request of quality of service (QoS) is thus achieved. A control center monitors and manages service monitors to collect data from QoS units. A service level agreement (SLA) can be used with the policy for assigning tasks. The QoS request from a service requester can be thus fulfilled. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080239980 | LINEAR TIME INTERFERENCE MAP FOR 802.11 NETWORKS - The present invention advantageously provides a method for estimating an interference map for nodes in a network by continuously broadcasting packets from a jammer node at maximum capacity, simultaneously recording a delivery ratio from the jammer node to every other network node, concurrently, for all nodes except the jammer node, randomly broadcasting data, recording a sender interference of the node to another node having the sender interference from the jammer node, recording a receiver interference of the second node to the first node having the receiver interference from the jammer node, and performing each of the previous steps for all network nodes. The sender interference can be determined by broadcasting the data at a fixed rate when the jammer node's sender interference disabled, or by unicasting data from a node more than once to a nonexistent address, and measuring a time difference between receiving the broadcast data. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080239981 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDING COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM - The present invention provides a communication control system that monitors a status of a transmission line, and can dynamically change a communication band used by a communication device included in an access line based on the monitored result. Line terminal devices ( | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080239982 | METHOD FOR MONITORING IMPULSE NOISE - In a network for digital data packet transmission, quality records are stored in a memory. Each of the quality records is indicative for a reception quality being sensed of one or more received data packets. Thereupon, upon overflow of the memory, one or more of the quality records is discarded from the memory. For at least one of the quality records, discarding weights are generated as a function of at least one of the quality records and associated to the quality records. Hereby, upon such overflow, the discarding weights are taken into account in predefined rules and conditions according to which the discarding of the quality records is performed. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080239983 | METHOD FOR INTEGRATING DOWNSTREAM PERFORMANCE AND RESOURCE USAGE STATISTICS INTO LOAD BALANCING WEIGHTS - In datacenter environments, many copies of servicing components (application servers, http servers, etc) are used to handle larger loads. In these cases, incoming service requests typically go to a load balancer to be directed to the appropriate servicing component. Modern advances in technology, like the Server/Application State Protocol, have allowed load balancers to receive recommendations in the form of numerical weights to describe the best distribution for the incoming requests. The present invention provides a method for computing path oriented statistics that enable load balancing algorithms to transparently integrate downstream performance and resource usage statistics into load balancing weights. | 10-02-2008 |
| 20080247325 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DETERMINING DATA LATENCY OVER A NETWORK - A system and method of determining data latency in a network is provided. A first data sample of application level data (e.g., financial data) is provided from a data stream received at a first network point. A second data sample of application level data (e.g., financial data) is also provided from a data stream received at a second network point, where the data streams in the first and second network points include common data and the first and second data samples include common data. A correlation between common data, in the first and second data samples is determined and a time difference between the correlated common data in the first and second data samples is then calculated. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080247326 | Method, system and apparatus for dynamic quality of service modification - A method, system and apparatus for dynamically modifying the quality of service provided to a mobile communication device. The method includes the steps of establishing a secure tunnel between the mobile communication device and a remote network through a wireless network; communicating through the secure tunnel at a first quality of service; determining that a second quality of service, higher or lower than the first quality of service, is more appropriate to the communication type, and requesting, from the wireless network, the second quality of service. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080247327 | Identifying correlations within wireless networks - Methods of correlating wireless network performance of a wireless network are disclosed. One method includes collecting wireless network performance parameters at a location of the network, observing at least one of activities and conditions of the wireless network over the period of time, and correlating the wireless network performance parameters with at least one of the activities and conditions of the wireless network. The wireless network performance parameters can be collected by one or more test devices operating at nodes or clients within the wireless network. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080247328 | COMMUNICATION CHECKER, COMMUNICATION-STATE DETECTION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CHECKING COMMUNICATION STATE - A simple-structure communication checker capable of detecting the communication state of devices communicating in different communication methods is provided. The communication checker includes an SLPR communication detector that detects the communication state through the SLPR service and a FOMA communication detector that detects the communication state through the FOMA service. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080247329 | Signal-to-Interference + Noise Ratio Estimator and Method, Mobile Terminal Having this Estimator - The SINR (signal-to-interference+noise ratio) estimator comprises a low-pass filter ( | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080247330 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING ANTENNA IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for selecting an antenna in a communication system is provided. The apparatus includes a mobile station for determining a set of transmit antennas by considering statistical channel information, for determining a subset of the transmit antennas, which can increase a diversity gain and reduce an effect of a spatial correlation, from among the determined set of the transmit antennas by considering the statistical channel information and instantaneous channel information, for generating antenna selection information by using the determined subset of the transmit antennas, and for feeding back the generated antenna selection information to a base station. | 10-09-2008 |
| 20080253297 | Communications Method and Apparatus - A method of maintaining a communication link between a network node and a mobile node of a communications network comprises providing at least two downlink transmission beams (A to D) and designating a first of the at least two beams as a primary transmission beam (e.g. B). The beams are used in accordance with a schedule. Received signal quality or signal strength measurements are taken at the mobile node and signaled to the network node. A quality of link on the primary transmission beam (e.g. B) and at least one other of the at least two transmission beams (e.g. A, C) is determined from the measurements signalled from the mobile node to the network node and the quality of link for the beams is compared to provide a comparison and the schedule varied in accordance with the comparison. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080253298 | Method and System for Managing Routes in a Wireless Network of Nodes - A method for manages routes in a wireless network of nodes by determining a distances between each pair of nodes in a set of nodes of a wireless network. The distances are maintained in a memory of a particular node of the wireless network as a distance map in a form of a wavelet, and routing a packet between the nodes is according to the distances stored as the wavelet. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080253299 | Priority trace in data networks - A diagnostic tool for identifying priority errors within a data network is realized using a priority trace data packet. The priority trace data packet is originated at an originating node of interest and terminated at a terminating node of interest. At various intermediate network nodes along the data path between the originating and terminating nodes, the priority trace packet is inspected to determine the current priority value of the priority trace packet. The current priority value is stored in a priority trace field that can be analyzed by a network management node to identify one or more sources of priority errors. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080253300 | Communication Quality Judgment Method, Mobile Station, Base Station, and Communications System - In order to carry out high-speed packet communications using a large-volume transmission channel like an E-DCH, uplink communication quality must be good. However, in a state in which a link imbalance occurs, a mobile station cannot estimate the uplink communication quality from downlink communication quality. Therefore, the mobile station calculates a path loss from the setting power of a common pilot channel which is notified from a base station, and the received power of the common pilot channel received thereby, and also estimates the received power in the base station on the basis of this path loss. The mobile station further judges the uplink communication quality by estimating the SIR in the base station by using the interference power notified from the base station and the estimated received power. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080253301 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMPUTING DATA TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS OF A NETWORK PATH BASED ON SINGLE-ENDED MEASUREMENTS - Systems and methods for computing data transmission characteristics of a network path are disclosed. In some embodiments, the network path has a sending host, at least one intermediate host, and a receiving host, and the data transmission characteristics are computed based on single-ended measurements performed at the sending host. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080259809 | Performance Measurement in a Packet Transmission Network - A data packet transmission network comprises a stream of packets of data sent by a first terminal passes in transit through at least one network equipment with which there is associated a stream measurement unit; wherein said first terminal and said measurement unit are connected to a collection unit. The measurement method comprising the following steps: the first terminal sends a specific stream of packets, each having a different determined size, the sizes being such that in a set of r packets, r being a positive integer less than or equal to the number of packets of the stream, there are not two subsets comprising the same number of packets and having the same cumulative total size; the measurement unit analyzes at least one packet and at most r packets of said stream passing in transit through the network equipment. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080259810 | Broadband Service Applications Test Tool - A broadband internet system comprises a speed test tool, a database, and an internet portal. The speed test tool determines available bandwidth for a communication link. The database stores the available bandwidth for the communication link from the speed test tool. The internet portal offers a service to the customer based on the available bandwidth of the communication link stored in the database, therefore allowing the customer the most efficient usage of the bandwidth of the communication link. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080259811 | Spectrum Measurement Management for Dynamic Spectrum Access Wireless Systems - A wireless system ( | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080259812 | Dimensioning Methods For Hsdpa Traffic - A method for determining the capacity that is needed on an lub link to fulfill Grade of Service (GoS) requirements in a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN) for both Dedicated Channel (DCH) traffic and High-Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) traffic, the method comprising the steps of determining the bandwidth demand of the HSDPA traffic (ElasticDim); calculating an average bandwidth of the DCH traffic on the lub interface ( | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080259813 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR QUALITY OF SERVICE DETERMINATION - A method of estimating bandwidth capacity, available bandwidth and utilization along a path in an IP network is disclosed. ICMP time-stamp requests are sent from a source host on the edge or inside the network to all routers on the end-to-end path to a desired destination. Differences between time-stamp values are used as indicators of QoS service at each router. The collected measurements are then processed at the sending host to infer QoS parameters in terms of path capacity in bit/sec, available bandwidth in bits/sec, individual link utilization and congestion at each router. These parameters can be combined to infer the QoS service in terms of bandwidth on the end-to-end path. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080259814 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING VALUE OF STATISTIC PARAMETER - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for adjusting the value of the statistic parameter so as to enable an MGC dynamically adjust the statistic parameter under H.248 framework. The method extends the H.248 protocol. The MGC sends adjustment information to the MG. The MG adjusts the value of the specified statistic parameter in a specified adjustment manner according to the adjustment information. The adjustment manner may be direct value assignment or one adjustment operation executed by the MG combining with a local preset parameter. If the adjustment information can not be recognized or supported by the MG, or the adjustment information is not suitable for the statistic parameter, the MG returns corresponding error information to the MGC. The adjustment to the statistic parameter value by the MGC may be issued to the MG for execution at the same time with other operations such as audit. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080267083 | Automatic Discovery Of Service/Host Dependencies In Computer Networks - An activity model is generated at a computer. The activity model may be generated by monitoring incoming and outgoing channels for packets for a predetermined window of time. To generate an activity model, an input and an output channel are selected. A probability distribution function describing the observed waiting time between packet arrivals on the selected input channel and the selected output channel is generated by mining the data collected during the selected window of time. A probability distribution function describing the observed waiting time between a randomly chosen instant and receiving a packet on the selected input channel is also generated. The distance between the two generated probability distribution functions is computed. If the computed distance is greater than a predefined confidence level, then the two selected channels are deemed to be related. Otherwise, the selected channels are deemed to be unrelated. The activity model is further generated by comparing each input and output channel pair entering or leaving a particular computer. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080267084 | Voice quality measurement for voice over IP in a wireless local area network - In one exemplary embodiment, voice quality of Voice over IP data in a wireless network is measured by first receiving at a detector in the wireless network a set of wireless frames transmitted between a first wireless device and a second wireless device in the wireless network in a predetermined time period. The wireless frames in the set carry Voice over Internet Protocol data. A rating value indicative of voice quality is determined based on the loss rate and burst rate that are determined only using frames received by the detection during monitoring. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080267085 | Method for Generating /Changing Transport Connection Identifier in Portable Internet Network and Portable Subscriber Station Therefor - The present invention relates to a method for generating/changing a transport connection identifier (CID) in a portable Internet System, and a terminal using the same. Accordingly, the present invention provides a terminal including a packet detecting unit, a user input/output unit, a CID managing unit, and a data storing unit. The packet detecting unit determines whether a packet can be classified by a pre-established packet classification rule or a packet cannot be classified by the rules ( | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080267086 | ESTIMATION OF THERMAL NOISE AND RISE-OVER-THERMAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for estimating thermal noise and rise-over-thermal (RoT) in a communication system are described. In an aspect, thermal noise in a sideband may be measured and used to estimate thermal noise in a signal band. In one design, received power in the sideband may be measured, e.g., by computing total power of FFT transform coefficients within the sideband. Thermal noise may be estimated based on (e.g., by filtering) the measured received power in the sideband. Received power in the signal band may also be measured. Total received power may be estimated based on (e.g., by filtering) the measured received power in the signal band. RoT may then be estimated based on the estimated thermal noise and the estimated total received power. The estimated RoT may be used to estimate an available load for a cell, which may be used to admit and/or schedule users in the cell. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080267087 | GATEWAY WITH IMPROVED QoS AWARENESS - A device and method for exchanging data frames are disclosed. In one aspect, the device exchanges data between a WAN and one or more LAN segments in an optimized way leading to a better quality of experience for the user. The device comprises an interface exchanging data frames over an access network, at least a first and second subnet interface exchanging data frames and arranged for being coupled to a network, a memory storing classification rules, a classification agent extracting information from an incoming data frame and applying the rules to the extracted information to determine the interface via which the incoming data frame is to be forwarded, and a Quality of Service monitoring agent for retrieving Quality of Service information from the subnet interfaces and dynamically updating the classification rules according to the QoS information. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080273470 | SYSTEM FOR INTERLOCKING A SERVER TO A SERVER SYSTEM AND A COMPUTER SYSTEM UTILIZING THE SAME - A system for interlocking a plurality of servers to a server system is disclosed. In a first aspect, a computer system comprises a plurality of servers, a management module coupled to each of the plurality of servers, and an interlock mechanism coupled to the management module, wherein the interlock mechanism assigns to each of the plurality of servers an identifier that associates each of the plurality of servers to the server system, thereby defining a plurality of interlocked servers. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080273471 | Terminal Device, System And Method For Measuring Traffic Based On User Services - A terminal device includes a service type distinguishing module and a traffic measuring module. The service type distinguishing module is adapted to distinguish types of services accessed by the terminal device; the traffic measuring module is adapted to measure the traffic of each service type according to the service types distinguished by the service type distinguishing module. The present disclosure also discloses a system and method for measuring traffic based on user services. With the technical scheme of the disclosure, traffic of different service types can be measured respectively on a terminal device, so that the charging system is able to apply different charging policies to different service types. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080279111 | COLLECTING NETWORK TRAFFIC INFORMATION - An apparatus and method for collecting network traffic information is arranged to receive network traffic elements including one or more key fields having respective key field values. The apparatus and method further classify received network traffic elements into one of a plurality of flows dependent on the key field value of one or more key fields defined by a flow profile. The method and apparatus are further configurable to vary the flow profile, create a flow record and export the flow record to a collecting node. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080279112 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING MEDIA NETWORK RESOURCES - A system and method for configuring media resources is disclosed. A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a network element having a controller element to present a graphical user interface (GUI) to identify available configuration settings for one or more self-describing services offered to one or more media devices in the network, and manage a network connectivity of the media devices in the network to receive the one or more self-describing services in accordance with a selection of the available configuration settings. Additional embodiments are disclosed. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080279113 | Information Gathering From Traffic Flow in a Communication Network - The invention relates to a method for gathering information from traffic flowing in communication networks. The method includes generating in a network element, which sees the traffic flowing in the network, events on the basis of the traffic flow and predefined instructions, an event being a piece of information indicating that a certain matter has occurred in the traffic flow, sending said events for analysis in a central processing element, analysing said events in said central processing element, and conveying on the basis of said analysis information to network operator systems. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080279114 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING SERVICE AVAILABILITY INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for providing service availability information includes receiving a signal transmitted from a base station. A power level and interference level of the received signal is measured and an estimate of a power level of each potentially available service based on the power level of the received signal and predetermined power offsets associated with each of a plurality of potentially available services is derived. An estimate of a signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) for each potentially available service from the estimate of a power level of each service and the measured interference level and a service availability indicator for each potentially available service by dividing the estimated SIR with a target SIR are calculated. Service availability indicators for each potentially available service are outputted. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080285473 | ACCESS AND BACKHAUL FRAME INTERLACING FROM TIME DIVISION DUPLEX WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method, base station, and wireless communications system for interlacing Access and Backhaul frames in a Time Division Duplex wireless communication system. The method includes monitoring Access traffic and Backhaul traffic ( | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080285474 | Dynamically Troubleshooting Voice Quality - In an example embodiment, a method for dynamically troubleshooting voice quality. The method comprises generating a request to intercept a predetermined data stream on a network, acquiring a replicated copy of the intercepted data stream responsive to the request and analyzing the replicated copy of the intercepted data stream. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080285475 | Charging for Network Services based on Delivered Quality of Service - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving quality if service difference data. Quality of service difference data indicates how a particular flow of data packets between a first end node of a particular subscriber and a different second end node differs from a particular quality of service level. The particular quality of service level is one of multiple quality of service levels available over the network. Quality of service data based on the quality of service difference data is sent to billing server that charges the particular subscriber based on the quality of service data. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080285476 | Method and System for Implementing a Forward Error Correction (FEC) Code for IP Networks for Recovering Packets Lost in Transit - Certain aspects of a method and system for implementing a forward error correction (FEC) code for Internet Protocol (IP) networks for recovering data packets lost in transit may be disclosed. At least one forward error correction (FEC) packet comprising a first checksum of at least one selected subset of a plurality of data packets may be received by the client. A second checksum of the selected subset of the plurality of data packets excluding one or more lost data packets may be calculated. One or more lost data packets may be recovered based on comparing the first checksum with the calculated second checksum. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080285477 | Radio Communication Method and System Capable of Reducing Inter-Cell Interference, and Its Mobile Station and Base Station - There is provided a radio communication method capable of reducing inter-cell interference. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080285478 | Transporting GSM packets over a discontinuous IP Based network - A system for transferring data includes an interface configured to receive data that is sent via a first link, and a processor coupled to the interface. The processor is configured to: receive data that is sent via a first link; determine whether there is discontinuity in the received data, the determination being based at least in part on information included in the received data; in the event that the received data includes a discontinuity, generate replacement data that repairs the discontinuity; and transmit at least a portion of replacement data to a second link such that a synchronization requirement associated with the second link is fulfilled. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080291840 | Method and Apparatus for Selecting a Network Element for Testing a Network - A network element is identified from among a plurality of network elements to be used to test parameters of a network. The use of one network element to test the network provides more reliable results than using random communications from a plurality of network elements. The test network element is identified using testing pool definitions which may be provided by a network operator. The testing procedure using the single network element may use multiple pings to reduce the affect of transient responses on the network. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080291841 | Mobile Wimax Signal Analyzing Method - Disclosed herein is a method of analyzing portable Internet signals in a measuring instrument. The method includes the steps of (a) acquiring synchronization using a preamble included in a currently received frame, (b) acquiring the access parameters of a DL_MAP included in the frame, and checking the validity of the DL_MAP, (c) if, as a result of the check at step (b), the DL_MAP is determined to be valid, acquiring downlink parameters and burst configuration information by interpreting the DL_MAP, and (e) performing a variety of diagnoses, including evaluation of signal quality for each burst, using the parameters and the burst configuration information. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080291842 | VIDEO QUALITY ASSESSMENT - The present invention relates to the problem of estimating the effect of packet transmission impairments, including packet loss, on the subjective quality of a video transmission where frames of data relating to the same video frame or field are permitted to span more than one packet. The invention provides a method of assessing quality of a video signal comprising a sequence of video frames received via a packet switched network using a parameter which is a weighted sum of two counters where the first counter is incremented in dependence of the total number of packets in frames determined to have been received with one or more lost packets and the second counter is incremented in dependence of the number of packets following the first lost packet in each frame and the lost packet itself. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080298263 | Terminal Apparatus, Terminal Apparatus Control Method, Network System, Network System Control Method, Program and Recording Medium - There is provided a terminal apparatus capable of, when the volume of packets received by the terminal apparatus is abnormally increased, disconnecting the terminal apparatus from a network and continuously performing a process other than a process regarding received packets by the steps of detecting the number of packets received from the network in a predetermined time, logically disconnecting the terminal apparatus from the network when the number of packets exceeds a predetermined value, and reconnecting the terminal apparatus to the network after a predetermined time has elapsed. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080298264 | Method and Apparatus for Channel Estimation in a Transmit Diversity Environment - A method of channel estimation for a signal having a first portion transmitted using a transmit delay diversity scheme and a second portion transmitted using another multi-antenna transmission scheme includes determining a composite channel estimate from the transmit delay diversity portion of the signal. The method continues with segregating the composite channel estimate into delay groups corresponding to time offsets of the transmit delay diversity scheme for determination of first channel estimates for each subset of transmit antennas. Second channel estimates are determined for each subset of transmit antennas as a function of pilot symbols received in the second portion of the signal and corresponding ones of the first channel estimates. Thus, the first channel estimates are used to improve estimation of the second channel estimates. The method and variations of it may be implemented by configuring one or more processing circuits within a receiver circuit. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080298265 | Convergence measurement in computer network - A system and method for measuring convergence performance in a network are disclosed. In one embodiment, the method includes receiving a plurality of probes at a network device, temporarily storing data from at least a portion of the received probes and deleting at least a portion of the temporarily stored data at regular intervals, and receiving a packet indicating a convergence event and storing data from probes received over a predetermined period. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080298266 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ASSESSING STATUSES OF CHANNELS - An assessment system classifies a plurality of channels to several channel groups according to the characteristics of the channel groups and assesses the status of each channel by a corresponding method, such as a period comparison method or a SNR comparison method, defined based on the channel groups. Hence, the present invention allows simpler computations to be made and a simpler circuit structure to be used. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080298267 | AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION OF NETWORK FOR MONITORING - A system, method and computer readable medium are provided for configuring network interfaces grouped into nodes for monitoring functionality. According to the method, a base address and subnet mask for the network interfaces are received, and a monitoring address is automatically generated for each of the network interfaces based on the base address, the subnet mask, and the nodes. The monitoring addresses is generated such that the monitoring address for each of the network interfaces is on a different subnet than the monitoring addresses for all of the other network interfaces in the same node as that network interface. Additionally, the monitoring addresses are assigned to the network interfaces for use by the monitoring process, with each of the monitoring addresses being assigned by being added as an additional network interface address of its network interface. Also provided is a method for monitoring functionality of network interfaces and providing fault recovery. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080298268 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROLLED DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - A communication system including a controlled device to be controlled and an information processing apparatus, in which the controlled device includes a transmission means for transmitting a message indicating that an event has occurred to the information processing apparatus and a control means for performing processing according to a request from the information processing means, and in which the information processing apparatus includes a receiving means for receiving the message indicating that the event has occurred at the controlled device, which has been transmitted from the controlled device and a request means for deciding processing performed by the controlled device according to the event indicated by the message received by the receiving means and requesting the controlled device to perform the decided processing. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080298269 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR BUFFERING DATA PACKETS TRANSMITTED VIA A PLESIOCHRONOUS SIGNAL - The device for buffering packets emanating from a sending source ( | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080298270 | Upstream Signal Quality Monitoring - The problem is that a measurement of the average signal quality (average modulation error ratio), does not identify poor quality signals that may be originating from an individual cable modem. The device of the present invention displays the modulation error ratio (MER) for each packet received. Since the media access control (MAC) address is associated with a packet received from an individual cable modem, a graph displaying the MER for each packet received is also displaying the MER for signals from the individual cable modems. Thus a technician viewing the display will be able to identify whether a low MER is a result of an impairment in the network or the from an individual cable modem. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080298271 | COMMUNICATION-QUALITY MEASURING APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION-QUALITY MEASURING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A communication quality measuring apparatus comprising a connecting section establishing a connection to the packet exchange network, a capturing section capturing packets transferred over the packet exchange network, an accumulating section accumulating the packets, a control section repeating the capturing of packets in sections of fundamental processing times, a setting section setting the capturing time and the interval time within each fundamental processing time, and a determining section determining whether or not the amount of load on hardware resources of the communication-quality measuring apparatus is greater than a predetermined value. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080304422 | Methods and devices for providing robust nomadic wireless mesh networks using directional antennas - The number of directional antennas and associated radios needed to ensure a nomadic wireless mesh network (NWMN) remains operational in the event of node or link failures, while minimizing delay and other unwanted effects, may be determined using novel methods and devices. Such a determination may reduce the number of antennas and radios a service or network provider normally uses, thus reducing its costs. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080310316 | Surrogate Stream for Monitoring Realtime Media - In one embodiment, a separate surrogate monitor stream provides real-time media monitoring statistics for non-media savvy protocols. The surrogate monitor stream contains packet transmission parameters, such as sequence numbers and time stamps, for associated media packets in the non-savvy media stream. The surrogate monitor stream also contains checksums derived from the media packets. The checksums are used to correlate the packets in the surrogate monitor stream with the media packets in the media stream. The information in the surrogate monitor stream is then used in conjunction with the non-savvy media stream to provide real-time media monitoring without having to modify existing infrastructure. For example, head-end video servers do not have to add Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) support or deal with protocol upgrades like RTP/UDP co-existence. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080310317 | Information Acquisition - A method of acquiring network information from a network is disclosed. The network comprises an end terminal and a target terminal and installed on the end terminal is (a) a plurality of applications; and (b) mediation means arranged in operation to mediate between the plurality of applications and the target terminal. The method comprises: (i) receiving at the mediation means a query from one of the plurality of applications, the query requesting network information from a target terminal; (ii) operating the mediation means to: check if there is an existing connection to the target terminal; in the absence of an existing connection, establish a new connection between the mediation means and the target terminal; and acquire the requested network information over the new connection. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080310318 | Apparatus and Method For Monitoring Base Station Signal in Communication System Having Multiple Antennas - In a signal monitoring apparatus of a base station of a communication system having multiple antennas, a transmitting/receiving unit transmits a plurality of transmit signals by using the multiple antennas or processes a plurality of receive signals received through the multiple antennas. A radio frequency calibration unit calibrates the transmit signals transmitted through the multiple antennas, and processes at least one target transmit signal among the plurality of transmit signals so as to monitor the at least one target transmit signal. A signal monitoring unit receives at least one first signal or at least one second signal, and transmits the at least one first signal or the at least one second signal to user equipment. The at least one first signal is a signal processed from at least one target receive signal among the plurality of receive signals, and the at least one second signal is a signal processed from the at least one target transmit signal by controlling the radio frequency calibration unit. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080310319 | SERVER, NETWORK SYSTEM, AND NETWORK CONNECTION METHOD USED FOR THE SAME - A server includes a packet monitoring unit for monitoring a packet that is sent from a terminal without a function of automatically allocating an Internet Protocol (IP) address to a destination via an unknown network so as to detect the destined IP address of the packet; and a setting changing unit for setting the destined IP address detected by the packet monitoring unit to a self device. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080310320 | Apparatus and method for parameter rollback in a self configurable broadband wireless communication system - An apparatus and method for rolling back operation parameters of a base station in a self-configurable broadband wireless communication system are provided, in which in a manager server, an optimizer for determining optimized operation parameters of the base station based on information which is needed to optimize and is received from the base station, an evaluator for calculating service level of the base station using the optimized operation parameters, and a controller for requesting to roll back the optimized operation parameters when the service level is greater than or equal to a first threshold value. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080310321 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIME-ALIGNING TRANSMISSIONS FROM MULTIPLE BASE STATIONS IN A CDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Schemes to time-align transmissions from multiple base stations to a terminal. To achieve time-alignment, differences between the arrival times of transmissions from the base stations, as observed at the terminal, are determined and provided to the system and used to adjust the timing at the base stations such that terminal-specific radio frames arrive at the terminal within a particular time window. In one scheme, a time difference between two base stations is partitioned into a frame-level time difference and a chip-level time difference. Whenever requested to perform and report time difference measurements, the terminal measures the chip-level timing for each candidate base station relative to a reference base station. Additionally, the terminal also measures the frame-level timing and includes this information in the time difference measurement only if required. Otherwise, the terminal sets the frame-level part to a predetermined value (e.g., zero). | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080316933 | Method and Device for Evaluating Degradation of Quality Caused By an Invariance of a Stimulus, as Perceived By a Recipient of Said Stimulus - A method and apparatus are provided for evaluating a quality, as perceived by a recipient, of a signal carrying a stimulus. The method includes a step for detecting absences of variation of said signal and a step of quantifying at least one deterioration corresponding to an absence of variation. The quantity of deterioration computed during the quantification step depends on an amplitude of variation of the stimulus immediately following the concerned absence of variation. The method and apparatus enable the correlation of the duration of variance, possible past of invariances and a sudden variation of amplitude following said in variance, in implementing an automatic technique in real time, for example. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20080316934 | Reception Quality Measurement Method, Transmission Power Control Method and Devices Thereof - A mobile station that receives F-DCPH symbols and CPICH symbols from a base station: (1) averages a plurality of CPICH symbols in a time sequence before a certain time of interest and estimates a channel, then uses the obtained channel estimation value and the CPICH symbol at the time of interest to calculate an interference power ISCP; (2) averages a plurality of CPICH symbols in a time sequence that include the CPICH symbol at the time of interest and estimates a channel, then uses the obtained channel estimation value and the CPICH symbol at that time of interest to calculate a reference ISCP; (3) corrects an interference power ISCP at the next time of interest using the difference between the ISCP and the reference ISCP; and (4) uses the ISCP that is obtained by the correction and a reception power RSCP of the F-DCPH symbol to calculate a signal to interference power ratio SIR of the mobile station. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20080316935 | GENERATING A NODE-B CODEBOOK - A method and apparatus generates a codebook and associated scheduling and control signaling. A plurality of channel combinations is generated for a plurality of wireless transmit receive units (WTRUs). The channel for each WTRU is quantized based on the WTRU codebook. A codebook for beamforming is generated for a plurality of WTRUs. The codebook includes a plurality of beamforming matrices. All possible beamforming matrices may be computed and the codebook may be quantized. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20080316936 | DATA TRANSFER RATE VARIANCE MEASUREMENT METHOD, APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR STORING PROGRAM - A data transfer rate variance indicator having a small amount of calculation for each one packet and a small necessary amount of buffer (memory size), and representing a value suitable for traffic quality evaluation is to be used. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20080316937 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING CROSSTALK INFORMATION - A method for obtaining crosstalk information includes the following steps: obtaining the transmission power variation of the crosstalk source and the noise power of the crosstalk destination; based on the obtained transmission power variation of the crosstalk source and the noise power of the crosstalk destination, obtaining the crosstalk coefficient of the frequency point in which the dynamic characteristic varies, as the crosstalk information. A device for obtaining crosstalk information comprises a crosstalk coefficient obtaining module for obtaining the crosstalk coefficient of the frequency point in which the dynamic characteristic varies. Based on the crosstalk coefficient in the lines, it is ensured that the crosstalk coefficient obtained is close to the real crosstalk information. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20080316938 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING NETWORK RESOURCES IN COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for allocating network resources, including: obtaining a current network performance parameter and preset service SLA; selecting service levels corresponding to the current network performance parameter from a preset resource usage strategy according to the current network performance parameter, and selecting service levels which are equal to or higher than the service levels defined in the service SLA from selected service levels; sending the selected service levels to a user terminal; allocating network resources for a user service according to the service level selected by the user terminal. A system and a device for dynamically allocating network resources to the user terminal according to the condition of the network resources, so as to improve the utilization rate of the network resources. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20090003227 | Performance analysis of a circuit switched mobile telecommunications network - In a circuit switched mobile telecommunications network a performance analysis is provided. In accordance with the invention a method is implemented, which can be carried out both OFF-LINE and ON-LINE, wherein transport channels carrying the circuit switched traffic of a service are found, then bit-streams of the circuit switched traffic are demultiplexed. A traffic database is built and a set of Key Performance Indicators and usage measures characterizing the service are defined and calculated. A passive traffic monitor is also disclosed, which is attached to a standardized interface of the circuit switched mobile telecommunications network consisting of mobile terminals, radio access network and core network. The passive traffic monitor comprises a trace analyzer connected to a signaling analyzer, to a user plane protocol analyzer and to a traffic database writer. The traffic database writer generating a traffic database is linked to the signaling analyzer, to the trace analyzer and to the user plane analyzer. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090003228 | BAD DATA PACKET CAPTURE DEVICE - An apparatus and method for capturing data packets for analysis on a network computing system includes a sending node and a receiving node connected by a bi-directional communication link. The sending node sends a data transmission to the receiving node on the bi-directional communication link, and the receiving node receives the data transmission and verifies the data transmission to determine valid data and invalid data and verify retransmissions of invalid data as corresponding valid data. A memory device communicates with the receiving node for storing the invalid data and the corresponding valid data. A computing node communicates with the memory device and receives and performs an analysis of the invalid data and the corresponding valid data received from the memory device. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090003229 | Adaptive Bandwidth Management Systems And Methods - Adaptive bandwidth management systems and methods are disclosed. An exemplary system comprises a network switching device including a plurality of physical ports and at least one switching fabric for managing connections between the physical ports. The system also includes a management processor operatively associated with the plurality of physical ports and the at least one switching fabric. The system also includes program code stored in computer-readable storage and executable by the management processor, the program code configuring the network switching device to conserve electrical energy based on the current bandwidth requirements. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090003230 | Tool for communication system - A method for designing an, at least partly wireless, local area communication network for industrial application. A 3D plant model of the area in which the communication network is to operate is accessed. Devices that are to communicate in the communication, identify and quantify potential sources of interference or attenuation of the communication signals are introduced into this model. Data regarding communication characteristics of the devices are included. Communication possibilities of the devices are tested and evaluated in the communication network taking into account the possible interference and attenuation sources. If communication possibilities of a particular device is inadequate, adjustments regarding that device are suggested. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090003231 | Transparent signaling agent - In today's network, enhancing or otherwise modifying signals in bearer flows in or at equipment already deployed in a network may be done by modifying or upgrading existing equipment, or otherwise invasively routing signals through identified network elements. In accordance with example embodiments of the present invention, signals for control plane flows are transparently monitored using policy based routing to direct control signals from a routing point to a signaling monitoring point. Bearer plane address information of a selected media processing point is substituted for other bearer plane address information in the control signal in a manner that causes subsequent bearer flows to be directed to the selected media processing point from the routing point by destination based routing. Bearer flows may be directed to a media processing point to apply signal enhancement to an encoded media signal on the bearer flows to produce an enhanced media encoded signal. Such embodiments enable service providers to upgrade networks with media processing in a low-cost, non-invasive manner. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090003232 | ROUTE AND LINK EVALUATION IN WIRELESS MESH COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - Methods and systems for providing a network and routing protocol for utility services are disclosed. A method includes discovering a utility network. Neighboring nodes are discovered and the node listens for advertised routes for networks from the neighbors. The node is then registered with one or more utility networks, receiving a unique address for each network registration. Each upstream node can independently make forwarding decisions on both upstream and downstream packets, i.e., choose the next hop according to the best information available to it. The node can sense transient link problems, outage problems and traffic characteristics. Information is used to find the best route out of and within each network. Each network node maintains multi-egress, multi-ingress network routing options both for itself and the node(s) associated with it. The node is capable of several route maintenance functions utilizing the basic routing protocol and algorithms. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090003233 | Method, Apparatus, and Computer Program Product for Identifying Selected Applications Utilizing a Single Existing Available Bit In Frame Headers - A method, apparatus, and computer program product are disclosed for collecting data about the transmission of network packets that are associated with specified applications. The packets are transmitted through a communications network fabric that is used to couple data processing systems together. A particular existing single bit in a frame header definition is selected. The bit is defined as part of the standard frame header by a communication protocol as an available bit in the frame header. The standard protocol is unchanged by the selection of this bit. An application is specified to be monitored. The selected bit is then set in each network packet that is generated by the specified application. The fabric collects performance data for each packet that has the bit set. Thus, the fabric collects performance data about a transmission of each packet that is generated by the application when that application is setting the bit. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090003234 | Link quality prediction - A method and apparatus of predicting link quality of a link is disclosed. The method includes receiving multi-carrier modulated signals over a period of time, estimating an SNR for each received sub-carrier, constructing a sequence of the SNRs, and estimating link PER based upon knowledge of encoding and/or interleaving used during transmission, and the sequence of SNRs. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090010175 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING AUTOMATIC DISABLING OF NETWORK DEBUGGING - An approach is provided for automatic disabling of network debugging. A debugging command is received for initiating debugging of a router that includes a processor configured to execute a debugging procedure. Utilization of the processor is monitored. A determination is made whether the utilization exceeds a utilization threshold. The debugging procedure is disabled based on the determination that the utilization threshold is exceeded. | 01-08-2009 |
| 20090010176 | Method for capacity evaluation in OFDM networks - A fast and simple method evaluates the capacity of OFDM-based radio networks using adaptive modulation and coding. From a mapping of SINR values to achievable data throughput, constant coefficients defining a linear function for the required channel activity of a single user are determined. Subsequently, linear equations for total uplink and downlink channel activity are obtained which allow fast numerical solutions. | 01-08-2009 |
| 20090016229 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE TO BROADCAST SIGNALING IN A PEER TO PEER NETWORK - Methods and apparatus related to broadcasting data and interference management in a peer to peer wireless communications network are described. Scheduling of traffic air link resources is performed on a slot by slot basis in a decentralized manner. Wireless devices intending to broadcast traffic signals transmit broadcast request signals, sometimes alternatively referred to as broadcast indicator signals. A priority level is associated with each of the broadcast request signals. A receiver device intending to receive broadcast signals detects the broadcast request signals and makes an interference determination as to whether the higher priority broadcast traffic signal can be successfully recovered in the presence of lower priority broadcast traffic signals. If the determination is that the expected interference from the lower priority broadcast traffic is unacceptable, the receiver device generates and transmits an interference control signal communicating to the lower priority device a command or request not to broadcast. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090016230 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EXCHANGING SERVICE CAPABILITY INFORMATION OF USER EQUIPMENT - A technology for exchange of information about the capability of a multimedia service supportable by user equipment in a network supporting the multimedia service is provided. A method for exchanging service capability information in a network supporting a multimedia service includes monitoring for a change in service capability of a first user equipment, transmitting information about the service capability of the first user equipment to a second user equipment, upon detecting the change in the service capability and informing a user of a service capability of the second user equipment, upon reception of a message informing of a change in the service capability of the second user equipment from the second user equipment. Using the updated service capability information, communication resources are more efficiently used. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090016231 | CONTROL CHANNEL DESIGN TO SUPPORT ONE-TO-ONE, MANY-TO-ONE, AND ONE-TO-MANY PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS - A protocol is provided that facilitates downlink concurrent peer-to-peer communications (within a time slot or traffic slot) between one device and many terminals as well as uplink concurrent peer-to-peer communications (within a time slot or traffic slot) between a plurality of terminals and one device. The concurrent peer-to-peer communications may take place within an ad hoc network of devices. To facilitate such operation, a time-frequency structure is provided within a control channel that allows the device and terminals to identify the peer-to-peer connections. This time-frequency structure also allows terminals to identify other sibling terminals that have a connection with the same device, thereby allowing to more efficiently performing interference mitigation. That is, sibling peer-to-peer connections with the same device may be treated different from other non-related peer-to-peer connects for purposes of interference mitigation in a wireless network. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090016232 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING CONNECTIVITY OF PEER-TO-PEER (P2P) COMMUNICATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for supporting connectivity of Peer-to-Peer (P2P) communication in a mobile communication system are provided. An operating method of a Mobile Station (MS) for providing the connectivity of the P2P communications in the mobile communication system includes connecting P2P communications by searching for a correspondent MS in a first Base Station (BS), determining whether a direct P2P communication is feasible with the correspondent MS in the P2P communications and, when the direct P2P communication is not feasible, setting a P2P relay using the first BS. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090016233 | Method For Detecting QOS - A method for detecting QoS, including: obtaining information in packets transferred between MGWs, and obtaining packet loss ratio, jitter and delay of each channel of users in an office direction in communication with the MGWs through the obtained information; obtaining average packet loss ratio, average delay and average jitter of the office direction according to the packet loss ratio, the jitter and the delay of each channel of users; and obtaining overall QoS of the office direction according to the average packet loss ratio, the average delay and the average jitter of the office direction as well as the weight coefficient of the foregoing three indices affecting the voice quality. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090016234 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTION OF HIERARCHICAL HEAVY HITTERS - An efficient streaming method and apparatus for detecting hierarchical heavy hitters from massive data streams is disclosed. In one embodiment, the method enables near real time detection of anomaly behavior in networks. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090016235 | NETWORK SYSTEM - A network system is provided, in which a system change can be easily performed by adding or exchanging an equipment(s) to be controlled or monitored. The equipment has an object with an object identifier defined according to a service content provided by the equipment. Upon the receipt of a service request using the object identifier from a network device connected to the equipment via a network, the equipment executes the service defined in the object according to this service request. By assigning a same object identifier to objects of a plurality of equipments, it is possible to provide the same service from those equipments according to the service request performed from the network device by use of the same object identifier. | 01-15-2009 |
| 20090022060 | NETWORK PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT APPARATUS, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS - Various embodiments of network performance assessment apparatus, systems and processes collect performance information pertaining to a current capacity utilization of a network, identify an occurrence of a capacity constraint on a portion of the network that is communicating the program to at least one presentation device, and modify at least one characteristic of the program and/or the communication thereof over the network so that a total capacity utilization of the network is less than a peak capacity of the network. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090022061 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR QUALITY OF SERVICE MANAGEMENT IN A MULTI-STANDARD MESH OF NETWORKS - Aspects of a method and system for quality of service management in a multi-standard mesh of networks are provided. In a wireless mobile communication device (WMCD) enabled to communicate utilizing a variety of communication networks, QoS information, such as latency, available bandwidth, and/or throughput, communicated to the WMCD may enable the coordination of data transfers to and/or from the WMCD. In this regard, the WMCD and each of the networks may comprise a QoS management entity. A QoS management entity may be enabled to poll other QoS management entities to discover QoS information. Similarly, a QoS management entity may be enabled to receive QoS information broadcast by other QoS management entities. A QoS management entity may enable selecting a network and/or communication protocol for the transmission and/or reception of data based on exchanged QoS information. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090022062 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING INTER-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY MEASUREMENTS TO SUPPORT GERAN BAND SCAN - A method and apparatus for performing inter-radio access technology (RAT) measurements includes receiving a long term evolution (LTE) measurement quantity. A measurement gap is received. Measurements for available global system for mobile communication (GSM) cells are performed, and the measurement results are reported. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090022063 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RETRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for selectively retransmitting data according to a channel state in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes determining retransmission information of a receiver from feedback information received from the receiver, determining a retransmission scheme for the receiver using the retransmission information of the receiver, and performing a retransmission process with the receiver according to the determined retransmission scheme. In a good channel state, the data is retransmitted using the retransmission scheme to thereby enhance the reliability of the data delivery and the reception performance. In a bad channel state, the data is not retransmitted to thereby reduce a waste of resources in the data retransmission. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090028060 | Method for monitoring message traffic, and a first and second network unit for the execution thereof - Message traffic between a communications unit and a first network unit of a mobile radio system, initiated by an SIP control message, is monitored. The SIP control message is evaluated by a second network unit by using at least one analysis parameter and an analysis result is generated therefrom. The analysis result is used for generating at least one item for utilization information of the first network unit that monitors the message traffic between the communications unit and the first network unit. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090028061 | VOIP DIAGNOSIS - A VoIP-aware device generates data structures that include diagnostics data. The diagnostics data of each data structure identifies at least one of sender and network problems that degrade VoIP voice quality. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090028062 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PARTITIONING END-TO-END PERFORMANCE EFFECTS USING NETWORK TOMOGRAPHY - Systems and methods are presented for partitioning end-to-end performance effects using network tomography. In one embodiment, a method for partitioning end-to-end performance effects within a network is presented. The method includes determining a network topology between at least two test points, obtaining an unrelated approximation of edge effects between the test points, measuring end-to-end performance data between the test points corresponding to a target application, regularizing an estimate of edge effects for the target application using the unrelated approximation of edge effects, and computing the estimate of edge effects for the target application to partition the end-to-end effects. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090028063 | Systems and methods for connecting a packet-based call to a conventional telephone network - Methods and systems are provided for allowing an packet-based call made to a first identifier to dial a phone number within a telephone network. The method comprises sending a data packet from the packet-based call to a gateway device that can communicate with the telephone network. The data packet comprises the first identifier. The gateway device finds the phone number corresponding to the first identifier using a lookup table accessible to the gateway device. The gateway device then dials the phone number and transfers the data packet to the phone number. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090028064 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CAPACITY ANALYSIS FOR ON THE MOVE ADHOC WIRELESS PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORKS - A system and method for capacity analysis in communication networks, particularly for on the move ad hoc wireless packet-switched networks, as well as wide variety of other multimedia networks is disclosed. The invention seeks to use the same two attributes per link (link capacity and link utilization) as known circuit-switched based analysis tools while incorporating useful aspects of various statistical analyses, such as a Queuing Theory based analysis, among others. In one embodiment, the invention introduces four tests to be implemented per each link, with results of these four tests being used to color code link congestion states to generate the reports for a planner. These four tests may generate an improved analysis of the network utilizing the same number of variables used in simple conventional circuit switched based analysis. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090028065 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE, AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided are a radio transmission device and a radio transmission method, which prevent the deterioration of a preamble detecting performance while reducing the collision probability of a RACH. In this radio transmission device, a Signature table storage unit ( | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090034425 | CALL CASE CONTROLLED BLER TARGET SETTING - A method and system are disclosed for call case controlled block error rate (BLER) or bit error rate (BER) target setting in WCDMA and other CDMA technologies for Mobile to Mobile (MTM) and Mobile to Public Switched Telephone Network (MTPSTN) communication systems, whereby first an overall BLER/BER target value is defined. | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090034426 | Monitoring quality of experience on a per subscriber, per session basis - A system and method for monitoring quality of experience includes forwarding a data packet flow carrying content between first and second endpoints. The data packet flow is forwarded at an intermediate point between the first and second endpoints so that the first and second endpoints are communicatively coupled over one or more networks through the intermediate point. The data packet flow is analyzed at the intermediate point and an intermediate point quality of content rating of the content received at the intermediate point is generated. A report detailing one or more attributes about the data packet flow based at least in part on the intermediate point quality of content rating is further generated. | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090034427 | MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MIMO) COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication method and apparatus are provided. A MIMO communication apparatus includes a selected beamforming vector determining unit to determine a selected beamforming vector corresponding to a selected user, a performance information generating unit to generate performance information corresponding to where a non-selected beamforming vector is allocated to a non-selected user, and an additional beamforming vector selecting unit to select an additional beamforming vector corresponding to the non-selected user based on the performance information. | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090034428 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING QOS FOR MOBILE INTERNET SERVICE - Disclosed are a QoS (Quality of Service) providing system that manages service quality of a mobile Internet system, and an apparatus and method that apply QoS according to the class of a mobile Internet service provided over a mobile Internet network. The QoS providing system includes a service class table storage unit for storing at least one QoS parameter value for a plurality of mobile Internet services; a service identifying unit for identifying a QoS service class of a mobile Internet service requested over the mobile Internet network; a QoS parameter extracting unit for extracting QoS parameters of the identified mobile Internet service by referring to the service class table; and a QoS performing unit for performing QoS on the requested mobile Internet service according to the extracted QoS parameters. Thus, several types of services can be provided simultaneously and smoothly according to a requested service characteristic in a mobile Internet network in which real-time competition for resources occurs. | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090040936 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING TRANSMISSIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Machine-readable media, methods, apparatus and system for scheduling transmissions in a wireless communication system are described. In some embodiments, a base station may comprise a network interface device to receive and process a long-term signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR) and a channel quality indicator (CQI) from each subscriber station of a plurality of subscriber stations; a reference signal to interference plus noise ratio determining logic to determine a reference signal to interference plus noise ratio (Ref_SINR) for the each subscriber station; and a target fairness factor determining logic to determine a target fairness factor (TFF) for the each subscriber station; a real fairness factor determining logic to determine a real fairness factor (RFF) for the each subscriber station; and a pseudo CQI calculating logic to calculate a pseudo CQI for the each subscriber station based at least in part on the CQI, SINR, Ref_SINR, TFF and RFF. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090040937 | COEXISTENCE OF DIFFERENT NETWORK TECHNOLOGIES - In at least some embodiments, a communication device includes a plurality of network technology subsystems, each subsystem associated with a different network technology. The communication device also includes a controller coupled to the plurality of network technology subsystems. The controller enables coexistence of the different network technologies in accordance with at least one monitored quality of service (QoS) parameter. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090040938 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR END TO END ROUTE CONTROL - Session independent end to end route control is provided by coordination between a pair of route control devices. Each device determines whether received traffic qualifies for end to end route control and whether the device at the other end supports end to end route control. If so, then the route control devices determine a routing mode, such as tunneling or address translation, and routing parameters. The performance of the selected path is monitored and is changed if the performance becomes unacceptable. Path performance can be measured using one-way measurement techniques that use a common inbound path or a control channel. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090040939 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING BROADBAND SERVICES - A system and method are described for selecting a service state using a configurable abstraction layer. A comparison is made between network parameters of a Network Performance Layer and network services of a Service Layer. Once network parameters are within a threshold for providing a given service, a state change can be made in the configuration parameters to suit the provided service. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090040940 | OFF-LINE BROADBAND NETWORK INTERFACE - A system for processing a data packet is disclosed and may include at least one processor that enables receiving of a data packet at a station on a network, the data packet having a preamble which includes a destination tag and a training sequence. The at least one processor may enable obtaining a channel model using the training sequence, and encoding each of one or more addresses that the station receives with the channel model to produce a result. The at least one processor may also enable comparing the result with the destination tag. The at least one processor may enable convolving of each of the one or more addresses that the station receives with the channel model to produce the result. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090046591 | AD HOC SERVICE PROVIDER'S ABILITY TO PROVIDE SERVICE FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - An ad hoc service provider for a wireless network, a method for providing service from a mobile node, and a machine-readable medium are disclosed. An ad hoc service provider includes a processing system configured to support first and second wireless access protocols and to alter the ad hoc service provider's ability to provide service for a wireless network in response to a resource related event. A method includes sending a request that a mobile node be allowed to provide service as an ad hoc service provider, detecting a resource related event of the mobile node for a wireless network, and altering the mobile node's ability to provide service for the wireless network. A machine-readable medium includes instructions for detecting a resource related event of a mobile node, and altering the mobile node's ability to provide service as an ad hoc service provider for a wireless network based on the detection. | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090046592 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication method and a wireless communication system wherein any communication interruption caused by changing RRB arrangement information can be avoided. In ST | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090046593 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF FRAME ENCODING PARAMETERS IN A FRAME-BASED COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for data communication are disclosed. An example method includes encoding a first plurality of transmitting frames, where a header segment of each frame is encoded in accordance with a fixed set of header encoding parameters and a payload segment of each frame is encoded in accordance with a first set of a variable set of payload encoding parameters. The example method also includes transmitting the first plurality of transmitting frames to a receiving station and receiving a request from the receiving station to change the first set of payload encoding parameters to a second set of the variable set of payload encoding parameters. The example method further includes selecting the second set of payload encoding parameters based on the request and encoding a second plurality of transmitting frames, where a header segment of each frame of the second plurality of transmitting frames is encoded in accordance with the fixed set of header encoding parameters and a payload segment of each frame of the second plurality of transmitting frames is encoded in accordance with the second set of payload encoding parameters. The example method still further includes transmitting the second plurality of transmitting frames to the receiving station. | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090046594 | MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MIMO) COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM OF ENABLING THE METHOD - A Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) communication method and system, the MIMO communication system including: a first channel quality information (CQI) receiving unit to receive first CQI from a user terminal, the first CQI associated with a beamforming vector selected by the user terminal; and a second CQI generating unit to generate second CQI by correcting the first CQI based on a transmission rank associated with a number of data streams to be transmitted. | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090046595 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTENT ESTIMATION OF PACKET VIDEO STREAMS - A method and system for estimating the content of frames in an encrypted packet video stream without decrypting the packets. The method involves comparing the relative sizes of frames within a video stream and estimating the content of the video stream based on the frame sizes and the ordering of frames within the video stream. The method can alternatively be used to estimate the content of frames in an unencrypted packet stream. | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090046596 | Apparatus and method for handling mobile terminal capability information - A mobile terminal | 02-19-2009 |
| 20090052339 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH STATE DEPENDENT PARAMETERS - In one embodiment, an apparatus can include: a status detector configured to determine a status associated with an input stream; a parameter controller configured to adjust a parameter in response to a change in the status; and a rendering controller configured to receive the input stream, and to provide a rendered stream in response to the input stream and the parameter. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090052340 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REQUESTING A CHANNEL MEASUREMENT REPORT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for requesting a ChannelMeasurementReport in a wireless communication system are described. A ChannelMeasurementReportRequest message comprising an 8 bit MessageID field set to “0x07”, a 12 bit PilotPN field wherein the PilotPN field is set to the PilotPN of the sector requesting the measurement report, a 2 bit CarrierID field wherein the CarrierID field is set to the carrier on which the measurements are requested, a 40 bit StartPHYFrame wherein the StartPHYFrame is set to the frame number of the PHYFrame where access terminals are required to being measurements, a 3 bit NumChannels field wherein the NumChannels field is set to the number of channel to be measured, an 8 bit MeasurementsPerMessage field wherein the MeasurementsPerMessage determines the number of measurements to be included in one report message, an 8 bit NumMeasurementsRequested field wherein the NumMeasurementsRequested determines the total number of measurements to be made by access terminal and a 4 bit Reserved field is generated and transmitted over a communication link. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090052341 | MEDIATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING EVENT RECORDS - A mediation method and a mediation system divided into independent node components that process event records independently of the other components of the system. In addition, the system is provided with at least one node manager component that monitors the functioning of the node components. Each of the independent node components operates according to its own settings and is thus self-contained and capable of continuing operation even though some of the other components are temporarily inoperative. The system comprises audit counters providing counts relating to the processed event records, and the node manager is configured to check whether the counts of the audit counters match, in order to ensure that no event records are lost in the mediation system. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090052342 | NOTIFICATION INFORMATION GENERATING APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, NOTIFICATION INFORMATION GENERATING METHOD AND PROGRAM - To generate notification information for improving accuracy of channel quality information reconstructed based on a difference in notifying using the difference in channel quality information between channels. A notification information generating apparatus | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090059805 | BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION FOR PROCESSING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION WITH EACH OTHER, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A base station and a mobile station for processing wireless communication with each other, and a method for controlling the same are provided. The method for controlling a base station which performs radio communication with a mobile station includes starting radio communication via at least one arbitrary mobile station and a predetermined cellular channel; receiving Channel Quality Indication (CQI) information from the mobile station; determining whether a radio communication anomaly occurs between a specific mobile station from among the at least one arbitrary mobile station and the base station by using the received CQI information; and when determining that the radio communication anomaly occurs with the specific mobile station, controlling to interrupt the radio communication via the predetermined cellular channel and perform radio communication via the specific mobile station and either a shared channel or an open channel. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090059806 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING SIGNAL BASED PACKET LOSS CONCEALMENT FOR MEMORYLESS CODECS - In a method, apparatus and system for transmitting packet loss concealment (PLC) information, a subscriber device divides a voice sample into a plurality of packets, each including a plurality of successive frames having portions of the voice sample. The subscriber device determines if a predetermined look ahead time duration from the final frame of the plurality of successive frames in a current packet of the plurality of packets includes a noise to voice transition. When the predetermined look ahead time duration is determined to include the noise to voice transition, the subscriber device packs packing information regarding the predetermined look ahead time duration into the current packet. Finally, the subscriber device encodes the plurality of successive frames into the current packet for transmission. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090059807 | Systems and Methods to Monitor a Network - Systems and methods to monitor a network are provided. A particular method includes determining a data packet delivery rate between a first edge switch and a second edge switch coupled to a network. The method also includes sending the data packet delivery rate to a user device, operably coupled to a customer equipment side of the first edge switch, as graphical user interface display data. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090059808 | Memory Access Optimization - A method and an apparatus for memory access optimization are disclosed. Data unit information may be accumulated for a plurality of data units. Partial network statistics for the plurality of data units may be read sequentially in round robin fashion from each of a plurality of memory banks of a memory. The partial networks statistics may be updated based on the plurality of data units. The updated partial network statistics may be written sequentially in round robin fashion to each of the plurality of memory banks. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090059809 | System and Method for Detecting and Reporting Cable Network Devices with Duplicate Media Access Control Addresses - The detection of devices with duplicate media access controller (MAC) addresses in a cable network. A cable network device (CND) having a MAC address is connected by the cable network to a cable modem termination system (CMTS) having a gateway interface address. A centralized storage of historical cable modem MAC address/giaddr tuple data is used to identify CNDs that report duplicate MAC addresses. The cable network tracks the CND MAC address/giaddr tuple data of all CND requests that it receives and stores the MAC address/giaddr tuple data into a datastore (such as a database). When a CND seeks to access the network, the cable network looks into the datastore to determine whether the CND MAC address of the CND has previously been stored with a different associated giaddr, which would imply that there are multiple CNDs attached to different CMTSs where the CNDs share the same MAC address. If such duplication is detected, an appropriate remedial response is taken. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090059810 | Network system - A network system includes: a monitored node ( | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090059811 | COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - In order to keep a pathway for time critical data packets (for example for VoIP calls) a dummy flow of data packets is established between a home hub router ( | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090067339 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING CELL COVERAGE AND SYSTEM OF ENABLING THE METHOD - A system of controlling a cell coverage is provided. The system includes: a state information generation unit to generate state information by considering at least one of a cell coverage and a traffic load of a target cell; an adjacent state information identification unit to identify adjacent state information which is generated by considering at least one of a cell coverage and a traffic load of an adjacent node, from at least one adjacent node; and a cell coverage control unit to control the cell coverage of the target cell based on the state information and the adjacent state information. | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090067340 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A MOBILE STATION, A BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND A METHOD FOR USE THEREIN - A mobile communication system ( | 03-12-2009 |
| 20090073888 | DETERMINING QUALITY OF COMMUNICATION - A method, computer-readable medium, and system for providing a quality measurement based on communications within a communication application. Communication attributes that include information associated with a user's communications are obtained. In embodiments, such communication attributes may pertain to communication duration and communication frequency. Upon obtaining communication attributes, a quality measurement may be determined based on the communication attributes. Such a quality measurement provides an indication of the quality of the user's communications. In embodiments, the quality measurement may be stored, communicated to a user, or implemented within a communication application. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090073889 | PHY BANDWIDTH ESTIMATION FROM BACKPRESSURE PATTERNS - The present invention provides a system and method of determining available bandwidth at a physical layer (PHY) device at a server on a broadband network. A link layer controller of a master administrator adaptively polls a PHY device over a set of time intervals. During polling, the controller places a PHY device's address on a line of a bus and awaits a response from the PHY device. Based upon the response from the PHY device, the administrator can determine whether the PHY device has available bandwidth. The link layer controller uses this information to recalculate its polling scheme to better make use of the available bandwidth over the shared transmission medium to which each PHY device in the network is attached. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090073890 | Method And System For Uplink Establishment In A Wireless Cellular Communication - The present invention relates to wireless communications. More especially it relates to wireless packet data communications. Particularly it relates to latency reduction by distinguishing connection initiation of circuit switched and packet switched connections, respectively. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090073891 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SPACE EFFICIENT ADAPTIVE DETECTION OF MULTIDIMENSIONAL HIERARCHICAL HEAVY HITTERS - The present invention develops an efficient streaming method for detecting multidimensional hierarchical heavy hitters from massive data streams and enables near real time detection of anomaly behavior in networks. | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090073892 | MEASUREMENTS IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A communication system comprising a network element, a mobile station, and a plurality of radio access means. The plurality of radio access means is configured to provide communication services to the mobile station. A radio access means of the plurality of radio access means includes a plurality of cells. The plurality of radio access means use different communication methods. The network element is configured to order the radio access means based on provided information. The provided information is associated with the plurality of radio access means and is based on a plurality of parameters associated with each of the plurality of radio access means. The network element is further configured to select a target radio access means of the plurality of radio access means based on the ordering and to send a request to the mobile station to perform compressed mode measurements based on the selected target radio access means for selecting a cell associated with the selected target radio access means | 03-19-2009 |
| 20090080339 | Multicast-based inference of temporal delay characteristics in packet data networks - Disclosed are method and apparatus for characterizing the temporal delay characteristics of a packet data network by multicast-based inference. Multicast probes are transmitted from a source node to a plurality of receiver nodes, which record the delays of the multicast probes. From the aggregate data comprising recorded delays of the end-to-end paths from the source node to each receiver node, temporal delay characteristics of individual links within the network may be calculated. In a network with a tree topology, the complexity of calculations may be reduced through a process of subtree partitioning. | 03-26-2009 |
| 20090080340 | Multicast-based inference of temporal loss characteristics in packet data networks - Disclosed are method and apparatus for characterizing the temporal loss characteristics of a packet data network by multicast-based inference. Multicast probes are transmitted from a source node to a plurality of receiver nodes, which record the arrivals of the multicast probes. From the aggregate data comprising recorded arrivals of the end-to-end paths from the source node to each receiver node, temporal loss characteristics of individual links within the network may be calculated. In a network with a tree topology, the complexity of calculations may be reduced through a process of subtree partitioning. | 03-26-2009 |
| 20090080341 | Wireless communications device - A wireless communications device wirelessly communicates with a communication partner by allocating communication resource areas thereto on a communication resource area basis. The wireless communications device includes a receiving unit for receiving, from the communication partner, communication quality information parts of the communication resource areas allocated to the communication partner from the communication partner; an estimation unit for estimating communication quality information on another communication resource area among the communication resource areas allocated to the communication partner based on the communication quality information on the parts of communication resource areas received by the receiving unit; and a scheduling unit for allocating the communication resource areas based on the communication quality information on the communication resource areas received by the receiving unit and the communication quality information on said another communication resource area estimated by the estimation unit. | 03-26-2009 |
| 20090086646 | STATUS REPORT METHOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for reporting missing data of a re-segmented data transmission in a wireless communication device is disclosed. The method comprises determining that a last re-segmented protocol data unit (PDU) segment of a re-segmented PDU has not been received. In response to determining that the last PDU segment has not been received, the method further comprises generating a status report, at a receiving wireless communication device. The status report comprises a beginning segment offset value identifying the byte position from an original PDU that begins the sequence of bytes that are carried in at least the re-segmented last PDU segment and an end segment unknown indicator. | 04-02-2009 |
| 20090086647 | METHOD OF MEASURING TRANSMIT QUALITY IN A CLOSED LOOP DIVERSITY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a method for determining channel quality information in a high speed packet access communication system with closed loop transmit diversity, power and variance related to a common pilot channel (CPICH) are determined for a rake receiver to obtain a closed loop transmit gain adjustment and to determine the CPICH signal-to-noise ratio. Thereafter, a high speed downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) signal-to-noise ratio is determined from the CPICH signal-to-noise ratio and is mapped to derive channel quality information. | 04-02-2009 |
| 20090086648 | Rank Adaptation for an Open Loop Multi-Antenna Mode of Wireless Communication - To perform rank adaptation for a mobile station in a wireless network, it is determined whether the mobile station is fast moving. In response to determining that the mobile station is fast moving, an open loop multi-antenna mode is selected to perform wireless communication between the mobile station and a base station. Also, selection is made from among plural ranks for the wireless communication according to the open loop multi-antenna mode between the mobile station and the base station. | 04-02-2009 |
| 20090086649 | SYSTEM, TOOL AND METHOD FOR NETWORK MONITORING AND CORRESPONDING NETWORK - A system, method and tool for monitoring switching events in a network with at least two nodes, and a corresponding network, the system, method and tool including means for representing the events originated from different nodes as data in a uniform format, and means for counting the occurrence of events in a node of the network wherein switching events being represented as the same data are counted as the same event. | 04-02-2009 |
| 20090092055 | TRIGGERING MULTI-CARRIER REQUESTS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate triggering multi-carrier requests at a mobile device and granting or denying the request at the access point. The mobile device can determine when to request additional carriers from the access point based on communication parameters, such as buffer levels, inflow/outflow data rates, PA headroom for handling an additional carrier, a timer for requesting the carrier, a maximum number of allocable carriers, and/or the like. Upon receiving the request, the access point can grant or deny the request based at least in part on subscriber level of the mobile device, available resources in the access point, reverse link throughput, and/or the like. Allocating additional carriers to the mobile device can increase throughput for communicating with the access point. | 04-09-2009 |
| 20090092056 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING MEASUREMENT BEHAVIOR OF DRX MODE UE - Systems and methods that manage measurement behavior of a UE in connected mode and while in discontinuous operation. The UE is enabled to autonomously (e.g., independent of instructions from network) enter a state of measurement, and generate a measurement report for the network, when quality of serving cell falls below the threshold of S_Intrasearch parameter. Moreover, the UE can perform inter-frequency and/or inter-RAT measurements autonomously by employing the “natural gaps” from its DRX pattern, when such are adequate to perform such measurements. | 04-09-2009 |
| 20090092057 | Network Monitoring System with Enhanced Performance - A data packet inspection and/or filtering system monitors packet traffic across an interface. In the case of monitoring incoming traffic, the incoming packets are directed to a packet capture process associated with a kernel of an operating system. The packets are then stored in shared memory of the kernel for access by a user space application that inspects the packets without requiring copying of the packets to user space and back to kernel space. | 04-09-2009 |
| 20090092058 | Non-Data-Aided Channel Estimators for Multipath and Multiple Antenna Wireless Systems - Novel non-data-aided maximum likelihood estimators for the delays and the attenuations in an ultra-wide bandwidth channel are proposed. Numerical results show that these new estimators outperform the previous non-data-aided maximum likelihood channel estimators derived in the literature. Moreover, in some cases, the performances of the new non-data-aided estimators approach those of the data-aided estimators, enabling us to reduce the overhead expense of pilot symbols. | 04-09-2009 |
| 20090092059 | Interference measurement mechanism for frequency reuse in cellular OFDMA systems - Under adaptive frequency reuse technique, mobile stations in a cellular orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system are served by different radio resource regions with appropriate frequency reuse patterns to mitigate inter-cell interference and improve system capacity. In a first novel aspect, the mobile stations measure interference statistics and obtain interference measurement results. The mobile stations report the obtained interference measurement results to serving base stations. The serving base stations determine adaptive frequency reuse patterns based on the received interference measurement result. In a second novel aspect, a radio resource control element receives the interference measurement results, determines frequency reuse patterns and configures radio resource allocation based on the received interference measurement results. In a third novel aspect, the base stations obtain the interference measurement results and schedule the mobile stations to be served with appropriate radio resource regions. | 04-09-2009 |
| 20090097409 | Dynamic Selection Between Active and Passive Probing in Computer Network - In one embodiment, during network operation, it is dynamically determined whether to change from passive probing of communication path metrics to active probing of communication path metrics. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090097410 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CQI IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for reporting CQI in a wireless communication system, the method comprising determining the value of (RL PHYFrame Index-CQIPilotReportPhase)mod CQIPilotReportInterval, determining if DLFSS is not equal to FLSS and transmitting R-CQICH on the Control segment. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090097411 | COMMUNICATION QUALITY DIAGNOSTIC UNIT - The invention achieves a communication quality diagnostic unit capable of detecting an omen phenomenon of a communication trouble early in a stage prior to actual emergence of the communication trouble due to a noise, thereby issuing a warning. The communication quality diagnostic unit for diagnosing quality of communication for transmitting and receiving frames at predetermined interval time, comprising a frame-interval time detector for monitoring interval time between the frames, a frame-interval abnormality determiner for making determination as the case of diagnostic abnormality when a predetermined threshold value is exceeded by frame-interval time as detected, and a diagnostic abnormality notifier for notifying a host unit of the diagnostic abnormality as an alarm. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090097412 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RATE ASSIGNMENT - A method and apparatus for determining the data rate of a reverse link communication. An embodiment includes transmitting at a null rate on the communication channel only when the station is not transmitting voice, signaling, or data. An embodiment includes determining a maximum requested rate based on the normalized average pilot transmit power and the pilot reference value, and determining the timing of the rate request. An embodiment involves determining a maximum transmission rate. An embodiment involves determining sufficient power and a power-control set point. | 04-16-2009 |
| 20090103444 | Method and Apparatus for Power Throttling of Highspeed Multi-Lane Serial Links - A method for managing the power consumption of an information handling system including a multi-lane serial link having a lane setting that identifies the number of active lanes in the multi-lane serial link. The method may include determining a number of lanes required for the multi-lane serial link based on one or more I/O devices connected to the information handling system, triggering a reduction of the lane setting of the multi-lane serial link if the lane setting of the multi-lane serial link is greater than the determined number of lanes required, and automatically reducing power to the multi-lane serial link in response to the reduction of the lane setting. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090103445 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING VARIOUS PDCP AND LAYER 2 OPERATIONS - Method and apparatus for enhancing interactions between layers in a wireless communications system. A PDCP layer sublayer provides a delivery confirmation service to at least one upper layer above the PDCP layer. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090103446 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING NOISE AND INTERFERENCE ON RANGING CHANNEL IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for estimating a noise/interference power value of a ranging channel in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. An apparatus for a base station in a broadband wireless communication system includes an operator, an estimator, and an adder/subtractor. The operator calculates the receive (RX) power of a ranging subcarrier signal received through ranging subcarriers. The estimator estimates the signal power of a detected ranging signal. The adder/subtractor calculates the noise/interference power of a ranging channel by subtracting the signal power of the detected ranging signal from the RX power of the ranging subcarrier signal. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090103447 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS BASED ON VARIABLE TTI LENGTH CONTROL - A controlling method and a radio base station apparatus capable of variably determining a Transmission Time Interval (TTI) length in accordance with a communication environment of a mobile terminal is disclosed. The radio base station apparatus includes a receiving section receiving information via an uplink channel; and a scheduler variably determining a Transmission Time Interval (TTI) length for any one of an uplink shared channel and a downlink shared channel or both based on at least any of a moving speed of a mobile terminal, location of the mobile terminal in a cell, a provided throughput value, and a number of retransmissions obtained from the received information. Preferably, the scheduler includes a TTI length allocation table describing relationships between parameter values and the corresponding TTI length, the parameters being used for estimating the location and/or the moving speed of the mobile terminal. | 04-23-2009 |
| 20090109865 | Methods of Providing Digital Data Services Including Comparing Predicted and Measured Levels of Performance and Related Systems and Computer Program Products - A method of providing digital data services between a communications service provider and a customer site over a communications loop may include predicting a level of performance of the communications loop without coupling a modem to the communications loop at the customer site to provide a predicted level of performance of the communications loop. The communications loop may be qualified for an initial qualified level of digital data service based on the predicted level of performance of the communications loop. After qualifying the communications loop, digital data service may be provided over the communications loop at the initial qualified level using a modem coupled to the communications loop at the customer site, and a measured level of performance of the communications loop may be obtained based on data communicated between the communications service provider and the modem over the communications loop. The measured level of performance may then be compared with the predicted level of performance. Related systems and computer program products are also discussed. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090109866 | Method for Balancing Quality of Wireless Communication Channel and Wireless Communication Apparatus Using the Same - Disclosed herein are a method for balancing the quality of a wireless communication channel wherein the quality of the wireless communication channel can be more accurately estimated and adjusted on the basis of the combination of observation results of the number of data frames failed to be transmitted in the past and a received signal strength (RSS), and reliability of data transmission over the channel can thus be increased, and a wireless communication apparatus using the same. The method includes collecting information about whether data frames have been successfully transmitted and information about RSSs of the wireless communication channel, acquiring the number of data frames failed to be transmitted and an average RSS in a predetermined observation period using the collected information, comparing the acquired transmission-failed data frame number with a predetermined threshold value and the acquired average RSS with a predetermined reference RSS, respectively, and estimating the quality of the wireless communication channel and quality degradation factors in detail by performing an AND operation with respect to the comparison results. Therefore, it is possible to stably adjust the channel quality. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090109867 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - The wireless communication apparatus, which performs a wireless communication by using one of switchable communication rates, includes quality assurance level specifying means for specifying a quality assurance level that is the minimum communication rate for assuring transfer quality of a streaming data of specified transfer rate; communication rate setting control means for determining an initial setting value that is higher communication rate than the quality assurance level, setting the communication rate to the initial setting value when the communication is started, and changing a setting of the communication rate according to the communication state; and a transmission process unit for performing a modulation process of the streaming data according to the communication rate for transmitting the modulated streaming data. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090116397 | Network Condition Capture and Reproduction - A network condition capture and reproduction technique captures measurement data characterizing network conditions at a given time between first and second endpoint devices of a network, and utilizes the captured measurement data in a network impairment device to reproduce the network conditions at a later time and possibly in a different place. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090116398 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FLOW MONITORING - A network device may include logic configured to receive a packet from a packet forwarding engine, create a flow ID for the packet, determine whether the flow ID matches one of a plurality of flow IDs in a table, determine whether the packet is associated with a flow to be sampled, sample the packet and additional packets associated with the flow that are received from the packet forwarding engine when the flow is to be sampled and transmit the flow ID and the sampled packets via a switch to an interface. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090116399 | SERVICE DATA UNIT DISCARD TIMERS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate enforcing quality of service requirements. A first timer is employed for each data packet arriving at a packet data convergence protocol layer of a wireless communications apparatus. The first timer can be configured based upon delay tolerance specified according to quality of service requirements imposed on the data packet. The data packet can be discarded if the timer expires before the data packet leaves the protocol data convergence protocol layer. In addition, a second time is utilized for the data packet as it arrives at a radio link control layer. The data packet can be discarded if the second timer expires before the data packet is successfully transmitted to a receiver. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090116400 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD ENABLING SWITCHING OF COMMUNICATION CHANNEL - A wireless communication apparatus includes a transmission and reception unit, a monitoring unit, and a control unit. The transmission and reception unit transmits and receives a frame to and from a wireless communication terminal. The monitoring unit monitors an interference signal in a first communication channel. The control unit selects a second communication channel and a third communication channel. The second and the third communication channels are different from the first communication channel. The transmission and reception unit transmits an instruction frame to the wireless communication terminal when the monitoring unit detects the interference signal in the first communication channel. The instruction frame includes information on the second and third communication channels and instructs the wireless communication terminal to switch the communication channel from the first communication channel to at least one of the second and third communication channels. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090116401 | METHOD AND DEVICE OF ADAPTIVE CONTROL OF DATA RATE, FRAGMENTATION AND REQUEST TO SEND PROTECTION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and device for adaptive control of transmission parameters such as data rate, fragmentation and request to send protection. Packet error rates for frames transmitted with and without request to send protection are computed and compared to determine whether error rates are attributable to noise or to collision. If error rates are attributable to noise, data rates may be adjusted and fragmentation may be activated. If error rates are attributable to collisions, request to send protection may be activated or adjusted. | 05-07-2009 |
| 20090122711 | System and Method to Measure Delay for Qos Monitoring in Wlan 802.11 Networks - A wireless network ( | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090122712 | System And Method Of Providing Service Information To A Carrier - A method of providing service performance information to a carrier for an application over a network is provided, wherein parameters relating to the application are transmitted to a mobile device, and the mobile device stores information relating to packets transmitted for the application. Should the information stored exceed the parameters, an alert is sent to the network. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090122713 | Interfering Packet Streams in Packet Networks - A method for estimating the network-layer topology of a telecommunications network is described. In particular, the illustrative embodiment of the present invention estimates the existence and connectivity of nodes in the topology based on the detection of network-wide end-to-end path intersections. This is based on the assumption that pairs of streams of packets that share a common node will interfere and that the interference can be detected in the received streams. In general, this interference is manifested as jitter. By transmitting streams on each pair of end-to-end paths in the network, and detecting interference (or a lack of interference) a matrix of path intersections for the network can be created. Using logic and supposition, the topology of the network can be estimated using the matrix of path intersections. Once the estimate of the topology is complete, the maintenance and operation of the network can proceed based on the topology. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090122714 | STREAM ANALYSIS APPARATUS AND STREAM ANALYSIS DISPLAY METHOD - An analysis display GJ | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090122715 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CREATING BEAMFORMING PROFILES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A wireless communications network uses a beamforming process to increase signal quality as well as transmission capabilities and reduction of interference. An improved Golay sequence is also used in the wireless communications network. In one aspect, the processes can be used to communicate regardless of whether the system is on an OFDM mode or a single carrier mode. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090122716 | Communication bandwidth measurement apparatus, recording medium on which program is recorded, and method - To provide a terminal apparatus, a program, and a communication bandwidth determination method which can correctly measure a communication bandwidth, without providing a server apparatus which measures the communication bandwidth. | 05-14-2009 |
| 20090129281 | QUALITY-ENERGY SCALABILITY TECHNIQUE FOR TRACKING SYSTEMS - A method of managing the operation of a system is presented. The system includes a processing subsystem configured to run a multimedia application and a telecommunication subsystem. The method includes determining telecom environment conditions, and selecting a configuration from a plurality of configurations. The selecting is based at least in part on the determined environmental conditions. The method also includes setting control parameters such as channel speed in the multimedia application and/or the telecommunication subsystem to cause the system to operate at the selected configuration, and operating the system at the selected configuration. The configuration are determined by simultaneously updating control parameters by a controller of both the multimedia application and the telecommunication subsystem. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090129282 | Method and apparatus for measuring quality of VoIP call - Provided are a method and an apparatus for periodically measuring speech quality in a voice over Internet protocol (VoIP) terminal while a VoIP call between VoIP terminals is in progress. The method comprises: receiving summary information regarding traffic sent from an opposite VoIP terminal; and evaluating speech quality by comparing the summary information with actually received information regarding the traffic sent from the opposite VoIP. Accordingly, each VoIP terminal can precisely evaluate the speech quality periodically and send the evaluation result to each other. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090129283 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION OF DEVICE IN WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK - Provided is a method of transmitting information regarding a device in a wireless personal area network (WPAN). In the method, a probe request frame is received from one of devices belonging to the WPAN according to a common mode which is a physical layer (PHY) transmission mode being commonly supported by the devices, the probe request frame containing information requesting information regarding a PHY transmission mode supported by another specific device, a probe response frame containing the information regarding the PHY transmission mode supported by the specific device is generated, and then the probe response frame is transmitted to the device transmitting the probe request frame, according to the common mode. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090129284 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for reporting a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes estimating a per-subband CQI with respect to each transport layer and generating a broadband CQI with respect to each transport layer according to the per-subband CQI, comparing the broadband CQI and the per-subband CQI with respect to each transport layer to determine a difference value thereof, determining an offset value to be used in a differential CQI, determining the differential CQI by subtracting the offset value from the determined difference value, and transmitting a transmission symbol by converting the determined differential CQI into the transmission symbol. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090129285 | STATISTIC REPORTING METHOD AND MEDIA GATEWAY - A statistic reporting method includes: obtaining the current time information after an MG determines that the statistic parameter value needs to be reported if the reporting of a statistic parameter value needs to be bound to the time information, when associating the current time with the current value of the statistic parameter to be reported, and reporting such information to an MGC. In the present disclosure, the MG associates the current time information with the current value of the statistic parameter to be reported, and reports such information to the MGC, thus enabling the MGC to obtain the correct time of triggering the reporting of the statistic parameter value, reducing errors and improving the accuracy of subsequent analysis and prediction based on the reported statistic parameter value. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090129286 | REDUCING INTER-SS INTERFERENCE - Certain embodiments are described that enable the provision of enhanced service in wireless networks. Methods for wireless broadband scheduling are described that comprise determining levels of potential interference between subscriber stations located in an area covered by a wireless base station. Communication between the wireless base station and the subscriber stations can be scheduled to minimize interference between the subscriber stations. Scheduling may include ordering the subscriber stations based on the determined levels of potential interference for each station. Such scheduling may result in a list organized in ascending or descending order of potential interference or distance from the base station. Certain of the subscriber stations can be selected to communicate simultaneously based on the ordering. In certain of these embodiments, the ordering can be calculated to reduce mutual interference of the subscriber stations. Determining levels of potential interference can include measuring interference on each subscriber station. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090129287 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND MOBILE NODE FOR UPDATING A CLASSIFIER - A method, a system, and a mobile node (MN) for updating a data classifier are provided, which mainly include the following steps: acquiring an MN's classifier information before the relocation of an access router and the MN's new classifier information after the relocation of the access router, updating corresponding properties that are changed in the classifier information, and generating updated classifier information. Therefore, after the relocation of the access router, the classifier for data packets can be correctly found, the data packets can be correctly forwarded according to the classifier information, and the uniqueness of the new CoA can be ensured. | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090135729 | Resource Reservation in Network Routing - The present invention relates to network routing and admission control, especially for applications requiring guaranteed quality of service over the Internet. The present invention provides a method of establishing a guaranteed quality of service link over a packet switched network between a source and a destination, the method comprising: determining whether packet traffic from a network node associated with the source to a network node associated with the destination exceeds a predetermined level; signaling an intermediate network node to receive predetermined packets from said source node and forward these to said destination node; forwarding said packets to the intermediate node; the intermediate node receiving said packets and forwarding these to said destination node. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090135730 | Detection in Mobile Service Maintenance - Disclosed is a method and system for detecting inconsistencies between a radio communications network and a network database. In one form, measurements from the network are provided by mobile radio terminals. The measurements are then compared with corresponding data on the network database to determine whether there is an inconsistency. The methods described may be used in the management and maintenance of the network. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090135731 | DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING BY A WIRELESS DEVICE - Techniques for monitoring radio and network conditions to improve performance for a wireless device are described. A diagnostic monitoring module may receive diagnostic messages from a modem via a diagnostic interface at the wireless device. The module may process (e.g., parse) the diagnostic messages to obtain network status information indicative of the status of a radio network. The module may provide the network status information to an application for use to control communication with the radio network. The module may also process the diagnostic messages to obtain diagnostic information indicative of the performance of a radio connection or a data session or both for the wireless device. The module may send the diagnostic information to a network server for network monitoring, debugging, etc. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090135732 | Characterizing Home Wiring Via AD HOC Networking - The invention is a method of measuring the RF losses among home wiring endpoints using battery-powered “remotes” placed at each accessible endpoint in the home. The remotes use a low power, ad hoc networking technology, e.g. Zigbee, Z-wave, to connect to one another over the home wiring, rather than over the air via antennas as in typical applications of these technologies. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090135733 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR MONITORING COMMUNICATION QUALITY BETWEEN COMMUNICATION DEVICES - The present invention provides a communication device, communication system, and a method for monitoring the communication quality between communication devices, in which it is ensured that the transmitting side and the receiving side can collect statistical information within the same time period. Its configuration is a method for measuring communication quality between communication devices which perform packet transmission, wherein the transmitting side communication device sends out a marker frame indicating a start and an end of a time period for measuring communication quality in which the time period is constant, and collects statistical information of transmission packets within said measurement time period, wherein the receiving side communication device recognizes the start and end of the measurement time period from the reception time of the marker frame, and collects statistical information of reception packets within the measurement time period, and wherein the communication quality is measured by statistical information of the transmission packets and the reception packets within the measurement time period. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090135734 | PACKET FRAGMENTATION PREVENTION - A method of avoiding packet fragmentation. The method includes receiving a data packet belonging to a data connection, determining whether the received data packet was fragmented or determining whether the received data packet is expected to be fragmented on the way to its destination and registering the data connection of the received packet in a list of connections that carried packets that were fragmented or were expected to be fragmented. | 05-28-2009 |
| 20090141645 | STEALTH NETWORK - Described herein are systems and methods in which taps, which mirror or provide a copy of network traffic, are connected to monitoring equipment through shadowing units, which pass data to the monitoring equipment but block outbound data transmissions from the monitoring equipment. Aggregation/dissemination units are provided to aggregate and/or disseminate tapped data network signals to the monitoring equipment. Also disclosed are optional bypass controllers that can either route the tapped data network signals directly to the monitoring equipment or route such signals through the aggregation/dissemination units. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090141646 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING TIMING FOR TRANSMISSIONS - A communication network element ( | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090141647 | Acknowledgment of Media Waveforms between Telecommunications Endpoints - An apparatus and method are disclosed that enable a first telecommunications endpoint to ensure that a second endpoint is receiving the first endpoint's packet stream transmissions with a satisfactory waveform quality. When the second endpoint receives the packet stream, it decodes the media waveform from the stream, encodes the waveform back into a second packet stream, and transmits some or all of the packets in the second stream back to the first endpoint. The first endpoint then decodes the received waveform in the second stream and compares it to the original waveform transmitted to the second endpoint. Based on the comparison, the first endpoint adjusts the value of a quality indication, and provides the quality indication to its user and to the second endpoint. Advantageously, the user at the second endpoint is able to determine whether the received waveform is, in fact, close enough to the waveform that the first endpoint's user intended to be received and understood. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090141648 | MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CQI REPORTING METHOD - Provided is a multicarrier communication apparatus by which information quantity of CQI reporting can be reduced. In the apparatus, each CQI is recorded in a CQI table section ( | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090141649 | Communication System and Method - In a communications system a transmitter is arranged to transmit asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) cells in which synchronous transfer mode (STM) channels are assembled. In order to minimise the bandwidth required at lease some of the ATM cells include one or more switch command(s) ( | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090141650 | Method for Congestion Detection in Packet Transmission Networks - A method for measuring degree of packet congestion on a channel of a packet communication network. The method includes: during a training mode, generating an mathematical relationship between the degree of packet congestion on the channel and a plurality of measurable features of the network over a plurality of network conditions; and, during a subsequent normal operating mode, periodically measuring the plurality of measurable features and applying the generated mathematical relationship to such periodically measured plurality of measurable features to determine actual degree of congestion on the channel; and comparing the actual degree of congestion on the channel with a predetermined channel congestion threshold level. The degree of packet congestion on the channel is saturation level. The measurable features include: time delay between transmission starts and terminations of the previously transmitted packet; the fraction of time the channel is busy; and, average number of packet transmission retries. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090147692 | COLLECTING NETWORK PERFORMANCE DATA FROM MULTIPLE AUTONOMOUS SYSTEMS - A computer apparatus comprises first Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) logic comprising BGP route table data; a network interface to communicatively couple to a first autonomous system; data collection logic in computer-readable storage media when executed operable to perform discovering an address prefix of a data collector that is communicatively coupled to second BGP logic of a router within a second autonomous system that is coupled to the first autonomous system, wherein the second autonomous system is independent of the first autonomous system; determining a path through the first autonomous system, the one or more networks or intemetworks, and the second autonomous system to the data collector based on the BGP route table; requesting the data collector to provide one or more data values relating to performance of network elements of the second autonomous system; receiving and storing the one or more data values. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090147693 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING OTHER CHANNEL INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for monitoring other channel interference in wireless communication system are described. An OSI Monitor Set (OSIMonitorSet) is updated at the beginning of every superframe of a reverse link (RL) serving sector. A list of Pilot PN's (PilotPN's) of the sectors whose pilot strength (PilotStrenth) is larger than or equal to an other sector interference Monitor Threshold (OSIMonitorThreshold) in an OSIMonitorSet is provided, wherein the PilotPN and the PilotStrength are fields in an Overhead Parameter List (OverheadParameterList) of an Overhead Message Protocol and the OSIMonitorThreshold is a configuration attribute of the Overhead Message Protocol. The PilotPN of the reverse link Serving Sector (RLServingSector) are excluded. It is determined if the size of the list OSI Monitor Set Size (OSIMonitorSetSize) is larger than or equal to N | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090147694 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING REVERSE LINK CQI REPORTING MODES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for setting Reverse Link CQI Reporting Modes in an access terminal is provided, comprising determining a value for CQIReportingMode and setting reporting modes of the access terminal based on CQIReportingMode value. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090147695 | SUB-SYMBOL RATE CABLE TESTER - Aspects of the present disclosure provide for a cable tester that tests a cable to determine the cable length. The cable tester can include a clock generator that generates a clock that has clock period that is a multiple of the data symbol period and a signal generator that injects the training signal, which can be synchronous with the clock, into the cable. The cable tester can also include a receiver that samples the returned signal from the cable and adaptively filters the returned signal based on the training signal and a controller that determines the cable length from the adaptive filter tap coefficients. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090147696 | APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR ENERGY-AWARE HOME GATEWAY BASED ON NETWORK - An energy-aware home gateway based on a network protocol includes a network matching module for performing a physical network interface function on a home and an external network; a processor module for performing an operation and a control function of a system in a active state in which service traffic exists; a memory module used as a system memory of the processor module; and a service function module controlled by the processor module and performing a service function depending on a use state. The home gateway further includes a network protocol agent module for processing control traffic in an idle state in which no service traffic exists; and a power supply module for supplying power to the overall system in the normal active state and for supplying power to the network matching module, the memory module, and the network protocol agent module in the idle state. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090154366 | EXCHANGE OF PROCESSING METRIC INFORMATION BETWEEN NODES - Method and nodes are provided for propagating between the nodes information about processing capacity of peer nodes. Two types of signals are sent from propagating nodes towards their peer nodes. A propagating node sends first signal type at a constant rate and a second signal type at a variable rate. A ratio of the rates calculated at a peer node represents the processing capacity available a propagating node. Sequence numbers may be added to signals of the first and second type in order to assist peer nodes in detecting capacity issues. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090154367 | Method And Apparatus For Relating To Quality Of Service In Wireless Networks - Quality of service is provided, for applications using a wireless network, by adapting the operation of the application to changes in operation of the wireless network, instead of attempting to command the wireless network to adapt to the application. Adaptation is accomplished by collecting pertinent RF data concerning operation of the wireless network and pre-calculating at least one anticipated operational characteristic of that network based on operational dynamics determined from the pre-calculation. Pre-calculation may include trend projection to predict near-term future operation expected from the wireless network. The pre-calculated operational characteristic is provided to the application so that operation of the application may adapt to the anticipated dynamic variations in operation of the wireless network. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090154368 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING QoE GUARANTEED REAL-TIME IP-MEDIA VIDEO QUALITY - A method and apparatus for measuring the quality of a video provided in an IP network based media service is provided. The apparatus for measuring Quality of Experience (QoE) guaranteed real-time Internet Protocol (IP)-media video quality, includes: a receiver receiving a transmission video provided through an IP network service platform and an original video corresponding to the transmission video, and extracting frames of the transmission video and the original video; a detector comparing the frames of the transmission video and the original video in real time to obtain a difference between the frames of the transmission video and the original video and detecting a matching segment between the transmission video and the original video; and a measurement unit calculating a QoE parameter using the frames of the transmission video and the original video which correspond to the matching segment. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090154369 | Digital-channel-monitor unit - A digital-channel-monitoring unit (DCMU) suitable for use in a coaxial-broadband network. The DCMU monitors quality, and integrity of digital and analog Radio Frequency (RF) channels from one or more remote locations in the network. These remote locations include one or more strategic locations between the headend, and a subscriber's premises, such as a business or home. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090154370 | Mobile Communication Device and Reception Quality Information Creation Method - When a processing delay detection unit ( | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090154371 | ESTIMATION OF POSITION USING WLAN ACCESS POINT RADIO PROPAGATION CHARACTERISTICS IN A WLAN POSITIONING SYSTEM - A method for estimating position using WLAN access point radio propagation characteristics in a WLAN location based service is provided. A location-based services system has a plurality of Wi-Fi access points in a target area. The Wi-Fi access points are positioned at geographic locations and have signal coverage areas. A method of characterizing at least one of the Wi-Fi access points comprises determining the geographic location of the Wi-Fi access point, dividing the signal coverage area of the Wi-Fi access point into at least one section, and determining radio propagation characteristics for each section. The radio propagation characteristics of each section characterize a radio channel of the Wi-Fi access point, and the characterization can be used in a location algorithm. | 06-18-2009 |
| 20090161566 | Network Management System and Method for Performing Scalable Loss Measurements within an Access Network - A network management system and a method are described herein that determine if one or more devices (e.g., consumer premises equipment(s)) are experiencing an unacceptable packet loss for downstream multicast traffic in an access network. In one embodiment, the network management system performs the following operations: (1) cause a trigger probe to be sent to the one or more devices, where each trigger probe contains information which causes the corresponding device to start a packet loss measurement; and (2) receive an unacceptable loss measurement message from one of the devices if that one device experienced packet losses over a certain period of time that exceeded a predetermined threshold which would be an indication that the one end device is experiencing an unacceptable packet loss. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090161567 | DETECTION OF ROUTING LOOPS BASED ON TIME-TO-LIVE EXPIRIES - A method and system for detecting routing loops and time-to-live (TTL) expiry attacks in a telecommunications network are disclosed. The detection of routing loops and TTL expiry attacks can be achieved based on the comparison of TTL expiries occurring on two or more routers in the network. A quantity of TTL expiries associated with a router can be summed. Additionally, a quantity of TTL expiries associated with other routers that are operatively coupled to the router can be summed. A difference between the sums can be calculated and a determination of whether a routing loop exists can be made in response to the difference. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090161568 | TCP data reassembly - Method and apparatus for processing computer network data. An embodiment of the invention comprises a first device for receiving a stream of data, said stream comprising at least a first data frame, said first data frame having been sent from a second device | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090161569 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FACILITATING CARRIER ETHERNET PERFORMANCE AND QUALITY MEASUREMENTS - An Ethernet metric system and methodology which provides comparable measurements over a data link layer for use in network engineering and Service Provider (SP) performance monitoring. The Ethernet metric system of the present invention utilizes a measurement appliance known as a nodal member for measuring various Ethernet and IP metrics. A plurality of nodal members is used to make one-way or round-trip measurements over asymmetrical paths. The system includes a database for storing measurement data recorded by the plurality of nodal members. A workstation is also contemplated to facilitate system configuration and reporting of measurement data. The system further includes at least one service daemon for interfacing between the plurality of nodal members and the database. Additionally, the service daemon instructs the plurality of nodal members to create vectors and obtain vector configuration from the database. The service daemon processes results data transmitted from the nodal members to the database. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090161570 | OPTIMAL COMBINATION OF SAMPLED MEASUREMENTS - Two regularized estimators that avoid the pathologies associated with variance estimation are disclosed. The regularized variance estimator adds a contribution to estimated variance representing the likely error, and hence ameliorates the pathologies of estimating small variances while at the same time allowing more reliable estimates to be balanced in the convex combination estimator. The bounded variance estimator employs an upper bound to the variance which avoids estimation pathologies when sampling probabilities are very small. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090161571 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIGGERING RADIO LINK CONTROL PACKET DISCARD AND RADIO LINK CONTROL RE-ESTABLISHMENT - A method and apparatus for triggering radio link control (RLC) re-establishment and/or protocol data unit (PDU) discard are disclosed. An RLC entity maintains a state variable for counting a total number of transmissions and/or retransmissions of an RLC PDU and its PDU segments. If the state variable reaches a threshold, the RLC entity initiates RLC re-establishment and/or discards the RLC PDU and PDU segments. The state variable may be incremented each time a negative acknowledgement is received for at least a portion of the RLC PDU or when a retransmission is considered for the RLC PDU or a portion of the RLC PDU. The RLC entity may increase a state variable proportionate to a retransmitted data size. The RLC entity may maintain separate state variables for the RLC PDU and PDU segments and counts the number of transmissions and/or retransmissions for the RLC PDU and the PDU segments. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090161572 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR ACKNOWLEDGING DATA RECEIVED BY A COMMUNICATION DEVICE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for acknowledging data received by a communication device, the data being received by data packets, with each packet comprising a plurality of data blocks. The communication device:
| 06-25-2009 |
| 20090161573 | Network System, Edge Node, and Access Device - In order to specify a data discarding point in a network, provided is a network system for collecting, in the network including an access network and a transport network, pieces of statistical information including a traffic amount of the network, including: an access terminal coupled to the access network; and an edge node for interconnecting the access network and the transport network, in which: the access terminal is configured to: measure pieces of statistical information including a traffic amount in the access terminal; and notify the edge node of the measured pieces of statistical information; and the edge node collects the pieces of statistical information notified by the access terminal. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090161574 | Method and System for Establishing a Communications Connection - According to one embodiment of the invention, a method for establishing a communications connection is provided. The method includes transmitting, by a digital subscriber line access multiplexer to a communications device, a plurality of parameters each representing a different indication of a same feature of the digital subscriber line access multiplexer. Each parameter is correlated with one or more communications settings. The method also includes establishing a plurality of digital subscriber line connections with the communications device. Each connection corresponds with a particular one of the parameters. The method also includes selecting one of the connections as meeting a predetermined criteria. The method also includes identifying one of the parameters that corresponds to the selected connection. The method also includes establishing a digital subscriber line connection with the communications device using at least one communications setting correlated with the identified parameter. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090168659 | DIRECTOR DEVICE AND METHODS THEREOF - A director device arrangement for enabling a plurality of monitoring functions to be performed on data traffic traversing through a network is provided. The arrangement includes a set of network ports for receiving data traffic and outputting the data traffic. The arrangement further includes a set of switch chips, which is configured to include at least a first switch chip and a second switch chip, which are configured to interact with one another to perform the plurality of monitoring functions on the data traffic received by the set of switch chips. The arrangement yet also includes a set of monitoring ports, which is configured to receive at least one of the data traffic traversing through the network. The data traffic is configured to traverse the director device arrangement irrespective whether the power is provided to the circuitry of the director device arrangement. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090168660 | ZERO RATING IN WIRELESS PREPAID COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - This disclosure relates to methods and systems for monitoring network usage according to predetermined rules and calculating user charges based on the network usage. The described technique includes receiving a data packet, extracting parameters from the data packet and determining whether the extracted parameters match at least one rule in a rules engine. Charges for the data packet are calculated based on the matched rules. The data packet is forwarded on to its destination. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090168661 | VISUAL METERING AND RESPONSE TO MAINTAIN VOICE QUALITY IN A VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL CALL - A computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer usable program product for managing a voice over Internet Protocol call. A selected set of resources associated with a quality of the voice over Internet Protocol call in a data processing system is monitored during the voice over Internet Protocol call. A determination is made as to whether the quality of the voice over Internet Protocol call in a data processing has fallen below a desired level. A corrective action is performed with respect to the selected set of resources in response to the quality of the voice over Internet Protocol call falling below the desired level. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090168662 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system of the present invention generates a gap section based on a channel quality indication, and determines the timing or the frequency of generating the gap section based on a given parameter between the base station device and the mobile station device. | 07-02-2009 |
| 20090175178 | Method and apparatus for requesting and reporting channel quality information in mobile communication system - Disclosed is a method and device for requesting and reporting channel quality information in a mobile communication system. A base station a locates a dedicated feedback channel for channel quality information report to an uplink radio resource, transmits the allocation information to subscriber stations, and generates a CQI report message to request channel quality information from the subscriber stations. The subscriber stations receive the CQI report message from the base station, measures a radio channel quality for communication with the base station, generates channel quality information, generates a CQI response message including the channel quality information, and transmit-the CQI response message to the base station through a dedicates feedback channel designated in the allocation information. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090175179 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING MOBILITY MEASUREMENTS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for performing mobility measurement in a communication network ( | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090175180 | Method and System of Addressing a Condition Experienced by a Customer When Using A Network - A method can be used to address a condition experienced by a customer when using a network. The method can include receiving a first communication from the customer, wherein the first communication is related to the condition of a video content as experienced by the customer, reviewing a log for an alarm, and testing a portion of the network that would process the video content, wherein testing generates a test result. The method can also include correlating the condition to a service parameter, an alarm, a maintenance event, a test result, or any combination thereof. The method can further include sending a second communication to the customer related to the condition. In one embodiment, the method can be fully or partly automated using a system. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090175181 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF ERROR VECTOR MEASUREMENT FOR DIGITAL AND MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT IMO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The present invention discloses an effective apparatus and method to measure the received signal quality for digital communication systems by measuring error vector measurement (EVM) with embedded EVM measurement block in receivers. The distinction of the present invention is that the EVM | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090175182 | Differentiated service transmission parameters adaptation - Systems and methods are provided for transmitting data on a wireless network. Some embodiments provide a technique whereby a type is determined for the transmission, at least one metric is determined for the transmission based at least in part on the transmission type and/or an indication of conditions on the channel on which the transmission is to be performed, at least one transmission parameter to be used in performing the transmission is selected to optimize the at least one metric, and the data is transmitted in accordance with the at least one transmission parameter. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090175183 | DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Since OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing), which is a downlink access scheme used for an LTE (Long Term Evolution) communication system, is weak at interference, it is preferable that the number of base stations for transmitting the same E-MBMS (Evolved Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service) data be not excessive. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090175184 | Method of requesting and reporting link quality in an EGPRS2 system - The link quality reporting method includes measuring link quality for received radio blocks, and if there is a modulation scheme with a largest number of radio blocks, reporting link quality for the modulation scheme, and if there is a plurality of schemes with the same number of radio blocks, reporting link quality for a modulation scheme selected using a predetermined method. Performance deterioration can be minimized in a link adaptation process. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090175185 | Multi-Dimensional Adaptive Transmission Technique - Method and apparatus for dynamically optimizing the transmission level of each remote terminal in a satellite-based communication network. Each remote terminal maintains quasi-error-free communication at the highest efficiency level available under changing link conditions and network configurations, without requiring the reservation of substantial power margins, which results in a much more efficient satellite network. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090175186 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING ACTIVE PERIOD STARTING POINT FOR USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention has disclosed a method for setting an active period starting point for a User Equipment (UE) in a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) mode, comprising steps of: a base station calculating and storing a position of the active period starting point for the UE based on predetermined parameters, so as to transmit data to the UE in a corresponding active period; the UE receiving Radio Resource Control (RRC) configuration information from the base station, and detecting whether the DRX mode is configured in it or not; the UE calculating its active period starting point based on predetermined DRX parameters in the received RRC configuration information; and the UE starting DRX based on the calculated active period starting point. The present invention has also disclosed an apparatus for setting an active period starting point for a UE in a DRX mode. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090175187 | Method and Arrangement for Triggering Power Headroom Report Transmissions in a Telecommunications System - The present invention relates to a method and arrangement for triggering transmission of a power headroom report to be used by a base station for estimating UE transmit power also for transmissions for which a power headroom report is not included. The user equipment, UE, is to this end configured with a set of triggering conditions for power head room report transmission. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090175188 | REAL-TIME MONITORING OF PERCEIVED QUALITY OF PACKET VOICE TRANSMISSION - The present invention is directed to a system and method for monitoring perceived quality of a packet-switched voice service in a network. The method includes the step of receiving a packetized voice communication via the packet-switched voice service. At least one objective measurement is obtained from the received packetized voice communication. User perceived quality of voice data is derived from the at least one objective measurement. The user perceived quality of voice data is provided to a user. The steps of receiving, obtaining, deriving, and providing are performed in real-time. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090175189 | CALCULATION OF QUALITY OF WLAN ACCESS POINT CHARACTERIZATION FOR USE IN A WLAN POSITIONING SYSTEM - Methods and systems for classifying WLAN access points according to the quality of estimation of characteristics of the WLAN access points are provided. The classifications may be used to scale a reference database and quantify an expected error of estimation of the characteristics of the access points. WLAN access points may be classified based on their impact on a user's position, speed of travel, and direction of travel estimation accuracy in a WLAN positioning system. A method for determining a quality of estimation of characteristics of a Wi-Fi access point comprises a Wi-Fi enabled scanning device measuring a number of received signal strength (RSS) samples of the Wi-Fi signal transmitted by the Wi-Fi access point. A total distance traveled by the Wi-Fi enabled scanning device while measuring the number of RSS samples is estimated and used to estimate the quality of estimation of characteristics of the Wi-Fi access point. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090180393 | Sampling apparatus distinguishing a failure in a network even by using a single sampling and a method therefor - A network analyzer includes a sampler and a network anomaly detector. The sampler acquires communication data flowing through nodes by a data collector, estimates a topology of the nodes based on the acquired communication data by a topology estimator, stores the estimated topology of the nodes in a storage, reads out the estimated result from the storage to generate a predetermined item for each read-out topology of the nodes as a sampling rule by a rule generator, and samples the supplied communication data based on the generated sampling rule by a packet sampler. The topology of the network is thereby estimated in advance to narrow down objects to be sampled. The behavior of the communication data can thus be grasped in correlation between a target network and other networks. | 07-16-2009 |
| 20090180394 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE, COMMUNICATIONS METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communications device is provided which receives data frames in FIR communications mode even if the device has failed to normally receive a connect frame in SIR communications mode. | 07-16-2009 |
| 20090180395 | COMMUNICATING NETWORK STATUS - A method for communicating network status information includes receiving, via a first link, a request for status information from a client device, the first link being a link between a router device and a client device. In response to the request, a data exchanger is polled for status information via a second link. The second link is a link between the router device and the data exchanger. The status information identifies a state of a third link between the data exchanger and a wide area network. The status information is received via the second link and communicated to the client device via the first link. | 07-16-2009 |
| 20090185501 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINATION AND EXCHANGE OF NETWORK TIMING INFORMATION - Aspects of a method and system for determination and exchange of network timing information are provided. In this regard, for each network hop traversed by a packet, a propagation delay of said network hop may be determined. Moreover, the propagation delay, and/or a hop length calculated utilizing the propagation delay, may be appended to the packet. The packet may, for example, be a MMRP registration packet or a SRP reservation packet. The packet may be dropped in instances that the propagation delay and/or length of a one or more traversed network hops is outside a determined range. The hop length may be determined by multiplying the propagation delay by a speed of propagation on the hop. The speed of propagation may be determined based on the physical layer technology associated with the network hop. Digital rights management may be implemented for media communicated on the network hop based at least in part on the hop length or the propagation delay. In this regard, use of media content may be restricted to a specified location. | 07-23-2009 |
| 20090185502 | Apparatus and method for planning a wireless network - An apparatus and method for planning a wireless network is provided. An apparatus for planning a wireless network includes a parameter input unit for receiving parameter information, and outputting the parameter information, a Rise over Thermal (RoT) calculator for calculating an RoT using the parameter information, and outputting the RoT, a first uplink performance prediction index determiner for determining a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level using the RoT, and outputting determined MCS level information, a maximum achievable Carrier to Interference and Noise Ratio (CINR) calculator for calculating a maximum achievable CINR of the determined MCS level using the determined MCS level information, and outputting a calculated maximum achievable CINR, and a second uplink performance prediction index determiner for determining at least one among a mobile station (MS) transmission power, a data rate, and an uplink CINR using the determined MCS level information. | 07-23-2009 |
| 20090185503 | NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYZING DEVICE, NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYZING METHOD AND NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYZING SYSTEM - A network traffic analyzing device accurately analyzes traffic of a communications network. The traffic analysis device includes a real time statistic information setting/managing unit for collecting information regarding communication data between a primary network and an access network from a traffic collecting device in real time. The device also includes a real time statistic information monitoring unit, an alert condition setting unit for alerting one or more conditions regarding the information collected from the traffic collecting device in real time, and an alert managing/notifying unit for generating an alert regarding traffic between the network and the access network based upon one or more alert conditions. | 07-23-2009 |
| 20090185504 | COMMUNICATION-QUALITY MEASURING APPARATUS, COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION-QUALITY MEASURING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A communication-quality measuring method disclosed in the present invention acquires packets to be transferred in a packet switching network and accumulates the acquired packets in an internal buffer. An acquisition amount indicating an amount of packets acquired per given unit time, a loss amount indicating an amount of packets lost during transfer in the packet switching network, and an acquisition leak amount indicating an amount of packets that cannot be accumulated in the internal buffer out of the acquired packets are measured. Based on the measured acquisition amount, loss amount, and acquisition leak amount, a packet loss rate transferred in the packet switching network and an error for the loss rate are calculated and the calculated loss rate and the loss rate error are output. | 07-23-2009 |
| 20090190483 | Network transmission system and a testing method thereof - A method, testing the network transmission, includes the step of providing a buffer of a scheduled size in a first storage unit, moving at least one transmission data from a second storage unit to the buffer in the first storage unit, and uploading the transmission data from the buffer in the first storage unit to an Internet. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090190484 | DIRECTIONAL TOPOLOGY DISCOVERY FOR DOWNHOLE NETWORKS - An apparatus and method for discovering and monitoring a collection of nodes in a downhole network may include receiving data packets originating from several downhole nodes. These packets may be read to extract a unique identifier and hop count for each of the nodes. This information may then be used to create entries in a network topology table corresponding to each of the downhole nodes. Each entry may contain unique identifier identifying the respective node, a hop count identifying a location of the node within the downhole network, and a direction identifier. The method may further include modifying one or more entries in the topology table having a conflicting hop count and direction identifier. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090190485 | Method of Closed Loop Power Control Adjusted by Self-Interference - A method and apparatus for controlling the transmit power of a mobile device in a mobile communication network takes the level of self-interference into account to perform inner-loop power control. For normal inner-loop power control, a signal quality estimate is compared to a signal quality target and power control commands are generated based on the comparison. When self-interference is the dominant impairment in the received signal, a “fast break” is introduced to change inner-loop power control command generation. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090190486 | System and methods for distributed output packet metering using input lookups - System and methods for metering output packet traffic at network devices. Ingress packet lookups are employed in combination with egress packet meters, which can be arranged in parallel fashion, and used to meter traffic across multiple blades of a switch chassis. Also, egress packet traffic metering is accomplished while matching complex ingress rules without additional egress packet processing. The system has a first node for creating requests that contain a number of filter indicies for specifying packet forwarding criteria. The first node also specifies values for the filter and meter indicies based on a packet to be forwarded. The system also has a second node coupled to the first node and to a number of ports. The second node has at least one table for specifying which of the ports are to receive the packet based on the filter values, and at least one table for accounting for egress traffic bandwidth. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090190487 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT FOR A NETWORK TUNNEL - A method and apparatus for providing performance measurements on network tunnels in packet networks are disclosed. For example, the method establishes two tunnels between a first measurement host and a first router, and establishes a tunnel between the first router and a second measurement host. The method also establishes a multicast group having a plurality of members, and sends one or more packets addressed to the multicast group from the first measurement host. The method measures the frequencies of directly and/or indirectly received responses from the plurality of members of the multicast group, and provides a plurality of estimated values for a plurality of packet transmission rates from measurement of the frequencies for one or more of said tunnels. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090190488 | Method of aiding uplink beamforming transmission - A method and apparatus of aiding uplink beamforming transmission is disclosed. One method includes a base station downlink transmitting beamformed signals to at least a first terminal, the beam formed signals directed and conveying data to at least the first terminal. The method further includes a second terminal eavesdropping the transmitted beamformed signals, and measuring a signal quality. The second terminal estimates uplink channel information based on the measured signal quality, for aiding uplink transmission. Based at least in part on the estimated transmission channel, the second terminal transmits beamformed uplink signals to the base station. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090190489 | Apparatus and method for channel estimation in wireless communication system - An apparatus and method for channel estimation in a wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) memory unit for collecting a predetermined number of pieces of channel information for two or more mobile stations (MSs), a CQI DIFference (CQIDIF) memory unit for storing a predetermined number of differences between consecutive pieces of channel information with respect to each MS, a CQIDIF dispersion unit for calculating a predetermined number of dispersions between two pieces of consecutive channel information with respect to each MS, and a second comparator for comparing a dispersion for differences between the two consecutive pieces of channel information with a second threshold to identify a Rician channel. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090190490 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR DETERMINING TRANSMISSION DELAY - Determining mutual differences of transmission delays experienced by protocol data units transmitted in a communications network is based on a surprising discovery that the time difference between the receiving moments of protocol data units the temporal receiving order of which deviates from their temporal transmitting order represents the smallest possible difference between the transmission delays experienced by these protocol data units. In a method it is determined, based on an order indicator associated with a protocol data unit received at an earlier point of time and an order indicator associated with a protocol data unit received later, whether the mutual order of the protocol data units changed during transmission. If the mutual order has changed, the time difference between the receiving moments of the protocol data units is calculated, which time difference represents the smallest possible difference between the transmission delays experienced by these protocol data units. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090190491 | ESTIMATING POINTING LOSS FOR USER TERMINALS OF A SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Techniques are provided herein for monitoring the performance of a satellite communications system, including techniques for determining the pointing loss of a plurality of user terminals in the satellite communications system using the isotropic radiated power (EIRP) of the satellite. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090190492 | Header Estimation To Improve Multimedia Quality Over Wireless Networks - A method is provided for estimating the header of a data packet in a wireless communication system. The method includes: maintaining a list of data packets received without an error at a receiver; receiving at the receiver a corrupt data packet having errors in its header; computing a likelihood score for the header of the corrupt data packet in relation to each entry in the list of data packets; and selecting an entry having the highest likelihood score as an estimated header for the corrupt data packet. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090196189 | Method And Arrangement For Measuring Transmission Quality In A Packet Mode Communication Network - A method and an arrangement for measuring a transmission quality in terms of lost packets between two pre-determined nodes arranged to transmit and receive packets in a packet mode communication network. Each node is provided with a counter arranged to count transmitted packets in one node and received packets in the other node during a pre-determined period of time. After the pre-determined period of time has ended, the counters are compared in order to obtain a packet loss measurement. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090196190 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR REPORT - A method for a UE reporting a CQI comprising steps of: obtaining a total number M of CQI report sub-bands in a system and a number N of CQI report sub-bands needed to be reported; measuring channel qualities of all sub-bands and according to the measurement result, determining N CQI report sub-bands needed to be reported and corresponding CQI values; sending a L-bit long sequence to a base station for indicating the sub-bands that need to be reported; sending CQI values corresponding to the sub-bands need to be reported to the base station. The present invention uses comparatively shorter bit sequence to indicate CQI report sub-bands needed to be reported and reduces the number of information bits necessary for CQI report sub-bands and also reduces the number of information bits corresponding to the CQI values in the CQI report sub-bands. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090196191 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SEQUENCE OF DATA UNITS BETWEEN A WIRELESS DEVICE AND A NETWORK - Method for transmitting a status report for a sequence of data transmitted along a wireless communication link between a wireless device and a network having several base stations, said link having a transmitting side and a receiving side. The method comprises: on the receiving side, determining status information on data units of the sequence, including a first set of data units comprising a first non-received data unit in the sequence and data units following said first non-received data unit, the status information indicating whether each data unit has been received or not on the receiving side; and transmitting, from the receiving side to the transmitting side, a status report containing a bitmap providing the status information for a second set of data units included in said first set, such that the bitmap has a predetermined maximum size. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090196192 | POWER CONTROL AND SCHEDULING METHOD IN CONSIDERATION OF INTERFERENCE LEVELS BETWEEN NEIGHBOR SECTORS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In order to perform uplink scheduling for a terminal, a base station receives information on uplink interference due to the terminal from neighbor base stations, transmits the information on the uplink interference to the terminal, receives information on transmission power of a feedback channel from the terminal through the feedback channel, compares the transmission power of the feedback channel and reception power of the feedback channel so as to estimate transmission loss, and performs uplink scheduling for the terminal by reflecting the transmission loss. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090196193 | METHOD IN A SCHEDULER FOR REDUCING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE - The present invention relates to a method for reducing inter-cell interference in a cellular radio system in which said scheduler controls a set of shared radio resources. The method comprises the steps of—assigning cell specific resource priority weights (RPW) to the different radio resources of a cell, said assignment differs from the assignment of the same radio resources in at least one neighboring cell utilizing the resource priority weights for selection of radio resources. The resource priority weights can furthermore be combined with channel quality indication reports (CQI) to form weighted quality indexes (WCQI) for the radio resources that are available to the scheduler. The invention also relates to a scheduler performing said method and a radio network node comprising such scheduler. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090196194 | ENERGY AWARE EARLY DETECTION - An incoming data packet is received, and a rate of change of residual capacity of a portable power supply is determined. From the determined rate of change it is decided to enqueue or drop the incoming data packet. If the decision is to enqueue, the packet is transmitted. If the decision is drop, the packet is deleted without transmitting. Additional factors may be considered in the decision, such as total energy capacity, residual energy capacity, and first and second derivatives of the residual energy capacity. Real time traffic may be treated differently than non real time traffic, and video enhancement layer packets can be weighted to drop more frequently than video base layer packets for the same flow. If used in the network, congestion probe packets are dropped at a rate matched to the rate at which data packets are dropped to give other nodes an accurate view of link quality. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090196195 | Network Controlled Throughput for Enhanced Uplink FACH - Systems and methods according to these exemplary embodiments provide for network control of interference associated with uplink transmissions by user equipments, UEs, operating in a random access state, e.g., the CELL_FACH state. A radio network controller, RNC, can determine, and then transmit, a limitation on uplink transmissions for such UEs, e.g., a maximum transport block size, TBS. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090196196 | CARRIER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE ASSIGNED A SET OF TWO OR MORE CARRIERS BY A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Carrier management in a wireless communication device assigned a set of two or more carriers by a wireless communication network is disclosed. In one aspect, a method of carrier management includes transmitting data over the wireless communication network on one or more carriers forming a subset of active carriers from the set of carriers assigned to the wireless communication device. A first performance metric is determined indicative of operating conditions across the set of carriers assigned to the wireless communication device. A desired number of carriers on which to transmit data based on the first performance metric is determined. The desired number of carriers on which to transmit data is compared with the number of carriers in the subset of active carriers. The subset of active carriers is dynamically adjusted based on the comparison and subsequent data is transmitted over the wireless communication network using the adjusted subset of active carriers. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090196197 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION AND DOWNLINK INTER-FREQUENCY AND INTER-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY MEASUREMENTS IN CELL_FACH STATE - A method and apparatus of performing discontinuous reception (DRX) and downlink inter-frequency and inter-radio access technology (RAT) measurements in CELL_FACH state are disclosed. While in DRX mode, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may perform inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements in a measurement occasion that fall into a DRX period. The WTRU may perform the measurements while T321 timer is running. The WTRU may take the measurements on first predetermined number of frame in which a DRX frame would coincide after a last reception frame if DRX operation was ongoing. The WTRU may periodically wake up for downlink reception in CELL_FACH state in accordance with a common DRX pattern that is common to all WTRUs in a cell or may wake up from DRX upon reception of the order and receiving a common traffic. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090196198 | RESOURCE STATE MONITORING METHOD, DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A resource state monitoring method, device and communication network are provided. The method includes: acquiring network event state information of a node in a network running process, detecting a data plane resource state of the node and a control plane resource state of the node when it determines that the network event state information of the node meets a resource state detection triggering condition, and reporting a detection result to a management plane of the node. The device includes an acquiring unit, a checking unit, a triggering unit, a detecting unit and a reporting unit. The network includes several nodes, a communication control device and a resource state monitoring device. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090201823 | Method for Dimensioning A Data Packets Handler Apparatus In A Packet-Switched Mobile Communications Network - A method of dimensioning a data packets handler apparatus in a mobile communications network includes a plurality of cells, each one providing mobile communications coverage in a respective geographic area, the mobile communications network supporting packet-switched traffic and circuit-switched traffic, wherein the data packets handler apparatus to be dimensioned is associated with at least one cell of the mobile communications network. The method includes: obtaining an indication of radio communications resources of the at least one cell; obtaining an indication of an offered packet-switched traffic with respect to the at least one cell; and determining an amount of resources of the data packets handler apparatus potentially needed by the at least one cell for handling the packet-switched traffic based on the radio communications resources and on the offered packet-switched traffic. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090201824 | ESTIMATING ENDPOINT PERFORMANCE IN UNIFIED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Performance of endpoints, client devices and servers within a communication system, is determined by collecting call quality data from each endpoint by a quality monitoring server/application. Call quality data includes predefined metrics based on network and end device characteristics during each call. Calls include voice, video, and data exchanges. Collected metric values are then aggregated according to a formula for consistency and scaled based on factors such as traffic volume. Resulting performance values are used to order the endpoints such that those with degraded quality and prioritized based on factors like traffic volume can be attended to first. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090201825 | Partial CQI Feedback in Wireless Networks - Within a wireless network, feedback information from user equipment (UE) to a control node (eNodeB) is necessary to support various functions. A UE receives an allocation from the eNodeB comprising a plurality of periodic transmission instances for a channel quality indicator (CQI) and a schedule comprising a plurality of periodic transmission instances for a rank indicator (RI), wherein the CQI comprises RI and other CQI fields. The UE then transmits an RI without transmitting the other CQI fields in a transmission instance allocated for both RI and other CQI fields. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090201826 | SEGMENT SENSITIVE SCHEDULING - Systems and methods of scheduling sub-carriers in an OFDMA system in which a scheduler takes into account channel conditions experienced by the communication devices to optimize channel conditions. The scheduler can partition a set of sub-carriers spanning an operating bandwidth into a plurality of segments. The segments can include a plurality of global segments that each includes a distinct non-contiguous subset of the sub-carriers spanning substantially the entire operating bandwidth. One or more of the global segments can be further partitioned into a plurality of local segments that each has a bandwidth that is less than a channel coherence bandwidth. The scheduler determines channel characteristics experienced by each communication device via reporting or channel estimation, and allocates one or more segments to communication links for each device according to the channel characteristics. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090201827 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING DATA - Provided are a apparatus and method for transmitting data and a apparatus and method for receiving data, in which a transmitting station sets priorities among a plurality of data to be transmitted and a receiving station processes the plurality of data according to the priorities. The apparatus for transmitting data includes a packet-generation module which generates a plurality of data and a packet that includes the plurality of data and that specifies priorities between the plurality of data; and a communication module which transmits the packet through a communication channel. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090201828 | METHOD OF DETERMINING PATH MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION UNIT - Network endpoints using TCP/IP operate to determine the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of the path between them. This determination is done so as to avoid the expensive IP fragmentation that will occur when transitting links with a smaller MTU size. The standard method of determining the path MTU (PMTU) has several known deficiencies, including: inefficient use of bandwidth as proper operation will likely result in the loss of one or more packets and difficulty of implementation as the reverse channel communication mechanism, reception of ICMP messages indicating the discarding of unfragmentable packets, is frequently blocked by firewalls and other security apparatus. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090207744 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING TUNEAWAY TIME IN OPEN STATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for determining TuneAway time in a wireless communication system is described. A current TuneAway attribute is and a TuneAwayRequest message having a MessageSequence matching the last received TuneAwayResponse is used. A tuneaway period number n for a sector with given sectorOffset is began at TuneAwayTimeNn, wherein the TuneAwayTimeNn is a function of t | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090207745 | PROVIDING REMOTE FIELD TESTING FOR MOBILE DEVICES - Remote field testing of mobile communication devices is provided herein. By way of example, an IP gateway of a target mobile network can be monitored. A mobile originated data packet associated with a test device can be updated or translated to include information of a device that is activated on the mobile network. Likewise, a mobile network originated data packet, routed to the activated device and/or identifying the test device, can be forwarded to the test device. As described herein, two way data exchange between the mobile network and the test device can be implemented even if the test device is not pre-activated on the mobile network. Further, an interface for the two way communication can comprise any suitable Internet Protocol (IP) network, enabling application testing remote from wireless access points of the mobile network. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090207746 | FFT-BASED ESTIMATION OF THERMAL NOISE AND RISE OVER THERMAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for estimating thermal noise and rise-over-thermal (RoT) in a communication system are described. Thermal noise in a sideband may be measured and used as an estimate of thermal noise in a signal band. In one design, samples containing a desired signal centered at DC or a frequency higher than DC may be partitioned into blocks of K samples. Each block of K samples may be transformed with an FFT to obtain a corresponding block of K transform coefficients for K frequency bins. The power of transform coefficients for frequency bins in the sideband may be computed. Thermal noise may be estimated based on power values for the frequency bins in the sideband. Power values for frequency bins in the signal band may also be obtained and used to estimate total received power. RoT may then be estimated based on the estimated thermal noise and the estimated total received power. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090207747 | Network device and data transmission method thereof in wireless sensor network - A wireless sensor network and data transmission method thereof provides for improving channel access efficiency and energy saving effect by using inventive carrier sensing mechanism. The data transmission method includes assessing a channel after initializing, when a packet to be transmitted is generated, a number of carrier sensing attempts (Ns) and a backoff value (W); determining, when the channel availability is assessed to be idle, whether W reaches 0; transmitting the packet if W reaches 0; and reassessing, if W does not reach 0, the channel after a duration corresponding W/(Ns-1) slot. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090207748 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS USING RECEIVED SIGNAL STRENGTH INDICATOR IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - A communication method and apparatus is disclosed that uses a received signal strength indicator (RSSI). In a sensor network including a plurality of nodes, a first node of the plurality of nodes receives a signal transmitted from a second node of the plurality of nodes, at least once. The first node also manages a link state with the second node according to the RSSI of the received signal. Therefore, the first node can receive signals from the plurality of nodes and then predict whether the second node moves. The first node can also predict a link state after the second node is moved so that communication can be performed through a link in a good state. Accordingly, the communication quality and the network performance of a network are enhanced. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090207749 | USER-INITIATED REPORTING OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ERRORS - Systems and methods that automatically collect data associated with system-identified errors as well as data associated with events associated with user-initiated actions. A data collection profile defines data to be collected and a user-initiated trigger. When the user-initiated trigger is sensed, data is collected according to the data collection profile. The collected data can be uploaded immediately, or stored for some period of time before being transmitted to a collection system. A user recognizes an event which may not be recognizable by the system and the user provides an input defined as the user-initiated trigger. Data may be collected for a brief time before, during and a brief time after sensing the user-initiated trigger and may be uploaded to a system. The user may annotate the collected data by explaining the error, after which the explanation is correlated with the collected data. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090207750 | NETWORK MONITORING BASED ON POINTER INFORMATION - A computer system and method for identifying and extracting content from data traffic, the system including: a capture driver arranged to monitor data traffic and to copy data packets from the traffic to a buffer without disrupting the traffic flow, and to generate pointer information to identify specific parts of a data packet; a plurality of decoder modules, each module being adapted to decode one or more specific data transfer protocols; and a control interface adapted to receive pointer information from the capture driver, to route the pointer information to one or more of the plurality of decoder modules, and to route extracted content from the data traffic to an application. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090207751 | SERVICE BASED LAWFUL INTERCEPTION - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a telecommunication system to monitor information related to specified services in a service unaware node. The node handles Content of Communication associated with services. The system comprises a Delivery Function to which Content of Communication related to a target is received from the node. The method comprises the following steps: Receiving from a requesting entity to the Delivery Function a request to delimit the received Content of Communication according to not desired services. Parsing the received Content of Communication according to not desired services by a Packet Inspection Feature associated with the Delivery Function. Forwarding Control Information related to the not desired services to the requesting entity. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090207752 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTHORIZING THRESHOLD TESTING WITHIN A NETWORK - A system and method for authorizing test traffic over a network. A request is received to perform a throughput test. A state of the network is determined. The throughput test is authorized in response to the determined state of the network being acceptable for performing the throughput test. The throughput test is terminated in response to the determined state of the network being unacceptable for performing the throughput test. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090213740 | Measurement Based Link Capacity for Multiple Interferers in an 802.11-Based Wireless Network - A method according to the invention includes determining a PHY layer model for a single interferer in an 802.11 wireless network responsive to an input of measured pair wise of at least one of a delivery ratio and received signal strength RSSI values in the 802.11 wireless network; ascertaining a deferral probability for a given node in the network in the presence of multiple interferers in a MAC layer model of the 802.11 network responsive to the determining step in the PHY layer model; and deriving from the ascertaining step at least one of sending capacity in the presence of multiple interferers, packet collision probability in the presence of multiple interferers and available capacity in a given link for a corresponding link delivery ratio. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090213741 | Multi-user MIMO systems with Imperfect CSIT and ARQ - A robust closed-loop cross-layer design provides for the downlink multi-user multi-antenna systems with imperfect Channel State Information at the transmitter (CSIT) for slow fading channels. Using ACK/NAK feedbacks from mobiles, a closed-loop cross-layer scheduler does not require any knowledge of the CSIT error statistics. To take into account of the potential packet outage (due to imperfect CSIT), we define system goodput, which measures the average bits per second per Hertz (b/s/Hz) successfully delivered to the mobiles, as the optimization objectives. We formulate the cross-layer design as a mixed combinatorial search and Markov decision problem. Based on dynamic programming approach, the optimal power and rate allocation is determined using backward recursion and forward recursion algorithms. Simulations illustrate that the proposed closed-loop cross-layer scheduler has very robust goodput performance at moderate to high CSIT errors and pedestrian mobility. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090213742 | Telephone Communication Monitoring Device and Method - A telecommunication system management device, the device comprising: a means to connect the device to a source of power; a means to connect the device to a multiplexed telephone signal; a means to provide the device with a destination network address; a decoder, to receive the multiplexed telephone signal and to extract control information from the multiplexed telephone signal; a converter, to receive inputs comprising the destination network address and the extracted control information, and to convert the inputs into a network compatible output signal; and a means to connect the device to a network, to permit the device to transmit the output signal over the network; wherein, the extracted control information can be sent to the destination network address. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090213743 | NOISE POWER ESTIMATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A pilot signal is estimated by using the sampling theorem to estimate noise power in a stable manner without depending on the signal to noise ratio. A pilot signal estimation section obtains an estimated pilot signal by using the sampling theorem according to a plurality of received pilot signals sampled in the frequency domain by a sampling processor. A noise power estimation section estimates noise power by applying statistical averaging to the difference between the received pilot signal received from the sampling processor and the estimated pilot signal received from the pilot signal estimation section. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090213744 | Self-testing communications device - The invention relates to a communications device with a transmitter ( | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090213745 | FRAME MONITORING DEVICE AND FRAME MONITORING METHOD - One aspect of the embodiments utilizes a frame monitoring device includes a monitoring period judging unit for judging whether the period of a received frame is a monitoring period satisfying a condition for detecting the alarm and a received frame input control unit for inputting a new frame received by the frame monitoring device into the buffer when the new frame is received and it is judged by the monitoring period judging unit that the period of the frame is the monitoring period satisfying the alarm detecting condition, and discarding the new frame without inputting the frame into the buffer when it is judged by the monitoring period judging unit that the period of the frame is a monitoring period which does not satisfy the alarm detecting condition. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090213746 | COMMUNICATION QUALITY MEASUREMENT SYSTEM, DEVICE, MANAGEMENT SERVER AND METHOD THEREOF - A management server that includes a signal control unit for controlling a signal for a packet for measuring communication quality, and a signal communication quality measurement unit that measures communication quality of a signal based on a result of signal control by the signal control unit; and a communication quality measurement device includes a payload control unit for controlling payload of packets for communication quality measurement and a payload communication quality measurement unit that measures communication quality of payload based on a result of payload control by payload control unit. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090213747 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATING ON-OFF TRAFFIC CHARACTERISTIC AND RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDING PROGRAM FOR ESTIMATING ON-OFF TRAFFIC CHARACTERISTIC - An ON-OFF traffic characteristic can be analyzed in real time from a measurement value without requiring detailed data analysis which is performed using measurement values accumulated for a predetermined time period through a high-performance measurement apparatus. A packet length and a packet transfer time interval of a communication traffic are first measured, and a data transfer rate variance indicator is computed based on a relative entropy value between the measured packet transfer time interval and a packet transfer time interval in case of transferring at a constant transfer rate. A predetermined traffic characteristic value is at least approximately computed using the computed data transfer rate variance indicator. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090213748 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING A SIGNAL-TO-INTERFERENCE RATIO - A method and apparatus for estimating a signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) are disclosed. A received signal includes signal energy on multiple basis functions. Desired signal energy in the received signal is transformed onto a first basis function with constant polarity. The desired signal energy is estimated by coherently averaging signal energy on the first basis function. A noise power is estimated by averaging signal energy on each basis function other than the first basis function and accumulating the averaged signal energy from the basis function other than the first basis function and scaling the accumulated signal energy to account for a noise estimate from the first basis function. An SIR is estimated by dividing the desired signal energy by the noise power. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090213749 | METHOD FOR DETECTING THE QUALITY OF A SERVICE PARAMETER AND NETWORK SIDE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for detecting a quality of service (QoS) parameter includes: a network side communication device compares a QoS parameter obtained by network negotiation with a minimum acceptable QoS (MINQoS) parameter required by terminal equipment (TE) after acquiring the QoS parameter obtained by network negotiation during a PDP context activation process. If the QoS parameter obtained by network negotiation does not satisfy the MINQoS parameter requirement, the current PDP context activation is rejected. The network side communication device is also provided. With the present invention, rejection for the PDP context activation is realized by the network side communication device, occupied network and equipment resources are rapidly released in an unsuccessful PDP context activation process, thereby enhancing system work efficiency and network reaction time. | 08-27-2009 |
| 20090219825 | Endpoint Device Configured to Permit User Reporting of Quality Problems in a Communication Network - An IP telephone or other endpoint device in a network is configured to support a reporting mode of operation that may be entered, for example, responsive to user entry of a report command via a user interface of the endpoint device. In one aspect, the endpoint device stores call information in one or more buffers. Responsive to an instruction to enter a reporting mode, the endpoint device sends contents of the buffer(s) to a report server over the network. The endpoint device may reinitialize the buffer(s) responsive to an instruction to leave the reporting mode. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090219826 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LIMITING ACCESS TO AN IP-BASED WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK BASED ON ACCESS POINT IP ADDRESS AND/OR MAC ADDRESS - A system and method manages call connections between mobile subscribers and an EP-based wireless telecommunications network through a wireless access point. Communications between the mobile subscribers and the IP-based wireless telecommunications network are initiated by a registration request. During the registration request various identifiers (IMSI, MAC address, IP Address, etc.) are communicated to the system. The system is arranged to log the identifiers and associate those identifiers with the entry point (e.g., the wireless access point) into the IP based wireless network. Call connections from the mobile subscribers are monitored for various throughput and call quality based metrics. Call handoffs between the IP-based wireless communications network and the cellular telephony network are managed by the system based on the monitored call quality and throughput metrics on a per-access point basis using the registered identifiers. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090219827 | REGISTERED STATE CHANGE NOTIFICATION FOR A FIBRE CHANNEL NETWORK - Disclosed herein are various aspects of a Fibre Channel (Fibre Channel) fabric having switches that employ Registered State Change Notifications (RSCNs) with enhanced payloads. Two types of RSCN message formats are provided, both including status information about the affected device(s). In one embodiment, a RSCN message format for inter-switch communication provides various information about the affected devices according to one of a plurality of predetermined formats. In another embodiment, a node device RSCN message format provides information about a port state, the identification of the affected port, along with the port and node world wide names and the FC-4 types supported by the node. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090219828 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING DATA TRANSFER - A method and a system for managing data transfer are provided. The method includes receiving a poll request for a status report on Protocol Data Units (PDUs) transmitted sequentially during the data transfer, determining a status reporting range of the PDUs to be accounted in the status report based on a sequence number in the poll request, and providing the status report with status information on a receipt or a loss of the PDUs within the status reporting range during the data transfer. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090219829 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK PACKET CAPTURE DISTRIBUTED STORAGE SYSTEM - This is invention comprises a method and apparatus for Infinite Network Packet Capture System (INPCS). The INPCS is a high performance data capture recorder capable of capturing and archiving all network traffic present on a single network or multiple networks. This device can be attached to Ethernet networks via copper or SX fiber via either a SPAN port ( | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090225671 | Monitoring Quality of a Packet Flow in Packet-Based Communication Networks - A communication system includes multiple routers interconnected by a packet-based communication network. Each of the routers includes a monitoring application that monitors quality of one or more packet flows during each of multiple successive monitoring periods. For each of the packet flows, the monitoring application determines quality metrics based on information obtained from transport headers of packets. | 09-10-2009 |
| 20090232012 | Method and Monitoring System for Sample-Analysis of Data Comprising a Multitute of Data Packets - The invention is related to a method and a monitoring system for sample-analysis of data comprising a multitude of data packets. Defined parent population numbers (N) of data packets are sampled by an out of N sampling and classified or vice versa. Classification is done by classification rules to create sample-flow-groups of specific flows. Each sample-flow-group consists of a sample-flow-quantity of data packets having a sample-flow-size. According to the invention in each sample-flow-group sample-flow-variances and sample-flow ratios defined by the sample-flow-quantity in proportion to the sample number (n) are determined. Furthermore, an estimated flow size defined by an estimated sum of data sizes of data packages in a flow of the parent population number of data packets and its variance are calculated. For the calculation the parent population number, the sample number and at least one of the sample-flow-ratios, the sample-flow-mean-sizes and the sample-flow-variances are used, comprising the step of determination of at least one of parent population flow-ratios parent population flow-mean-sizes and parent population flow-variances for each flow in the parent population number of data packets. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090232013 | METHOD, MEASURING SYSTEM, BASE STATION, NETWORK ELEMENT, AND MEASURING DEVICE - There is provided a measuring system comprising: a measuring device configured to measure parameters of a serving cell required for camping into the neighbor cells of the serving cell, to camp into the neighbor cells in order to store reception quality and neighbor cell lists from the neighbor cells; and a base station configured to set parameters of the formed virtual cell such that the virtual cell becomes a tempting destination for a cell reselection, to interfere the serving cell in order to cause the one or more user terminals to camp into the virtual cell, and to catch one or more identifiers of the one or more user terminals camping into the virtual cell after the start of virtual cell transmission. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090232014 | Method for Determining a Route Distance Value - A method determines a route in distance value for use in routing protocols. An optimum route is determined for time-critical transmissions such as videotelephony or VoIP. For this purpose, the route distance value is calculated as the product of the link metrics for the links of a route, said link metrics being the product of data packet arrival rates. This value is the optimum value for the route which requires the lowest number of repeated packet transmissions (retransmissions). Optionally, an additional factor can be inserted in the link metrics, which factor ensures that the length of a route is also taken into consideration. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090232015 | Traffic control device, packet-based network and method for controlling traffic in a packet-based network - A traffic control device ( | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090232016 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COLLECTING AND ANALYZING COMMUNICATIONS DATA - A method of monitoring data on a first communication line. Data is received from the first communication line ( | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090232017 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRAFFIC PRIORITIZATION - A method for management of Internet Protocol (IP) traffic comprises (a) receiving an uplink data packet associated with a connection of a plurality of connections; (b) assigning a weight to the uplink data packet; (c) updating a debt associated with the connection based on the weight assigned to the uplink data packet; (d) prioritizing the connections based on the debt associated with each of the one or more connections; and (e) processing packets in the one or more connections based on the prioritizing. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090232018 | Method and apparatus for processing padding buffer status reports - A method and system for processing buffer status reports (BSRs) such that when BSR triggering is performed, the size(s) of the necessary sub-header(s) are also to be considered together in addition to the BSR size. The steps of checking whether any padding region is available in a MAC PDU that was constructed, comparing the number of padding bits with the size of the BSR plus its sub-header, and if the number of padding bits is larger than the size of the BSR plus its sub-header, triggering BSR are performed. Doing so allows the sub-header(s) to be inserted or included into the MAC PDU or transport block (TB) or other type of data unit. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090232019 | PROVIDING MULTIPLE LEVELS OF SERVICE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Local breakout is provided by one or more nodes (e.g., a local access point and/or a local gateway) in a wireless network to facilitate access to one or more local services. In conjunction with local breakout, multiple IP points of presence relating to different levels of service may be provided for an access point. For example, one point of presence may relate to a local service while another point of presence may relate to a core network service. IP point of presence may be identified for an over-the-air packet to indicate a termination point for the packet. Also, different mobility management functionality may be provided at different nodes in a system whereby mobility management for a given node may be provided by a different node for different types of traffic. Thus, an access terminal may support multiple NAS instances. In addition, different types of paging may be provided for different types of traffic. Furthermore, messages associated with one protocol may be carried over another protocol to reduce complexity in the system. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090238085 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING VOICE QUALITY ON A VoIP NETWORK - In a method and apparatus for measuring voice quality of an endpoint in a Voice-over-IP (VoIP) network, a plurality of network quality parameters are determined for the endpoint. A voice quality factor for the endpoint is determined in real time based on the network quality parameters. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090238086 | Rank Dependent CQI Back-Off - In a wireless communication network UE, an estimated signal to interference and noise ratio (SINR) is calculated for each potential transmission mode, and is reduced by a calculated SINR back-off value in response to errors detected in decoding data in each of a plurality of data streams. A Channel Quality Indicator CQI is then generated based on the reduced SINRs. Reducing the SINR estimates in the presence of known data errors allows a UE to more accurately track a target BLER. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090238087 | Intelligent Heterogeneous, Mobile, Ad-Hoc Communication Network - The present invention relates to a Mobile Ad Hoc Network that possesses sufficient intelligence to handle a collection of devices that differ in terms of features either inherent to the device or the environment in which they operate. The different features inherent to the device may consist of different hardware and software technologies (e.g., combination of RF for transmission ability, processing ability, power supply, and interfaces). The different features of the environment may consist of any telemetry data measuring the state of the environment, as well as information regarding the MANet such as the density of devices in the vicinity of a device. Various applications are considered. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090238088 | NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYZING DEVICE, NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYZING METHOD AND NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYZING SYSTEM - A network traffic analyzing device accurately analyzes traffic of a communications network. The traffic analysis device includes a real time monitoring unit configured to collect information regarding communication data between a primary network and an access network from a traffic collecting device in real time; an alert managing/notifying unit that generates an alert regarding traffic between the primary network and the access network based on the information collected in real time by the traffic collecting device; and an alert generation cause analyzing unit that analyzes a cause of the alert generated by the alert managing/notifying unit based on information regarding at least one of normal data and abnormal data transmitted and received between the primary network and the access network prior to generation of the alert by the alert managing/notifying unit. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090238089 | ETHERNET TRANSMISSION METHOD, TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - The present invention, provides an Ethernet transmission apparatus comprising a first and second MEPs provided for each of transmission lines of operational and non-operational systems and for performing the transmission/reception of a frame to be transmitted over each transmission line in a duplexed manner, and a switching processing part for switching the MEP to be used for reception by using ETH-CC which is transmitted at regular intervals, in which the above described first and second MEPs are configured to be able to confirm each other's received content and are adapted to add a continuous sequence number to the ETH-CC when transmitting the ETH-CC, and when the sequence number of the received ETH-CC is smaller than the sequence number of the ETH-CC received by the operational system side, the MEP of the non-operational system side is adapted not to transmit the frame. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090238090 | COMMON DATA CHANNEL RESOURCE USAGE REPORT - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate indicating channel resource usage information for receiving additional channel resources in a wireless network. An access point can initially receive a set of channel resources from a network controller for providing wireless network access to one or more devices. The access point can grant and/or deny requests for one or more of the channel resources from a plurality of devices and can feedback information to the network controller regarding the granting/denying. The network controller can determine a load on the access point based at least in part on the feedback information and adjust channel resource allocation based on the load. Thus, where an access point has granted close to capacity of allocated resources to one or more devices, the network controller can provide additional resources to the access point based on received feedback information related to the granted resources. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090238091 | MONITORING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of monitoring a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) is disclosed. A starting location of a search space in a control region of a subframe k is acquired. The search space is defined by a set of PDCCHs at each aggregation level. The set of PDCCHs from the starting location in the search space at the each aggregation level is monitored. The starting location is defined by the multiple of the aggregation level in the control region. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090245118 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING QUALITY OF SERVICE MAPPING - A system and method for providing quality of service mapping including a first receiver to receive location data of a mobile device, a transmitter to transmit the location data to one or more servers of a service provider, and a second receiver to receive signal quality information based on the location data. The signal quality map be used to provide at least a signal quality map, a coverage area map, an availability map, and turn-by-turn directions for optimized signal quality or availability, based on the signal quality information. The signal quality map be also be used to improve overall service in the event of signal loss or signal degradation. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245119 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM FOR EXCHANGING SPECTRUM SENSING MEASUREMENTS THROUGH A DROP BOX AND METHOD OF USING SAME - A communications system and method for exchanging spectrum usage information through a drop box ( | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245120 | Ethernet Physical Layer Transceiver with Auto-Ranging Function - A method in an Ethernet physical transceiver device for selecting a transmission speed includes resetting a first register and a count value, establishing a link with a remote network device at a first transmission speed, incrementing the first register to a first value, monitoring the link by counting the number of detected false carrier events in the incoming transmission as the count value, and at the expiration of a first time period, comparing the count value of false carrier events to a predetermined threshold. The method continues with reducing the first transmission speed when the count value exceeds the predetermined threshold, maintaining the first transmission speed when the count value is less than the predetermined threshold, and when the first register has a first value, incrementing the first register to a second value and repeating the steps of monitoring the link to reducing the first transmission speed. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245121 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A QUICKCHANNELINFO BLOCK IN ACTIVE STATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and processing a QuickChannelInfo block is described. It is determined if a superframe is with odd superframe index. A QuickChannelInfo block is transmitted in every superframe with an odd superframe index. The contents of the QuickChannelInfo block are changed in accordance with the QuickChannelInfo Validity field of the QuickChannelInfo block. It is determined if multi-carrier mode is MultiCarrierOn. The QuickChannelInfo block is transmitted on each carrier. The QuickChannelInfo block is transmitted over the communication. The QuickChannelInfo block is processed after the QuickChannelInfo block is received over a communication link. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245122 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING GLOBAL NETWORK PERFORMANCE - The present invention provides a system and method for monitoring global network performance across a public Wide Area Network (WAN), and/or private networking through a secure IPSec gateway, and providing a user interface for performance metrics through a secure Internet browser. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245123 | METHOD FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY ACCESSING CIRCUIT SERVICES AND PACKET SERVICES IN A CELLULAR MOBILE RADIO SYSTEM - A method for simultaneous access to circuit services and packet services in a cellular mobile radio system comprising second generation cells and third generation cells, in which method, if a packet or a circuit connection is required by a terminal already having a circuit or a packet connection set up in a second generation cell, the method determines whether a change of cell to a third generation cell is possible and, if so, effects said change of cell in order to allow said circuit and packet connections simultaneously in a third generation cell. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245124 | Receiving device, clock synchronizing method, and computer program - There is provided a receiving device including: a receiving unit that receives a packet stream; an oscillator; a measuring unit that performs a measuring operation; an acquiring unit that reads the newest time stamp read from the packet stream received by the receiving unit and the newest measurement value measured by the measuring unit with a predetermined period, from a point of time when the packet stream starts to be received; a calculating unit that calculates an accumulation value of the time stamps and the measurement values acquired by the acquiring unit; a comparing unit that compares a difference between the accumulation value of the time stamps and the accumulation value of the measurement values calculated by the calculating unit, and a value corresponding to a network jitter; and a frequency control unit that controls the oscillation frequency of the oscillator based on the comparison result by the comparing unit. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245125 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION WHEN RECEIVING A FRAME HAVING A LOW RECEPTION SUCCESS POSSIBILITY - A header analysis unit reads a parameter showing a format of a digital signal contained in a received signal. A received signal quality measurement unit measures a quality of the received signal. An awake/sleep control unit controls restart and sleep of a reception unit based on data from the header analysis unit and the received signal quality measurement unit. The awake/sleep control unit stops a reception operation for a period corresponding to a frame length when the quality of the leading portion of the received signal is less than a predetermined threshold. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245126 | Communication Apparatus, Communication Method, and Recording Medium Storing Program - When a communication apparatus (server device) that includes wireless access means and can send content data by using the wireless access means starts sending content data, it calculates a communication band that remains available for the server device to perform communication, so that any content that has a rate equal to or greater than the remaining communication band may not be publicized open to and may not hence be sent to a client device. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245127 | Application Service Level Mediation and Method of Using Same - A method and apparatus for using an application layer demarcation point are described. In one embodiment, the method comprises monitoring end-to-end performance of a network application at an application demarcation point in a network, and mediating between provider infrastructure and customer infrastructure based on results of monitoring. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245128 | INTEGRATED SWITCH TAP ARRANGEMENT WITH VISUAL DISPLAY ARRANGEMENT AND METHODS THEREOF - An arrangement in a network device for monitoring network traffic is provided. The arrangement includes a set of network ports, which includes a set of input network ports for receiving the network traffic and a set of output network ports for outputting the network traffic from the network device. The arrangement also includes a switch chip, wherein the switch chip is configured at least for analyzing the network traffic. The arrangement further includes a set of monitoring ports, which is configured to receive the network traffic from the set of network ports. The arrangement yet also includes a tap module, which is configured at least for intercepting at least part of the network traffic flowing through the network device and forwarding at least part of the network traffic to at least one of the set of monitoring ports. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090252047 | DETECTION OF AN UNRESPONSIVE APPLICATION IN A HIGH AVAILABILITY SYSTEM - A method, information processing system, and computer program storage product for determining if an application has become unresponsive. Network traffic at a receiver node is monitored. The receiver node is determined to have generated a window probe response indicating a predetermined window size. A threshold associated with the window size of the receiver node is set in response to the receiver node having generated the window probe response. The window size of the receiver is determined to have been at the predetermined size for at least one of a time period greater than the threshold and a count greater than the threshold. An application associated with the receiver node is classified as unresponsive in response to the window size of the receiver node having been the predetermined size for at least one of a timer period greater than the threshold and a count greater than the threshold. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090252048 | Method and Devices For Determining Available Frequency Ranges - A method of determining available frequency ranges for at least one communication device is provided. The method comprises providing a downlink transmission time interval, determining available frequency ranges within a plurality of frequency ranges after the downlink transmission time interval, and providing an uplink transmission time interval after the determining of the available frequency ranges. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090252049 | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR SPECIFYING THE QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A TRANSMISSION OF DATA PACKETS - A method for specifying the quality of service in a transmission of data packets between a service entity (AF | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090252050 | TRANSIENT ANALYSIS OF PACKET QUEUING LOSS IN A BROADCAST NETWORK - A receiver monitoring the transmissions of a packet processing device such as a wireless access point analyzes the monitored transmissions to estimate the probability of packet loss due to buffer overflow in the processing device. The loss probability can be estimated for individual packets to follow rapid changes in communication conditions. An indication of the estimated loss probability can be used to adapt the forward error correction (FEC) parameters that are used to generate the packets, thereby improving the reliability of data delivery to a receiver while optimizing the use of communication channel bandwidth. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090252051 | Apparatus and method for efficient resource allocation using cognitive radio communication in orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA)-based moving networks - An apparatus and a method for efficient resource allocation using a cognitive radio communication in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA)-based moving networks are provided. The method includes determining a minimum transmit power value of the MRS, which enables the internal terminal to have a receive Signal to Interference and Noise Ratio (SINR) greater than a first threshold; determining a transmit power value of the MRS by taking into account the determined minimum transmit power value; determining a transmit power value of the MRS per cellular terminal, which is transmittable at maximum while exerting interference less than a second threshold on a corresponding cellular terminal; searching one or more cellular terminals having the maximum transmittable transmit power value determined per cellular terminal greater than the determined transmit power value; and borrowing and allocating a resource allocated to the searched cellular terminal to the internal terminal. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090252052 | FLEXIBLE POWER OFFSET ASSIGNMENTS FOR ACQUISITION INDICATOR CHANNELS - A method for wireless communications is provided. a method for wireless communications is provided. The method includes generating at least one adjustable power parameter for an acquisition indicator channel (AICH) and generating at least one adjustable power parameter for an extended acquisition indicator channel (E-AICH). The method also includes generating at least one power offset representing differences between the AICH and the E-AICH. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090252053 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING LINK QUALITY - A driver for an IEEE 802.11 wireless network node determines a metric for link quality between the node and a remote node. The nodes communicate using a handshake protocol in which the first node expects to receive an acknowledgement (ACK) of receipt of a data packet from the remote node. The driver provides a measure for: collision induced losses (pc) between the first and remote nodes; a slot being erroneously detected as busy when a successful transmission could have been made (pexp) between the first and remote nodes; and a probability of successful reception of a packet when a collision occurs (pplc) between the first and remote nodes. The measure is based on a number (A) of acknowledgements received from the remote node vis-à-vis a number (T) of packets transmitted to the remote node. The driver can adjust one of carrier sensitivity or node transmission power based on the measure. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090252054 | Reduced Power Transmission - Reduced power transmission is described. In embodiments, networked devices communicate via a network connection. A characteristic of the network connection between the networked devices can be determined, and an output amplitude of a signal that is indicative of the communications between the network devices can be adjusted based on the characteristic of the network connection. Power consumption that is utilized for the communications between the network devices is reduced based on the adjustment of the output amplitude of the signal. | 10-08-2009 |
| 20090257355 | Network node power conservation apparatus, system, and method - A network node self-retirement apparatus, system, and method is provided. The system includes a first network node, a second network node, and a plurality of network nodes. The first network node is configured to monitor a power and traffic level of the first network node and determine an operational weight based thereon. The first network node is further configured to compare the operational weight to a selected operational weight to determine a relationship between the operational weight and the selected operational weight. The first network node is further configured to execute a network node self-retirement procedure when the relationship satisfies a selected condition and to send the operational weight to at least one network node when the relationship does not satisfy the selected condition. The first network node may also determine a network topology based on operational weights received from other network nodes. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090257356 | Enhanced channel quality indication reports - A method includes making measurements of a received channel, and transmitting a channel quality report that includes at least one resource block-specific report indicative of a value of a channel quality metric over a bandwidth x, and that further includes an additional report indicative of the value of the channel quality metric over a bandwidth y, where y is greater than x. The channel quality metric may be a signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), and the additional channel quality report may be indicative of a difference between a mean value of the SINR of physical resource blocks found by a user equipment to exceed a reporting threshold and a mean value of the SINR over the measurement bandwidth y. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090257357 | Efficient Determination Of A Link Performance Parameter - The subject matter disclosed herein provides methods and apparatus, including computer program products, for determining a link performance parameter, such as a supplemental channel characteristic of a wireless link. In one aspect, a base station receives packets from a client station. The base station determines a link performance parameter based on an error rate associated with reception of the packets. The base station then uses the link performance parameter to determine a modulation and coding scheme for use in transmitting packets to the client station. Related systems, apparatus and methods are also described. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090257358 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CARRIER IDENTITY DETERMINATION IN MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methods are described that facilitate the determination and request of resources a node may wish to reserve. The resources include a plurality of carriers that are shared with other nodes. In an approach, the node determines a condition related to the plurality of carriers; creates an ordering of the plurality of resources; and transmits a resource utilization message (RUM) for one or more of the plurality of resources based on the ordering and the condition. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090257359 | System and method for tracking performance and service level agreement compliance for multipoint packet services - A system and method for measuring compliance with a service level agreement for communications. A threshold is set for a core information rate and a user network interface core information rate operable to avoid contention. Frame loss is measured on a core network and legs of the network. A determination is made that the service loss agreement is noncompliant in response to determining there is frame loss and a user network interface core information rate has not been exceeded or the core committed information rate has not been exceeded. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090257360 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING AND CONTROLLING A VIDEO SIGNAL NETWORK - The embodiments described herein provide a method for operating a video signal network. The method comprises: providing a video signal router having a plurality of input ports for receiving input video signals and a plurality of output ports for transmitting a plurality of output video signals and wherein the router has a plurality of monitorable router status conditions; providing a router control system for controlling the configuration of the router; defining, in the router control system, a plurality of predetermined states, wherein each of the predetermined states comprises at least one condition from the group consisting of: one or more signal conditions relating to one or more of the input and output video signals; and one or more router conditions relating to one or more of the monitorable status conditions; for each of the states, defining at least one action; configuring the video signal router to couple at least some of the input ports to at least some of the output ports; monitoring at least some of the input and output video signals and at least some of the router status conditions; in response to the monitored input and output video signals and router status conditions corresponding to one of the predetermined states, transmitting a notification message to the router control system; and initiating an action corresponding to the transmitted notification message. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090257361 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING COMMUNICATION LINK QUALITY - Methods and apparatus for determining the quality of a communication link transmitting a specified packet type are disclosed. The methodology includes configuring first packets, which share transmission characteristics with a specific packet type, such as a Voice over IP packet, such that the first packets experience similar communication link treatment as the specific packet type. The first packets are then transmitted over the communication link to a quality monitoring server located near a termination equipment of the particular communication link. Second packets, which are transmitted by the server in response to the first packets, are received and evaluated to determine the quality of the communication link based on characteristics of the second packets. Corresponding apparatus are also disclosed. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090257362 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING RADIO RESOURCES - During a contention-free period, or silent measurement period, of a first wireless communications channel, signals received on a second wireless communications channel are analyzed. The results of the analysis are used to perform advanced radio resource management functions, such as frequency selection, load balancing, or power management. Each of a plurality of wireless channels may be measured in order to perform the advanced radio resource management functions. During the analysis, an energy detect threshold may be lowered to a minimal value. | 10-15-2009 |
| 20090262653 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND CQI REPORT METHOD - Provided is a wireless communication mobile station device by which a throughput can be improved in multicarrier communication. In the device, a group control section ( | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090262654 | RADIO ACCESS NETWORK APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION AND HANDOVER CONTROL METHOD - A radio access network apparatus includes: a receiver unit | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090262655 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - A disclosed mobile station includes a storage unit configured to establish a correspondence between an identifier for a downlink Layer-1 control channel associated with a downlink data channel and a physical channel parameter for an uplink Layer-1 control channel and to store the identifier and the physical channel parameter; and a unit configured to determine the physical channel parameter based on the identifier and generate the uplink Layer-1 control channel. A disclosed base station includes a storage unit; a unit configured to measure reception quality based on a signal transmitted from the mobile station, select the physical channel parameter and generate the downlink Layer-1 control channel corresponding to the physical channel parameter; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit control information on the generated downlink Layer-1 control channel. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090262656 | METHOD FOR NEW RESOURCE TO COMMUNICATE AND ACTIVATE MONITORING OF BEST PRACTICE METRICS AND THRESHOLDS VALUES - A method is provided for monitoring a resource by utilizing proxy metrics provided by a dependent resource. A primary resource is recognized by a dependent resource, where the dependent resource is dependent upon certain capabilities of the primary resource. Metrics of the primary resource upon which the dependent resource needs are determined. Thresholds related to the metrics of the primary resource are determined. The dependent resource communicates the metrics and related thresholds to a central management tool. The metrics and related thresholds are monitored. Also, the dependent resource may act as a proxy for the primary resource, where the central management tool monitors the metrics and the related thresholds of the primary resource via the dependent resource. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090262657 | DATA TRANSFER PATH EVALUATION USING FILTERING AND CHANGE DETECTION - If a condition in a data transfer path is modeled appropriately, then a filter-based approach can be used to provide an estimate of the condition. This permits accurate, real-time estimates of the condition with modest requirements for data processing and memory resources. Change detection can be implemented to control a parameter of the filter. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090262658 | Method of Measuring Receive Power of CDMA Mobile Communication System, and CDMA Mobile Communication System - The receive power of uplink signals in a CDMA mobile communication system is measured by prohibiting a mobile station from transmitting an uplink signal including a frame over a first channel during a predetermined transmission prohibition period, and measuring a receive power of uplink signals at a base station transmitted from each of the mobile stations located in a cell during the prohibition period. Another method of measuring the receive power includes measuring a first receive power of uplink signals at a base station from each mobile station located in a cell, and measuring each second receive power of uplink signal including a frame only over a first channel transmitted from each mobile station, and then calculating a total receive power of uplink signals excluding frames over the first channel by subtracting respective second receive powers from the first receive power. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090268619 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR A COGNITIVE RADIO HAVING ADAPTABLE CHARACTERISTICS - Systems and methods for configuring a network of radios for dynamic spectrum access are described. A network radio can include hardware and/or software modules for detecting a radio environment and negotiating common communications channels with a plurality of other radios in the network. Network radio behavior can be defined by a plurality of predefined policies which are used in combination with the information about the radio environment to select common operating parameters. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268620 | COMMUNICATION CONNECTING METHOD, COMMUNICATION CONNECTING DEVICE AND STORAGE MEDIUM WITH PROGRAM STORED THEREIN - A user is prompted to turn on power supply of a device to be connected with a screen. When it is detected that the power supply is turned on, the screen is displayed for confirming a user whether the device whose power supply is turned on should be connected or not. Thus, connection is carried out. With such a method, a communication connection method capable of selecting a device to be connected reliably is provided. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268621 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, RECEIVING APPARATUS AND MULTIPLEX NUMBER CONTROLLING METHOD - A spatial multiplex number controlling method and others wherein streams can be separated for each of receivers and the transmission efficiency can be improved. In a receiving apparatus, a PER is calculated from a history of CRC test results per stream multiplex number. A reception quality and an offset corresponding to the calculated PER are fed hack to a transmitting apparatus. The transmitting apparatus assigns, based on the fed-back reception quality and offset, the streams, thereby controlling the stream multiplex number. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268622 | Route Tracing Program Configured to Detect Particular Network Element Making Type of Service Modification - One or more network elements that modify type of service values in a network are detected by sending route tracing messages having increasing time-to-live values and a designated type of service value from a first network element to a second network element. Type of service values are monitored in respective time exceeded messages received from respective network elements on a given network path between the first network element and the second network element responsive to the route tracing messages. At least a particular one of the network elements on the given network path that has made a modification in type of service value relative to the designated type of service value is identified, based on the monitored type of service values in the respective time exceeded messages. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268623 | EFFICIENT PROBABILISTIC COUNTING SCHEME FOR STREAM-EXPRESSION CARDINALITIES - In one embodiment, a method of monitoring a network. The method includes, at each node of a fixed set, constructing a corresponding vector of M components based on data packets received at the node during a time period, M being an integer greater than 1, the fixed set being formed of some nodes of the network; and, based on the constructed vectors, estimating how many of the received data packets have been received by all of the nodes of the set or estimating how many flows of the received data packets have data packets that have passed through all of the nodes of the set. The constructing includes updating a component of the vector of one of the nodes in response to the one of the nodes receiving a data packet. The updating includes selecting the component for updating by hashing a property of the data packet received by the one of the nodes. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268624 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MEASUREMENT AND FEEDBACK OF CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR INFORMATION - User equipment may receive configuration information indicating whether the user equipment provides feedback of channel quality indicator (CQI) information in virtual resource block mode or physical resource block mode. If the configuration information indicates that the user equipment provides feedback in virtual resource block mode, the user equipment may calculate the CQI information for virtual resource blocks. The user equipment may feed back the CQI information for the virtual resource blocks to a Node B. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268625 | Communication Method and a Radio System - The network system of an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing radio system measures a quality of a signal from a user terminal. At least one compared property of the signal is compared with a predetermined threshold. The comparison includes a comparison involving the measured quality. A number of sub-channels for the user terminal is decreased if each comparison operation indicates that a compared property is at the predetermined threshold or within a predetermined range of the threshold. A control signal about a decrease is transmitted to the user terminal. The user terminal transmits with the decreased number of sub-channels as a response to the control signal. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268626 | SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT WITH TEST MODE - A semiconductor integrated circuit is provided which includes: A signal input terminals which include control input pads, A being an integer greater than or equal to 2; an internal circuit; a clock signal input terminal to which a clock signal is input; and an input signal control block which, in a test mode, separates time-division multiplexed data having a multiplicity of X, the time-division multiplexed data being input from A/X signal input terminals among the A signal input terminals, into individual data in accordance with the clock signal, and outputs the separated individual data to the internal circuit, X being an integer greater than or equal to 2. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268627 | METHOD FOR RING MANAGEMENT IN AN ETHERNET NETWORK COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF REDUNDANCY MANAGERS - Test packets (TP | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268628 | Synchronous Circuit Synthesis Using An Asynchronous Specification - A method for specifying and synthesizing a synchronous digital circuit by first accepting a specification of an asynchronous system in which stored values are updated according to a set of state transition rules. For instance, the state transition rules are specified as a Term Rewriting System (TRS) in which each rule specifies a number of allowable state transitions, and includes a logical precondition on the stored values and a functional specification of the stored values after a state transition in terms of the stored values prior to the state transition. The specification of the asynchronous circuit is converted into a specification of a synchronous circuit in which a number of state transitions can occur during each clock period. The method includes identifying sets of state transitions, for example by identifying sets of TRS rules, that can occur during a single clocking period and forming the specification of the synchronous circuit to allow any of the state transitions in a single set to occur during any particular clocking period. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268629 | PACKET PROCESSING APPARATUS - A packet processing apparatus includes a packet buffer unit that temporarily holds packet data, a packet processing unit that processes packet data output from the packet buffer unit, a clock supply unit that supplies a clock signal to the packet processing unit, and a control unit that detects a buffer vacant time indicating a time during which no packet data exists in the packet buffer unit based on an accumulation amount of the packet data in the packet buffer unit, and controls an operational state of the clock supply unit in accordance with the buffer vacant time. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268630 | SIGNALING OF UNUSED RESOURCES - A user device on a wireless network includes a receiver, a noise detector and a noise determiner. The receiver receives downlink data communications from a base station that indicates an allocation of time/frequency resource blocks at least to user devices that are communicating with the base station. The noise detector measures noise in a time/frequency resource block, comprising plural time/frequency bins, that is not allocated to one of the user devices. The noise determiner determines a level of interfering noise based on noise in the resource block that is not allocated to one of the user devices. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268631 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING FORWARD LOAD IN SECTOR, CONTROL METHOD, AND CONTROL APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for measuring a forward load in a sector includes: acquiring the amount of best-effort (BE) service data respectively transferred by each BE service user in a sector in a predetermined period of time; acquiring a time used by each BE service user for transferring BE service data in the predetermined period of time; and calculating a user equivalent rate of the BE service in the sector for the forward load by using the used time and the amount of the BE service data. The measurement apparatus includes a data amount acquiring unit, a time length acquiring unit, and a rate calculating unit. The measurement method and apparatus can measure a forward load of a BE service in a sector accurately. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090268632 | Method and Apparatus for Measurement, Analysis, and Optimization of Content Delivery - An apparatus and method for measurement, analysis, and optimization of content delivery over a communications network is presented. In one embodiment, the apparatus detects data packets en route over a communications network. The detected data packets are read by the apparatus, combined into application messages, and further combined into user centric events. The events are analyzed to identify metrics and statistics relating to the delivery of content over a communications network and the experience of the end user. The metrics and statistics are saved in a data storage area. When the metrics exceed a configurable threshold, the apparatus provides real-time notification of content delivery problems or end user experience problems. Alternatively, the system can take action to proactively prevent anticipated content delivery problems or end user experience problems. | 10-29-2009 |
| 20090274057 | Systems, Methods and Software for Identifying a Preferred Egress Gateway in a Bypass Network for Accessing a Content Server in Another Network - A bypass computer network has multiple egress gateways for communicating with one or more content servers in other computer network(s). The bypass network is configured to test the performance between each egress gateway and a content server, and to identify at least one preferred egress gateway for accessing the content server based on the testing. The preferred egress gateway may perform Network Address Translation to translate the source IP address of a client seeking data from the content server to a publicly addressable IP assigned to the preferred egress gateway. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090274058 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HEARTBEAT SIGNAL GENERATION - A system and method for heartbeat signal generation are provided. The method includes determining a communication condition and generating heartbeat signals based on the determined communication condition. The system includes a plurality of communication cells and at least one communication device configured to generate heartbeat signals. A rate of generating the heartbeat signals is based on one of (i) a service priority or user group and (ii) communication requirements for a network type for each of the plurality of communication cells. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090274059 | Method and system for switching antenna and channel assignments in broadband wireless networks - A method and apparatus for antenna switching, grouping, and channel assignments in wireless communication systems. The invention allows multiuser diversity to be exploited with simple antenna operations, therefore increasing the capacity and performance of wireless communications systems. Channel characteristics indicative of signal reception quality for downlink or bi-directional traffic for each channel/antenna resource combination are measured or estimated at a subscriber. Corresponding channel characteristic information is returned to the base station. Channel characteristics information may also be measured or estimated for uplink or bi-directional signals received at each of multiple receive antenna resources. The base station employs channel allocation logic to assign uplink, downlink and/or bi-directional channels for multiple subscribers based on channel characteristics measured and/or estimated for the uplink, downlink and/or bi-directional channels. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090274060 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REMOTE MONITORING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A technique for combining operations of a wireless access point with a remote probe. An access point links a wireless client to a wireless switch. A remote probe captures wireless packets, appends radio information, and forwards packets to a remote observer for analysis. In an embodiment, the observer may provide a protocol-level debug. A system according to the technique can, for example, accomplish concurrent in-depth packet analysis of one or more interfaces on a wireless switch. The system can also, for example, augment embedded security functions by forwarding selected packets to a remote Intrusion Detection System (IDS). In an embodiment, filters on the probes may reduce overhead. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090274061 | COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIA FOR WIRELESS OFDM COMMUNICATION - Messages transmitted between a receiver and a transmitter are used to maximize a communication data rate. In particular, a multicarrier modulation system uses messages that are sent from the receiver to the transmitter to exchange one or more sets of optimized communication parameters. The transmitter then stores these communication parameters and when transmitting to that particular receiver, the transmitter utilizes the stored parameters in an effort to maximize the data rate to that receiver. Likewise, when the receiver receives packets from that particular transmitter, the receiver can utilize the stored communication parameters for reception. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090279443 | ANALYZING SYSTEM OF NETWORK TRAFFIC ACCORDING TO VARIABLE COMMUNICATION'S MASS AND ANALYZING METHOD THEREOF - An analyzing system for measuring and analyzing communication traffic of a network and an analyzing method using the analyzing system are provided. The system includes a data measurement module configured to capture data that influences a change in communication traffic in a network; a measured data functionizing module configured to obtain a probability density or a cumulative distribution; a distribution function database configured to store function information on theoretically generalized distribution; a parameter decision module configured to apply the data to the function information and to decide parameters; and a suitability check module configured to select information similar to the probability density or the cumulative distribution from among the function information. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090279444 | Method and apparatus for discovering, negotiating, and provisioning end-to-end SLAs between multiple service provider domains - Domains (multiple collaborating service providers) create service offerings between pairs of edge nodes that interconnect with other domains in the network. The service offerings may specify the available bandwidth, quality of service, reliability, available security, price, subscriber and service contextual specific and other SLA information. When a new service is to be created, the service definition is used along with information about the available service offerings to determine a set of networks to implement the service. Information associated with the service offerings may be flooded to all other networks. Alternatively, the service offering information may be provided to a trusted third party (SLA broker) which may provide SLA services on the network to select sets of domains to implement inter-domain services, and may also proxy to set up the service for the SLA requesting party. A hybrid approach may also be used wherein some SLA information is flooded and other information is retained in secret and provided only to the SLA broker. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090279445 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION AND TERMINALS USED THEREIN - A communications system of the present invention is an OFDMA system ( | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090279446 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND CQI GENERATION METHOD - It is possible to provide a radio communication device and a CQI generation method capable of reducing the total number of CQI when reporting CQI for each level in a hierarchized RB. In the device and the method, the RB hierarchy is made as follows: a plurality of groups each consisting of the same number of RB are made to be one level, a group consisting of a plenty of RB is made to be a lower level, and a group consisting of a small number of RB is made to be a higher level. UE reports CQI for each level to Node B according to the RB reception quality at a longer cycle for lower level and at a shorter cycle for a higher level. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090279447 | Antenna Selection with Frequency-Hopped Sounding Reference Signals - The embodiments of the invention describe a method for antenna selection in a wireless communication network. The network includes a transceiver having a set of antennas. The transceiver is configured to transmit a frequency-hopped sounding reference signal (SRS) over a subband from a subset of antennas at a time. The transceiver transmits the frequency-hopped SRS from subsets of antennas in the set of antennas alternately. In response to the transmitting, the transceiver receives information indicative of an optimal subset of antennas and transmits data from the optimal subset of antennas. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090279448 | QUASI-OMNI TRAINING IN CHANNEL TIME ALLOCATION PERIOD - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for association in contention access periods and to a method for multi-cycle training in channel time allocation periods. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090285108 | Method and Apparatus for Providing QoS for MP Subscribers - A method for providing Quality of Service (QoS) for a Multilink Protocol (MP) subscriber at the subscriber level is described. In one embodiment of the invention, a network element fragments a packet destined for a subscriber into multiple fragments and adds any necessary encapsulations (e.g., MP protocol encapsulation, Point-to-Point protocol encapsulation, layer 2 encapsulations). The network element links the fragments together to form a MP batch packet. The network element sends the MP batch packet to a single egress queue associated with the subscriber. The fragments are distributively transmitted across the links associated with the subscriber. Other methods and apparatuses are also described herein. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090285109 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ADAPTIVE EFFECTIVE CINR REPORTING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present disclosure allow a MS to dynamically adjust the mapping of a physical CINR measurement to an effective CINR. For some embodiments, an effective CINR value may be generated based on a physical CINR value and a measured packet error rate (PER) over one or more time periods. By dynamically adjusting the effective CINR reported back to a BS, the MS may allow the BS to select a coding scheme that effectively compensates for changes in channel conditions, which may improve system performance. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090285110 | TRANSMISSION PATH QUALITY MEASURING DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, QUALITY MEASUREMENT METHOD, AND QUALITY MEASURING PROGRAM - The present invention provides a communication quality measuring device, a communication quality measurement method, and a communication quality measuring program by which the reliability and accuracy of the results of measurement carried out on a transmission path are improved, and comparisons between the results of measurement at one time and the results of measurement at another time or between one flow and another flow are made easier. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090285111 | METHOD OF CONNECTION RE-ESTABLISHMENT AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of connection re-establishment for a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system includes starting a radio link monitoring timer or a radio link monitoring counter, and stopping the radio link monitoring timer or the radio link monitoring counter if it is still running when a radio resource control (RRC) connection re-establishment procedure is triggered. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090285112 | METHOD FOR MANAGING A RELAY PATH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - A method of managing a relay path in a mobile multi-hop relay (MMR) environment is provided. A relay station (RS) discovers a link quality of neighboring RSs, which is necessary for managing a path, and reports the link quality to a base station (BS). The BS selects an optimal path having a tree-structure based on the reported link quality and informs the RS. Thus, wireless resources can be efficiently used. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090285113 | AUTONOMOUS CARRIER SELECTION FOR FEMTOCELLS - A carrier for a femtocell is selected from a set of carriers available to femtocells. The femto node determines a preference order for the set and measures received signal strength (RSS) for each carrier. The femto node determines a least interference carrier from the set based on the RSS for each carrier, then defines a selected carrier for the femtocell by comparing the RSS of the least interference carrier to the RSS of other carriers in the set. The selected carrier may have a RSS larger than or equal to the RSS of the least interference carrier offset by a predefined margin. The comparisons may be performed in the preference order. The set available to femto nodes may be a subset of all carriers available to a combination of femtocells and macrocells and one or more of the carriers available to femtocells also may be a carrier available to macrocells. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090285114 | Communication Apparatus, Communication Method, Program, and Communication System - A communication apparatus includes a receiving unit that receives a data frame including a plurality of pieces of unit data and transmitted from a communication partner; a determining unit that determines whether there is data loss, for each piece of unit data included in the data frame received by the receiving unit; a transmission right acquiring unit that acquires a transmission right; and a generating unit that generates grant data for granting the transmission right acquired by the transmission right acquiring unit to the communication partner, when the determining unit determines that at least any one of the pieces of unit data has been lost. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090285115 | INFORMATION COLLECTING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE INFORMATION COLLECTING APPARATUS, NETWORK APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE NETWORK APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information collecting apparatus which is capable of reliably collecting information without troubling a user or a service person even when there is no device capable of playing the role of a server to collect information on its behalf. The apparatus collects information on network devices connected to a network. The collected information is transmitted to a server. When the apparatus cannot continue information collection, it is determined whether or not any network device is provided with the information collecting function. If any of them is provided, the apparatus instructs the device to execute the function, whereas if none of them is provided with the function, the apparatus instructs the device to transmit information on the device itself to the server. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090285116 | MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BAND OPERATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Embodiments for bandwidth allocation methods, detecting interference with other systems, and/or redeploying in alternate bandwidth are described. Higher bandwidth channels may be deployed at channel boundaries ( | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090290502 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING INFORMATION VIA SELECTION OF RESOURCES USED FOR TRANSMISSION - Techniques for transmitting information in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, information may be conveyed based on specific resources used to send a signal, e.g., a pilot. A pseudo-random function may receive the information to convey via the signal and possibly other information and may provide pseudo-random values, which may be used to select the resources to use to send the signal. In one design, a transmitter (e.g., a base station for a sector) may determine first information (e.g., a sector ID) to convey via a pilot and may also determine second information for absolute time (e.g. a pilot cycle index). The transmitter may determine resources (e.g., slots) to use to send the pilot based on the first and second information and possibly based further on a PN offset assigned to the sector. The transmitter may transmit the pilot in the determined resources. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090290503 | Controlling Access to a Destination in a Data Processing Network - A method and system of controlling access to a destination ( | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090290504 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING ATTENUATION OF DOWNLINK CHANNEL IN BASEBAND EPCN SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a method and apparatus for detecting attenuation of a downlink channel in a baseband Ethernet Passive Coaxial Network (EPCN) system. The method includes: instructing, by a Coax Line Terminal (CLT) in a downlink time period, a Coax Network Unit (CNU) to measure a signal received by the CNU; and obtaining, by the CLT, the attenuation of the downlink channel of the CNU according to a measuring result sent by the CNU. Through the solution provided by the present invention, it is possible to obtain the attenuation of the downlink from the CLT to any CNU in the EPCN system, which facilitates engineers to locate problems and settle network troubles. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090290505 | DETECTION METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR POSITIONING INTERFERENCE - The present invention discloses a detection method, apparatus and system for positioning interference. The method, being applied in an EPCN including a CLT and at least one CNU connected to the CLT, includes: a CLT receiving from a CNU a packet at each uplink time slot, each CNU having a unique CNU identifier and a unique uplink time slot and determining when receiving a packet in error the CNU identifier corresponding to the uplink time slot for receiving the packet in error to position the CNU being interfered, so that the network management server can acquire physical information of the user having installed the CNU, and further accurately determine the interference source and quickly remove the failure point. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090290506 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHOD, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND PROGRAM - The present invention relates to a telecommunications apparatus and a method, a storage medium, and a program for determining whether or not an other side communicating apparatus is near in a network. In a transmitting apparatus, a transmitting unit transmits a sending-message, and a control unit receives a response message to the sending-message, which includes acknowledgement information based on shared data and transmission information in the sending-message. The transmitting apparatus also includes a first judging unit that judges whether a response time of the acknowledgement message is less than a predetermined time. A receiving apparatus includes a generating unit that generates the acknowledgment information and transmits the response message to the transmitting apparatus. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090296591 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - When communicating with a second wireless station, a first wireless station judges, based on link-related information received form the second wireless station and link-related information extracted from a signal transmitted by a fourth wireless station, whether a transmission link from the third wireless station to the fourth wireless station and a transmission link from the first wireless station to the second wireless station can be concurrently established without interference with each other. If judging affirmatively, the first wireless station transmits a signal to the second wireless station in synchronization with a signal transmitted by the third wireless station to the fourth wireless station. Preferably, when the first wireless station having a concurrent transmission control function communicates with the second wireless station having a interference reduction function, the first wireless station controls the interference reduction function of the second wireless station based on the link-related information received from the second wireless station and interference information, such that the transmission link from the third wireless station to the fourth wireless station and the transmission link from the first wireless station to the second wireless station can be established at the same time without interference with each other. If judging that the concurrent transmission is available, the first wireless station transmits a signal to the second wireless station according to a timing that overlaps transmission of a signal from the third wireless station to the fourth wireless station. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090296592 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MEASURING AND REPORTING DATA GAP FROM WITHIN AN ANALYSIS TOOL - Network data gap is determined and reported to enable a user to validate that all the traffic that was intended to be monitored is being monitored in monitoring and/or troubleshooting tools for observation of network traffic and network installation and maintenance. Span port oversubscription, incomplete span configuration, incorrectly placed network taps and monitoring device packet drop may thereby be detected and reported as data gap. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090296593 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MEASURING AND REPORTING DATA GAP FROM WITHIN AN ANALYSIS TOOL - Network data gap is determined and reported to enable a user to validate that all the traffic that was intended to be monitored is being monitored in monitoring and/or troubleshooting tools for observation of network traffic and network installation and maintenance. Span port oversubscription, incomplete span configuration, incorrectly placed network taps and monitoring device packet drop may thereby be detected and reported as data gap. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090296594 | ESTIMATING CARDINALITY DISTRIBUTIONS IN NETWORK TRAFFIC - In one embodiment, a method of monitoring a network. The method includes: receiving, from each host of a set of two or more hosts of the network, a corresponding vector of M components constructed based on data packets received at the host during a time period, M being an integer greater than 1; and, based on the constructed vectors, using an expectation-maximization algorithm to estimate a cardinality distribution for the hosts in the set, wherein constructing a vector includes updating a component of the vector of the corresponding host in response to the corresponding host receiving a data packet, the updating including selecting the component for updating by hashing one or more fields of the data packet received by the corresponding host. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090296595 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING FEEDBACK OVERHEAD IN WIRELESS NETWORKS USING CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS - A method for reducing feedback overhead in a wireless communications system is described. Channel quality indicator (CQI) values corresponding to a measured channel quality are received from one or more mobile communications devices. The mobile communications devices to be scheduled at a future time are estimated. CQI values are requested from the mobile communications devices that are estimated to be scheduled at a future time. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090296596 | NETWORK QUALITY MEASUREMENT BASED ON QUALITY MEASUREMENT PACKET - An apparatus for measuring network quality by use of packets exchanged between a transmission apparatus and a reception apparatus serving as agents arranged in a network includes a unit configured to acquire from the reception apparatus a transmission timing corresponding to a worst quality that is determined by the reception apparatus based on quality data collection packets, the quality data collection packets being transmitted from the transmission apparatus at transmission timing that is successively changed, a unit configured to notify the transmission apparatus of the acquired transmission timing as a transmission timing for transmitting a quality measurement packet, a unit configured to acquire quality information from the reception apparatus, the quality information being measured by the reception apparatus based on the quality measurement packet transmitted from the transmission apparatus, and a unit configured to check the network quality based on the acquired quality information. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090296597 | DETECTION PROGRAM, RELAY DEVICE, AND DETECTING METHOD - Only when a request formed of a plurality of request packets obtained by dividing the request is reconstructed, the request is transmitted to a survey target node that returns a response formed of a plurality of response packets obtained by dividing the response. When no response packet has been received at all from the survey target node, it is determined that any of the request packets has been discarded on a first route from a surveying node as a transmission source of the request to the survey target node. When one or more response packets have been received from the survey target node but the response cannot be reconstructed, it is determined that any of the response packets transmitted from the survey target node has been discarded on a second route from the survey target node to the surveying node as the transmission source of the request packets. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090296598 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETECTING CHARACTERISTICS OF A WIRELESS NETWORK - Characteristics about one or more wireless access devices in a wireless network, whether known or unknown entities, can be determined using a system and method according to the present invention. An observation is made of the activity over a Wireless Area Network (WLAN). Based on this activity, changes in state of wireless access devices within the WLAN can be observed and monitored. These changes in state could be indicative of normal operation of the WLAN, or they may indicate the presence of an unauthorized user. In the latter case, an alert can be sent so that appropriate action may be taken. Additionally, ad hoc networks can be detected that may be connected to a wireless access point. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090303888 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING WIRELESS NETWORKS THROUGH FEEDBACK AND ADAPTATION - A method for optimizing a wireless network comprises obtaining local measurement and feedback data from a single node in the network; estimating a state of the node by using the local measurement and feedback data in an analysis framework model of the wireless network; applying the estimated state of the node to a local control law to determine one or more local protocol parameter updates for the node; and transmitting the one or more local protocol parameter updates to the node in the network. The method can further comprise obtaining global measurement and feedback data from one or more additional nodes in the network; estimating a state of the one or more additional nodes by using the global measurement and feedback data in the analysis framework model; applying the estimated state of the one or more additional nodes to the local control law; applying the estimated state of the one or more additional nodes to a global control law to determine one or more network-wide protocol parameter updates; and transmitting the network-wide protocol parameter updates to the network. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303889 | Method of uplink synchronization establishment based on the united transmission technology and the transmission matrix thereof - The present invention discloses an establishment method of uplink synchronization based on the joint transmission technology. User equipment (UE) first performs channel estimation for the downlink channel which is close to the uplink channel and determines the transmission timing of the transmission signals of uplink synchronous time slot. What's more, based on the estimation result of the downlink channel, UE constructs the transmission matrix A as well as the matrix d that is related to the signals originally intended to be sent, and then solves d=Ae+n, obtaining the converted signal e, which is used to replace the original uplink synchronous sequence for transmission, during transmission process, the method employs the transmission timing that is determined by step (b); the base station estimates the received signals by a correlator, obtaining the timing of uplink signals and deducing the time adjustments for UE; finally the network instructs UE to complete the adjustments for the transmission timing of uplink signals, and the establishment of uplink synchronization is completed. With this method, the base station within the mobile communication system can precisely instruct UE to complete the establishment process of uplink synchronization. The present invention also discloses a transmission matrix in TD-SCDMA system and its generation method thereof. The transmission matrix can be used to eliminate channel time delay feature after the conversion of uplink synchronous sequence. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303890 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMAND PROCESSING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for command processing in a wireless communication system, comprising receiving Activate or Deactivate commands, determining commands and determining state of the access terminal. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303891 | Mobile Station and Method Therefor Using Doppler and Cell Transition History for Cell Evaluation in a Fast Moving Environment - There is disclosed, a mobile station, and a method for candidate cell evaluation in a fast moving environment. The method includes receiving a plurality of transmissions from a plurality of candidate cells, where each of the plurality of transmissions corresponds to one of the plurality candidate cells. The method further includes measuring signal strengths of the plurality of transmissions and determining change in the signal strengths of the plurality of transmissions. The method further includes calculating a weighting factor corresponding to the plurality of candidate cells based on the measured signal strengths, the change in the signal strength, and a Doppler and assigning priority levels to the plurality of candidate cells based on the calculated weighting factor. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303892 | ESTIMATION METHOD, DEVICE, AND PROGRAM, AND NETWORK MEASURING SYSTEM - An inversion of a packet transmission sequence number is observed in a predetermined sampling measurement. The number of sampled sequence numbers greater than the sequence number upon the inversion is measured as an inversion degree. A number of packet losses or a loss ratio is estimated according to the inversion degree under the estimated full sampling measurement and the inversion degree observed under a predetermined sampling measurement. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303893 | METOD OF PERFORMING STATUS REPORT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing reception status report in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The method of performing reception status report in a specific protocol layer of a user equipment which receives data transmitted from a base station in a mobile communication system includes performing reception status report of at least one first data block in the protocol layer in accordance with a first value of at least one parameter, the at least one first data block being transmitted from the base station, changing the first value of the at least one parameter to a second set value if a previously set event occurs or if at least one condition is satisfied and performing reception status report of at least one second data block in accordance with a second set value of the at least one parameter, the at least one second data block being transmitted from the base station. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303894 | Click Quality Classification and Delivery - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving a packet flow associated with a click-through from an end user node destined for an advertiser server; extracting information from the packet flow; analyzing the extracted information to determine one or more characteristics of the packet flow; and classifying the packet flow based on the determined one or more characteristics; modifying the packet flow to include classification information to provide classification information indicating a quality level of the click-through. The packet flow may include a hypertext transfer protocol GET request. Modifying the packet flow may include adding a tag with classification information that indicates a likelihood of fraudulent click behavior associated with the packet flow. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303895 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS MULTI-HOP NETWORK SYNCHRONIZATION AND MONITORING - A wireless communication system and method for wireless communication in a multi-hop network. A first preamble is transmitted using a first repetition cycle. Monitoring for a second preamble is done in a second repetition cycle. The first repetition cycle is different than the second repetition cycle. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303896 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING RANDOM ACCESS WINDOW CONFIGURATION - An approach is provided for providing random access window configuration by estimating a processing time margin for processing random access preambles received in one or more random access channels. The estimated processing time margin is then used to offset the respective random access window configuration. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303897 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VOICE-OVER-IP CALL RECORDING AND ANALYSIS - A method and computer-readable medium for obtaining information associated with a VoIP communication session includes tapping the computer network passively to obtain signaling and media information in a first format, separating the signaling and media information, determining transport information from at least one of the signaling and media information, transcoding the media information to a second format, and storing the transcoded media information in the second format. The media information includes data, voice, audio, and/or video information. A system obtain information associated with a VoIP communication session on a computer network includes a tapping device to passively tap the computer network to obtain signaling and media information in a first format, a processing device to transcode the media information from the first format to a second format, separate the signaling information from the media information, and determine transport information from at least one of the signaling and media information, and a storage device to store the transcoded media information in the second format. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303898 | Determining of Telegram Lengths - Described is a method for determining a telegram length in an operating apparatus for communicating between the operating apparatus and a field device via a network. The method comprises composing a first telegram in the operating apparatus. The first telegram comprises a predeterminable first telegram length, and the composed first telegram is despatched via the network to the field device. After the first telegram has been despatched, the operating apparatus waits for the receipt of a second telegram, which second telegram is received by the operating apparatus via the network. After successful receipt of the second telegram, the first telegram length is increased by a predeterminable value. Increasing the value takes place until receiving the second telegram fails. After the receipt of the second telegram has failed, the first telegram length that has resulted in successfully receiving the second telegram is provided. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303899 | DISCOVERY OF MULTIPLE-PARENT DEPENDENCIES IN NETWORK PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS - Multiple parent-dependencies are identified for messages that are received on a network that includes nodes that are configured to avoid the conventional strictly-sequential communications techniques and protocols, in order to accelerate network performance. If a network is known, or assumed, to include intermediate/proxy nodes that are configured to provide acceleration, access control, and other services, the system that analyzes traffic on the network is configured to assume that these nodes may/will provide such features, and thereby introduce multiple dependencies among the messages communicated across the network. For each message transmitted from a forwarding node, messages received at the forwarding node are assessed to distinguish messages from the destination node and messages from an other node, and a dependency is defined for each. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303900 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving Channel Quality Information (CQI) in a communication system. A Base Station (BS) transmits, to a Subscriber Station (SS), a request for CQI of a resource region corresponding to a frequency reuse factor K, which is designated by the BS. The BS then receives, from the SS, the CQI of the resource region corresponding to a channel quality measured by the SS. The channel quality is measured by the SS by measuring a boosted reference signal and compensating the boosted reference signal for a non-boosted signal. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090310493 | COMMUNICATION UNIT, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - A transmission-time measurement section ( | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310494 | REAL-TIME NETWORK MEASUREMENT - A method of operation within a device coupled to a network. A first set of data is received from a first data path of the network. A first set of measurement information is identified from the first set of data, and a quality of the first data path is determined based on the first set of measurement information. A second set of data is then selectively transmitted via either the first data path or a second data path of the network, based on the quality of the first data path. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310495 | Session Control System, Session Control Method, and Mobile Terminal - [Problems] Mobile communication enabling continuation of TCP communication while maintaining the quality in a real-time communication. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310496 | MONITORING THRESHOLD FUNCTIONS OVER DISTRIBUTED DATA SETS - A method for distributed computing includes processing multiple sets of data at respective computing nodes ( | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310497 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION SCHEME SETTING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - [Object] To ensure a maximum data transfer rate to achieve an improvement in throughput. [Solving Means] A CPU 114 determines whether or not time-dependent interference is present during communication with a communication partner. When it is determined that time-dependent interference is present, a PHY mode to be used in each zone is determined for each communication partner on the basis of transmission line state information or packet error detection information received via a CPU I/F register | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310498 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A packetizer sectionalizes data to be transmitted into predetermined units and packetizes them into packets. A permuter permutes the order of the packets created by the packetizer based on a designated interleave length and sends out the packets to a network. A continuous loss information collector collects information on continuous packet loss occurring on the network. An interleave length determiner determines an interleave length based on the information on continuous packet loss, collected by the continuous loss information collector and designates the interleave length for the permuter. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310499 | DATA COMMUNICATION WITH CONTROL OF THE TRANSMISSION RATE OF DATA - A data communication network, includes a transmitting node; a receiving node; and a connection between the transmitting node and the receiving node. The receiving node is arranged to process data received from the transmitting mode via the connection. The network further includes a first measuring unit which is connected with a measuring input to the receiving node. The first measuring unit can determine a first parameter value forming a measure for the data processing capacity of the receiving node. A calculator has an input connected to an output of the measuring unit and can derive from the first parameter value a second parameter value forming a measure for the transmission rate of data from the transmitting node to the receiving node. A transmission control unit has a transmission control input connected to a calculator output and a transmission control output connected to the transmitting node. The transmission control unit can control a transmission of data via the connection based on the determined measure for the transmission rate. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310500 | DELAY TIME MEASURING APPARATUS, COMPUTER READABLE RECORD MEDIUM ON WHICH DELAY TIME MEASURING PROGRAM IS RECORDED, AND DELAY TIME MEASURING METHOD - In a delay time measuring apparatus a sequence number, data length, and receiving time of a data packet transmitted from a source unit to a destination unit are stored in a storage section. In addition, an ACK number and receiving time of an ACK packet returned from the destination unit to the source unit are stored in the storage section. After that, a calculation section obtains an ACK packet an ACK number of which is equal to a value obtained by adding data length of a second data packet of two successive data packets transmitted without waiting for the ACK packet to a sequence number of the second data packet of the two successive data packets from the storage section. Then the calculation section calculates round trip time from receiving time of the second data packet of the two successive data packets and receiving time of the ACK packet obtained. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310501 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for generating performance measurements for a wireless network is provided. The method may comprise: obtaining, at a base station, performance measurements and location data from a mobile device, storing, at the base station and based on the location data, at least a portion of the obtained measurements to at least one virtual geographic bin of a storage array, wherein each virtual geographic bin corresponds to a different geographic area within a cell serviced by the base station, aggregating, at the base station, at least a portion the measurements stored in each virtual geographic bin into one or more location-based performance measurements, and transmitting, from the base station, at least a portion of the location-based performance measurements to a network manager. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310502 | Device and associated method for crosstalk estimation - The present invention relates to a crosstalk estimation device for estimating crosstalk between communication lines in a precoding group. The crosstalk estimation device comprises transmission means for transmitting a pilot sequence and reception means for receiving error feedback on one or more communication lines in the precoding group. The crosstalk estimation device further comprises crosstalk estimation means for combining the pilot sequence with the error feedback in order to obtain a crosstalk estimation between the communication lines. The device further comprises selection means for selecting a subset of one or more communication lines from the precoding group. The transmission means are adapted to transmit the pilot sequence only on the subset. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310503 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING INTERACTION BETWEEN DRX CYCLES AND PAGING CYCLES - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate managing interaction between paging and discontinuous reception (DRX) cycles for users operating in a communication system. As described herein, a connected mode user having an associated DRX cycle can modify its schedule for paging reception to minimize unnecessary periods of activity. For example, a user can initially schedule monitoring of paging occasions that coincide with periods of activity associated with the DRX cycle of the user. If such paging occasions are not sufficient to reach a minimum required number of monitored paging occasions, additional paging occasions can be monitored as needed by scheduling additional periods of activity and/or extending periods of activity specified in the DRX cycle. Additionally or alternatively, a network can synchronize a connected mode DRX cycle associated with a user with an idle mode paging cycle for the user, thereby providing power and performance benefits with low complexity. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310504 | PACKET CLASSIFICATION - An apparatus for classifying a data packet includes an interface for receiving the data packet; a classification controller for parsing the data packet to identify a plurality of data items required for classifying the data packet; memory for storing a set of range identifiers for each data item in the data packet corresponding to a rule range defined in the rule sets; and a controller for performing a preliminary test of at least one of the data items to determine whether any of the data item's values match known frequently-occurring values for that data item. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310505 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MULTI-SECTOR VELOCITY MOBILE VELOCITY AND DOPPLER ESTIMATE FOR SYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - An apparatus and method for estimating velocity and Doppler frequency comprising acquiring a first plurality of time-of-arrival (TOA) measurements from a first plurality of base stations at a first time; acquiring a second and a third plurality of TOA measurements from a second and third plurality of base stations at a second time and a third time; determining a plurality of line-of-sight distance measurements using the first, second and third pluralities of TOA measurements; determining a plurality of velocity estimates and a plurality of angle of arrival (AOA) estimates, using the plurality of LOS distance measurements; determining a plurality of Doppler frequency estimates using the plurality of velocity estimates and the plurality of AOA estimates; and using a processor for determining an average Doppler frequency estimate over a plurality of sectors, wherein the first, second and third pluralities of TOA measurements are acquired over the plurality of sectors. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310506 | SWITCHING SCHEMES FOR MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Signals from multiple antennas are evaluated in a wireless device having one receiver chain and the antenna receiving the highest quality signals is selected. The signal quality from the multiple antennas may be evaluated using the short symbols in the preamble or the beacon signals and the antennas dynamically selected to improve the performance of the wireless communications device. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090310507 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INFORMATION ABOUT FORWARD CHANNEL STATUS IN A MULTI-CARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving forward channel status information in a multi-carrier mobile communication system. An MS transmits to a BS forward channel status information representing an average C/I of forward signals with respect to a plurality of carriers, the maximum of the forward signal C/Is, or each of the forward signal C/Is. The forward channel status information is absolute C/I information representing a current C/I, or relative C/I information representing a difference of the current C/I from a previous C/I. | 12-17-2009 |
| 20090316589 | Method of Determining True Error Vector Magnitude in a Wireless Lan - Systematic transmit IQ phase and amplitude imbalances in the transmit chain of a wireless local area network (WLAN) cause a corresponding systematic shift in the roots of a constellation diagram. Additional random phase noise in the transmit chain will cause a further Gaussian distribution of points in the constellation diagram about the systematically shifted roots. This random distribution represents a true error vector magnitude (EVM). By transmitting a known training sequence through the transmit chain, which it is known will be shifted to all of the systematically shifted roots in the constellation diagram, the Gaussian spread around those shifted roots can be analysed to determine the true EVM. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090316590 | Sampling and Analyzing Packets in a Network - The preferred embodiments of the present invention can include sampling packets transmitted over a network based on the content of the packets. If a packet is sampled, the sampling unit can add one or more fields to the sampled packet that can include a field for a number of bytes contained in the packet, a packet count, a flow count, a sampling type, and the like. The sampled packets can be analyzed to discern desired information from the packets. The additional fields that are added to the sampled packets can be used during the analysis. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090316591 | Method and Apparatus for Generating Channel Quality Estimates - A base station receives channel quality reports from a plurality of mobile terminals. The channel quality reports from the mobile terminals indicate the signal power of the signals received by the mobile terminals from the base station and one or more interference parameters relating to the power of impairment components contributing to the total impairment of the received signal during a first time interval. The base station computes an estimated channel quality indication for a second time interval subsequent to the first time interval based on expected variations in the powers of the impairment components. The estimated channel quality indication for the second time interval is used by the base station to schedule the mobile terminals and to determine the transmission format. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090316592 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTING VIRTUAL LANES IN FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCHES - A method for assigning virtual lanes (VL) in a fibre channel switch is provided. The fibre channel switch element includes a virtual lane cache that can compare incoming frame parameters based on which virtual lanes may be assigned; and a register to store parameters used for virtual lane assignment. The method includes, determining if VL assignment is to be based on an incoming frame parameter or a programmed value; determining if an incoming frame is a preferred frame; and assigning a preferred routing priority if the incoming frame is designated as a preferred frame. The method also includes, determining if a fabric topology is known; and assigning virtual lanes based on a known fabric topology. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090316593 | Method for optimizing discontinuous reception in random access and secheduling request - In a method for optimizing discontinuous reception mechanism in random access or scheduling request, the user equipment behaves according to a TTI window and a contention resolution timer so that the user equipment is at active time to monitor PDCCH. In the random access, the UE is at active time while a PDCCH indicating a new transmission addressed to the C-RNTI of the UE has not been received after successful reception of a Random Access Response for the non-contention preamble. In the scheduling request, the UE is at active time while an UL grant for the UE has not been received after SR has been sent. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090316594 | WSN-BASED CONTEXT AWARENESS ENGINE - A WSN-based context awareness engine applies spatial filtering to sensed data which is output from sensors included in a group to filter data in which an error does not occur, identifies a non-operated sensor, compares filtered data with at least one condition to determine a current state of a place corresponding to the group, and combines the determined current state and information regarding the group to generate a context-awareness result. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090316595 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for identifying a base station in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes storing a Neighbor Cell List (NCL) received from a serving base station, obtaining a Physical Cell IDentifier (PCID) from a signal received from a neighbor base station, and identifying whether the neighbor base station is a macro base station or a femto base station by determining whether the obtained PCID exists in the stored NCL. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090316596 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING END-TO-END CALL COMPLETION STATUS - The present invention enables a method for following the state of a call and generating defects as function of call completion success as opposed to discrete events that happen at individual network elements during the call. In one embodiment, the invention uses Call Detail Records (CDR) to analyze the end-to-end completion status to measure per call basis defects instead of using defect codes generated by network elements on a per equipment basis. CDR is data associated with a telephone call, including the calling and the called numbers, the date and timestamp, the duration, the call setup delay, and the final handling code of the telephone call. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090316597 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An information processing apparatus performs a communication in a communication network using packets. The communication network includes a relaying device having a function of acquiring traffic information of a packet that the relaying device relays. The information processing apparatus includes a transmission unit configured to transmit a packet to a specific node as a communication target; and a node position determining unit configured to determine a position of the specific node by acquiring the traffic information from the relaying device by which the packet is relayed in the communication network, analyzing the traffic information, and monitoring a flow of the packet with respect to the specific node. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090316598 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING AN ATTENUATION FACTOR - The present invention discloses a method for obtaining an attenuation factor. The method is adapted to process the synthesized signal in packet loss concealment, and includes: obtaining a change trend of a pitch of a signal; obtaining an attenuation factor, according to the change trend of the pitch of the signal. The present invention also discloses an apparatus for obtaining an attenuation factor. A self-adaptive attenuation factor is adjusted dynamically by using the latest change trend of a history signal by using the present invention. The smooth transition from the history data to the data last received is realized so that the attenuation speed is kept consistent between the compensated signal and the original signal as much as possible for adapting to the characteristic of various human voices. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090323540 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, SYSTEM ON CHIP AND METHOD FOR MONITORING DATA TRAFFIC - An electronic device is provided which comprises a plurality of processing units (IP | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323541 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR TRANSMITTING CQ1 ON THE UPLINK - A method for transmitting data flows between a network element and a number of receivers over a first channel. The method comprises the steps of: performing a link adaptation for the transmission of a data flow by said network element, and transmitting the data flow, transmitting an indication of a channel quality required for reception of the data flow on a second channel, receiving by said receivers said indication of channel quality, measuring a link quality by said receivers by monitoring a pilot channel, comparing said measured link quality with said received indication of the channel quality, and transmitting to said network element result of said comparison of said measured link quality with said received indication of the channel quality, if said result is lower than a predetermined value. The invention also relates to a network element and a user equipment. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323542 | Communication apparatus and communication method - A mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information to a base station apparatus, the reception quality information indicating quality of a signal received from the base station apparatus, characterized in that the base station apparatus transmits information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data included in an uplink data transmission permission signal, and the mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information without uplink data according to the information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data. This allows a mobile station apparatus to transmit reception quality information including a large amount of information even if there is no uplink data between the mobile station apparatus and the base station apparatus, and the transmission control flexibly responding to the amount of information and the frequency of transmissions of the reception quality information transmitted from the mobile station apparatus is possible. Therefore, more efficient communication control (scheduling) between the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus can be achieved. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323543 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CALCULATING ROUND TRIP TIME - A communication apparatus which transmits data to a transmission destination, and receives, from the transmission destination, an acknowledgement indicating that the data has been received stores, in a memory, first specific data for specifying a plurality of transmission data, and transmission time data indicating transmission times of the plurality of transmission data. Based on second specific data contained in the acknowledgement, the communication apparatus searches the memory for first specific data for specifying transmission data corresponding to the acknowledgement, and calculates a round trip time based on the transmission time of the transmission data specified by the found first specific data, and a reception time at which the acknowledgement is received. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323544 | INTERNET ROUTE DEAGGREGATION AND ROUTE SELECTION PREFERENCING - A method and system for managing the routing of traffic within a network develops a topological address space map of the network to enable a “best route” selection process. The network is comprised of a backbone connected to a plurality of peering partners. Points on the network monitor traffic flows. A central facility analyzes the traffic flows and routes within the network and performs intelligent routing management. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323545 | MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A multiple input multiple output (MIMO) communication system having a terminal and a base station. The terminal may calculate channel direction information and channel quality information in a zero-forcing mode based on expected different user interference. The terminal may also calculate channel direction information and channel quality information in a per user unitary rate control (PU2RC) mode by reusing the channel direction information and the channel quality information in the zero-forcing mode. The base station may design a preceding vector based on feedback information from the terminal. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323546 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM FOR IMPLEMENTING THE CONTROL METHOD - A communication apparatus which can prevent leakage of confidential information transferred over a network when a fault occurring in a communication device is analyzed. A data is acquired via a communication line. When it is analyzed that a specific data is present in the acquired data, the specific data is deleted from a data portion of the acquired data, the data portion including the specific data. A data included in another portion of the acquired data other than the data portion having included the deleted specific data is stored. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323547 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PACKET BASED COMMUNICATIONS AND ARRANGEMENT THEREFOR - A system and method for packet-based communications is performed by implementing arbitrated packet-based communications. According to an example embodiment, packet-based data is arbitrated and output with verification data. For each arbitrated packet stream, verification data is generated in response to detecting an end of frame (EOF) symbol in the arbitrated packet stream, and the verification data is added to the packet stream. A merged packet stream is provided at an output, the merged packet stream including the plurality of arbitrated packet streams with verification data added thereto. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323548 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND TERMINAL FOR DETERMINING QOS LEVEL - A method for determining Quality of Service (QoS) level is provided. The method includes: assigning, by a Coaxial-cable Line Terminal (CLT), a QoS level for a user terminal; sending, by the CLT, relevant information of the assigned QoS level to a Coaxial-cable Network Unit (CNU); and determining, by the CNU, a QoS level for a packet sent by the user terminal according to the relevant information of the assigned QoS level. A system for determining QoS level is provided. The system includes: a CLT and a CNU. A CLT and a CNU are also provided. The solution enables a coaxial-cable network unit to satisfy the QoS requirements of user terminals, and reduces the producing cost of the coaxial-cable network unit. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323549 | Method for Estimating and Signalling the Density of Mobile Nodes in a Road Network - A method and an associated device for estimating the density of mobile node traffic in an ad-hoc network on the roads of a predetermined geographical network in which mobile nodes move. Each road is divided into coverage cells. For each cell, a principal mobile node located at the center of the cell counts the number of nodes in the cell, and inserts this number into a cell density packet (CDP) transmitted from cell to cell during a first stage. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323550 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING NETWORK PACKET FLOWS - A system and method provides a broadband network node for a best effort network such as the Internet or intranets which supports the inexpensive and rapid deployment of services to the best efforts network. Separate data path and control path mechanisms allow high-speed data transfers with parallel processing flows for the data path that are controlled across data flows by the control path. Packets are classified, modified and shaped to enable the service on the network with an accountant to track packet traffic for control and billing purposes. A series of processing blades perform a modification function for each blade that processes packets according to classifications. The processing blades are modular and scalable for insertion in the broadband switch to rapidly adapt the broadband network node for new services. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323551 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING AND THE PREVENTION OF CALL STORMS IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The present invention allows monitoring and the prevention of call storms in a communications network, e.g., a VoIP network. More specifically, the present invention enables a VoIP network to monitor the calling pattern, e.g., the number of calls within a period of time that occurs between the same endpoints. If the number of calls exceed a certain threshold, then these calls with the same endpoints will be terminated and an alarm notification will be sent, e.g., to a network operator. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20100002594 | BUS GUARDIAN AS WELL AS METHOD FOR MONITORING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN AND AMONG A NUMBER OF NODES, NODE COMPRISING SUCH BUS GUARDIAN, AND DISTRIBUTED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPRISING SUCH NODES - In order to provide a bus guardian ( | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002595 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND METHOD OF REPORTING WIRELESS CHANNEL QUALITY - A disclosed mobile station includes a wireless channel quality measuring unit configured to measure wireless channel quality; a wireless channel quality determining unit configured to determine to report the wireless channel quality to a base station if the wireless channel quality is greater than a threshold; and a transmission unit configured to report the wireless channel quality to the base station based on the determination result of the wireless channel quality determining unit. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002596 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR POWER CONTROL IN HSDPA - The method for power control in HSDPA includes Step A, the UE with the highest priority and having data to be transmitted is selected according to the algorithm, the channel resource is distributed to the UE, and the original power level is set. Step B, the transmission power is deduced when the channel quality meets the condition; Otherwise the CQI is checked, if the value of CQI is under the highest rate level, or the data is the re-transmitting data, the transmission power is increased, or the power is kept the same level. Step C, channel resource and the UE with the highest priority are checked, if there exist, then go to step B, otherwise the method is ended. So the redundant power can be used when several UEs are controlled at the same time, the efficiency and the throughput performance are improved, and the interface is reduced. The device for power controlling is given at the same time. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002597 | FEEDBACK TO SUPPORT RESTRICTIVE REUSE - The scheduler in a base station needs CQI information from a terminal for all re-use sets every 5 ms. to decide on which re-use set to schedule a given terminal. For MIMO users, the problem is that the CQI cannot be reconstructed for all re-use sets, using the current design. Solution: (1) For Multiple Code Word MIMO users, a MIMO VCQI connection layer message enables the base station to reconstruct the MIMO-CQI for all reuse sets on a packet-by-packet basis. This will enable dynamic scheduling (RESTRICTIVE REUSE) gains. (2) For Single Code Word users, dynamic RESTRICTIVE REUSE can be obtained by changing the CQI reporting format, and also sending a MIMO-VCQI connection layer message. (3) For Single Code Word design, quasi-static scheduling gains can be obtained by sending a MIMO-VCQI connection layer message. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002598 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING AND REPORTING A RANK AND A PRECODING MATRIX FOR MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus for measuring and reporting a rank and/or a precoding matrix for multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication are disclosed. A metric indicating a channel condition is measured and a rank is selected based on the metric. The metric may be a signal-to-interference and noise ratio (SINR), throughput, a block error rate (BLER), system capacity, a sum rate, or the like. An SINR for each radio block group (RBG) for each rank is calculated. A data rate is calculated for each RBG based on the SINR for each rank. An overall rate for all RBGs is calculated for each rank. At least one rank is selected based on the overall rate. At least one precoding matrix may be selected jointly with or separately from the at least one rank. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002599 | Devices and Methods for Matching Link Speeds Between Controllers and Controlled Devices - A controller system for detecting and matching link speeds. The present invention provides for a controller system. The controller system is a first controller and a first port. The first port is located in the first controller and has a first link speed. The first controller is adapted to match the first link speed to a second link speed of a second port of a first controlled device that is connectable to the first controller. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100002600 | CHANNEL EFFICIENCY BASED PACKET SCHEDULING FOR INTERACTIVE DATA IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - The present packet scheduling algorithm gives cellular network operators greater flexibility in adjusting the way resources are allocated among interactive best-effort data users. The present packet scheduling algorithm is capable of allocating radio resource dynamically, not only based on channel conditions, but also to achieve different performance trade-offs among users with different link qualities. According to the algorithm, channel quality is determined for each user. Channel efficiency is calculated and the channel efficiency value is used as the primary factor in weighting the delivery of packets to (or from) a given user. In a packet schedule weighting equation, a value of exponent may be varied from negative to positive to give good (or bad) users better service. However, performance of users with bad channel qualities degrades the performance of good channel users in a disproportionate manner. | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100008238 | UPPER NODE STATION AND PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD - An upper node station for transmitting received packets to a mobile station via a base station includes a quality information extracting unit configured to extract quality information from the received packets; and a multiplexing unit configured to assign each of the received packets to a bearer service based on the extracted quality information to multiplex the received packets. The upper node station may further include a quality information management table configured to associate a packet header with the bearer service for each mobile station, and the multiplexing unit may identify the bearer service based on a packet header in each of the received packets referring to the quality information management table. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008239 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A RADIO NETWORK, A RADIO NETWORK AND A RECEIVER - The invention relates to a method for transmitting data in a transmission interval ( | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008240 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO MONITOR NETWORK LAYER FUNCTIONALITIES - Example methods and apparatus to monitor network layer functionalities are disclosed. A disclosed example method includes receiving a first probe packet at an input of a first server, the first probe packet being received from a router, the first probe packet being generated and transmitted from a second server that is one-hop away from the first server in a network, determining if the first server is a final destination of the first probe packet, and if the first server is not the final destination of the first probe packet, generating a second probe packet and transmitting the second probe packet to the router for transmission toward the final destination. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008241 | Method of Determining Video Quality - A method and a device utilizing an algorithm using measurement data derived from parameters related to a video-streaming player and/or parameters related to data transport is disclosed. The data are used as input data in a model designed to generate a value corresponding to the quality of the multimedia sequence, such as for example a MOS score. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008242 | Wireless subscriber uplink (UL) grant size selection - A method and apparatus of a wireless subscriber requesting an Uplink (UL) grant size from a base station (BS) are disclosed. One method includes the subscriber analyzing traffic patterns of uplink data, the subscriber selecting a new grant size based on the analyzed traffic patterns, and the subscriber requesting the new grant size by signaling the new grant size to the BS. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008243 | FLASH POSITION SIGNALING: MULTIPLEXING AND INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate use of power and phase coherence to multiplex or manage interference in a wireless communication environment. In accordance with various aspects set forth herein, systems and/or methods are provided that receive a spectrum of tones that include additional data, ascertain whether or not tone intensities of received tones included in the spectrum of tones exceeds a threshold, based on whether or not the tone intensities of the received tones exceed the threshold, decode information included in the received tones to extract the additional data, and thereafter decode information included in one or more remaining tones that fail to exceed the threshold in order to extract primary data. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008244 | DOMINANT INTERFERER INDICATION IN ACCESS PROBE - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate indicating a dominant interferer to a target serving base station in a wireless communication environment. A mobile device can detect presence or absence of a dominant interferer. Further, an access probe that includes information related to the presence or absence of the dominant interferer can be generated. For example, the information can be included in a payload of the access probe as an explicit flag, an explicit indication of an interference level, a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) value (e.g., reserved versus non-reserved, . . . ), etc. Moreover, the access probe can be transmitted to the target serving base station to initiate an access procedure. The target serving base station can select a time-frequency resource to be utilized for a responsive downlink transmission (e.g. access grant signal, subsequent access related message, . . . ) as a function of the information included in the access probe. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008245 | METHOD FOR MANAGING A TRANSMISSION OF DATA STREAMS ON A TRANSPORT CHANNEL OF A TUNNEL, CORRESPONDING TUNNEL END-POINT AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A method is proposed for managing a transmission of data streams on a transport channel of a tunnel, the transmission of each stream being performed on the transport channel according to a transport protocol scheduled by packets and with acknowledgment, the tunnel being implemented between a first and a second tunnel end-point connected respectively to a first and a second sub-network, each stream being transmitted from a sender device to a receiver device, one device among the sender device and the receiver device being connected to the first sub-network and the other to the second sub-network. The method is performed by the first tunnel end-point and comprises the following steps: detecting a loss of packet on the transport channel of the tunnel; identifying at least one stream having at least one packet blocked on the transport channel of the tunnel by the loss; for at least one identified stream, generating and transmitting at least one acknowledgment to the sender device that has transmitted, on the tunnel, a packet blocked by said loss. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008246 | MOBILE STATION AND RECEPTION QUALITY MEASUREMENT METHOD - A reception quality measurement method includes instructing a mobile station existing in a cell to measure a reception quality of a signal sent by a second base station forming a cell with a frequency different from a frequency of the cell of the first base station; setting a period including a synchronizing timing for the first base station, by the mobile station; setting a plurality of measurement timings in the period, and measuring reception quality of the signals sent by the second base station at each of the measurement timings, by the mobile station; comparing the reception qualities measured at the measurement timings, and selecting an optimum reception quality, by the mobile station; and reporting the selected optimum reception quality to the first base station as the reception quality of the signal sent by the second base station, by the mobile station. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008247 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA USING RELAY DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM OF CENTRALIZED MAC - Provided is an apparatus and method for transmitting and a receiving data using a relay device in a centralized Media Access Control (MAC). The apparatus may include: a channel decision unit to determine a channel status with respect to a communication path using a corresponding device and a communication path using a relay device; a path selection unit to select at least one communication path between the communication path using the corresponding device and the communication path using the relay device, based on the channel status; and a transceiver to transmit and receive the data via the selected at least one communication path. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008248 | NETWORK TESTER FOR REAL-TIME MEASURING OF TCP THROUGHPUT - The invention relates to a method for real time testing of TCP traffic in a network, the method comprising: (a) connecting a tester to the network; (b) requesting connectionless traffic from a remote device connected to the network, to the tester; (c) generating the connectionless traffic comprising a plurality of packet streams, with the remote device, and receiving the connectionless traffic by the tester; (d) generating TCP traffic comprising a plurality of TCP sessions between the tester and the remote device; and, (e) concurrently with steps (c) and (d), in real time collecting statistics of the TCP sessions using the tester. The tester has an-FPGA implemented traffic engine, including a TCP state machine, for generating and receiving traffic at the rates of at least 1 gigabit per second, and for collecting statistics in real time. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008249 | MEASURING METHOD, MEASURING APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided a measuring apparatus for acquiring packets being transmitted and received within a packet network and measuring communication quality on the basis of the acquired packets, the apparatus including a part that extracts packets acquired within one of given sampling periods, each sampling period set intermittently, and a part that measures communication quality on the basis of the packets acquired within the sampling period. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008250 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING PACKET TRANSMISSION QUALITY - Packet transmission quality in a communication network is measured by transmitting a measurement packet from a packet transmission node to a packet reception node. The packet transmission node is provided with a transmission counter counting the number of packets transmitted from a packet transmission node to a packet reception node, and a measurement packet counter counting the number of measurement packets transmitted from the packet transmission node to the packet reception mode. The packet reception node is provided with a reception counter counting the number of packets received from the packet transmission node. The packet transmission node transmits a measurement packet including a transmission counter value and a measurement packet counter value, to the packet reception node which calculates the number of lost packets or a loss rate of packets on the basis of the transmission counter value, the measurement packet counter value, and a reception counter value. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008251 | EFFICIENT PROBABILISTIC DUPLICATE PACKET DETECTOR IN COMPUTER NETWORKS - In order to solve the problem of the detection of the arrival of duplicate data packets in an interconnected, multinode data processing system, each data packet is provided with a field of r bits that are randomly generated for each data packet. However, one of the packets is provided with a field that is computed from the other randomly generated field entries in a checksum computation which yields a selected nonzero checksum value. A running checksum at the receiver is used to determine whether or not, after the receipt of the specified number, k, of data packets, a duplicate packet has been received. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100008252 | Proximity Enforcement in Heterogeneous Network Environments - The invention provides an enforcement mechanism for limiting the propagation of content to a predefined proximity in a heterogeneous network. The protection mechanism determines the distance associated with wireless links of the heterogeneous networks and verifies that the distance is within the predefined proximity limits. The distance may be measured by evaluating the signal strength of received signals. The protection mechanism further uses round trip time determinations to enforce the proximity limits on wired or unknown segments of the heterogeneous network. Specifically, the round trip time associated with a wired or unknown segment may be determined using the round trip time associated with the wireless segments and the total round trip time of the network as a whole. The round trip time of the wired or unknown segment is then compared to a round trip time limit associated with the proximity requirement for distributing content. | 01-14-2010 |
| 20100014437 | METHODS FOR BUS DATA TRANSMISSION AND SYSTEMS UTILIZING THE SAME - A method for data transmission in a device coupled to a host via a bus is provided. A sequence of data packets are received from the host and the received data packets are stored into a buffering unit of the device. It is then determined whether a predetermined error has occurred. When the predetermined error has occurred, the buffering unit of the device is locked to stop receiving the data packets. Thereafter, the buffering unit of the device is unlocked according to an unlock request from the host to resume receiving subsequent data packets. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100014438 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for transmitting uplink Ethernet data in a coaxial network, a Coaxial Network Unit (CNU) and a Coaxial Line Terminal (CLT) applying the method. In the method, the CNU determines a transmission path loss between the CNU and the CLT, determines a transmission level for transmitting uplink data according to the transmission path loss, and transmits the uplink data by using the determined transmission level. The present invention ensures the security of data uplink transmission in an Ethernet Passive Coaxial Network (EPCN) system in essence and dramatically increases service quality. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100014439 | NODE OF A DISTRIBUTED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NODE AND MONITORING DEVICE COUPLED TO SUCH COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a node in distributed communication system operating under a time triggered protocol, further it relates to distributed communication system and to a monitoring device coupled to such node of a communication system. To provide a node in a distributed communication system, a distributed communication system and a monitoring device increasing the error detection and reducing complexity for providing a high availability for systems which require a non 100% fail safe solution a node is proposed comprising: a communication controller ( | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100014440 | BANDWIDTH MONITORING METHOD AND ITS DEVICE - A bandwidth monitoring device for use in a network for transferring priority packets in preference to non priority packets as far as the amount of the priority packets is within a contract bandwidth established between a network user and a network operator, comprising a bandwidth check result decision unit for detecting whether the bandwidth of the priority packets is less than the contract bandwidth, and a DSCP decision unit for determining that a non priority packet may be transferred as a priority packet when the bandwidth of the priority packets is less than the contract bandwidth thereby to sufficiently use the contract bandwidth. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100020701 | Method and apparatus for determining coupled path loss - The disclosure generally relates to method and apparatus for determining coupled path loss in a small geographical which is served by a plurality of transmitters and is subject to broad signal level variation. In one embodiment, the disclosure relates to a method for determining performance of a signal received by a wireless device located within a bin of a cell of a cellular communication system. The method comprises determining the value of the received signal level as a function of the sum of the signal levels received from a primary base station at a primary cell divided by a number of signal level measurements from said primary base station. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020702 | TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS EMPLOYING BEAMFORMING - Techniques involving beamforming are disclosed. For example, For instance an apparatus may select a first mobile station served by a first base station and a second mobile station served by a second base station. Based on this selection, a quality metric may be determined that is based on a strength of a user link and a strength of an interfering link. The user link is associated with service of the first mobile station and the interfering link is associated with service of the second mobile station. When the quality metric is greater than a predetermined threshold, the apparatus may designate the first and second mobile stations as suitable for beamforming service in a same resource allocation. Also, techniques are disclosed for determining whether a mobile station is a cell edge mobile station. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020703 | NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE CAPABILITY DETECTION - A system to discover a network infrastructure capability includes one or more subsystems to establish a communication path between a first endpoint and a second endpoint. A test packet is sent from a first endpoint along the communication path and a value is associated with the test packet which relates to capabilities of the communication path. The test packet value is returned to the first endpoint. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020704 | Method, Apparatus And Computer Readable Medium For Obtaining Efficient Downlink Power Transmission - The invention relates to a method and an arrangement for obtaining efficient radio resource utilization in a communication network comprising a communication network entity transmitting data on a downlink channel over a radio interface to one or more user equipments, each of which is transmitting data on an uplink channel to said communication network entity over said radio interface. The communication network entity receives transmit power control (TPC) commands on said uplink channel and, further, monitors a channel quality indicator (CQI) on said uplink channel from said user equipment in order to obtain channel quality indicator measurements. If there is a channel quality indicator available, the communication network entity calculates a required downlink power. Otherwise, the communication network entity decodes said received transmit power control commands. Thereafter said transmission power is adjusted either based on the calculated downlink power or based on the decoded transmit power control commands in order to obtain efficient radio resource utilization. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020705 | SUPERVISORY CONTROL METHOD AND SUPERVISORY CONTROL DEVICE - A supervisory control device for a network having a plurality of network elements, includes: a communication interface which is connected to each of a plurality of element groups, wherein the plurality of network elements is grouped into the plurality of element groups; and a controller for controlling supervisory control information in element group units depending on a communication condition change for at least one network element belonging to each element group, wherein the supervisory control is performed according to the supervisory control information. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020706 | COMMUNICATION PARAMETER SETTING PROCESSING METHOD, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM - When the role of a receiver is not predetermined, it is impossible to uniquely determine the transfer direction of communication parameters. A communication apparatus comprises: discrimination means adapted to discriminate a function of another communication apparatus with respect to communication parameter setting processing when the self communication apparatus is a candidate for a providing apparatus of communication parameters; setting means adapted to set the function of the self communication apparatus as a receiving apparatus of communication parameters upon detecting an apparatus that is confirmed as a providing apparatus of communication parameters before a set time elapses; and execution means adapted, if the setting means sets the function as the receiving apparatus, to execute, as a receiving apparatus of communication parameters, the communication parameter setting processing with the providing apparatus. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020707 | WI-FI SENSOR - Disclosed is a combined spectrum and channel analyzer with output in the form of various graphical displays. The graphical displays can be configured to display frequency, amplitude, time and density via a spectral view, a topographic view, or a planar view, or combinations of those views. Channel activities, parameters, overlap and interaction are shown in the displays. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020708 | PACKET CAPTURE APPARATUS, PACKET CAPTURE METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM HAVING A PACKET CAPTURE PROGRAM - A packet capture apparatus and method including receiving packets through a network, acquiring target packets including specific information from the received packets, extracting the target packets of each session, and storing the extracted target packets, estimating a capture cycle, a capture width, and a capture start time based on static information about the target packets to determine a start time and an end time of the reception of the packets based on the capture cycle, the capture width, and the capture start time, setting the start time and the end time in control by the packet capturing part, and using the start time and the end time being set to control intermittent packet capturing, where the packets are received during each capture width every capture cycle from the capture start time. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020709 | METHOD OF ASSIGNING PRECODING VECTORS IN A MOBILE CELLULAR NETWORK - The invention concerns a method for assigning precoding vectors in a mobile cellular network as well as a base station ( | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020710 | CELL IDENTIFIER ASSIGNMENT AND SELECTION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate providing physical cell identifier (PCI) assignment. Neighboring access point parameters can be collected and transmitted to a PCI assigning component, which can generate a PCI based on the parameters as well as other local parameters. The neighboring access point parameters can be received by evaluating signals transmitted by the neighboring access points, from a UE communicating with the neighboring access points, over a backhaul link, etc. The parameters can include signal strength, identification, and/or the like. In addition, prioritized lists of PCIs can be provided to an access point, which can utilize the neighborhood parameters to select an optimal PCI from the list. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020711 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE COMPRISING A CARRIER SENSE FUNCTION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device of an example of the present invention comprises a first unit determining that whether a state is a first state indicating that a transmission medium is in use, a second state indicating that the transmission medium is not in use, or a third state indicating that whether or not the transmission medium is in use is being determined, and a second unit prohibiting a data transmission in the first and third states, and permitting the data transmission in the second state. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020712 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL QUALITY THROUGH UPLINK COMMON CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method of transmitting and receiving channel quality information is provided. A base station transmits a command or indication a terminal to transmit the channel quality information, the terminal receives the command or indication by receiving a control channel periodically, and the terminal reports the channels quality information to the base station after receiving the command or indication. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020713 | DIVIDING RTCP BANDWIDTH BETWEEN COMPOUND AND NON-COMPOUND RTCP PACKETS - An apparatus for controlling utilization of RTCP bandwidth for compound and non-compound RTCP packets is described. This apparatus includes a bandwidth detector determining available RTCP bandwidth and a channel quality detector determining channel quality. A bandwidth divider connected to the bandwidth detector and the channel quality detector divides the available RTCP bandwidth between compound and non-compound RTCP packets based on the determined channel quality. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020714 | MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE MEASUREMENT - The present invention provides for a method of facilitating mobile radio communications device measurements within a mobile radio communications network, including the step of including within a Resource Block sent to the mobile radio communications device from the network an indication of the number of subsequent consecutive Transmission Timing Intervals with no allocated Resource Blocks and so as to provide to the mobile radio communications device a signal serving to indicate the time period available for device measurements. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020715 | Proactive Network Analysis System - A proactive network analysis system is a single unit for diagnosing network problems, measuring network performance, and monitoring network status in a comprehensive manner. The system is a compilation of individual tools including a distributed network packet capture data stream collector; a traffic analyzer; a performance graphing unit; a syslog recorder analyzer and archiving unit; a system availability monitor; a device configuration archiving unit; and a throughput measurement tool. The system can further provide an access list generator, an access list analyzer, a router DNS name generator and a service level agreement measurement device. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020716 | Scheduling in Wireless Communication Systems - A method in a wireless communication network ( | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100020717 | Method and system for Quality of Service (QoS) monitoring for wireless devices - Method and apparatus to monitor MQoS of wireless mobile devices is described. In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method to monitor the health of 3G mobile devices and provide a status check of such health to network technicians, supervisors, and management. In one aspect, mobile devices on the network perform measurement of MQoS factors that are reported to a quality of service backend. The MQoS data is combined to show current and historical network status. In another aspect, alarms may be set to notify specific managers when manager programmable conditions occur, such as low system performance, or specific error conditions occur. Reports may be generated summarizing and illustrating performance in tabular and graphical form. Parameters used for testing and monitoring mobile devices may be input to specific mobile devices or groups of mobile devices in a system. In one aspect, customer care or call centers may be enabled to request specific tests from specific mobile devices and utilize the overall network status to diagnose and/or resolve customer issues. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100027430 | Apparatus and Method for Network Analysis - A system for, and method of, extracting information from multiple sessions and in accordance with disparate protocols, and transforming the same into a common language. Packets are collected by packet collectors distributed throughout a network and those packets, and/or metadata relating to those packets, are passed to an aggregator, which is made available via an application program interface to users/applications. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027431 | ALARMING IN A FEMTO CELL NETWORK - System(s) and method(s) are provided to monitor operation quality of a femto cell network. Operational data received from deployed femto cell access points are aggregated and monitored. Performance rules and associated operational quality indicators (OQIs) facilitate establishing a standard or desired quality of operation. Performance rule(s) comprises weight(s), sampling test(s), and alarm threshold(s) which can be established by a network operator. Collected data on telecommunication performance metrics can be analyzed to identify or calibrate a standard of operation, which facilitates generating performance rule(s). Weight(s) facilitates reducing the scope of operation data that is effectively monitored. OQIs can assess at least one of service quality, capacity, mobility, or provisioning in a femto cell network. Monitoring operational data generates actionable information for the femto cell network. Alarm(s) are generated when one or more OQIs adopt values below associated alarm thresholds. Alarm(s) facilitate prevention of service degradation of the femto cell network. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027432 | Impact Scoring and Reducing False Positives - According to an aspect of the invention, a system and method is onfigured to generate impact scores based on observed network traffic. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027433 | Signal Quality Indicator - A method of deriving an indicator of the signal quality in an in-service packet-based network at least having means to detect errors in packets and means to determine the overall amount of network traffic received. The method comprises the steps of: obtaining a value of the number of packets received having errors therein; obtaining a value of the overall amount of the network traffic received; calculating the indicator of signal quality (eBER) using the ratio of the number of packets received having errors therein to the overall amount of network traffic received. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027434 | METHOD AND DEVICE OF MEASURING COMMUNICATION QUALITY FOR CONSTRUCTING WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - Provided is a communication quality measurement method and a portable communication quality measurement device for wireless sensor network. configuration. The communication quality measurement method for wireless sensor network configuration includes: a portable communication quality measurement device transmitting a communication quality detection request message to one or more of communication nodes in a wireless sensor network system at a location prepared for new installation; the one or more of the communication nodes in the wireless sensor network system receiving the communication quality detection request message to detect transmission quality information on the communication quality detection request message and adding the detected transmission quality information to a respond message to transmit the respond message to a next communication node; and the portable communication quality measurement device receiving the respond message transceived between the communication nodes to detect reception quality information and displaying the detected reception quality information and transmission quality information included in the respond message. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027435 | WIRELESS SYSTEM DESIGNING METHOD, WIRELESS SYSTEM DESIGNING SYSTEM, WIRELESS SYSTEM DESIGNING APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - In a station placement design of a scheme which assigns an address to each wireless station when a network is configured, the station placement design is enabled to ensure that addresses can be assigned. A wireless system designing method is a wireless system designing method for designing a wireless system having a mode in which an address is assigned to each wireless station when a network is formed, wherein a link quality is estimated between respective wireless stations which are installed within a predetermined region, and it is confirmed whether or not an address can be assigned to each wireless station in a topology which is formed only with links which are estimated to have link qualities equal to or higher than a predetermined level. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027436 | NODE DEVICE, NODE SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR CHANGING STATISTIC INFORMATION MANAGEMENT TABLE USED FOR THE NODE DEVICE - To provide a node device improving the measurement accuracy of the network communication quality and creating a smaller table for managing statistics information on the communication quality. An importance degree judging section determines the importance degree of a flow by referencing data for judging the degree of importance in the Z-list. An E-list stores statistics data on a flow having a high degree of importance of monitoring. A change judging section makes a judgment on change according to the importance degree of the flow and the importance degree in the E-list. An integral quality calculating section totalizes the qualities of the normal packet information that was measured in a normal packet quality measuring section and the statistics information that was measured in a statistics information quality measuring section and records the total in a quality result section. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027437 | Systems and Methods for Determining Link Quality - Systems and methods for determining link quality are disclosed. In one embodiment, a method includes the steps of transmitting a first quantity of messages to a remote device, receiving a second quantity of message acknowledgements from the remote device, determining a receive signal strength indicator (RSSI) value, comparing the RSSI value to a minimum RSSI threshold. If the RSSI value is greater than the minimum RSSI threshold, calculating an end-to-end link quality (EELQ) based at least in part on the percentage of message acknowledgements received and the link quality of the previous link in the network, determining a message success rate based on the first quantity and the second quantity, receiving a link quality from the remote device, and determining an end-to-end link quality (EELQ) value based at least in part on a previous EELQ value and the message success rate. Otherwise the EELQ value is set to 0. Then calculating an end-to-end link cost (EELC) value based at least in part on the EELQ; selecting a route based at least in part on the EELC; and transmitting a message to a second device on the route. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027438 | Arbitration of Measurement Gap Coincidence with Random Access - A user agent is provided. The user agent is configured to perform a random access procedure and to perform radio measurements. The random access procedure comprises deciding when to send a random access preamble based on a possible occurrence of a measurement gap, transmitting a random access preamble on an uplink, and monitoring a physical downlink control channel for a random access response. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027439 | Portable Diagnostic Device for Trouble-Shooting a Wireless Network and a Method for Trouble-Shooting a Wireless Network - A portable diagnostic device (PDD) for diagnosing packet-based wireless networks. the PDD comprises an input device configured to convert user input into electrical signals, a radio frequency (RF) transceiver, an antenna, processing logic, a modem, and a display device. The processing logic is configured to execute a diagnostic software module that generates diagnostic commands for diagnosing a packet-based network and that interprets diagnostic information sent from the packet-based network to the PDD. The modem enables the PDD to wirelessly communicate via the RF transceiver and the antenna with a base transceiver station (BTS) that is in communication with the packet-based network. The display device displays diagnostic information received by the RF transceiver and processed by the processing logic. The diagnostic information displayed on the display device describes one or more attributes of the packet-based network. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100027440 | Diagnostic information on multicast communications - Various embodiments of the invention pertain to a wireless communications device to receive multicast transmissions, and to transmit diagnostic information regarding those multicast communications in response to a triggering event. Other embodiments pertain to another wireless communications device to transmit the multicast transmissions, request the diagnostic information, and receive that information. | 02-04-2010 |
| 20100034101 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A CHANNEL MEASUREMENT REPORTS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a ChannelMeasurementReport message in a wireless communication system, comprising generating a ChannelMeasurementReport message comprising a 8 bit MessageID field, a 12 bit PilotPN field that indicates the PilotPN of a sector for which a measurement was performed, a 2 bit CarrieriID field that indicates a carrier on which the measurements are performed, a 40 bit StartPHYFrameNumber field that indicates a frame number of a PHYFrame where an access terminal made a first measurement reported in the message, a 8 bit MeasurementInterval field that indicates a number of PHYFrames between measurements made by the access terminal, and a 8 bit NumMeasurements field that indicates number of measurements included in the message and transmitting the ChannelMeasurementReport message over a communication link. A method and apparatus is also provided for receiving and processing the ChannelMeasurementReport message. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034102 | Measurement-Based Validation of a Simple Model for Panoramic Profiling of Subnet-Level Network Data Traffic - A system and method for profiling subnet-level aggregate network data traffic is disclosed. The system allows a user to define a collection of features that combined characterize the subnet-level aggregate traffic behavior. Preferably, the features include daily traffic volume, time-of-day behavior, spatial traffic distribution, traffic balance in flow direction, and traffic distribution in type of application. The system then applies machine learning techniques to classify the subnets into a number of clusters on each of the features, by assigning a membership probability vector to each network thus allowing panoramic traffic profiles to be created for each network on all features combined. These membership probability vectors may optionally be used to detect network anomalies, or to predict future network traffic. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034103 | Robust Jitter-Free Remote Clock Offset Measuring Method - A clock offset between a client and a server is measured by: (a) the client sending a request to the server; (b) upon receiving the request in step (a), the server optionally sending a server acknowledgement to the client; (c) upon the client receiving the server acknowledgement in step (b) or directly, if no acknowledgement was used, each of the client and the server proceeding to concurrently exchange their respective timestamps with each other a multiplicity (n) of times, thus forming a multiplicity (n) of timestamp exchanges; and (d) determining a plurality of apparent forwards and backwards delays based on the multiplicity (n) of timestamp exchanges. The preferred apparent forwards and backwards delays are then selected based on the minimum values (for each direction) determined in (d) above. The clock offset between client and server is then determined based on the preferred apparent forwards and backwards delays. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034104 | DELAYABLE EVENTS IN HOME NETWORK - In one embodiment, a method for monitoring events in a home network is provided. A node receives a subscription request from a control point, wherein the subscription request indicates an interest in delayable eventing. A change is detected in an event variable. It is then determined if the control point can receive an event sent from the node. If the control point cannot receive an event sent from the node, an event notification regarding the change in the event variable is stored such that the event notification can be retrieved when the control point can receive communications from the node. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034105 | POWER DISPLAY FOR COMMUNICATION SIGNAL AND SIGNAL ANALYZER - In order to easily understand the relationship between communication signals of a plurality of channels, a signal analyzer provides a display showing a stacked bar graph | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034106 | THROUGHPUT-BASED RATE ADAPTATION FOR WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS - A system and method of throughput-based transmission rate adaptation for wireless transmissions is provided. An adapted transmission rate is determined based on transmission feedback from previous wireless frame transmissions. The adapted transmission rate is determined by comparing nominal throughputs derived from packet success rate (PSR) estimates at the current rate and other rates, such that the adapted transmission rate chosen is one that maximizes the nominal throughput. The PSR estimates can include those associated with the current rate, a fallback rate, and other rates. The PSR estimates are updated after each frame transmission. The PSR estimates can be saved and used for calculating future estimates, and they can also be time-stamped so as not to use them if they are older than a predetermined age. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034107 | OPTIMISING COMMUNICATION LINKS - A method for allocating transmission channels to transmit nodes in a wireless network, the network comprising a plurality of receive nodes and a plurality of transmit nodes wherein each receive node is arranged in a transmitter-receiver pair with a respective transmit node, and each of the receive nodes is arranged to receive data signal transmitted from its respective transmit node of the transmitter-receiver pair via a first communication path and is subject to interference when other transmit nodes transmit data signals to their respective receive nodes via other communication paths, the method comprising: (i) determining the communication link gain of a data signal transmitted via each of the communication paths; (ii) for each of the receive nodes, forming a set of the transmit nodes from which the receive node can tolerate interfering transmissions by determining the maximum number of said others of the transmit nodes for which the sum of the interfering communication link gains of the other communication paths connecting those transmit nodes to the receive node does not exceed the quotient of the communication link gain of the first communication path divided by a predetermined quality of service threshold for the first communication path; (iii) collecting the formed set of transmit nodes from step (ii) for each receive node, and using the formed sets to generate a preferred set of transmit node and receive node pairs such that the receive node of each transmit node and receive node pair in the preferred set can tolerate interfering transmissions from the transmit nodes of every other transmit node and receive node pair in the preferred set; and (iv) allocating a communication channel to the transmit nodes contained in said preferred set. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034108 | Wireless Communication System - The terminal measures the wireless channel quality of each frequency band, and notifies the base station of the quality. The base station determines the frequency band to be used by the terminal on the basis of the notification from the terminal. Then, the terminal is grouped depending on the difference etc. in frequency band in operating the terminal, and notified which terminal group the terminal belongs. Upon receipt of the notification from the base station, the terminal sets its own available frequency band and terminal group, and measures the notified wireless channel quality of the available frequency band. The measurement result is notified to the base station. The base station perform a scheduling process for each available frequency band on the basis of the wireless channel quality of the available frequency band of the terminal, and starts communicating with the terminal. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034109 | COMMUNICATION DATA STATISTICAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION DATA STATISTICAL METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An apparatus comprises a receiver module configured to receive packets including multiple different identifiers, an aggregation module configured to classify each packet, which is received by the receiver module into a certain aggregate flow and generate aggregate statistical information including number of packets belonging to the certain aggregate flow, and a statistical processing module configured to perform an updating process arranged to classify the certain aggregate flow into a specific statistical flow and to update statistical information including number of packets belonging to the specific statistical flow based on corresponding aggregate statistical information, the statistical processing module repeating the updating process for multiple aggregate flows, into which packets are classified by the aggregation module, so as to update the statistical information in each of the multiple different statistical conditions. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034110 | ITERATIVE RECEPTION METHOD AND ITERATIVE RECEIVER - An iterative reception method and iterative receiver in a mobile communication system are provided. In order to remove inter-cell interference of a signal that is iteratively received in a multi-cell environment, a soft determination value of different cells excluding a specific cell is re-spread to be used. In addition, in order to improve reception performance of the iterative receiver that performs the interference removal by using the soft determination value, channel estimation is iteratively performed on the iteratively received signal by using a soft determination value of a previous order of the specific cell to update a channel estimation value. Accordingly, it is possible to reduce complexity of implementation and effectively remove the inter-cell interference by using the soft determination value. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034111 | Arrangement and Method Relating to Digital Subscribe Lines - A method, arrangement, and transceiver for monitoring noise on a twisted pair cable adapted to transfer Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) signals with a given data symbol rate. A spectrum analyzer measures the power spectral density of a background or substantially pure noise signal. A switch and frequency detector determine whether the background pure noise signal includes repetitive impulse noise, and if so, a processor calculates the pulse width of the repetitive impulse noise utilizing an established relationship between the given data symbol rate and the frequency of the repetitive impulse noise given by the power spectral density measurements. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034112 | COMMUNICATION MONITORING METHOD, COMMUNICATION MONITORING SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND EXTERNAL DEVICE - A management system for use in a communication monitoring system, exchanging communication check information between external devices, and monitoring communication in the network, the management system including an information manager for managing topology information about each of a number of network apparatuses, representative information about a representative external device connected to a network apparatus connected to the management system, and adjacent information about one or more external devices adjacent to each of the external devices; and an information notifier for notifying each of the external devices of the topology information, the representative information, and the adjacent information supplied from the information manager. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034113 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING A BUFFER STATUS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) reports a buffer status as part of scheduling information for enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) transmissions. For reporting the buffer status, the WTRU calculates a total amount of data available across all logical channels for which reporting is requested by a radio resource control (RRC) entity. The total amount of data includes an amount of data that is available for transmission and retransmission at a radio link control (RLC) entity and an amount of data that is available for transmission in a medium access control for enhanced dedicated channel (MAC-i/is) segmentation entity in case that a MAC-i/is entity is configured. The WTRU sends scheduling information including a total E-DCH buffer status (TEBS) field that is set based on the total amount of data. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034114 | CQI REPORTING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A CQI reporting method for a Dual-Cell HSDPA service of a mobile communication system is provided for reducing CQI reporting overhead. A user terminal transmits channel quality indicators for downlink channels in a mobile communication system, measures channel qualities of a first downlink channel and a second downlink channel, compares the channel qualities of the first and second downlink channels with each other, selects at least one channel quality of the first and second downlink channels, and transmits at least one channel quality indicator indicating the at least one channel quality. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100034115 | Modifying a Rate Based On At Least One Performance Characteristic - Network operating methods provide a first packet switch configured to send a plurality of packets from the first packet switch to a second packet switch via a network path traversing one or more intermediate packet switches, access data describing at least one performance characteristic of the network path, and based on the data, modify a rate at which the first packet switch sends the plurality of packets to the second packet switch via the path. Network management methods receive data describing at least one performance characteristic of a network path having a first endpoint on a first packet switch, a second endpoint on a second packet switch, the network path traversing one or more intermediate packet switches and, based on the received data, instruct the first packet switch to modify a rate at which the first packet switch sends packets to the second packet switch via the network path. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100039946 | Interception Of Multimedia Services - The present invention relates to a method for monitoring in a telecommunication system. The system comprises a service domain that handles session control and a bearer domain used for transportation of media flow. A request for monitoring of a first party (A) is received by a Call Session Control Function (CSCF) in the service domain. The method comprises the following further steps: —A SIP session event is detected by the Call | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039947 | RELAYS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for transmitting packets in wireless communication networks are disclosed. The methods include a relay mobile station measuring channel quality between the relay mobile station and a destination mobile station in response to a request for relay mobile stations from a base station The relay mobile station reports a channel quality indicator to the base station if the channel quality for a link between the base station and the destination mobile station via the relay mobile station is greater than a predetermined channel quality. The base station determines the relay mobile station that provides an optimal route for transmitting the packets from the base station to the destination mobile station. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039948 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT BASED ON ENHANCED PILOT MEASUREMENT REPORTS - Techniques for managing interference in a wireless network are described. A base station may receive enhanced pilot measurement reports from user equipments (UEs) and may make an interference management decision based on the received reports. The base station may select a serving base station for a UE based on an enhanced pilot measurement report received from the UE. The base station may determine resources with a low target interference level at a neighbor base station and may avoid scheduling a UE for uplink transmission on the resources. The base station may also determine whether to reserve resources for a neighbor base station based on data performance of the neighbor base station, whether the neighbor base station observes high interference from UEs served by the base station, or whether UEs served by the neighbor base station observe high interference from the base station, which may be determined based on the enhanced pilot measurement reports. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039949 | Methods and apparatus for data communication - Data communication apparatus including a port and a control entity. The control entity is operative to establish a connection with a remote entity over a first path and negotiate with the remote entity using in-band signaling over the first path establishment of a second path allowing the exchange of data between the data communication apparatus and the remote entity. The invention presents advantages from the standpoint of ease of implementation and bandwidth and resource savings. The use of an in-band messaging protocol to negotiate a establishment of the second path can be implemented generally in a straight forward manner. At the same time, the ability to transfer at least part of the connection to the second path avoids the drawbacks that would arise if that part of the connection were constrained to the first path. This feature allows the operator to take advantage of benefits provided by the second path but not available to the first path. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039950 | Method and Apparatus for Reducing the Signalling Bandwidth Load by Reporting Measurements in Differential Manner in a Multicast Message - A signalling method for reducing the bandwidth needed for communicating measurement values from at least a first source base station ( | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039951 | COOPERATIVE MULTI-CELL TRANSMISSION METHOD - The present invention provides a cooperative multi-cell transmission method that can be utilized to implement cooperative transmission in a virtual cell. Sectors composing the virtual cell are real cells and/or full sectors in real cells, any sector among the sectors composing the virtual cell is physically located adjacent to at least one of the other sectors, and each sector of the virtual cell corresponds to a real transmitting node respectively. The method includes: acquiring channel state information between any user and at least one of real transmitting nodes by a main information processing node; performing user scheduling and real transmitting node scheduling based on the channel state information by the main information processing node; and cooperatively transmitting data of one or more scheduled users based on the channel state information by one or more scheduled real transmitting nodes. The method according to an embodiment of the present invention reduces the interference and enhances the system spectral efficiency. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039952 | SYSTEM FOR MONITORING, CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION OF TECHNICAL PROCESSES - In order to provide a system ( | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039953 | A-PERIODIC PUCCH TRANSMISSION ON PUSCH - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate decoding of a sub-frame related to a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) transmission. In particular, a Rank Indicator (RI) can be decoded and identified without error which can result in an error-free decoding and identification of Channel Quality Indicator (CQI), a starting point for a portion of data within the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) transmission, and an acknowledgement (ACK). Additionally, systems and methodologies are described related to packaging information within a sub-frame of a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) transmission such that decoding can be employed without error. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039954 | ANALYZING COMMUNICATION CONFIGURATION IN A PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - An analysis of a communication configuration in a process control (PC) or substation automation (SA) system is disclosed, wherein network messages, and/or respective message sources, configured for transmission across a communication network of the system can be evaluated. From a logical data flow description that is part of a standardized configuration representation of the PC or SA system and which includes, in the form of control blocks, formal information for every message, receiver intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) can be retrieved or determined. For each retrieved receiver IED, the totality of all network messages destined for or directed to this particular receiver IED can be evaluated or processed (e.g. in view of a subsequent network load analysis, virtual local area network assignment, or graphical display of the data flow). Exemplary network messages of interest include cyclic point-to-point reports, periodic or repeated real-time multicast messages (Sampled Values SV) and event-based multicast messages (generic object oriented substation events GOOSE). | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039955 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO MONITOR COMMUNICATIONS TO IDENTIFY A COMMUNICATIONS PROBLEM - Systems and methods to monitor communications to identify a communications problem are disclosed. An example method to monitor communication includes mirroring a first port on a first network element communicatively coupled to a virtual circuit to a second port on a second network element communicatively coupled to the virtual circuit, mirroring a third port on a third network element coupled to the virtual circuit to the second network element, monitoring mirrored communications data at the second network element by receiving communications data on the second port that are sent to the first port from the third port or from the first port to the third port, and analyzing the monitored communications data to identify a communications problem based on a difference between communications data mirrored from the first port and communications data mirrored from the third port. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039956 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING KEEP-ALIVE MONITORING ON SUBSCRIBER SESSIONS - A method and system for performing keep-alive monitoring on subscriber sessions as well as an edge device are provided. In the method, keep-alive monitoring is performed on a subscriber session group, and a keep-alive monitoring result of the subscriber session group serves as a keep-alive monitoring result of a plurality of subscriber sessions in the subscriber session group, so that the subscriber sessions in the subscriber session group can be processed in batches, and the real-time processing traffic of an IP edge device for the subscriber sessions is reduced, thereby lowering the real-time processing load of the IP edge device for the subscriber sessions, and increasing the real-time processing rate of the IP edge device for the subscriber sessions. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100046382 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVED SINGLE CELL ADAPTION DUE TO CHANGE IN ENVIRONMENT - A communication method for use in a wireless communications network is proposed, said method comprising the steps of—monitoring at least one property representative of the channel variability in time and/or frequency, for each of at least two channels in the cell, used to communicate with said at least two user terminals;—using the result of the monitoring to control, by a control node in the network or in one of the user terminals, the communication in the cell. The control of the communication may include artificially inducing time selectivity and/or frequency selectivity or selecting an operating mode for the cell. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046383 | Transmitting and Receiving Media Packet Streams - This invention concerns the transmitting and receiving of digital media packets, such as audio and video channels and lighting instructions. The network ( | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046384 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL MESSAGE AND RESPONSE MESSAGE, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method for responding to a random access channel message, a method for transmitting a random access channel message and a mobile communication terminal for supporting the same are disclosed. The method for responding to a random access channel message includes reading quality measurement information of a downlink channel from a second layer header of a random access channel (RACH) message which is transmitted from a user equipment to an uplink, controlling transmission power of a response message for the RACH message according to the quality measurement information; and transmitting the response message to the user equipment. Since transmission power can be adaptively controlled according to a channel measurement result of the user equipment, a radio resource can be efficiently used. In a method in which information indicating whether or not quality measurement information is included or whether or not upper layer information is included is notified to a base station through a header, compatibility between the existing user equipment and a radio network can be maintained. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046385 | Wireless Communication Terminal, Communication Control Method of Wireless Communication Terminal, and Wireless Communication System - It is possible to provide a radio communication terminal, a radio communication terminal communication control method, and a radio communication system, capable of effectively performing acquisition of a communication system and trying connection by a communication method desired by a user when a transmission process is generated even if the state is judged to be out-of-cell. When a communication start request is made in the state of out-of-cell in which communication is disabled, a control unit ( | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046386 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEASURING BI-DIRECTIONAL RADIO CHANNEL HAVING MULTIPLE ANTENNA - An apparatus and method for measuring bi-directional radio channel with multiple antenna are provided. The apparatus includes a transmitter for amplifying a signal that is frequency-up converted to radio frequency and removing a signal of other frequency band, a high power multiplexing switch for sequentially transferring transmitting signals from the transmitter to a corresponding circulator, a plurality of circulators for transferring the transmitting signals from the high power multiplexing switch to a corresponding antenna among multiple antennas, and transferring a receiving signal from a corresponding antenna, a low loss multiplexing switch for receiving the receiving signal from the corresponding circulator, and sequentially transferring the receiving signal; and a receiver for receiving the receiving signal from the low loss multiplexing switch, removing undesired frequency components from the receiving signal except a desired frequency band and low-noise amplifying the desired frequency band of the receiving signal. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046387 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A TRANSMISSION BEHAVIOR OF SUB-CHANNELS - A device for a method for determining the transmission performance of sub-channels of a transmission channel in a radio-communication system is specified, where data-comprising signal carriers are generated for the setup of the transmission channel within the radio-communication system and accommodated in the sub-channels of the transmission channel, and the transmission performance of the sub-channels is determined on the basis of the signal sub-carriers superposed with interferers. In this context, each sub-channel occupies a separate bandwidth sub-range of a total bandwidth range of the transmission channel. The bandwidth sub-range is disposed within the bandwidth at a spacing distance from other bandwidth sub-ranges of the total bandwidth range, and the interferers are limited to the bandwidth sub-range allocated to the respective sub-channel. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046388 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATING DISTANCE BETWEEN NODES IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - The present invention relates to a method for estimating a distance between nodes by using a round trip time (RTT) of a packet based on a CSMA/CA protocol in wireless sensor networks and a system thereof. The present invention provides a method for estimating a distance between nodes in wireless sensor networks that includes (a) measuring a transmission time of a transmission signal transmitted to the other node and a reception time of a reception signal received from the other node in response the transmission signal, and receiving a reception time of the transmission signal through the reception signal from the other node and a transmission time of the reception signal through a signal received after the reception signal from the other node; and (b) estimating a distance to the other node by using the transmission/reception time of all signals acquired in step (a). According to the present invention, it is possible to accurately estimate the distance between two nodes and as a result, it is possible to accurately identify positions of nodes that are deployed in a sensor field. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046389 | METHOD AND FACILITY FOR SELECTING SATELLITE CHANNELS - A method for selecting satellite channels in a transmission system consisting of a data source, a data sink, satellite modems and a satellite radio link with a general channel and at least one dedicated channel is provided. The data sink prompts the data source, as a function of the transmission characteristics of the general channel, to set up a dedicated channel for further data transmission. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046390 | RATE MATCHING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RATE MATCHING IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for controlling rate matching in a communications system includes calculating a rate matching parameter containing a basic variable for an input bit string, and evaluating an additional parameter reflecting a current channel status of the transport channel receiving the input bit string. The input bit string generated in the upper layer is mapped to a physical channel of a Physical Layer by performing bit repeating or bit puncturing. If the bit repeating is executed on the input bit string on the basis of the first basic variable, and a second basic variable is calculated using the first basic variable and the additional parameter. A communication device to control rate matching between a physical channel and a transport channel includes a parameter calculator, an additional parameter generator, and a rate matching executioner to execute bit repeating or bit puncturing. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046391 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR NETWORK ANALYSIS - A system for, and method of, extracting information from multiple sessions and in accordance with disparate protocols, and transforming the same into a common language. Packets are collected by packet collectors distributed throughout a network and those packets, and/or metadata relating to those packets, are passed to an aggregator, which is made available via an application program interface to users/applications. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046392 | Controlling Software Distribution or File Transfer - An example of a solution provided here comprises automatically measuring bandwidth of a network connection; comparing results of the measuring, with bandwidth parameters; preventing a transfer of a file via the network connection, if measured bandwidth is less than a minimum acceptable value; providing to an end user an option of transferring a file via the network connection, if measured bandwidth is not less than a minimum acceptable value, but is less than an optimal value; and automatically transferring a file via the network connection, if measured bandwidth is greater than or equal to an optimal value. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100054139 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION OF DATA BLOCK - A method and apparatus for controlling a transmission of data blocks is provided by which data block transmission can be controlled more efficiently by measuring the RTT and setting a control timer value according to the measured RTT | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100054140 | FAULT DETECTION IN A TRANSPORT NETWORK - A device associated with a transport network generates a first traceroute through the transport network, and monitors a performance measure associated with the transport network. The device also compares the performance measure to a criterion, and determines degradation in the transport network when the performance measure matches the criterion. The device further generates a second traceroute through the transport network when the degradation occurs in the transport network, where the first and second traceroutes are used to determine a source of the degradation in the transport network. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100054141 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MBS OVER MMR NETWORK USING DYNAMIC MODIFICATION OF MCS LEVEL - A method and system for Multicast Broadcast Service (MBS) over Mobile Multi-hop Relay (MMR) network using dynamic modification of Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level are provided. The base station of the system for MBS over MMR network using dynamic modification of MCS level comprises: Adaptive Modulation and Coding (AMC) table for storing the MCS level for the transmission between the BS and relay station (RS), throughput corresponding to the MCS level, and spectrum efficiency corresponding to the MCS level; and Dynamic Modulation and Coding (DMC) table for storing the MCS level for the transmission between the RS and MS to be changed upon update of the AMC table. If there is any change of the MCS level for the transmission between the RS and MS, the BS transmits a MCS control message to the RS informing of the MCS level change such that MBS data is transmitted with the changed MCS level. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100054142 | COMMUNICATIONS METHOD FOR A PACKET-SWITCHED AND NETWORK AND NETWORK EMPLOYING THE METHOD - A communications method for a packet-switched network includes: a) receiving at a routing module operating in a low layer of a layered model defining communications on the network, a packet including an identifier associated to a protocol to be employed at a high layer of the model which is higher than the low layer; b) inspecting the received packet at an inspection module so as to identify the protocol associated to the identifier; c) selecting at a selection module a first device, operating in the high layer associated with the identified protocol; d) sending the packet toward the first device; e) processing the packet by applying at the first device a procedure of the high layer to produce a processed packet; f) sending the processed packet from the first device to the routing module; and g) transmitting the processed packet from the routing module toward the network. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100054143 | UPLINK CONNECTIVITY FOR MOBILE CLIENTS - Methods and apparatus are provided for uplink connectivity for mobile clients. An apparatus in a mobile client includes an antenna for transmitting and receiving wireless signals, and an uplink connectivity manager for dividing an uplink transmission for each client location into an exploration phase and an operational phase. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100054144 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME (MCS) INDEX BASED ON FREQUENCY SELECTIVITY - A method of selecting a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) index in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes measuring a frequency selectivity of a receiving channel, selecting a MCS index having a coding rate below a prescribed coding rate threshold value if the measured frequency selectivity is greater than or equal to a specified frequency selectivity threshold, and selecting the MCS index having the coding rate above or equal to the prescribed coding rate threshold value if the measured frequency selectivity is less than the specified frequency selectivity threshold. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100054145 | Mobile Station Communicating with a Base Station via a Separate Uplink when the Parameters of Channel Quality Fall Below the Predefined Thresholds - The invention discloses a mobile station ( | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100054146 | GATHERING AND REPORTING DATA CONCERNING COMMUNICATION CHANNEL CONDITIONS FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100054147 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus for communicating to a mobile station over a downlink shared channel includes a reception unit configured to receive downlink radio quality information from the mobile station over a control channel frequency-multiplexed with an uplink shared channel, a measurement unit configured to measure a radio quality of the control channel, and a determination unit configured to determine reliability of the downlink radio quality information based on the radio quality. Also, a communication control method at a base station apparatus for communicating to a mobile station over a downlink shared channel includes receiving downlink radio quality information from the mobile station over a control channel frequency-multiplexed with an uplink shared channel, measuring a radio quality of the control channel, and determining based on the radio quality whether the mobile station has transmitted the downlink radio quality information. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100054148 | DATA ASSOCIATION SYSTEM, DATA ASSOCIATION METHOD AND DATA ASSOCIATION PROGRAM - A data association system includes: a communication monitoring unit that records communication status data; a communication data acquiring unit that acquires first communication data that the communication terminal exchanges during the communication indicated by the communication status data and records the first communication data; a data communication unit that makes second communication data accessible to the both users through communication different from the communication of the first communication data; and an association unit that specifies, among in-progress communications indicated by the communication status data, communication held by the same users as the both users in the communication of the second communication data and makes the first communication data recorded in a state of being associated with the specified communication data accessible to the both users. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100054149 | Network Performance Management - The performance of a network can be managed by receiving a set of key quality parameters, wherein a key quality parameter represents a characteristic associated with at least one network component; identifying a service quality mapping module based on one or more network components associated with providing an end customer service, wherein the service quality mapping module corresponds to at least one service instance and defines a correlation between the set of key quality parameters and a set of customer quality parameters; applying the service quality mapping module to the set of key quality parameters to generate the set of customer quality parameters; and outputting a signal representing at least one customer quality parameter included in the set of customer quality parameters. Further, the service quality mapping module can define a linear dependency between a customer quality parameter and at least one key quality parameter. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100054150 | Adaptive Communication Systems and Methods - Methods and communication systems are presented, in which impulse noise is monitored on a communication channel, and impulse noise protection parameters are adjusted according to the monitored impulse noise without interrupting communication service. | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100061255 | Reliability Metrics in an IP Network - Embodiments of the present invention are directed to characterizing reliability associated with a network. To characterize the reliability, an edge-pair reliability metric is determined for service edge point pairs. An end-to-end reliability metric is computed based on a distribution of the edge-pair reliability metric for the service edge point pairs and a threshold value. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100061256 | Methods of Determining Whether a Frequency Channel is Available for Data Transmission for a Communication Device - A method of determining whether a frequency channel is available for data transmission for a communication device is provided. The method provided comprises dynamically selecting a time interval for determining whether the frequency channel is available for data transmission for the communication device. The method provided further comprises determining whether the frequency channel is available for data transmission for the communication device, during the time interval selected. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100061257 | NETWORK MONITORING DEVICE, NETWORK MONITORING METHOD, AND NETWORK MONITORING PROGRAM - Information on a communication relation or communication path to be monitored is automatically generated to reduce load of a user. A path information generation part of a network monitoring device receives a destination IP address designated by a user as an object of monitoring. When the input of the destination IP address is received, the path information generation part uses configuration information tables, which store configuration information of a device on a network being monitoring, to identify IP addresses of networks to which a plurality of terminals belong, as branch IP addresses. Further, the path information generation part uses the configuration information tables and transfer destination information tables which store a routing table of a router on the network, in order to identify the connection order of routers between the designated destination IP address and the identified branch IP addresses, to generate path information. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100061258 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING REPORTING PERIOD OF CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for determining a reporting period of channel quality indicator. The method includes the steps of: a) estimating a channel gain through a channel received from a base station; b) calculating a weight by using a variable for determining a fairness value and the estimated channel gain, and estimating weight channel quality to the estimated channel gain by using the calculated weight; c) comparing the estimated weight channel quality and a threshold value; and d) feeding back estimated channel quality indicator by using wireless resources assigned for the channel quality indicator feedback only in case that the weight channel quality is higher than the threshold value. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100061259 | Network Coding Based on Soft Feedback | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100061260 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING BURSTING TRAFFIC - A system and method for monitoring bursting traffic of a user. CIR tokens are incremented at a first rate. EIR tokens are incremented at a second rate. At bit is received for communication through a user network interface. A determination is made whether there are EIR tokens in response to a determination that there are no CIR tokens. The EIR tokens are decremented in response to a determination that there are EIR tokens. The bit is communicated through a network in response to the determination that there are EIR tokens. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100061261 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING ALARMS BASED ON BURSTING TRAFFIC - A system and method for generating alarms based on traffic bursting. Marked packets are received. A determination is made whether the marked packet conforms with a bandwidth profile. The packet is remarked in response to determining the marked packet does not comply with a CIR threshold and an EIR threshold. An alarm is generated in response to remarking the packet. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100061262 | JOINT PACKET DETECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A packet detector joint detects 802.11a packets, 802.11b packets and interference that is within a monitored frequency range but is not formatted as 802.11a packets or 802.11b packets. The packet detector can use signals from one or more antennas. Detection of signals is done using differentially detected correlations. In addition to packet detection, the packet detector can identify signal levels, noise levels and locations of narrowband interference. The process of packet detection and identifying other indicators can be done simultaneously and as the signal is being received. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100061263 | DEFINING LOST EVENT TALLEY TAG PACKETS WHEN PET COUNT RATES EXCEED AVAILABLE ACQUISITION BANDWIDTH - A system identifies when received packets are lost at a node in a multi-node processing chain. The system processing chain may include a gantry interface module for receiving coincident event data from a PET (Positron Emission Tomography) detector array, a DMA (direct memory access) rebinner card, and a transmission line coupled between the gantry interface module and the DMA card. FPGA and FIFO elements in each processing portion receive packets that may be lost if there is insufficient FIFO capacity. Lost packets are marked, discarded, and counted. At specified intervals, set in accordance with a threshold number of packets received a lost tally data packet is generated that includes count information for lost packets. The lost tally data packet is forwarded downstream when sufficient storage capacity exists. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100067387 | Network Capture Method Using a Transformer - A non-intrusive method to monitor a digital network, the method comprising using a non-intrusive element, connecting to one or more differential lines carrying digital communication on a digital network without physically altering the one or more differential lines or introducing another network device. The method further comprises monitoring the digital communication using the non-intrusive element, capturing a portion of the digital communication using the non-intrusive element, and sending the captured portion of the digital communication to a network analyzer to analyze the captured portion. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067388 | METHOD FOR RESERVING PROPAGATION TIME BY ESTIMATING CHANNEL ENVIRONMENT IN WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK - Provided is a method for reserving a propagation time by estimating a channel environment in a wireless personal area network. The method includes the steps of: a) measuring a propagation range to the reception station upon starting data transaction with the reception station; b) measuring an average Strength Signal (ARSS) for determining a final transfer speed upon checking a transfer speed corresponding to the propagation range to the measured reception station based on a pre-defined table; c) determining a final transfer speed based on the transfer speed corresponding to the propagation range to the reception station according to a result that the measured ARSS is compared with Upper Bound RSS (URRS) and Lower Bound RSS (LRRS); and d) reserving a next propagation time according to the determined final transfer speed. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067389 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING POWER IN A WCDMA SYSTEM - A method and a device relating to a scheduling mechanism in a base station in a WCDMA system are disclosed. The mechanism enables the base station to rapidly adapt to users momentary traffic demands and to interference variations, a dynamical adjustable margin is proposed in this invention. The adjustment is based on the RoT measurement in a cell. To fully use the resource in a cell, the RoT can be targeted to be as closer to the RoT | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067390 | System and method for discovery of network entities - A system and method of discovering network entities. Network traffic is monitored, wherein monitoring includes finding network entities in the network traffic. If the network entities are network assets, the system determines if the network entities are critical network assets. If the network entities are network users, the system classifies the network users automatically into user groups. The network traffic is then displayed as a function of the critical network assets and the user groups. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067391 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR VISUALIZING NETWORK SITUATION USING SECURITY CUBE - An apparatus and method for visualizing a network condition related to a network security are provided. The apparatus includes a traffic feature extracting unit, a network condition displaying unit, and a traffic abnormal condition determining unit. The traffic feature extracting unit extracts information including source address, source port, destination address, and destination port from network traffics, selects two of the extracted information, and calculates unique dispersion degrees of two unselected information. The network condition displaying unit displays a two-dimensional cube expressed using the calculated unique dispersion degrees for the classified traffics. The traffic abnormal condition determining unit determines whether the traffics are in an abnormal condition or not based on the two-dimensional security cube. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067392 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An access point allows access from at least one user device, which may be a wireless device or a wired local area network device. The access point has radio frequency transceiver circuitry for communicating over a wireless link with a base station selected from a plurality of available base stations, and an antenna, having an adjustable preferred direction for transmission and reception of radio frequency signals. Control circuitry selects a preferred direction for the antenna such that the access point can establish a wireless link with one of said base stations, based on a data rate that is available over the wireless link. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067393 | Packet round trip time measuring method - When a source device measures a packet round trip time RTT from the source device to a sink device, a band management unit allocates a reservation period for transmitting an RTT test command from the source device to the sink device and a reservation period for transmitting an RTT response setting request command from the sink device to the source device within a super frame period. At a start timing of the reservation period, a controller transmits the RTT test command and starts measuring the RTT. Upon receiving the RTT response setting request command, the controller finishes measuring the RTT. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067394 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF REPORTING IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE STATISTICS IN LAYERED NETWORKS - A system and method of reporting in-service performance statistics in a network. The method includes the steps of a node detecting a problem related to a call connected within the network. A problem notification message is then 5 sent to the MSC. The MSC sends a call release message to one or more nodes within the network. The call release message includes a request to release all resources associated with the call. In response to the release request, the node releases all resources associated with the call. In addition, the node sends a release response message to the MSC. The release response message is 10 modified to include information relating to the call problem, thereby providing network statistics to the MSC. Preferably, the node is a Media Gateway (MGw) which sends a H.248 subtract response message modified to include information on the call problem. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067395 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING USING AN IN-VEHICLE SYSTEM - A system and method for communicating wirelessly from a mobile device to a remote receiver station is disclosed. The system includes a controller configured to monitor a status of the mobile device and, upon an initiation event, initiate a data transfer process to wirelessly communicate data to the remote receiver station. The system also includes a voice-band modem that, upon initiation of the data transfer process is configured to receive data for transfer to the remote receiver station, divide the source data into a collection source packets, and encode the data using a fountain code encoding protocol to form a series of encoded packets. The voice band modem is also configured to transmit the series of encoded packets to the remote receiver station as a burst including all of the source data and repeatedly transmit the encoded packets until receiving an indication that the series of packets including all of the source data has been received at the receiving station. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067396 | OPTIMIZING THROUGHPUT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for optimizing throughput in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A target metric is estimated based on previous acknowledgment data. A channel quality indicator offset is determined based on the target metric. A channel quality indicator is adjusted based on the channel quality indicator offset. The channel quality indicator indicates the quality of a wireless transmission channel. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067397 | Method for determining a data transport unit parameter for the communication between two stations in a network of stations, network device adapted to act as a sending station and network device adapted to act as a receiving station in the method - The invention concerns the technical field of a so-called Path MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) Discovery process between two computing nodes over packet switched networks. On the path between two hosts (H | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067398 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING A PATH DISTANCE VALUE AND NETWORK NODES - In a method for determining link and route metrics, in order to determine an optimal path for time-critical transmission such as video telephony or VoIP, for use in routing protocols, the route metric is calculated as the product of the link metrics, wherein the link metrics in turn are calculated from the formula L=1−(1−A | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100067399 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANALYZING PROPOSED SERVICE FEATURES IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Method and apparatus for analyzing a proposed service feature in a communication network is described. In one example, a call flow for supporting the service feature in the communication network is created, where at least one network component supports the call flow. First cost data for internally developing the at least one network component is determined. Second cost data for procuring the at least one network component from third party entity is determined. The first cost data and the second cost data are processed to generate a recommendation for either internally developing or externally procuring the at least one network element. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100074123 | DYNAMIC MODEM BANDWIDTH CHECKING - Methods, systems, devices, and software are disclosed for providing controlled access to network characteristic data stored at a subscriber premises. In one embodiment, Internet services are provided to a subscriber through a subscriber's modem, connected to the Internet through an access network, and to a number of data terminals on a local network. The modem is adapted to receive and/or generate data from the connected networks and devices for use in generating network characteristic data. This data is stored in an access-controlled data storage module. Content providers may then login to the modem and query network characteristic data. The modem is configured to authenticate the content provider, and, if authorized and available, return the queried data to the content provider. The content provider may then communicate information to the subscriber's data terminal through the modem, according to the network characteristic data returned by the query. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074124 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SIMPLIFYING PROTOCOL ANALYSIS - A system and method in accordance with exemplary embodiments may include receiving, from a user system, one or more protocol analysis request messages via a network, transmitting, to one or more multipurpose interface devices, one or more control signals based on the one or more protocol analysis request messages, receiving, from the one or more multipurpose interface devices, protocol analysis data associated with data traffic transmitted on one or more test networks in response to the transmitted control signals, and outputting, to the user system, the protocol analysis data via the network. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074125 | DISCOVERING COMMUNICATION RULES IN A NETWORK TRACE - The claimed subject matter provides a system and/or a method that facilitates managing a network by mining a communication rule. An analysis engine can employ a packet trace within a network in order to provide timing information, wherein the network includes at least one of a host, a protocol, or an application. A traffic evaluator can extract a communication rule for the network based upon an activity matrix generated from the timing information in which the activity matrix includes at least one of a row of a time window for the packet trace and a column for a flow in the packet trace. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074126 | Method and System of Multimedia Service Performance Monitoring - A method and system of multimedia service performance monitoring is provided. The method comprises the following steps: (a) a reference point acquires and stores the association relationship between multimedia packet identification number and the corresponding multimedia information; (b) a sample point orders the received packets according to the multimedia packet identification numbers, detects the integrality of the packets, and feeds the identification numbers of the lost multimedia packets back to the reference point if there are lost packets; (c) the reference point obtains the corresponding multimedia information according to the identification numbers of the lost multimedia packets returned by the sample point and the stored association relationship between the multimedia packet identification number and the corresponding multimedia information, and then evaluates the multimedia service quality of the sample point. The method and system of multimedia according to the present invention is beneficial to digital copyright management, avoids the extra process of decoding multimedia in the server, and is beneficial to monitor the multimedia service performance for a plurality of receiving ends at the server. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074127 | CHANNEL MEASUREMENTS ON COMBINED PILOT SIGNALA IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEMS - In a base station and a mobile station the pilot signal power in all carriers are combined for example by using an MRC (Maximum Ratio Combination) algorithm. Physical layer measurement such as Up-Link Synchronization and Angle of Arrival (AoA) are performed based on the combined received signal. The method results in that the measurement errors can be significantly reduced. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074128 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus for communicating to a mobile station over an uplink shared channel includes a transmit instruction unit configured to assign an uplink shared channel to the mobile station and instruct the mobile station to conduct transmissions over the assigned uplink shared channel; a measurement unit configured to measure a radio quality of the assigned uplink shared channel; and a determination unit configured to determine based on the radio quality whether the mobile station has transmitted data over the assigned uplink shared channel. In addition, a communication control method at a base station apparatus for communicating to a mobile station over an uplink shared channel includes assigning an uplink shared channel to the mobile station and instructing the mobile station to conduct transmissions over the assigned uplink shared channel; measuring a radio quality of the uplink shared channel assigned to the mobile station; and determining based on the radio quality whether the mobile station has transmitted data over the assigned uplink shared channel. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074129 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING A NETWORK LOCATING A TARGET NODE - The supporting of a network locating a target node is disclosed. The supporting of a network locating a target node includes a User Equipment (UE) transmitting a measurement report message to a source evolved Node B (eNB), the measurement report message including a measurement result of signal quality of a target eNB; the source eNB transmitting a message to a core network node, the message including a type of the target eNB; if the target eNB is a Home Node B (HNB), the core network node transmitting a switching message to a target eNB GateWay (GW) or the target eNB. The Mobility Management Entity (MME) can determine whether the UE is allowed to access the target HNB, and the MME can locate the proper HNB GW. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074130 | Preamble Group Selection in Random Access of Wireless Networks - A transport block size (TBS) of a first uplink message (RACH Msg3) transmitted on a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) during a random access procedure in a User Equipment (UE) accessing a radio access network may be determined by receiving a pathloss threshold parameter. A downlink pathloss value indicative of radio link conditions between the UE and a base station (eNB) serving the UE is then determined. A smaller value of TBS is selected from a set of TBS values if the determined pathloss value is greater than an operating power level of the UE minus the pathloss threshold parameter. A larger value of TBS is selected if the pathloss value is less than the operating power level of the UE minus the pathloss threshold parameter and the TBS required to transmit the RACH Msg3 exceeds the smaller TBS value. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074131 | POWER OFFSET FOR CQI REPORTING - In one embodiment, the transmitter is for use with a cellular communication network and includes an offset determination unit configured to select a shift parameter for a channel quality indication, wherein the shift parameter corresponds to an adjustment in an energy per resource element ratio for reporting the channel quality indication. The transmitter also includes a sending unit configured to signal the shift parameter. In another embodiment, a receiver is for use with a cellular communication network and includes a reception unit that receives a transmission. The receiver also includes an offset interpretation unit configured to interpret a shift parameter for a channel quality indication from the transmission, wherein the shift parameter corresponds to an adjustment in an energy per resource element ratio for reporting the channel quality indication. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074132 | Systems for Providing Feedback to Sending Entities - Systems for providing feedback to sending entities are provided. In some embodiments, systems for providing feedback to at least one sending entity that sends requests are provided, the systems comprising: a receiving entity comprising at least one processor that: determines a number of active sources associated with each of the at least one sending entity; determines a number of sessions that each of the at least one sending entity is able to accept based on the number of active sources determined; and provides an indication of the number of sessions to each corresponding one of the at least one sending entity. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074133 | METHOD ON LOCALIZATION MESSAGE PROCESS FOR SUPPORTING MOBILITY OF WIRELESS NODES - Provided is a method for localization message process. The method includes allocating cluster resources for recognizing a location of a mobile node, setting operation of each node by deciding a cluster operation state for the mobile node, measuring distances between the mobile node to each of anchor nodes, and recognizing a location of the mobile node. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074134 | BAND ALLOCATION METHOD FOR ALLOCATING A PAIR OF RESERVATION PERIODS FOR MEASURING PACKET ROUND TRIP TIME - Upon measuring a packet round trip time RTT from a source device to a sink device, the source device requests a band management unit of a network to allocate bands for round trip packets. The band management unit notifies a reservation period Tsource for transmitting a packet from the source device to the sink device and a reservation period Tsink for sending back a packet from the sink device to the source device, using a beacon signal. The reservation period Tsource is allocated within a time period starting from a middle timing of a time cycle Tbeacon of the beacon signal, and the reservation period Tsink is allocated at a middle timing between the reservation period Tsource and the beacon signal right after the reservation period Tsource. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074135 | Distributed Packet Group Identification For Network Testing - There is disclosed a method, an apparatus, a computing device, and a storage medium for testing a network. A plurality of packets may be received. A packet group identification number for each packet may be determined by extracting two or more packet group identification fields from the packet, each packet group identification field located at a respective offset from one of a signature field, a start of the packet, a start of an IP header, and a start of a protocol header; and combining the two or more packet group identification fields to form the packet group identification number. The network testing system may measure, compile, and store performance statistics for packets having the same packet group identification number. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074136 | HANDHELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING VOICE OVER IP QUALITY INDICATOR, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD - A method of placing a call from a handheld device to a receiving device using VoIP includes initiating the call, transmitting a plurality of voice data packets to the receiving device, determining whether the receiving device has detected one or more missing or delayed packets, and providing a poor voice service indicator if it is determined that the receiving device has detected one or more missing or delayed data packets. Also, a method of placing a call to a receiving device over a network system which allocates bandwidth includes sending a request to the network system for a bandwidth allocation for the telephone call, determining whether the request has been granted, providing a poor voice service indicator to the user of the handheld electronic device if it is determined that the request has not been granted, and transmitting a plurality of voice data packets to the receiving device. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074137 | ZONE BASED QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A FIBRE CHANNEL FABRIC - Methods and apparatus are provided for improving the configuration, management, and distribution of quality of service information in a fibre channel fabric using zoning mechanisms. Configuration of Quality of Service (QoS) information is made easy by using zones as a classifier for flows. QoS information is included in zone objects, thereby using the existing zone distribution mechanism to distribute QoS information. Devices not part of any zones are placed automatically in the default zone with a default QoS priority level. QoS information for a particular packet is available as soon as the zoning information is obtained. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074138 | TELEPHONE APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided a telephone apparatus for communicating with a different telephone apparatus via a network, including a telephone apparatus table in which first use type information indicating a type of use preset for the telephone apparatus is registered in association with telephone apparatus information identifying the telephone apparatus, a position table in which second use type information indicating the type of use preset for a position of the telephone apparatus is registered in association with the position, a position detection part detecting a present position of the telephone apparatus of concern, and a sensing part sensing an incoming call from the different telephone apparatus, a detection part detecting a telephone apparatus on a calling side when the sensing part senses the incoming call. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074139 | Systems and Methods of Measuring Data Transport Utilization - The disclosure is generally directed to a system and method of measuring transport utilization of data that is to be multiplexed and transmitted over a digital transport facility. In a particular embodiment, the system includes a traffic management reporting device to provide a report including performance information. The performance information is determined based at least in part on a count of stuff bits included in a user data frame having a fixed size payload. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100080132 | DYNAMIC CONFIGURATION OF POTENTIAL LINKS BETWEEN PROCESSING ELEMENTS - According to some embodiments, first and second processing elements may be provided on a die, and there may be a plurality of potential communication links between the first and second processing elements. Moreover, control logic may be provided on the die to dynamically activate at least some of the potential communication links (e.g., based on a current bandwidth appropriate between the first and second processing elements). | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100080133 | MEDIA SESSION IDENTIFICATION METHOD FOR IP NETWORKS - A method of allocating, restricting or refusing communication resources to media sessions in accordance with individual session or session type, comprises: categorizing passing packets using packet traffic characteristics such as packet length or inter-arrival period; grouping together those packets having similar traffic characteristics, and analyzing the grouped packets for session characteristics, thereby to identify a session type and allocate resources to the session or provisioning or like actions or services. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100080134 | BACKGROUND SCANNING METHOD FOR WLAN CLIENT DEVICES - Background scan for 802.11 client devices allows them to keep most of its components in low power mode when certain criteria are not met. A method for changing dynamically those criteria according to the air data traffic conditions is described in the present invention. This increases the time the system remains in sleep mode and consequently improves the standby current consumption to portable 802.11 enabled media. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100080135 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station for communicating with a mobile station which transmits an uplink signal according to a frequency division multiplexing scheme includes a first measurement unit configured to measure reception power on a frequency band for the random access channel in uplink or a second measurement unit configured to measure the number of receptions of preambles on the random access channel. The base station may either control the frequency band for the random access channel or restrict transmission on the random access channel based on at least one of the reception power on the frequency band for the random access channel and the number of receptions of preambles on the random access channel. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100080136 | UPLINK TRANSMIT DIVERSITY ENHANCEMENT - A method for uplink transmit diversity enhancement is described. Two or more potential uplink transmission configurations are determined. Each potential uplink transmission configuration is evaluated. An uplink transmission configuration is selected based on the evaluation. Metrics of the selected uplink transmission configuration are determined. Cycle adaptation parameters are adjusted. The selected uplink transmission configuration is applied for an extended use period. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100080137 | Primary and Secondary Associations for Improving Cell Edge Performance in Cellular Networks - Embodiments of the invention provide a method to efficiently enable Network MIMO for use in the downlink direction. An association is established between a primary NodeB in a first cell and a secondary NodeB in an adjacent second cell. A set of downlink transmission resources is reserved for use by both the primary NodeB and the secondary NodeB. A transport block is transmitted from the secondary NodeB simultaneously with the primary NodeB to a user equipment (UE) near the edge of the first cell in response to a schedule provided by the primary NodeB. A time instance of the reserved transmission resources is released by the secondary NodeB when no simultaneous transmission of a transport block is scheduled within a minimum time. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100080138 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - Disclosed herein is a data processing apparatus including: an adjusting section configured to receive a stream including packets and a start flag indicative of the beginning of each of the packets in the stream, adjust a rate of the stream to a certain rate, and output the adjusted stream that is the stream after the rate adjustment and the start flag indicative of the beginning of each of the packets in the adjusted stream; a monitoring section configured to monitor a packet interval that is a start interval between the packets in the adjusted stream on the basis of the start flag; and an output control section configured to execute output control of outputting the packets in the adjusted stream if the packet interval is a normal interval and restricting the outputting of the packets in the adjusted stream if the packet interval is an abnormal interval. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100080139 | TECHNIQUES FOR SUPPORTING RELAY OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques for supporting operation of relay stations in wireless communication systems are described. In an aspect, a bitmap may be sent by a base station and/or a relay station to identify subframes of at least two types in multiple radio frames. For example, the bitmap may indicate whether each subframe covered by the bitmap is of a first type or a second type. UEs may use the bitmap to control their operation. For example, a UE may perform channel estimation or measurement for the subframes of the first type and may skip channel estimation and measurement for the subframes of the second type. In another aspect, a base station may transmit data and/or control information on resources not used by a relay station to transmit a reference signal. This may avoid interference to the reference signal from the relay station, which may improve performance for UEs communicating with the relay station. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100080140 | MANAGING MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS PACKET DATA SERVICE TRAFFIC IN REAL-TIME - The invention allows managing mobile telecommunications packet data service traffic. Packet data service traffic of a mobile telecommunications network is received from data collectors. The service traffic is stored in a traffic file. The traffic file is split into service specific capture files. The capture files are stored. Key information is extracted from the capture files for entry points of the network. The key information is stored in entry point specific tables. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100080141 | Network system, monitoring device, information processing device, information processing method, computer-readable recording medium - A network system includes plural information processing devices mutually connected through a network. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100080142 | Automatic Detection of Channel Bandwidth - A step-wise approach to automatically determining the bandwidth of a communication channel includes dividing the channel's potential bandwidth into a number of ranges. An initial range is then selected and a series of data packets specific to the selected range are transmitted from a first endpoint to a second endpoint, with the second endpoint determining one or more channel metrics based on the transmitted packets (e.g., measured transmission rates). If the metrics indicate the current range accurately reflects the channel's bandwidth, a measured transmission rate of the transmitted data packets is used as the channel's bandwidth. Otherwise, another range is selected and the process is repeated. The described approach rapidly determines channel bandwidth, even when the channel between the two endpoints is asymmetric. Techniques described herein are particularly beneficial when used in conjunction with multimedia conferencing applications. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100085880 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Method and arrangement in a first node for requesting a status report from a second node. The first node and the second node are both comprised within a wireless communication network. The status report comprises positive and/or negative acknowledgement of data sent from the first node, to be received by the second node. The first node comprises a first counter configured to count the number of transmitted Protocol Data Units, PDUS, and a second counter configured to count the number of transmitted data bytes. The method and arrangements comprises initialising the first and the second counter to zero, transmitting data to be received by the second node, comparing the value of the first and the second counters with a first threshold limit value and a second threshold limit value and requesting a status report from the second node if any of the threshold limit values is reached or exceeded. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085881 | Wireless Communication System, Wireless Communication Terminal, Base Station and Wireless Communication Method - Provided is a wireless communication system for performing communication using a shared control channel that can be used in a predetermined period for each of a plurality of base stations and a plurality of traffic channels that can be adaptively allocated to each of a plurality of wireless communication terminals. The wireless communication terminal is provided with a channel requesting unit that requests the base station to allocate an individual control channel through the shared control channel and a communication control unit that performs control information communication by wirelessly connecting the individual control channel allocated from the base station. The base station is provided with a channel allocating unit that allocates one of the traffic channels as the individual control channel to be exclusively used for the wireless communication terminal when the request of individual control channel allocation is received from the wireless communication terminal through the shared control channel. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085882 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, LEAST SIGNIFICANT STATION, AND INTERMEDIATE STATION - In a lower-level station ( | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085883 | APPLICATION DETECTION ARCHITECTURE AND TECHNIQUES - An application detection architecture and related techniques are provided for detecting, identifying, and managing network-based applications. In various embodiments, a combined layered approach to application detection and various application-detection techniques provide for quick assessments that move from simplest to complex for rapid detection of unauthorized or misbehaving applications in communication with one or more computer networks. This layering, in some embodiments, further provides scalability and speed for determining and implementing policies that may be applicable to detected network-based application, users, groups, or devices associated with unauthorized network-based applications sending or receiving data via a computer network. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085884 | DYNAMIC TOPOLOGICAL ADAPTATION - Apparatus and methods for reconfiguration of a communication environment based on loading requirements. Network operations are monitored and analyzed to determine loading balance across the network or a portion thereof. Where warranted, the network is reconfigured to balance the load across multiple network entities. For example, in a cellular-type of network, traffic loads and throughput requirements are analyzed for the access points and their user equipment. Where loading imbalances occur, the cell coverage areas of one or more access points can be reconfigured to alleviate bottlenecks or improve balancing. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085885 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - In a ring type network, a master node sends a measurement packet to a slave node in the backward direction and the forward direction, receives the measurement packet which has been circulated among a plurality of slave nodes, stores a received time of the backward direction measurement packet and a sending time of the forward direction measurement packet according to time-keeping of an internal clock, sends a measurement result notifying packet showing a sending time and a received time of the measurement packet to the slave node; each slave node receives the backward direction measurement packet and the forward direction measurement packet, sends the received measurement packet to the next node, stores the received time of the backward direction measurement packet and the sending time of the forward direction measurement packet according to the time-keeping of the internal clock, receives a measurement result notifying packet, calculates a time correction value using the sending time and the received time of the measurement packet shown in the measurement result notifying packet and the sending time and the received time of the measurement packet stored, and corrects a time of the internal clock using the calculated time correction value. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085886 | PACKET DELAY CHARACTERISTIC MEASURING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A packet delay characteristic measuring apparatus that can accurately only measure a delay in a network even if a delay may occur also in a device that receives packets. The apparatus includes: a sending section for periodically sending out test packets each including sending time information to the network; a branching section for handing over the test packets flowing from the network to each of a plurality of communication paths by electrically branching a communication path; a plurality of receiving sections each of which is connected to the branching section for receiving the identical test packets and calculating delay times based on the sending time information; and a measurement value determining section for comparing a plurality of delay times calculated by each of the plurality of receiving sections for the identical test packets and determining the smallest delay time value as a measurement value. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085887 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING THE WINDOW SIZE OF A TCP PACKET THROUGH NETWORK ELEMENTS - A system for adjusting the window size of a TCP packet on a packet network including a sending network element in communication with a receiving network element for transmitting and receiving data packets between the sending network element and the receiving network element on the packet network, wherein at least one of the sending network element and the receiving network element is configured to determine network performance information of the packet network; concatenate the network performance information into the data packets; and adjust the window size of the TCP packet based on the network performance information. A method for adjusting the window size of a TCP packet on a packet network is also included. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085888 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANALYZING SOURCE INTERNET PROTOCOL ACTIVITY IN A NETWORK - Method and apparatus for analyzing source Internet protocol (SIP) activity in a network is described. In one example, a SIP address is obtained. Log data collected over a predefined time period by a plurality of network facilities is automatically queried using the SIP address as parametric input to generate a report. The report includes sample activity for the SIP and statistics for targeted network facilities, firewall activity, targeted network spaces, and targeted IP addresses. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085889 | Statistical, Signature-Based Approach to IP Traffic Classification - A signature-based traffic classification method maps traffic into preselected classes of service (CoS). By analyzing a known corpus of data that clearly belongs to identified ones of the preselected classes of service, in a training session the method develops statistics about a chosen set of traffic features. In an analysis session, relative to traffic of the network where QoS treatments are desired (target network), the method obtains statistical information relative to the same chosen set of features for values of one or more predetermined traffic attributes that are associated with connections that are analyzed in the analysis session, yielding a statistical features signature of each of the values of the one ore more attributes. A classification process then establishes a mapping between values of the one or more predetermined traffic attributes and the preselected classes of service, leading to the establishment of QoS treatment rules. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100091666 | Discovering Parameters for a Communications Link - To dynamically adjust at least one setting of an interface to a communications link in a system, in response to receiving an indication of a change in a characteristic of the communications link, a representation of potential solutions for parameters associated with the communications link is constructed. From the representation, at least one solution is selected from among the potential solutions, where the selected at least one solution specifies values for the parameters that define the at least one setting for the interface to the communications link. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091667 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - The present invention relates to resource management in a telecommunication system. In particular the invention relates to detection and estimation of transport network load and optimization of transport network resources. According to the method and arrangement of the invention a serving node engaged in admission control identifies a transport network interface from which transport load measurements are required for the admission control, and a target radio network node related to the identified transport network interface. The serving radio network node configure the target radio network node to perform and report measurements on the transport network interface. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091668 | COMMUNICATION QUALITY EVALUATION SYSTEM, DEVICE, METHOD, AND PROGRAM THEREOF - A communication quality evaluation system, a device, a method, and a program for evaluating communication quality at an arbitrary location, in the form which can actually felt by a user, are provided. According to an instruction from an evaluator, a control device displays a map or layout diagram of a specified area on a map/layout diagram display device and specifies an evaluation point within a display range of the map or the layout diagram. According to the network quality estimated by a network quality estimation unit, a network quality simulation unit for estimating the network quality when communications are performed at the evaluation point deteriorates the evaluation data and transmits the data to an evaluation device. The evaluation data deteriorated is a sample of data actually transmitted and received in the communication system. The evaluation device uses a communication device actually used by a user in the communication system. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091669 | METHOD TO SELECT ACCESS POINT AND RELAY NODE IN MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORKING - A method and apparatus are described for selecting an access point in a wireless network, including initializing a channel index, recording a received signal power and information contained in one of a beacon message and a probe request response message, calculating an access link metric for each candidate access point, the access link metric being between an end device and each candidate access point on the channel indexed by the channel index responsive to the received signal power and information receiving a path metric between each candidate access point and a gateway, estimating a function using the access link metric and the path metric, selecting one of the candidate access points based on the function and establishing a connection with the selected access point. Also described is a method and apparatus for maintaining a connection with an access point. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091670 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO ALLOW COEIXTENCE BETWEEN WIRELESS DEVICES - The present invention relates generally to wireless transceivers, and more particularly but not exclusively to non 802.11 detection and avoidance methodologies for wireless devices including transceivers. In one or more implementations, a method for detecting non 802.11 operating in the unlicensed 5.25-5.35 and 5.47-10.725 GHz radio bands, using wireless devices, such as AP, are provided. An AP is used to automatically detect the presence of non 802.11 on all channels in these bands, alert all of its clients, and move to another channel that is known to be devoid of non 802.11 using one or more implementations. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091671 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR CONTROLLING SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS IN A MOBILE NETWORK - A method and an arrangement in a service assurance module for controlling service level agreements for communication services in a mobile services access network. A network performance rule is created for a service level agreement, and is based on an associated performance indicator indicating the current network performance with respect to the fulfillment of the service level agreement. The performance indicator is then monitored, and the network performance rule is evaluated on a regular basis based on the performance indicator. If the network performance rule is not satisfied, an agreement violation is registered and/or measures are' taken to improve the network performance. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091672 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus for communicating a mobile station over a downlink shared channel includes a reception unit configured to receive acknowledgement information for the downlink shared channel from the mobile station over a control channel frequency-multiplexed with an uplink shared channel, a measurement unit configured to measure a radio quality of the control channel, and a determination unit configured to determine based on the radio quality whether the mobile station has transmitted the acknowledgement information. Also, a communication control method at a base station apparatus for communicating a mobile station over a downlink shared channel includes receiving acknowledgement information for the downlink shared channel from the mobile station over a control channel frequency-multiplexed with an uplink shared channel, measuring a radio quality of the control channel, and determining based on the radio quality whether the mobile station has transmitted the acknowledgement information. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091673 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A wireless communication apparatus includes a reception unit configured to receive packets in multiple formats in which two or more different types of preamble information and intra-header control information are multiplexed, a demodulation and decode unit configured to demodulate and decode the received packets, and a measurement unit configured to measure a sending end time of the reception packets by selectively referring to any one of the intra-header control information on the basis of a transmission mode supported by the demodulation and decode unit. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091674 | Radio Carrier Identification Methods and Apparatus - A user equipment (UE) in a communication system measures the power received in a bandwidth on possible downlink carriers in a frequency band that is supported by the UE in order to search for available carriers. Search times can be decreased on average by using a specially configured filter to process the received power measurements and then determining likely carriers based on the filtered values. Metrics from the filter can be used to indicate both where to perform cell search and where not to perform cell search. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091675 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A wireless communication system which includes a transmitter and receiver each having two or more antennae, the system including: a channel condition determining unit which determines a condition of a channel between the transmitter and the receiver; and a system control unit which changes a transmitting system in the transmitter and a receiving system in the receiver in accordance with a determination result obtained by the channel condition determining unit. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091676 | Multi-Segment Network Application Monitoring and Correlation Architecture - A system, method and computer program product are provided for network and network application monitoring. Accordingly, one or more media modules are each coupled to an associated network segment. In the case of network application monitoring, each media module is coupled to a network segment on which a network application is running. Each media module monitors and collects data relating to traffic on the associated network segment corresponding to the network application, wherein each media module is tailored for network analysis. An application server module is coupled to the at least one media module and receives the data and analyzes the data for helping to improve the performance of the network and/or network application. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091677 | WEB SERVER AND METHOD FOR HOSTING A WEB PAGE FOR PRESENTING LOCATION BASED USER QUALITY DATA RELATED TO A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A web-server communicates wireless networking performance data that reflects the true user experience of a mobile device operating in a particular location and operating on a particular wireless network. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091678 | DOWNLINK RANK INDICATION AND UPLINK RANK REPORTING FOR DEDICATED BEAMFORMING - A network transmitter and receiver are for use with a network MIMO super cell. The network transmitter includes a rank control unit configured to provide a rank indication for a dedicated beamforming transmission from the network MIMO super cell, wherein the rank indication corresponds to spatial multiplexing of multiple data streams for the dedicated beamforming transmission. The network transmitter also includes a transmission unit configured to signal the rank indication. The network receiver includes a reception unit configured to receive a dedicated beamforming transmission within the network MIMO super cell. The network receiver also includes a rank processing unit configured to process a rank indication for the dedicated beamforming transmission corresponding to spatial multiplexing of multiple data streams for the dedicated beamforming transmission. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091679 | AUTOMATED INTEROPERABILITY ASSESSMENTS BASED ON ITERATIVE PROFILING AND EMULATION OF SIP OR T.38 FAX-RELAY ENABLED DEVICES - A system for and method of efficient interoperability assessment based on automated Behavioral Profiling and Emulation of SIP or T.38 Fax-relay Enabled Devices, for example, for profiling and emulating VoIP Phones such as SIP Phones, or T.38 Fax-relay devices such as Internet Aware Fax Terminals. The method includes a Multi-step/Multi-technology Iterative Profiling Stage that allows creating a Behavioral Profile based on the analysis of a plurality of traffic samples. Also, the method presents an efficient process of Device Emulation of an actual device to be used in interoperability assessment, including a Standard State Machine parameterized by a set of characteristics stored in the Behavioral Profile. The Emulation method can be used to duplicate one or more device behaviors exhibited either by different firmware revisions, software upgrades or by different OEM product models. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091680 | Method of transmitting control signal in wireless communication system - A method of transmitting a control signal in a wireless communication system includes receiving data or a control signal, and transmitting a feedback signal through a control channel in response to the data or the control signal, wherein the control channel comprises a plurality of mini-tiles in a plurality of tiles, each of which consists of at least one orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in a time domain and at least one subcarrier in a frequency domain, and if the plurality of tiles have the same pilot pattern, the plurality of mini-tiles are cyclically selected from the plurality of tiles, and if the plurality of tiles have cyclically-arranged pilot patterns, the plurality of mini-tiles are selected at the same position from the plurality of tiles. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091681 | VLAN COMMUNICATION INSPECTION SYSTEM, METHOD AND PROGRAM - It is possible to identify a communication range even for a communication across a plurality of VLAN in a network having a plurality of communication paths because of a redundant switch configuration when managing switch VLAN setting information. A device having a predetermined VLAN-ID is made to be a KEY and a device having a predetermined VLAN-ID which can perform communication from the device is made to be a VALUE. A VLAN communication enabled/disabled hash table is created for expressing each of KEYs and VALUEs as a set of a device name and a VLAN-ID. By referencing a redundant configuration table indicating a redundant configuration and a routing table indicating whether routing is enabled, form a KEY specified as a start point for a network administrator, a VALUE which can be communicated from the KEY is identified and the VALUE is used as a KEY to follow a path. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091682 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REMOTELY DETECTING PARASITE SOFTWARE - An IP usage pattern of a first computer system is monitored by a second computer system that is remotely located from the first computer system. The second computer system is associated with an ISP. First parasite software may be identified based on an abnormal change in the IP usage pattern. The abnormal change in the IP usage pattern may be detected by comparing the IP usage pattern to a baseline model of IP usage for the first computer system. Anti-parasite software associated with the first parasite software may be forwarded from the ISP to the first computer system. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100097945 | Centralized Analysis and Management of Network Packets - This description provides tools and techniques for centralized analysis and management of network packets. These tools may provide methods that include storing network packets as identified by packet-detecting devices within networks. These methods may also define baseline behavior patterns applicable to the network, as well as thresholds applicable to deviations in network behavior, relative to the baseline behavior patterns. These methods may also identify attacks against the network, as exhibited by deviations in the behavior patterns that exceed the threshold. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097946 | OPTIMIZED DATA TRANSFER BETWEEN APPROACHING DEVICES - A method, system, and computer program product are disclosed for passively sensing with a hot spot wireless device, a presence of beacon messages from any other wireless devices within a coverage area, ignoring active beacon group merging operations, allowing a mobile wireless device to join in the beacon group, within the coverage area and exchanging beacon messages with the mobile wireless device, actively sensing by exchanging a sequence of test frames with the mobile wireless device using a plurality of modes supported by both the mobile wireless device and the hot spot wireless device, and exchanging data with the mobile wireless device after the actively sensing step. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097947 | VoIP Network Element Performance Detection for IP NSEP Special Service - A system and method for receiving performance measurements for a communications network, generating alerts based on each performance measurement and a corresponding performance threshold, receiving network traps from network elements of the communications network, each network trap being generated by the network element based on a process measurement and a corresponding process threshold and correlating the alerts and the network traps to generate correlated alerts. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097948 | CHARACTERIZATION OF CO-CHANNEL INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed herein is a method for characterizing interference in a radio communication system including a plurality of radio transceiver stations configured to communicate with user equipments, the method including: measuring, by a user equipment in radio communication with a serving transceiver station, quantities indicative of interference from interfering transceiver stations; sending the measured quantities to the serving transceiver station; associating at least one codebook with the serving transceiver station, the codebook including a number of codewords each representing a respective quantized interference situation in an area covered by the serving transceiver station; and identifying in the codebook a codeword representative of the quantities measured by the user equipment. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097949 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A method for efficiently transmitting and receiving feedback information is disclosed. A cluster size as a unit for computing the feedback information and a reporting period of the feedback information are not uniformly determined by a base station. Information about a downlink channel status of each user equipment is reported, the cluster size and feedback period for computing and reporting the feedback information are determined using the information about the downlink channel status of each user equipment, and the feedback information is transmitted/received, thereby improving system capability. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097950 | IN ONE OR MORE NETWORK COEXISTABLE ENVIRONMENT, A METHOD FOR DETERMINING WHETHER A SPECIFIC CHANNEL IS AVAILABLE OR NOT, A METHOD FOR RECEIVING A SIGNAL FOR DETECTING AND A METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN COEXISTENCE WITH A DIFFERENT KIND OF NETWORK - Network communication and more particularly a method for determining whether a specific channel is available or not in an environment a plurality of networks can coexist are disclosed. In addition, a method for increasing a range for detecting a signal of a different type of network using a signal composed of a narrowband signal as a signal for detecting the different type of network is disclosed. Furthermore, a method for performing communication in an environment in which one or more communication networks and more particularly different types of networks coexist is disclosed. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097951 | DETECTING AND DISCRIMINATING BETWEEN INTERFERENCE CAUSED BY DIFFERENT WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES - There is provided a method and a device for detecting interfering radio technologies. The method in accordance with the invention is applicable in order to detect and identify possible interfering technologies that can be found, e.g., in the 2.4 GHz ISM band, by use of a device having a single transceiver which is adapted to employ a first wireless radio access technology. For example, a device having an IEEE 102.15.4 cordless transceiver is able to identify according to the method in accordance with the invention radio signals sent by disquieters which use other interfering technologies by use of only this transceiver. The device can for example be a sensor of a wireless body sensor network. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097952 | Method and System for Classifying Communication Signals in a Dynamic Spectrum Access System - Methods and systems for dynamic spectrum access (DSA) in a wireless network are provided. A DSA-enabled device may sense spectrum use in a region and, based on the detected spectrum use, select one or more communication channels for use. The devices also may detect one or more other DSA-enabled devices with which they can form DSA networks. A DSA network may monitor spectrum use by cooperative and non-cooperative devices, to dynamically select one or more channels to use for communication while avoiding or reducing interference with other devices. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097953 | ESTIMATION OF BANDWIDTH REQUIREMENTS IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK WITH ACCESS CONTROLS - In one aspect, a method for estimating the bandwidth requirements for a transmission between an input node and an output node of a network with access controls is provided. According to the method, with respect to a time period, the sum of the value of the average bandwidth of the traffic that has been transmitted between the nodes during the time period and the weighted value of the accumulated bandwidth of the declined reservation requests is calculated. An efficient, approximate determination of the traffic matrix of the network and thus an optimal new definition of the limits for the access controls is permitted. This provides particular advantages in terms of efficiency and resources for applications in networks with a dynamic adaptation of the access controls to modified traffic situations. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100097954 | Apparatus and an Associated Method for Facilitating Communications in a Radio Communication System That Provides for Data Communications at Multiple Data Rates - Apparatus, and an associated method, for facilitating operation of a radio communication system that provides for multi rate data communications, such as a CDMA 2000 system that provides for 1xEV-DV communication services. A supplemental pilot, or control, signal generator embodied at a mobile station generates a supplemental pilot, or control, signal that is sent on a newly defined supplemental pilot, or control, channel. As the data rates of data communicated upon a reverse supplemental channel changes, corresponding changes are made to the power level of the reverse supplemental pilot, or control, signal. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100103827 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING INTERNET-WIDE TRANSMISSION PATH AND TRANSMISSION DELAY - Disclosed herein is a system and method for estimating an Internet-wide transmission path and transmission delay. The system includes indexing construction means configured to function as storage for storing the results of actual measurement of transmission delay for all destinations on the Internet, and configured to, in order to search for necessary actual measurement results using Autonomous System (AS) numbers, translate IP addresses constituting the actual measurement results into AS numbers and index respective path segments with AS numbers, mapping means for mapping the IP addresses of queried two points to AS numbers, AS path estimation means for estimating an AS path between the two AS numbers, and path stitching means for searching for respective path segments constituting the estimated AS path, stitching the found path segments together and stitching IP paths corresponding to the AS path, thereby obtaining a plurality of stitched paths and corresponding transmission delay. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103828 | CELLULAR SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION PATH QUALITY MEASURING METHOD, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A cellular system comprises a mobile station and a base station. The mobile station includes a means for transmitting a pilot signal synchronized with data transmission and a means for transmitting a pilot signal not synchronized with data transmission. The base station includes a means for measuring an interference power based on the received power of the field of the pilot signal synchronized with data transmission, a means for measuring a desired wave power based on the received power of the field of the pilot signal not synchronized with data transmission, and a means for estimating the channel quality of the mobile station based on the interference power and the desired wave power. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103829 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MOBILITY MANAGEMENT - A telecommunications system having a plurality of access networks, each of which can provide a facility for mobile terminals to communicate data in accordance with a communications service when in a coverage area provided by the access networks. The telecommunications system includes a mobility manager which receives network evaluation messages from a mobile terminal which provide an indication of a quality of communications available via a communications link with one or more of the plurality of access networks, which are currently available for communicating data. The mobility manager identifies one of the access networks with which the mobile terminal should be affiliated for communicating the data via a communications link provided with the access network based on an amount of power, which the mobile terminal may consume when communicating via the identified access network, and communicates an instruction to the mobile terminal to change affiliation to the identified access network. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103830 | Integrity of Low Bandwidth Communications - The invention relates to a method for checking the integrity of a set of data packets received by a receiving communication device from a sending communication device, the data packets of the set being received in unpredictable order. The invention also relates to a communication device implementing a method according to the invention, in particular to a smart card. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103831 | CONTROLLING ACCESS TO AN IP-BASED WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK VIA ACCESS POINT MANAGEMENT - An access point management facility manages use of an access point configured for IP-based communications in a telecommunications system. The facility allows for the establishment of one or more static and/or dynamic parameters for limiting use of the access point for IP-based communications. The facility monitors traffic on the access point and determines whether any requests for use of the access point complies with the parameters for limiting use. The facility then denies or redirects a request for use of the access point if otherwise permitting the request would not comply with the parameters for limiting use of the access point. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103832 | Feedback Apparatus, Feedback Method, Scheduling Apparatus, And Scheduling Method - A scheduling apparatus in a MIMO control station for switching between SU-MIMO mode and MU-MIMO mode receives feedback information from each of a plurality of MIMO terminals. The scheduling apparatus comprises a SU-MIMO selecting unit that selects a terminal that has a SU-MIMO optimal performance metric among all the terminals; a MU-MIMO selecting unit that groups the terminals into at least one set, and selects a set of terminals that have a MU-MIMO optimal performance metric; and a switching unit that compares the SU-MIMO optimal performance metric and the MU-MIMO optimal performance metric to switch between the SU-MIMO mode and the MU-MIMO mode. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103833 | Radio Bearer Specific CQI Reporting - An improved mechanism for providing channel state feedback from a user equipment (UE) | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103834 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK NETWORK MIMO IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate generation and processing of control signaling to support uplink network multiple-in-multiple-out (N-MIMO) communication in a wireless communication system. As described herein, respective network nodes associated with an uplink N-MIMO framework can generate channel state information (CSI) corresponding to an uplink channel from a designated network user to the respective nodes. Generated CSI can subsequently be communicated to an uplink anchor node for the network user in order to facilitate rate assignment, scheduling, and/or other operations with respect to the network user. As described herein, CSI generated and reported by respective cells can include channel profiles, carrier/interference profiles, estimated supported uplink rates, or the like. As additionally described herein, supplemental information such as observed interference levels, demodulation indicators, or the like can be communicated to an anchor node and utilized in rate assignment and/or scheduling. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103835 | SCHEDULER AND SCHEDULING METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN MIMO BASED WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A scheduler and scheduling method that may select a data transmission time interval and a data transmitting station are included in a multi-user Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) communication system. An access point may include a receiver to receive channel measurement signals from stations using a plurality of receive antennas; a channel estimation unit to generate channel state matrices with respect to wireless channels formed from the stations to the receive antennas using the channel measurement signals; and a scheduler to select at least one transmitting station from the stations by considering the channel state matrices and a number of the receive antennas. The receiver may receive a data stream from the selected transmitting stations. Stations receive identifiers corresponding to transmitting stations and/or transmitting antennas to identify stations or antennas for transmitting data streams to the access point. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103836 | Remote Optimizing Wireless Wan Modular Transmitter/Bridge - The invention is a modular, optimizing transmitter/bridge device for optimizing placement of a transmitter/bridge for WWAN communication for one or more WWAN service providers, comprising a transmitter/bridge for WWAN communication, including software for identifying signals from the one or more WWAN service providers, a WWAN interface for providing WWAN service from a preselected WWAN service provider in electronic communication with the transmitter/bridge, a connection to a power source in electronic communication with the transmitter/bridge; and a signal strength indicator in electronic communication with the transmitter/bridge for indicating signal strength of a preselected WWAN service. The device will also have a signal strength indicator to allow for optimal placement for maximum wireless connectivity. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103837 | TRANSPARENT PROVISIONING OF NETWORK ACCESS TO AN APPLICATION - An apparatus and method for enhancing the infrastructure of a network such as the Internet is disclosed. A packet interceptor/processor apparatus is coupled with the network so as to be able to intercept and process packets flowing over the network. Further, the apparatus provides external connectivity to other devices that wish to intercept packets as well. The apparatus applies one or more rules to the intercepted packets which execute one or more functions on a dynamically specified portion of the packet and take one or more actions with the packets. The apparatus is capable of analyzing any portion of the packet including the header and payload. Actions include releasing the packet unmodified, deleting the packet, modifying the packet, logging/storing information about the packet or forwarding the packet to an external device for subsequent processing. Further, the rules may be dynamically modified by the external devices. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103838 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EVALUATING COMPONENT COSTS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for calculating a cost index in a communication network. In one embodiment, a plurality of first cost factors associated with a first set of network elements is obtained. Subsequently, a plurality of second cost factors associated with a second set of network elements is obtained. A first cost index is then determined based on the plurality of first cost factors associated with the first set of network elements. Similarly, a second cost index is determined based on the plurality of second cost factors associated with the second set of network elements. Afterwards, the first cost index is compared to the second cost index to determine a point in time when a service provider should minimize new investment in the first set of network elements. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103839 | Testing of Transmitters for Communication Links by Software Simulation of Reference Channel and/or Reference Receiver - A transmitter for a communications link is tested by using a (software) simulation of a reference channel and/or a reference receiver to test the transmitter. In one embodiment for optical fiber communications links, a data test pattern is applied to the transmitter under test and the resulting optical output is captured, for example by a sampling oscilloscope. The captured waveform is subsequently processed by the software simulation, in order to simulate propagation of the optical signal through the reference channel and/or reference receiver. A performance metric for the transmitter is calculated based on the processed waveform. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103840 | Techniques for LDPC decoding - Briefly, in accordance with one embodiment of the invention, a device may dynamically select a frequency on which to communicate on a wireless local area network by determining which channels are available and which are unoccupied, for example using a received signal power level measurement. A linear folding algorithm may be used to select an available channel at a midpoint in a larger gap between occupied channels. In the event there are multiple larger gaps of the same size, the larger gap at the higher frequency may be selected. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100110905 | METHOD OF PROVIDING POINT-TO-MULTIPOINT SERVICE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of providing a point-to-multipoint service in a mobile communication system and transmission controlling method thereof are disclosed, by which a better quality of a point-to-multipoint service can be provided in a manner of coping with time-variable channel situation variable adaptively. In a mobile communication system providing a point-to-multipoint service, the present invention includes the steps of receiving data for the point-to-multipoint service from a base station, measuring a reception quality for the received point-to-multipoint service data, and transmitting reception quality information for the point-to-multipoint service data to the base station. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110906 | EFFICIENT FULL MESH LOAD TESTING OF NETWORK ELEMENTS - A method for testing a network element that includes multiple ports includes assigning one or more of the ports to serve as input and output test ports. One or more of the ports other than the test ports are terminated with respective loopback connections. The network element is configured to forward packets entering the network element at the input test port, so as to cause the packets to be distributed among the terminated ports and to exit the network element, after re-entering the network element at one or more of the terminated ports, at the output test port. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110907 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MEASURING INTERFACE UTILIZATION USING POLICERS - An approach is provided for monitoring interface utilization. Bandwidth data for an interface is collected during a configurable time interval, and a peak utilization of the interface over the time interval is determined using a plurality of incremented policers to measure the collected bandwidth data. An implementation of which is system that includes a monitoring module configured to collect bandwidth data for an interface over a configurable time interval, a plurality of incremented policers configured to measure the collected bandwidth data, and an analysis module configured to determine a peak utilization of the interface over the time interval using the measurements of the plurality of incremented policers. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110908 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ADDING LATENCY AND JITTER TO SELECTED NETWORK PACKETS - A method for adding latency and jitter to a number of selected packets transmitted between end systems within a network of end systems is described. The method includes receiving a packet identifier, the packet identifier indicating a selected packet to which latency and jitter is to be added, receiving a selected latency and jitter for the selected packet, receiving a packet, determining if the received packet is the selected packet, and forwarding the received packet to its destination if the received packet is not the selected packet. If the received packet is the selected packet, the method continues by reading a real time clock, computing a transmit time for the received packet based on the selected latency and jitter for the selected packet, and forwarding the received packet to its destination when the real time clock reaches the computed transmit time. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110909 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING TRAFFIC FLOWS USING DYNAMIC LATENCY CONSTRAINTS - A method and apparatus that use dynamic latency to estimate traffic flows in a communication network are disclosed. For example, the method obtains a demand matrix having at least one point pair demand, and satisfies each of the at least one point pair demand in the demand matrix by selecting a shortest path that minimizes a dynamic latency and a number of hops. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110910 | MULTISERVICE COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH DEDICATED ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING - A multiservice communication device includes a plurality of transceivers that wirelessly transceive data with a corresponding plurality of networks in accordance with a corresponding plurality of network protocols. An environmental monitoring receiver processes received RF signals over a broadband spectrum and that generates environmental data in response thereto. A processing module processes the environmental data and generates a least one control signal in response thereto, the at least one control signal for adapting at least one of the plurality of transceivers based on the environmental data. In an embodiment of the present invention, the environmental monitoring receiver can be implemented via one of the plurality of transceivers when operating in an environmental monitoring mode. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110911 | Method and system for conserving power in powerline network having multiple logical networks - A method and system for conserving power in a powerline network, such as a Homeplug AV (HPAV) network, that has multiple logical networks, such as multiple AV logical networks (AVLN). Power conservation is achieved through the expedient of a packet presence region (PPR) that informs nodes whether or not they need to monitor a shared carrier sense multiple access (CSMA) region in a particular beacon period. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110912 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING THE BROADCAST/MULTICAST SERVICE - The present application discloses a method and system for transmitting a Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS), which is used for solving the problem that macro cell coverage of the MBMS and macro diversity combining of multi-cells cannot be implemented efficiently based on a frame structure of the existing Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) system in prior art. The method includes: mapping a channel estimation code and data symbols of a Broadcast/Multicast Service to a resource unit, wherein the channel estimation code is mapped in front of the data symbols in a signal frame at a time slot for all services or a time slot for the MBMS; and transmitting the resource unit. Using the present application, efficiency and performance of transmitting a MBMS are improved, and the multi-cells combining of the MBMS and deployment of the MBMS with a macro cell mechanism are implemented efficiently. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110913 | INTERFERENCE DETECTING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DETECTING INTERFERENCE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The present invention relates to a method for detecting interference and an interference detecting device for a wireless communication capable of improving detection accuracy of an interference signal in a wireless communication device without influencing network operation while the interference signal is detected; and, more particularly, to a method for detecting interference and an interference detecting device for a wireless communication to determine an interference signal by increasing an interference packet count according to an RSSI value, its own packet detection, gain reduction, deterioration of signal quality, the number of the same symbols, and so on and comparing an increased interference packet count value with a threshold value by using each ZigBee device as a main constituent of interference detection unlike a conventional method for detecting interference in which a ZigBee coordinator or a ZigBee router is a main constituent of interference detection. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110914 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR IN WIRELESS COMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a channel quality indicator (CQI) includes obtaining CQIs for each of a plurality of sub-bands, a sub-band comprising a plurality of sub-carriers, dividing the plurality of sub-bands into a plurality of layers according to a CQI of a sub-band, a layer comprising at least one sub-band, obtaining a representative value of a representative layer, the representative layer including a sub-band having maximum CQI and transmitting the representative value of the representative layer. Signaling overhead due to CQI feedback can be reduced. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110915 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INSPECTION OF COMPRESSED DATA PACKAGES - A method for inspection of compressed data packages, which are transported over a data network, is provided. The data packages comprise a data package header containing control data for securing the correct delivery and interpretation of the package and a payload part containing data to be transferred over the data network. The method comprises the steps of: a) extracting payload data from the payload part of the package, b) appending the extracted payload data to a stream of data, c) probing the data package header so as to determine the compression scheme that is applied to the payload data, d) applying the determined compression scheme to at least one search pattern, which has previously been stored in a search key register, and e) comparing the compressed search pattern to the stream of data. The method can be carried out by dedicated hardware. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110916 | Wireless Communication Network Analyzer - A packet controller for simultaneous processing of data packets transmitted via a plurality of communication channels includes a plurality of inputs to receive a respective plurality of signals, such that each of the plurality of signals is indicative of a presence of a data packet on a respective one of the plurality of communication channels, a clock source to supply a periodic clock signal, a plurality of independent processing modules coupled to the respective plurality of inputs to simultaneously process the plurality of signals, such that each of the plurality of independent processing modules implements a respective state machine driven by the periodic clock signal to process the respective signal independently of every other one of the plurality of processing modules, and an output to transmit an output signal indicative of a presence of at least one data packet on one or more of the plurality of communication channels. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110917 | Method, Apparatus and Computer Program Product For Adaptive Reference Symbol Placement - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided that determine the length of an idle period, such as the idle period preceding a DL-to-UL switch point, and then insert a symbol including reference signal(s) (RS) at a position within a downlink slot that varies based upon the length of the idle period. A method, apparatus and computer program product are also provided according to another aspect that determine the length of an idle period, receive a plurality of symbols within a downlink slot and then recognize a symbol including RS at a position within the downlink slot that varies based upon the length of the idle period. Accordingly, the method, apparatus and computer program product permit the position of the symbol including RS within a downlink slot to be varied while still providing the reference signals that are required in order to permit accurate recovery of the data. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110918 | Method and apparatus for performance monitoring in a communications network - A method and device for determining a packet drop indicator, for use in a communication system is described. The method comprises the following steps: A. determining the number of packets sent at a sending side within a first time period; B. determining the number of packets received at a receiving side within a second time period; and C. calculating a packet drop indicator on the basis of said number of sent packets and said number of received packets. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110919 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING DATA CONNECTIONS IN A DATA NETWORK HAVING A PLURALITY OF DATA NETWORK NODES - A method and a device for controlling data connections in a data network including a plurality of data network nodes. The quality of a first data connection is evaluated on the basis of the adaptations of at least one coding used for the first data connection, and a second data connection is established according to the evaluation and used as a replacement for the first data connection. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110920 | METHOD USED FOR RADIO MEASUREMENT AND A COMMUNICATION NODE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method used for radio measurement in a communication network is provided. The communication network comprises multiple basic service sets controlled by a core network controller. The method comprises the steps of: the core network controller issuing a measurement request to a communication node working on a service channel; the communication node switching to a non-service channel based on the measurement request; the communication node broadcasting a measurement beacon in the non-service channel and returning to the service channel immediately after the broadcasting; a node in the non-service channel receiving the measurement beacon; and based on the measurement beacon, calculating the received signal strength indicator (RSSI) from the communication node to the node in the non-service channel. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110921 | PRE-EVALUATION OF MULTIPLE NETWORK ACCESS POINTS - The present application describes, inter alia, novel techniques to perform pre-evaluations of multiple Wi-Fi Access Points (AP) and Access Networks (AN). A pre-evaluation determines whether or not an AP is connected to the Internet and measures the path performance that the AN, via that particular AP, can offer between the mobile device and a pre-specified Internet host. In addition, the invention also discloses methods to determine whether the AN requires a user to actively authenticate themselves through a redirect log-on page. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110922 | Method and Apparatus for Estimating Channel Bandwidth - A bandwidth estimation algorithm detects peaks and/or average per-user bandwidth of data communication networks, such as narrowband and broadband wide-area radio access networks. Estimation can be performed at the TCP/IP layer with no lower layer (PHY, MAC, etc.) information assumed to be available. However, the bandwidth estimation algorithm can be applied to anywhere bandwidth needs to be estimated as well. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110923 | METHOD OF OPERATING A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - In a method of operating a data network comprising a plurality of interconnected nodes ( | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110924 | MULTIHOP RADIO HAZARD REPORTING SYSTEM - A method and a system for the propagation of a message in a radio-operated communication network having a base unit and a plurality of members, wherein the base unit and the members each includes a transmitter and a receiver, the receiver being activated at cyclical switch-on times for a certain respective receiving period. A message to be sent from a member to the base unit is transmitted by the member to at least one adjacent member as a function of at least one rule, and the message is transmitted by the at least one adjacent member, according to the at least one rule, to at least one member adjacent thereto, in the direction of the base unit. The process is repeated such that the message is transmitted from at least one adjacent member receiving the message according to the at least one rule to at least one member adjacent thereto, in the direction of the base unit. The message is transmitted from the at least one member that is adjacent to the base unit to at least the base unit. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110925 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADJUSTING CONFIGURATION OF BORDER OBJECT - The present disclosure relates to communication technologies and discloses a method for adjusting BO configuration and an EMS for use in a mobile communication network. The method includes: exchanging, by an Element Management System, EMS, information about BOs managed by other EMSs with each of the other EMSs; and negotiating with each of the other EMSs to adjust configuration of the BOs managed by each of the other EMSs according to the information about BOs received from the other EMSs. The embodiments of the present disclosure are applicable to adjustment and optimization of a BO in a mobile communication network. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110926 | Methods And Apparatus For Processing Radio Modem Commands During Network Data Sessions - A radio modem device includes a serial interface adapted for connection to a host device via a wired serial link with use of a PPP connection; a radio modem router coupled to the serial interface; a radio modem server coupled to the radio modem router; and RF transceiver processing circuitry coupled to the radio modem router. The RF transceiver to processing circuitry is configured to provide communications over a wireless link with a cellular network, establish a packet data service attachment with the cellular network, monitor RSSI information during the communications, and maintain an attachment state of the attachment during the communications. The radio modem router is configured receive data packets from the host device; remove a PPP wrapper of the packets to reveal an IP address and a port number; identify whether the IP address and the port number match an IP address and port number of the radio modem server; in response to identifying a mismatch between the IP addresses or port numbers, cause the packets to be routed to a server via the attachment with the cellular network; and in response to identifying a match between the IP addresses and the port numbers, cause the packets to be routed to the radio modem server. The radio modem server is configured to receive the packets from the radio modem router when the IP addresses and the port numbers match; receive a command code in the packets; receive a sequence number in the packets; and process and respond to the host device in accordance with the command and the sequence number in the packets, such that the response includes the sequence number. If the command code is for obtaining the RSSI information, then the radio modem server causes the response to include the RSSI information. If the command code is for obtaining the attachment state, then the radio modem server causes the response to include the attachment state. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110927 | MONITORING PORTAL SYSTEMS AND METHODS - In one of many possible embodiments, a system includes a monitoring portal configured to receive state information descriptive of usage of a plurality of communication services provided on a plurality of communication networks of different types and to make the state information available to a subscriber of the plurality of communication services, in substantially real time. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100118713 | SCHEDULING OF MEASUREMENT OCCASIONS OF A MOBILE TERMINAL - In a method of downlink operation in a communication system having a network controller, a base station and a terminal, one communication channel is scheduled by the base station; and one communication channel is scheduled by the network controller. The terminal listens to the channel scheduled by the base station at predetermined times known to the terminal and the network controller. Information is signalled from the network controller to the base station, relating to the predetermined times. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118714 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CORRELATING TRAFFIC AND ROUTING INFORMATION - In one aspect, it is realized that changes in routing configuration (and therefore network topology) may have an effect on how data is forwarded in a communication network. More particularly, it is realized the changes in the control plane have a statistical effect on information tracked in the data plane, and this relation may be used by a network manager in monitoring the network and determining a control plane cause of a data plane forwarding effect. For instance, a change in BGP routing information (control plane information) may affect the data forwarded by a router based on the changed BGP routing information (e.g., next hop data may be forwarded to a different BGP router attached to another physical port). A system and method are provided that correlate control plane and data plane information to support root cause analysis functions. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118715 | OPTIMAL PROBING FOR UNICAST NETWORK DELAY TOMOGRAPHY - Systems and methods are disclosed to probe a network includes generating a set of probing pairs from a network topology for unicast network delay tomography; probing the network using monitoring hosts in the network; and determining network performance from the probing results. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118716 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIRECTIONAL CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of communication is provided. The method includes detecting at least a portion of a preamble of a packet transmitted by a first device by sweeping over a plurality of receive directions; receiving and decoding a header of the packet based on a first receive direction to identify that the first device had transmitted the packet; and completing reception of the packet based on a second receive direction. An apparatus for performing the method is also disclosed. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118717 | UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS INFORMATION COLLECTION SYSTEM - In an unauthorized access information collection system for monitoring unauthorized access to a honeynet so as to collect unauthorized access information, the system includes: a plurality of honey pots in which a private address or a global address is respectively set and which construct the honeynet; and an unauthorized access information collection device which is disposed between an Internet and the honeynet and which allocates a plurality of global addresses to the private address or the global address by setting of a routing table to transfer a received packet and which performs a communication control from the honeynet side to the Internet side based on a communication control list and records the packets passing through the unauthorized access information collection device. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118718 | QoS DEGRADATION POINT ESTIMATION METHOD, QoS DEGRADATION POINT ESTIMATION DEVICE, AND PROGRAM - A QoS degradation point estimation device (S | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118719 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal using a downlink shared channel is disclosed. The base station apparatus includes a radio resource allocation unit allocating radio resource blocks to the shared channel after allocating the radio resource blocks to at least one of a synchronization signal, a common control channel, a broadcast channel, a paging channel, an MBMS channel, and a random access response channel. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118720 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING AND PROCESSING COMPONENT CARRIERS - A method and apparatus are described which perform bandwidth aggregation by simultaneously monitoring and processing a number of simultaneous, non-contiguous or contiguous component carriers in the downlink. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) can be configured by an evolved Node-B (eNodeB) to support additional component carriers. A pre-configured additional component carrier may be used. Various methods for activating and deactivating the additional component carrier are also described. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118721 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - In a ring type network, a master node sends a measurement packet to a slave node; receives the measurement packet which has been circulated among a plurality of slave nodes; according to time-keeping of an internal clock; stores a sending time and a received time of the measurement packet; sends a measurement result notifying packet showing the sending time and the received time of the measurement packet to the slave node, and each slave node receives the measurement packet; sends the measurement packet received to the next node; according to time-keeping of the internal clock, stores a received time of the measurement packet; further receives a measurement result notifying packet; calculates a time correction value using the sending time and the received time of the measurement packet shown in the measurement result notifying packet received, the received time of the measurement packet stored, a total number of node apparatuses, and a difference between an order of the slave node and an order of the master node according to the packet transferring order, and corrects a time of the internal clock using the time correction value calculated. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118722 | System And Method For Providing Data Streaming And Timing Information With Missing Package Recovery - The present invention provides a monitoring device and method for supplying timing information for a data stream assembled from data packets and also for assembling a replacement data packet when a data packet is missing. The data packets received from a data network and the start time and the end time of each data packet are recorded. After assembling a data stream from the data packets, the start time of the data stream is the first start time of the first data packet and the end time of the data stream is the last end time of the last data packet. When a data packet is missing, a replacement data packet is assembled with a predefined value and the timing information is copied from the timing information from the data packet that follows the missing data packet. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118723 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING AND DISABLING A SUPPLEMENTARY DOWNLINK CARRIER - A method and apparatus are disclosed for multi cell wireless communication, wherein a status of a secondary serving cell is determined. On the condition that the secondary serving cell is disabled, a Hybrid Repeat Request (HARQ) process associated with the secondary serving cell is released. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118724 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING A GTP COMMUNICATION PATH IN AN UMTS/GPRS NETWORK - A method for monitoring a GTP communication path in an UMTS/GPRS network as well as a corresponding monitoring system that is connected to the UMTS/GPRS network. The monitoring system comprises means for generating a GTP-C message in the form of a GTP echo request message containing an IP address of the monitoring system as an originating address and an IP address of a node of the UMTS/GPRS network or an external network as a destination address. The system also includes means for transmitting the GTP echo request message to the addressed network node and storing the message transmission time, means of receiving a GTP echo response message sent by the addressed network node as a reply to a successfully transmitted GTP echo request message, and means for determining a round trip time of the GTP echo request/response messages by forming the difference between the time the GTP echo response message is received and the time the GTP echo request message is sent. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118725 | System for constructing a mobility model for use in mobility management in a wireless communication system and method thereof - A method for constructing a mobility model for use in optimizing mobility management in a wireless communication system is disclosed, which comprises steps of collecting a plurality of network traffic statistic data of a plurality of desired items, wherein the desired items are related to the behavior of a plurality of subscribers of the wireless communication system; constructing the mobility model according to the network traffic statistic data, wherein the mobility model is for modeling the mobility behavior of the subscribers; and optimizing mobility management according to the mobility model. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118726 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING REFLECTIONS AND FREQUENCY DEPENDENT DISPERSIONS IN REDUNDANT LINKS - A network device includes a group of high speed redundant transmission lines and a switch. The switch is configured to select one of the high speed redundant transmission lines. The switch causes reflections and frequency dependent dispersions in the selected high speed redundant transmission line. The network device further includes a transmitting device that is configured to adjust signals transmitted over the selected high speed redundant transmission line so as to reduce the reflections and frequency dependent dispersions. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118727 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LINK QUALITY SOURCE ROUTING - Systems and methods for routing packets by nodes in an ad hoc network in accordance with a link quality source routing protocol are disclosed. Route discovery, route maintenance, and metric maintenance are designed to propagate and keep current link quality measurements. Metric maintenance includes a reactive approach for links that a node is currently using to route packets, and a proactive mechanism for all links. Nodes are configured to include a send buffer, a maintenance buffer, a request table, link quality metric modules, and preferably a neighbor cache and a link cache. The invention allows for asymmetric links in the network. The invention may be implemented within a virtual protocol interlayer between the link and network layers. The invention may employ any particular link quality metrics, including metrics based on probing techniques as well as metrics based on knowledge gained in other ways. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118728 | NAVIGATION WITHIN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless device is registered in a first wireless router by storing information in the first wireless router, a message is created comprising a unique identifier for the wireless device and a unique identifier for the first wireless router; the message is transmitted to at least one second wireless router. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118729 | CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT BASED ON SPATIAL STRATEGIES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK USING ADAPTIVE ANTENNA ARRAYS - Channels are assigned based on co-spatial constraints in wireless network using spatial division multiple access. In one example, the invention includes assigning a co-spatial constraint to each of a plurality of conventional traffic communications channels of a base station, and receiving a request from a user terminal to communicate using a traffic communication channel of the base station. The invention further includes measuring a quality parameter of the request deriving a co-spatial constraint for the user terminal, assigning the user terminal co-spatial constraint to the user terminal, and assigning the user terminal to a traffic communication channels having a channel co-spatial constraint that is no less than the user terminal co-spatial constraint and that has no more assigned radios than permitted by the channel co-spatial constraint. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118730 | Transmitting Apparatus, Receiving Apparatus, And Communication Method - A transmitting apparatus is capable of transmitting data at a first frequency and second frequency to a receiving apparatus. A transmitter of the transmitting apparatus transmits a predetermined wideband signal, in a first time period in a frequency band which does not include the first frequency and in a second time period in a frequency band which does not include the second frequency. A quality measuring unit of the receiving apparatus measures the quality of communication with the transmitting apparatus based on the wideband signal received in the first and second time periods. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118731 | WIRELESS LINE USAGE STATUS MONITORING METHOD AND DEVICE - For monitoring a wireless line usage status more effectively, a mobile station extracts a synchronizing signal of each of frames received from a plurality of base stations and a known signal transmitted together with transmission data within a time slot in which the transmission data are included but not transmitted within a time slot in which the transmission data are not included. The mobile station then measures a reception power of the synchronizing signal and a reception power of the known signal for each base station. And the mobile station determines a usage status of a wireless line of each base station based on the reception power of the synchronizing signal and the reception power of the known signal. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118732 | LOOP PREVENTION TECHNIQUE FOR MPLS USING SERVICE LABELS - In one embodiment, a loss of communication is detected between a first edge device of a computer network and a neighboring routing domain. A data packet is received at the first edge device, where the received data packet contains a destination address that is reachable via the neighboring routing domain. A determination is made whether a service label is located in a Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) label stack included in the received data packet. A service label in the MPLS label stack indicates that the received data packet was previously rerouted in accordance with fast reroute (FRR) operations. In response to a determination that the received data packet does not include a service label in the MPLS label stack, the received data packet is rerouted to a second edge device of the computer network for forwarding to the neighboring routing domain. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100124177 | METHOD FOR SPECIFYING INPUT EDGE ROUTER - A method of specifying an input edge router has: obtaining a first value of an input packet counter from each of input candidate edge routers having possibility to receive a specified packet passing through a specified area; transmitting a test packet having a destination address of an output edge router supplying the specified packet or a test packet having a destination address of the specified packet, to a source router connected to a network indicated by a source address of the specified packet; obtaining a second value of the input packet counter from each of the input candidate edge routers; calculating a difference between the first and second values in each input candidate edge router; and specifying an input edge router through which the specified packet passes according to the difference. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100124178 | Scalable delay-power control algorithm for bandwidth sharing in wireless networks - A distributed power control technique for wireless networking efficiently balances communication delay against transmitter power on each wireless link. Packets are transmitted over a wireless link from a transmitter to a receiver using a dynamically controlled transmit power level that is periodically updated at the transmitter. The transmit power is computed from i) an observed noise plus interference value of the wireless link and ii) a parameter that determines a balance between per-packet average delay and per-packet average power. In a preferred implementation, the dynamically to controlled transmit power level is computed by minimizing the sum of an average delay cost and an average power cost, weighted by the parameter. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100124179 | Method and apparatus for identifying types and access modes of neighbor cells in femtocell environment - In a mobile communication system including macro cells and femtocells, a neighbor cell identification method includes: transmitting, by a neighbor cell that is a macro cell or a femtocell, a neighbor cell identifier containing information regarding the type and access mode of the neighbor cell to a user equipment. The user equipment identifies, after receiving the neighbor cell identifier the type and access mode of the neighbor cell. The user equipment also accesses the neighbor cell according to the identification result. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100124180 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A SERVICE INTERRUPTION TIME MEASUREMENT - A method and apparatus are provided for determining a service interruption time measurement including routing protocol convergence time and Forwarding Information Base (FIB) insertion time, between network devices A and B in a network which has a routing protocol. A plurality of probe packets are then sent from the device A to the device B, each probe packet comprising a source address corresponding to the device A. A network route to the device A for the source IP address used by the probe packets is unknown to the network. A sequence number and sending time is typically assigned to each probe packet being sent. At a predetermined time, a route to the source address of the device A is injected into the routing protocol. Upon return to the device A of a first of the probe packets, an arrival time to is detected and an upper bound and a lower bound of the service interruption time measurement is calculated. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100124181 | System and Method for Managing a Wireless Communications Network - In an embodiment, a method of operating a base station configured to support a plurality of user devices on a plurality of channels is disclosed. The method includes finding an interference level for each channel, comparing the interference level for each channel with an interference threshold, and determining up to a first number of channels whose interference metric exceeds the interference threshold to determine a set of unsuitable channels. The method also includes determining a set of usable channels, where the usable channels include the plurality of channels that are not determined to be unsuitable channels. The usable channels are allocated to the plurality of user devices. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100128613 | Detection of bearer loss in an IP-based multimedia session - The present invention provides a method for detecting bearer loss in an IP-based multimedia session. A multimedia session is initiated by an access terminal. A Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) communicates the Session setup information and the bearer characteristics to a Signaling Gateway (SGW). The SGW uses this information to adjust the dormancy timers on the originating side so that the originating access link remains active during the call setup. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128614 | Resource allocation in communications system - The application discloses a method for resource allocation in a communications system. The system comprises an apparatus, such as a base station, arranged to monitor the allocation of resource blocks to scheduled data packets. On the basis of the monitoring, eventual non-allocated resource blocks are detected. The apparatus is thus arranged to perform a priority calculation on scheduled user terminals. On the basis of the calculation, one or more of the scheduled user terminals are selected as priority user terminals. Next, the method comprises performing a further allocation step, wherein the non-allocated resource blocks are allocated to one or more of the priority user terminals. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128615 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE DISCRIMINATION AND STORAGE OF APPLICATION SPECIFIC NETWORK PROTOCOL DATA FROM GENERIC NETWORK PROTOCOL DATA - Discrimination of application specific network traffic from other from general or unclassified network traffic is provided. Users may specify particular applications or data strings to be monitored. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128616 | Communication Control Apparatus, Wireless Communication Apparatus, Communication Control Method, and Wireless Communication Method - In a transmission bandwidth notification /analysis unit ( | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128617 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TWO-WAY RANGING - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for wirelessly receiving a first communication from a first mobile device. A processing delay may be measured. An acknowledgement communication indicating receipt of the first communication may be generated. A measurement of the processing delay may be broadcast in a broadcast packet, for example, or by transmitting a subsequent communication including the processing delay in response to receiving a second communication having a request for the measurement of the processing delay. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128618 | Inter-Cell Interference Co-Ordination - The invention relates to a cold-working steel having the following chemical composition in % by weight: 1.3-2.4 (C+N), whereof at least 0.5 C, 0.1-1.5 Si, 5 0.1-1.5 Mn, 4.0-5.5 Cr, 1.5-3.6 (Mo+W/2), but max 0.5 W, 4.8-6.3 (V+Nb/2), but max 2 Nb, and max 0.3 S, 10 in which the content of (C+N) on the one hand and of (V+Nb/2) on the other hand, are balanced in relation to each other such that the contents of these elements are within an area that is defined by the coordinates A, B, C, D, A in the system of coordinates in FIG. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128619 | RELAY DEVICE, RELAY METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A relay device, a relay method, and a program that can suppress occurrence of congestion of packets, for example applied to a Layer | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128620 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND PROPAGATION STATE COLLECTING METHOD - A mobile communications system is disclosed. The mobile communications system includes a unit which causes a mobile station apparatus residing within a communication area of an arbitrary base station apparatus to measure a propagation state of a wireless signal from a surrounding base station apparatus and which collects the measurement results; and a unit which obtains location information of the mobile station apparatus. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128621 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A base station ( | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128622 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A radio communication method and a radio communication apparatus that allow enhancement of a throughput characteristic and a degree of multiplicity of an MCS without a necessity for a special additional function. A channel quality measurement section | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128623 | END-TO-END ANALYSIS OF TRANSACTIONS IN NETWORKS WITH TRAFFIC-ALTERING DEVICES - In a network that includes intermediary nodes, such as WAN accelerators, that transform messages between nodes, an end-to-end path of the messages is determined. The determined end-to-end path is used in subsequent analyses of message traces, to identify timing and other factors related to the performance of the network relative to the propagation of these messages, including the propagation of the transformed messages. A variety of techniques are presented for determining the path of the messages, depending upon the characteristics of the collected trace data. Upon determining the message path, the traces are synchronized in time and correlations between the connections along the path are determined, including causal relationships. In a preferred embodiment, a user identifies an application process between or among particular nodes of a network, and the system provides a variety of formats for viewing statistics related to the performance of the application on the network. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128624 | METHOD OF MANAGING ALLOCATED ADDRESS IN LOW POWER WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK - Disclosed is a method of managing an allocated address through a coordinator in a Low Power Wireless Personal Area Network (LoWPAN) including receiving a first beacon data request message from a mobile node that has entered into a communication region of the coordinator; measuring a Link Quality Indication (LQI) of the first beacon data request message, setting the measured LQI as a minimum communication threshold value with the mobile node, and setting an alarm region that is an LQI range for sensing whether the mobile node leaves the communication region; if a second beacon data request message is received from the mobile node, measuring an LQI of the second beacon data request message, and checking whether the measured LQI of the second beacon data request message is included in the alarm region; and if the LQI is included in the alarm region, periodically transmitting a node alive check message to the mobile node. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128625 | Remote Control Method for Physical Layer Device and Related Physical Layer Device - A remote control method for a local physical layer device includes receiving a received packet, determining a coding of the received packet according to a packet format to generate a first determining result, determining an identification of the received packet according to the packet format to generate a second determining result, discarding the received packet according to the first determining result and the second determining result or decoding the received packet according to the packet format to generate a decoding result, and controlling or negotiating with a remote physical layer device according the decoding result. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128626 | HIGH DATA RATE INTERFACE APPARATUS AND METHOD - A data interface for transferring digital data between a host and a client over a communication path using packet structures linked together to form a communication protocol for communicating a pre-selected set of digital control and presentation data. The signal protocol is used by link controllers configured to generate, transmit, and receive packets forming the communications protocol, and to form digital data into one or more types of data packets, with at least one residing in the host device and being coupled to the client through the communications path. The interface provides a cost-effective, low power, bi-directional, high-speed data transfer mechanism over a short-range “serial” type data link, which lends itself to implementation with miniature connectors and thin flexible cables which are especially useful in connecting display elements such as wearable micro-displays to portable computers and wireless communication devices. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128627 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, UPLINK SINR MEASURING METHOD, UPLINK SCHEDULING METHOD, AND RECEPTION-QUALITY MEASURING METHOD - A base station apparatus includes a receiving unit that receives a control signal having predetermined patterns for performing communication control processing at the base station; and a measuring unit that measures SINR of reception data that is obtained from the control signal received by the receiving unit. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100128628 | Context-Based Routing in Multi-hop Networks - Context-based routing in multi-hop networks involves using a context-based routing metric. In a described implementation, respective path values are calculated for respective ones of multiple paths using the context-based routing metric. A path is selected from the multiple paths responsive to the calculated path values. Data is transmitted over at least one link of the selected path. In an example embodiment, the context-based routing metric is ascertained responsive to an estimated service interval (ESI) of a bottleneck link of each path of the multiple paths. In another example embodiment, the context-based routing metric is ascertained responsive to an expected resource consumption (ERC) metric. In an example embodiment of path selection, the path is selected using a context-based path pruning (CPP) technique that involves maintaining multiple local contexts at each intermediate node, with each local context representing at least one partial path. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100135165 | METHOD FOR INDICATING LOST SEGMENTS - For indicating lost segments (LS) across layer boundaries an application encoder (AE) generates independently accessible symbols (Sym) , these symbols (Sym) are aggregated by symbol aggregation means (SA) into a packet payload, the aggregated symbols in the packet payload are transported in a defined packet structure (P | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135166 | BUFFER STATUS REPROTING - A system is proposed to provide buffer status reporting in a mobile telecommunications environment, particularly applicable to 3GPP networks, which allows the base station to perform Quality of Service aware uplink resource allocation. The system uses two types of buffer status reports—Absolute Buffer Status Reports and Relative Buffer Status Reports. Absolute Buffer Status Reports are sent at application start up or when the buffer level is above or below set threshold values. Otherwise Relative Buffer Status Reports are sent, which encode the present buffer level in terms of the difference from the last transmitted Absolute Buffer Status Report. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135167 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEDIA ACCESS IN CONTENTION-BASED NETWORKS - A method and apparatus are described for gaining access to a communication medium in a contention-based network, including determining a slot count based on a number of stations in the contention-based network, adjusting the slot count, initiating a frame transmission when the slot count reaches a predetermined value and wherein said number of stations and an address queue are adjusted to reflect a priority. Further, a method and apparatus are described for gaining access to a communication medium in a contention-based network, including receiving a slot count based on a number of stations in the contention-based network, adjusting the slot count, initiating a frame transmission when the slot count reaches a predetermined value and wherein said number of stations and an address queue are adjusted to reflect a priority. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135168 | METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY DETERMINING A GROUP OF PAIRS LOCATED CLOSE TO ANOTHER PAIR IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND ASSOCIATED SERVER, ANALYSIS DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A dedicated method for determining peers located close to another peer, each peer having at least one communication device connected to a communication node of a communication network including multiple communication nodes, of which some have a known fixed position and are known as “landmarks”. This method consists in, upon detection of a new peer, i) in determining in the communication network the closest landmark to the new peer, then ii) in determining from among the multiple nodes known as intermediary nodes that define the path linking this new peer to the pre-determined landmark, and iii) in determining a group of peers located close to the new peer as a function of at least the pre-determined path definition and the definitions of the paths linking other peers to at least the pre-determined landmark. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135169 | Channel Quality Reporting Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - When a high SIR can be achieved for downlink data transmission, for example in a MIMO system, or when higher order modulation, such as 64 QAM, can be used, it is desired to measure the instantaneous downlink channel quality indicator (CQI), and report the measured CQI to the network using the same number of bits as when a lower SIR can be achieved. In order to do this, a true CQI is derived based upon at least one network controlled parameter and a measured channel quality parameter; and the true CQI value is scaled to a new CQI value such that the new CQI will fall within a specified range of CQI values; so that the new CQI achieved by scaling the derived CQI value can be reported with every CQI value over the entire reporting range requiring the same number of bits. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135170 | LOAD ESTIMATION FOR A CELL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - The invention is directed towards a method of estimating the load on a cell in a wireless network as well as to a cell load estimating device. According to the invention a determination ( | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135171 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MEASUREMENT OF VoIP QoE AND COMPENSATION METHOD - Provided are a system and a method for measurement voice over Internet protocol (VoIP) quality of experience (QoE), and a compensation method. a method for measuring QoE for a VoIP telephone service in real time, and claiming aftertreatment on the basis of the measurement quality. The present invention measures subjective or objective quality for an actually generated call, and allows the subjective or objective quality to be linked with aftertreatment such as compensation. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135172 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PREDICTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR IN A HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS SYSTEM - Various embodiments are disclosed which predict the channel quality indicator (CQI) in High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA). The accuracy of CQI is crucial for HSDPA performance. In some HSDPA systems the CQI may be as much as three (3) subframes stale. Accordingly, the prediction of CQI values is required in order to efficiently schedule data for transmission over the communication channel. Various embodiments disclose first order adaptive IIR filters which are significantly less complex than the finite impulse response (FIR) counterparts and achieve similar accuracy. By minimizing the mean squared error (MSE), an exact gradient descent algorithm may be used as well as two embodiment pseudolinear regression algorithms. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135173 | Method for Implicit Conveying of Uplink Feedback Information - Method and apparatus for conveying feedback reports from a data receiving party ( | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135174 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION CONTROLLER, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND BASE STATION RADIO PARAMETER CONTROL METHOD - A mobile communication system includes a condition reporting unit provided in a base station controller and configured to report to a mobile station via the target base station or another base station measurement and report conditions for determining whether to measure and report a reception quality level of a radio signal transmitted from the target base station; a measurement reporting unit provided in the mobile station and configured to measure the reception quality level of the radio signal if the measurement condition is satisfied and to report the measured reception quality level to the base station controller via the target base station or the other base station if the report condition is satisfied; and a radio parameter control unit provided in the base station controller and configured to control a radio parameter of the target base station or the other base station based on the reported reception quality level. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135175 | Method and Arrangement in Communication Networks - The present invention relates to a user equipment ( | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135176 | Method and Arrangement in a Communication Network - The present invention relates to methods, a user equipment and a radio base station in a communication network, in which a downlink out-of-coverage is detected based on measurements done on a common channel or on the combination of common and dedicated channels. The out-of-coverage is then reported to the network, either using resources proactively assigned to the user equipment, or by transmitting a predetermined pattern of signature sequences assigned to the user equipment. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135177 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING UPLINK TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELEVANT DEVICES - The present invention provides a method for scheduling uplink transmission in a relay-based wireless communication system. The method comprises: estimating step for estimating equivalent uplink channels of respective users whose uplink transmission is performed via a same relay station; calculating step for calculating orthogonality between the equivalent channels of said users; selecting step for selecting a combination of virtual multiple input multiple output users from said users, wherein the equivalent channels of the users in said combination of virtual multiple input multiple output users is conformable to the requirement of orthogonality; and scheduling step for scheduling the respective users in said combination of virtual multiple input multiple output users to perform uplink transmission cooperatively with a same time or frequency resource. By the present invention, time or frequency resource can be effectively saved without apparently reducing system capacity when the system's radio resource is scarce, and a proper quality of the signal receiption at the base station side is maintained. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135178 | WIRELESS POSITION DETERMINATION USING ADJUSTED ROUND TRIP TIME MEASUREMENTS - One method for wirelessly determining a position of a mobile station includes measuring a round trip time (RTT) to a plurality of wireless access points, estimating a first distance to each wireless access point based upon the round trip time delay and an initial processing time associated with each wireless access point, estimating a second distance to each wireless access point based upon supplemental information, combining the first and second distance estimates to each wireless access point, and calculating the position based upon the combined distance estimates. Another method includes measuring a distance to each wireless access point based upon a wireless signal model, calculating a position of the mobile station based upon the measured distance, determining a computed distance to each wireless access point based upon the calculated position of the mobile station, updating the wireless signal model, and determining whether the wireless signal model has converged. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135179 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device, a computer program product, and a method for operating a communication device. The communication device has at least one protocol stack having at least two protocol modules, a number of threads for executing the protocol modules, the respective thread being blocked or active, the respective active thread being idle or busy, and a control unit having first means adapted to adjust the number of active threads by monitoring a ratio between a first time duration the active threads are busy and a second time duration the active threads are idle. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135180 | METHOD OF MEASURING PACKET LOSS RATE, PACKET LOSS RATE MEASURING DEVICE AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A method of measuring packet loss rate and device thereof, includes intermittently capturing packets during a session, counting a capture success number indicating a number of the packets captured in every period of a time for capturing the packets, and a capturable number indicating a possible number of the packets to be captured during the period of time without loss, calculating a loss rate indicating a rate of losing the packets, according to the capture success number and the capturable number for every period of time and correcting the loss rate, by the measuring device, so that the loss rate gets larger accordingly as average of capturable numbers of respective periods of time is smaller. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135181 | Control Information Feedback Over the Long-Term Evolution Physical Uplink Shared Channel - A network component comprising a plurality of encoders, a plurality of rate-matching modules coupled to the encoders, and a channel interleaver coupled to the rate-matching modules, wherein the rate-matching modules calculate the number of bits for rate matching a plurality of feedback control information based on a total number of bits allocated to a channel traffic without a traffic data. Included is a network component comprising at least one processor configured to encode a plurality of feedback control information, calculate the number of bits for rate-matching the feedback control information based on a total number of bits allocated to a channel traffic without a traffic data. Included is a method comprising receiving a downlink traffic, detecting a request to transmit uplink data in the downlink traffic, and transmitting feedback control information with or without data based on the request. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135182 | HIGH-SPEED IP FLOW MEDIATION APPARATUS USING NETWORK PROCESSOR - There is provided a high-speed IP flow mediation apparatus using a network processor. The apparatus includes a server collecting flow information regarding IP traffic on a high-speed line and a network processor board analyzing the collected information according to Internet applications using a network processor, and transferring the analyzed flow information to a plurality of flow analysis systems. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135183 | TELEPHONE SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM - A telephone service, particularly a telephone supplementary service communication system having an IP telephone control apparatus and an IP telephone terminal. A telephone supplementary service communication control system for the service communicate system is comprised of a specified voice terminal and a plurality of telephone supplementary service terminals registered to link with the same and including a communication control apparatus registering linking of the specified voice terminal and the plurality of telephone supplementary service terminals as a single virtual terminal and managing and controlling the running and termination of these linked terminals, wherein the communication control apparatus comprises a supplementary service starting unit monitoring the communication start state of the voice terminal and starting the supplementary service by the telephone supplementary service terminal linked with the voice terminal. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135184 | Adaptive Beamforming Configuration Methods And Apparatus For Wireless Access Points Serving As Handoff Indication Mechanisms In Wireless Local Area Networks - In one illustrative example, a wireless access point of a wireless local area network (WLAN) includes an antenna array, a wireless transceiver array coupled to the antenna array, and one or more processors which are coupled to the wireless transceiver array. The one or more processors are adapted to operate the wireless access point in a configuration mode and a handoff indication mode. In the configuration mode, the one or more processors are adapted to operate the wireless access point to receive, via the wireless transceiver array, RF signals from one or more communication devices and determine and set wireless transceiver parameters for adjusting boundaries of an RF coverage region of the wireless access point based on these RF signals. In the handoff indication mode, the one or more processors set the wireless access point with the adjusted RF coverage region (adjusted from the configuration mode), where handoff indications are communicated in response to mobile devices leaving the WLAN coverage region through the adjusted RF coverage region for handoff to a wireless wide area network (WWAN). | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135185 | VOICE COMMUNICATION QUALITY ASSESSING SYSTEM - A system for assessing a voice communication quality of a communication path between first and second nodes over a network, wherein coded data of voice communication signals are transferred in a stream of packets via the communication path, including: a capturing unit for capturing at the first node at least one packet containing coded data representing non voice signals among the packets of the coded data to be transferred from the first node to the second node; a replacing unit for replacing a part of the coded data representing non voice signals in the captured packet with a predetermined code before the captured packet is transferred from the first node; a retrieval unit for retrieving at the second node said at least one packet containing coded data representing non voice signals; and an assessment unit for assessing the voice communication quality of the communication path. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100142388 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EVALUATING ADAPTIVE JITTER BUFFER PERFORMANCE - A method and system for providing a test signal to evaluate the performance of an adaptive jitter buffer are disclosed. For example, the method transmits a test signal into a communication network, and applies a jitter impairment along a path traversed by the test signal in the network preceding a device supporting a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) service, wherein the device having an adaptive jitter buffer. The method then analyzes the test signal that is received from the device to determine a performance of the adaptive jitter buffer. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142389 | METHOD, ARRANGEMENT, NODE AND ARTICLE FOR ENHANCING DELIVERY CAPACITY IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK BY TRANSCODING TRAFFIC INTO REQUESTED QUALITY OF SERVICE (QOS) - Methods and apparatuses to enhance delivery capacity for traffic in a communication network are disclosed. Traffic is received to a Delivery Function with originally coded Quality of Services (QoS). A specification of requested QoS is received to the Delivery Function. The originally coded QoS is established to be higher than the requested QoS. The received traffic is transcoded into requested QoS. Optionally, the traffic is buffered with originally coded QoS and at request, the buffered traffic is retrieved. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142390 | Method and Apparatus for Realizing Space Division Multiplexing - A method for realizing space division multiplexing is provided. The method comprises steps as follows: A. acquiring space information of users, and calculating space division isolation between the users based on the acquired space information; B. generating a set of user groups for the space division multiplexing based on the space division isolation between users calculated in step A; C. selecting a user group from the set of user groups for the space division multiplexing generated in step B and allocating the same physical resource to two users among the selected user group when conducting the space division multiplexing. An apparatus for realizing space division multiplexing is further provided. Using said method and apparatus, the space division isolation can be realized reasonably with accuracy. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142391 | TEST APPARATUS AND TEST METHOD - There is provided a test apparatus for testing a device under test, including an obtaining section that obtains a packet sequence communicated between the test apparatus and the device under test, from a simulation environment for simulating an operation of the device under test, a packet communication program generating section that generates from the packet sequence a packet communication program for a test, where the packet communication program is to be executed by the test apparatus to communicate packets included in the packet sequence between the test apparatus and the device under test, and a testing section that executes the packet communication program to test the device under test by communicating the packets between the test apparatus and the device under test. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142392 | TEST APPARATUS AND TEST METHOD - There is provided a test apparatus for testing at least one device under test, including a packet list storing section that stores a plurality of packet lists each of which includes a series of packets communicated between the test apparatus and the at least one device under test, a flow control section that designates an order of executing the plurality of packet lists in accordance with an execution flow of a test program that is designed to test the at least one device under test, and a packet communicating section that sequentially communicates the series of packets included in packet lists sequentially designated by the flow control section between the test apparatus and the at least one device under test, to test the at least one device under test. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142393 | TEST APPARATUS AND TEST METHOD - There is provided a test apparatus for testing a device under test, including a receiving section that receives a packet from the device under test, a packet data sequence storing section that stores a data sequence included in each type of packet and received data included in the packet received by the receiving section, a transmission data processing section that reads data from the packet data sequence storing section and generates a test data sequence by adjusting a predetermined portion of a data sequence of a packet to be transmitted to the device under test to have a value corresponding to the received data, and a transmitting section that transmits the test data sequence generated by the transmission data processing section to the device under test. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142394 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RELEASING LOCAL DATA CONTENTS FOR IP-BASED DATA ACCESS, ASSOCIATED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DIGITAL STORAGE MEDIUM, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for releasing local data contents for an IP-based data access, wherein an evaluation unit ( | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142395 | BAND MEASUREMENT METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A band measurement method for measuring a band available for communication with a target device connected via a network includes: transmitting a first request having a first data size and requesting a response having a fixed size to the target device via the network; determining a first time between the transmitting of the first request and the receipt of the response upon receipt of the response; transmitting a second request having a second data size and requesting a response having the fixed size to the target device via the network; determining a second time between transmitting of the second request and the receipt of the response upon receipt of the response; and calculating a first communication band available for transmitting data to the target device by dividing the difference between the first and second data sizes by the difference between the first and second times. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142396 | METHOD FOR SELECTING OPERATIONAL CHANNEL OF NETWORK COORDINATOR IN WIRELESS NARROW AREA NETWORK AND COORDINATOR USING THE SAME - A method for selecting an operational channel of a wireless narrow area network, a coordinator using the same, and a computer-readable recording media recording a program for realizing the method. More particularly, a method for selecting an operational channel of a wireless narrow area network in which one radio channel is occupied by a plurality of coordinators at different timings by selecting a predetermined period of a radio channel where a coordinator of the wireless narrow area network is used by another coordinator as own operational channel, a coordinator using the same, and a computer-readable recording media recording a program for realizing the method. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142397 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IDENTIFYING UDP COMMUNICATIONS - The allocation of network resources, such as bandwidth, etc., can be dynamically adjusted based on the knowledge of the traffic volume, the transport protocol used by the payload and entitled level of services. The type of transport protocol can be determined by monitoring and analyzing characteristics of the data traffic. The frames or packets over a particular channel are monitored to identify the time between frames for a particular period of time. This time then can be used to calculate a recent average time. The timing of subsequently received frames can then be compared to this average to determine if the transport protocol is UDP, TCP or some other protocol. In other embodiments a recent average throughput can be calculated and be compared to a current throughput. This information, along with the load and entitled level of service is used to control the network resources. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142398 | HARDWARE IMPLEMENTATION OF NETWORK TESTING AND PERFORMANCE MONITORING IN A NETWORK DEVICE - An embodiment of the present invention offloads the generation and monitoring of test packets from a Central processing Unit (CPU) to a dedicated network integrated circuit, such as a router, bridge or switch chip associated with the CPU. The CPU may download test routines and test data to the network IC, which then generates the test packets, identifies and handles received test packets, collects test statistics, and performs other test functions all without loading the CPU. The CPU may be notified when certain events occur, such as when throughput or jitter thresholds for the network are exceeded. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142399 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INFORMATION TRANSFER - A method for information transfer includes: determining, by a source Mobility Management Network Element (MMNE) of a source Access Network (AN), version number of GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) used between the source MMNE and a destination MMNE of a destination AN; and transmitting, by the source MMNE, user information corresponding to the version number of the GTP used between the source MMNE and the destination MMNE to the destination MMNE. The embodiment of the invention also provides a device for information transfer. With the embodiment of present invention, corresponding user information transfer may be realized. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142400 | ERROR DETECTION AND RECOVERY IN A DIGITAL MULTIMEDIA RECEIVER SYSTEM - A method for detecting errors in a digital multimedia receiver system is disclosed including the steps of receiving a packetized bitstream representing a video program from at least one of a plurality of transponders in the receiver system, the packetized bitstream periodically including a marker packet having data relating to a continuity counter value, and counting each occurrence of the marker packet in a first counter. The continuity counter value is evaluated at the occurrence of each counting and a second counter is incremented if each continuity counter value is one higher than a previously evaluated continuity counter value. It is determined whether a valid bitstream is being received by comparing values of the first and second counters at predetermined time intervals. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100150000 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, TERMINAL APPARATUS AND PILOT SIGNAL CONTROLLING METHOD - There is provided with a radio communication system in which a base station using a multicarrier transmission scheme as a transmission scheme and a terminal apparatus are wirelessly connected, wherein the base station includes: a data generator configured to generate first pilot signals for the terminal apparatus to measure channel quality, second pilot signals for the terminal apparatus to estimate a channel and data signals to be transmitted to the terminal apparatus; a transmission power controller configured to control transmission power of the second pilot signals and the data signals by adjusting amplitude of the second pilot signals and the data signals respectively; and a transmitter configured to generate subcarrier data by mapping the first pilot signals, the second pilot signals power-controlled by the transmission power controller and the data signals power-controlled by the transmission power controller to a plurality of subcarriers and transmit the subcarrier data generated. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150001 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE - In a communication device having a plurality of communication means, it is determined based on a priority or the like which one of the plurality of communication means is used to establish a communication. However, there is a problem that if no communication can be established through a network having a priority, another network, which is not desired by the user, may be selected as a communication channel and used for establishing a communication. Further, if, in order to solve this problem, only a network designated by the user is always to be used for establishing a communication, then no communication may be established for a long time, which is another problem. In order to solve these problems, it is arranged that, when a communication schedule is done, it be possible to designate a network, which should be used first on the priority basis, according to the network communication speed, communication charges or the like, and it is further arranged that, if no communication is established through the designated network, then an undesignated network be selected, thereby improving the certainty of the communication schedule, which is an advantageous effect. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150002 | Method and System for Determining the Cause of Trunk Group Blocking - Described herein are systems and methods for categorizing a blocked trunk group event into likely causes, thereby improving the ability to prevent and/or resolve any disruptions in services. An exemplary method includes analyzing network traffic from at least one trunk group, detecting a trunk group blocking event, and categorizing a cause of the trunk group blocking event based on the analyzed network traffic. An exemplary system includes a trunk group analyzing tool for analyzing network traffic from at least one trunk group, detecting a trunk group blocking event, and categorizing a cause of the trunk group blocking event based on the analyzed network traffic. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150003 | System and Method for Provisioning Charging and Policy Control in a Network Environment - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes requesting real-time transfer protocol (RTP) quality metrics to be generated by a network for a specific flow in the network. The method also includes recording the RTP quality metrics and reporting the metrics as accounting data associated with the flow. In more specific embodiments, the accounting data includes a correlator with application level accounting and the accounting data is used for quality monitoring and troubleshooting on a per-subscriber basis, on a per-flow basis, or on a per-call basis. An application function can request RTP quality monitoring with a trigger that identifies if a quality parameter reaches a certain threshold. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150004 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO BOUND NETWORK TRAFFIC ESTIMATION ERROR FOR MULTISTAGE MEASUREMENT SAMPLING AND AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus to bound network traffic estimation error for multistage measurement sampling and aggregation are disclosed. An example method disclosed herein comprises determining a hierarchical sampling topology representative of multiple data sampling and aggregation stages, the hierarchical sampling topology comprising a plurality of nodes connected by a plurality of edges, each node corresponding to at least one of a data source and a data aggregation operation, and each edge corresponding to a data sampling operation characterized by a generalized sampling threshold, selecting a first generalized sampling threshold from a set of generalized sampling thresholds associated with a respective set of edges originating at a respective set of descendent nodes of a target node undergoing network traffic estimation, and transforming a measured sample of network traffic into a confidence interval for a network traffic estimate associated with the target node using the first generalized sampling threshold and an error parameter. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150005 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF ROUTING INFORMATION IN A NETWORK - A system and method to use network flow records to generate information about changes in network routing and to understand the impact of these changes on network traffic. The inferences made can be determinative, if sufficient information is available. If sufficient information is not available to make determinative inferences, inferences may be made that narrow the range of possible changes that may have occurred to network traffic and the underlying network. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150006 | DETECTION OF PARTICULAR TRAFFIC IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method for detecting a particular data traffic in a communication network having a plurality of nodes comprises: maintaining a list of detecting scans to be applied to an incoming data traffic; receiving the incoming data traffic; and applying a subset of the detecting scans in the list to the incoming data traffic. A network node for detecting a particular traffic in a communication network having a plurality of nodes comprises: a list of detecting scans to be applied to an incoming data traffic; an input for receiving the incoming data traffic; and an inspection chain, which applies a subset of detecting scans in the list to the incoming data traffic. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150007 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMAITON IN MULTI CARRIER WIRELESS SYSTEM - Provided is a method for transmitting and receiving a channel quality indicator (CQI) in a multi carrier wireless system which does not increase load while efficiently feeding back a change of the channel quality. The method for transmitting the channel quality indicator in a Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA)-based terminal, includes the steps of: a) transmitting a first report indicator requesting transmission of a measured channel quality indicator to a base station through a control channel when a change range of a channel quality indicator is greater than a predetermined threshold value; and b) transmitting the measured channel quality indicator to the base station through allocated radio resources when a response to the first report indicator is received from the base station. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150008 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING STATE OF NETWORK - There are provided a network state display apparatus and method capable of easily determining a present network security state in real time by analyzing an abnormality and harmful traffic deteriorating performance of a network in software by using a result of combining essential characteristics of traffic, a distinct dispersion, and an entropy and displaying the network state to be intuitionally recognized, the method including selecting and combining three of a source address, a source port, a destination address, and a destination port of collected traffic and calculating a distinct dispersion and an entropy of a residual one therefrom; displaying the calculated distinct dispersion and entropy on a security radar where the distinct dispersion and the entropy are assigned to an angle and a radius; determining whether a network state is abnormal, based on a result displayed on the security radar; and detecting reporting detailed information on abnormal traffic causing the abnormal network state. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150009 | Passive Monitoring Of Network Performance - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements to measure network performance. The method comprises the following steps:—Transmitting via a communication network (IP) payload packets ( | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150010 | Communication system, communication method, communication device, and program - A communication system is provided which includes a first communication device for transmitting a plurality of packets in different packet sizes, and a second communication device having a reception unit for receiving over one or more links packets transmitted from the first communication device, and a calculation unit for calculating a packet loss rate for each packet size based on reception result of the reception unit. The communication system estimates a bit error rate during link transmission of the packets from a difference of the packet sizes of the packets transmitted from the first communication device as well as from the packet loss rate for each packet size calculated by the calculation unit. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150011 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio terminal | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150012 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROUTING - A telecommunications network termination device has the capability to connect to a network access point using a primary fixed line address by a first route and also, using a second network address, by a backup routing to a shared wireless access point. Connection status messages are transmitted over the primary routing. If these are not detected by the network, it causes traffic to the user device to be diverted over the backup routing to the second network address. It also transmits instructions to the user device to route outgoing traffic by the same secondary route. The secondary route is identified from network tolopogy data stored by the network control server. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150013 | CALIBRATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, FREQUENCY CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A calibration method according to the present invention includes a step of first channel estimating for transmitting a pilot signal from a first antenna and receiving the pilot signal at a second antenna different from the first antenna to calculate a first channel estimation value; a step of second channel estimating for transmitting a plot signal from the second antenna and receiving the pilot signal at the first antenna to calculate a second channel estimation value; and a step of correction coefficient calculating for calculating, by using the first and second channel estimation values, a correction coefficient. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150014 | NETWORK QUALITY MONITORING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR INTERNET SERVICES INVOLVING SIGNALING - A network quality monitoring device includes a packet receiving unit that receives packets used by a signaling protocol server device that is a server device for processing the signaling protocol, a signaling protocol packet extracting unit that extracts signaling protocol packets for controlling the signaling protocol from packets received by the packet receiving unit, a session management table storing unit that stores the session management tables, a signaling protocol quality analyzing unit that collects quality information regarding the network quality from a session management table corresponding to sessions that have transitioned to a predetermined communication state among the session management tables stored in the session management table storing unit and, based on the collection result, analyzes statistical information regarding the network quality. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150015 | TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROCESSING BROADCAST SIGNAL IN TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SYSTEM - A receiving system and a method of processing broadcast signal are disclosed herein. The receiving system includes N number of antennae, N number of demodulators, N number of known sequence detectors, and an equalizer. The N number of antennae each receives a broadcast signal including mobile service data and known data sequences. The N number of demodulators demodulates the broadcast signal received by the corresponding antenna. The N number of known sequence detectors detects known data sequences from the broadcast signal received by the corresponding antenna. The equalizer estimates a channel impulse response (CIR) of a broadcast signal received and demodulated by each antenna based upon each known data sequence detected by the N number of known sequence detectors, calculates an equalization coefficient of the broadcast signal received and demodulated by each antenna based upon at least one of the estimated CIRs, so as to compensate channel distortion of the broadcast signal received and demodulated by each antenna, and combines at least one or more distortion-compensated broadcast signal, thereby finally outputting the combined signal. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150016 | Receiver Determined Probe - According to various embodiments of the disclosed method and apparatus, nodes on a network are programmed to generate a probe transmission in response to a request from the node that will be receiving the probe. The receiving node may generate a probe request that specifies a plurality of parameters, such as a modulation profile for the probe; the payload content of the probe; the number of times to transmit the probe; a number of symbols for the payload of the probe; a preamble type for the probe; a cyclic-prefix length for the payload of the probe; a transmit power for the probe; and a transmit power scaling factor for the payload of the probe. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100150017 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR LINK BALANCING DETECTION - A method of detecting a link balance of coverage of a down link and an up link in a WCDMA system is disclosed. The method includes setting a minimum receiving signal code power (RSCP) by using system information received from a base station, setting a maximum terminal Tx power for transmitting radio waves to the base station from a communication terminal according to the minimum RSCP, setting a reference value of a link balance detection quotient for detecting whether the up link and down link coverage has a defect by calculating the minimum RSCP and the maximum terminal Tx power, measuring a RSCP and a terminal Tx power from the communication terminal, and detecting the balance of the down link and up link coverage by comparing the reference value of the link balance detection quotient with a value calculated according to the measured RSCP and terminal Tx power. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100157817 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATION USING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL - A communication device ( | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157818 | NETWORK SYSTEM, SERVER, QUALITY DEGRADATION POINT ESTIMATING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A network system estimating a point of quality degradation with high accuracy at high speed based on flow quality information and routing information on a large-scale network is provided. A network system causing a communication characteristic collection unit S | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157819 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, SYSTEM LSI, AND PROGRAM - One transmission rate of a physical layer (PHY rate) is selected from among a plurality of PHY rates of a protocol stack by calculating one or more effective values of transmission rates of an upper layer of the protocol stack with respect to one or more PHY rates of the plurality of PHY rates respectively, and making a comparison with use of the calculated one or more effective values. Each of the one or more effective values is calculated based on (i) an ideal value of corresponding one of the transmission rates and (ii) a retransmission ratio via the physical layer that corresponds to a reception power value detected in the reception apparatus. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157820 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR RANGING USING RANGING LOADING FACTOR - Methods and apparatus for indicating a base station's amount of ranging traffic to a mobile station (MS) and for selecting a base station (BS) for performing ranging based on the ranging traffic indication are provided. This notification may occur via a ranging loading parameter, such as a ranging loading factor (RLF) indicating the ratio of used ranging slots to available ranging slots, transmitted as a new TLV (Type-Length-Value) within the Uplink Channel Descriptor (UCD) of a (potential) serving BS or in the UCD of a Neighbor Advertisement (MOB_NBR-ADV) message for a neighbor BS. By selecting a BS with a certain level of unused ranging slots, the MS may exponentially decrease the ranging overhead (i.e., the average waiting time for the ranging procedures) when compared to a conventional MS that does not consider a BS's ranging overload when trying to perform ranging with the BS. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157821 | Methods, Systems, And Computer Program Products For Sending Data Units Based On A Measure Of Energy - Methods and systems are described for sending data units based on a measure of energy. In one aspect, a data unit sent to a destination node is received at a receiving network node. A measure of energy needed to successfully send data to the destination node is determined for each of at least one of a plurality of destination network paths available for routing the data to the destination node. Each destination network path includes a respective plurality of nodes having an energy expenditure and an effective rate of data transmission contributing to the measure of energy needed to successfully send data to the destination node. Any transmission of the corresponding data unit to a next one of the network nodes along the one of the plurality of destination network paths is determined based on the determined measure of energy needed to successfully send data. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157822 | SERVICE ACCOUNTING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPOSITE SERVICE - A system for an accounting infrastructure, including monitoring and reporting, for individual services within a composite service. An accounting engine integrates with the composite service to monitor components and parameters of at least one service in the composite service, to provide reporting on the measurements and statistics associated therewith over time. The accounting engine aggregates data for components and services. One example provides the accounting infrastructure as an object-oriented program model, instantiating statistics as objects. The reporting distinguishes each statistic allowing analysis and optimization of processes and services. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157823 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A WIRELESS SERVICE RECOMMENDATION - A method and apparatus for providing a wireless service recommendation are disclosed. For example, the method collects wireless access performance data, and analyzes the wireless access performance data for generating a ranking of a plurality of wireless access services that are available for a physical location. The method then provides the ranking of the plurality of wireless access services that are available for the physical location via an on-line social network website that is accessible to a mobile device that is proximate to the physical location. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157824 | Methods and System for Determining a Dominant Impairment of an Impaired Communication Channel - Methods are described for identifying a dominant impairment on a communication channel impaired by an interference issue. The methods include systematic examination of total power loading, systematic examination of signal power reduction, statistical examination of communication channel noise power, and systematic examination of interleaver effectiveness. Each relates to automatically diagnosing and characterizing distortion-based interference issues by monitoring the performance of a communication channel during a testing procedure. These methods enable a technician or engineer to remotely diagnose distortion-based interference issues relatively quickly without having to use external test equipment and without having to deploy technicians to various locations within the cable plant. A system by which these methods can be implemented is also disclosed. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157825 | ESTIMATING BANDWIDTH IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - In general, a method includes monitoring, by a personal access point, an amount of backhaul bandwidth available for multimedia and signaling communications by measuring a level of latency associated with existing multimedia and signaling communications. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157826 | LOCAL COMMUNICATION BETWEEN MOBILE STATIONS VIA ONE OR MORE RELAY STATIONS - In a cellular communication system where two mobile stations are located within or near to a cell associated with a base station, one or more relay stations with good radio link quality relative to the two mobiles may be used to build a local forwarding communication link between the mobile stations using the one or more relay stations which avoids downlink/uplink transmission with the base station. The relay station(s) is(are) selected based on an association between two mobile stations and the relay station(s). | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157827 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING ENERGY EFFICIENCY IN WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - A method for effectively using power resource in a wireless mesh network is disclosed to select and change a level of a power saving mode according to terminal and network situations to increase the duration of the network's existence as well as improve the power consumption of each mesh terminal. After active mesh terminals that are to perform a data relay function and super-saving mesh terminals that are not to perform the data relay function are selected in consideration of a network topology at certain periods, the level of a power saving mode of the mesh terminals selected as the super-saving mesh terminals is higher than that of the mesh terminals selected as the active mesh terminals. And then, a routing path in a tree form is formed along the mesh terminals selected as the active mesh terminals to transmit data. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157828 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING EVENT AND REPORTING STATUS OF CABLE MODEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - Provided is a method and apparatus for controlling an event of a cable modem and reporting a status of the cable modem, the method including: determining whether to periodically allocate a transmission bandwidth of a CM-STATUS message with respect to an event occurrence of the cable modem; setting an event control encoding that includes information regarding whether to periodically allocate the transmission bandwidth; and generating a MAC Domain Descriptor (MDD) message containing the event control encoding to transmit the generated MDD message. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157829 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR IMPROVED CHANNEL QUALITY REPORTING - The invention discloses a method ( | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157830 | PACKET TRANSFER METHOD, PACKET TRANSFER DEVICE, AND PACKET TRANSFER SYSTEM - An edge router measures a traffic volume inputted into a network, and the measurement result is notified to a network management server. If the network management server judges that the notified traffic volume is “smaller” than a capacity of a second core router, it will direct a first core router to shift to a power saving mode. The first core router notifies the edge router of the shift to the power saving mode, and the edge router updates a routing table so that the packet to the first core router may be bypassed to the second core router. The first core router shifts to the power saving mode that does not perform packet transfer, and reduction in electric power is realized. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157831 | BASE STATION AND ACCESS CONTROL METHOD FOR CELLULAR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A base station is connected to wired and wireless networks to send a call that is received from the wired network to the wireless network at a predetermined quality of service (QoS), select one or more combinations of a set of modulation and coding scheme, and a radio resource amount that are associated with a QoS set in a newly incoming call, determine the radio resource amount that is equal to or less than a amount of the unassigned radio resources, assign, to the newly incoming call, the combination that is associated with the determined radio resource amount and the QoS set in the newly incoming call, reduce the radio resources assigned to the ongoing call without changing the QoS, and assign, to the newly incoming call, an amount of radio resources released from the ongoing call and modulation and coding scheme associated with this released radio resource amount. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157832 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISCRIMINATING FRAME FORMAT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A frame format discrimination method in a wireless communication system is provided. The frame format discrimination method includes: calculating a power of an in-phase signal and a power of a quadrature signal in a predetermined section of a frame; comparing the power of the in-phase signal with the power of the quadrature signal; and determining the format of the frame in accordance with the comparison result. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157833 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR IMPROVED TIMING ACQUISITION FOR VARYING CHANNEL CONDITIONS - An improved receiver apparatus and acquisition algorithm using TDM pilots is disclosed. The timing acquisition method presented provides capabilities for adapting to changing channel conditions, in particular varying expected delay spreads. The information on an expected delay spread can be fed back to the initial acquisition algorithm based on previous successful attempts, and the delay spreads measured at that time, such as to set the length of the detection window used to in the TDM pilot processing. Based on the delay spread information, the algorithm for processing the specialized TDM pilot can adaptively modify the timing acquisition parameters for more robust performance under interference conditions. This may involve reducing the length of the detection window to just a little more than or equal to the maximum expected delay spread, which reduces sensitivity of the fine timing acquisition to signal noise. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157834 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMPUTING DATA TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS OF A NETWORK PATH BASED ON SINGLE-ENDED MEASUREMENTS - Systems and methods for computing data transmission characteristics of a network path are disclosed. In some embodiments, the network path has a sending host, at least one intermediate host, and a receiving host, and the data transmission characteristics are computed based on single-ended measurements performed at the sending host. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157835 | Method and device for determining channel quality - It is provided a method for determining channel quality for a second channel, wherein, the second channel is overlapping with a first channel, the method comprising the steps of sending a request message through the first channel; receiving a response message on the second channel in response to the request message through the first channel; and determining the channel quality of the second channel based on the response message on the second channel. It can be used to determine the channel quality of at least one channel by sending a single message through the first channel. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157836 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - The present invention reduces the amount of control information for specifying the transmission method for simultaneously transmitting the uplink data and the reception quality information as well as the uplink data and the ACK/NACK, reduces delay occurring in changing the transmission method, and realizes the mapping of the uplink data and the reception quality information and that of the uplink data and the ACK/NACK, in compliance with modulation scheme and coding rate of the uplink data specified by the base station apparatus. In the mobile communication system where the base station apparatus allocates, to the mobile station apparatus, resources wherein the base station apparatus transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, control information for specifying a transmission format for the mobile station apparatus to transmit information using the uplink, while the mobile station apparatus simultaneously transmits, to the base station apparatus, the uplink data and the reception quality information based on the specified transmission format in case of having received the control information from the base station apparatus. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157837 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE OF PACKET SAMPLING - A method and a system for sampling a packet as well as a device are disclosed herein. The method includes the following steps: a notification node of an LSP sends obtained information about the protocol type of a packet to a specific netflow sampling entity; the netflow sampling entity determines the protocol type of the packet according to the information about the protocol type after receiving the packet, and samples the packet according to the determined protocol type. Through the embodiments of the present invention, the accuracy of netflow sampling is improved significantly. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157838 | Route and Link Evaluation in Wireless Mesh Communications Networks - Methods and systems for providing a network and routing protocol for utility services are disclosed. A method includes discovering a utility network. Neighboring nodes are discovered and the node listens for advertised routes for networks from the neighbors. The node is then registered with one or more utility networks, receiving a unique address for each network registration. Each upstream node can independently make forwarding decisions on both upstream and downstream packets, i.e., choose the next hop according to the best information available to it. The node can sense transient link problems, outage problems and traffic characteristics. Information is used to find the best route out of and within each network. Each network node maintains multi-egress, multi-ingress network routing options both for itself and the node(s) associated with it. The node is capable of several route maintenance functions utilizing the basic routing protocol and algorithms. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157839 | NETWORK SERVICE MONITORING - Network devices, systems, and methods are described that perform network service monitoring. One method includes examining a number of packets received by a first network device to determine whether a protocol of a packet corresponds to a given network service, forwarding packet service type information and packet address information to a second network device in response to a determination that the protocol of the packet corresponds to the network service, comparing the packet service type information and an associated service type address to a list of service types and addresses on the second network device, and executing a remedial action if, based on the comparing, it is determined that the network service is an unauthorized service and that a provider of the network service is an unauthorized provider. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100165853 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION AND RADIO CHANNEL CONDITION REPORTING METHOD - A mobile station comprises a radio channel condition reporting unit reporting information indicative of a radio channel condition at a reception timing in discontinuous reception. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165854 | BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD - A base station performing a radio communication with a user equipment includes a transmission format determining unit configured to determine a transmission format of a downlink data channel not to be associated by a control channel, based on a downlink reception signal quality measured by the user equipment, a notification unit configured to notify, to the user equipment, the transmission format determined by the transmission format determining unit, and a transmitting unit configured to transmit downlink data to the user equipment via the downlink data channel, by using the transmission format determined by the transmission format determining unit. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165855 | Apparatus and method for a multi-level enmeshed policer - An enmeshed hierarchy of policers, different from traditional tree-based hierarchical system of policers is used in accordance with the present invention. A goal of using an enmeshed architecture of policing systems is to allow for a more complex set of policies to be defined across a network. Hierarchical/cascading systems ensure that the higher granularity assignments essentially dictate/constrain the behavior of finer grained assignments at higher levels for sub-flows. There is only one type of metric possible for the largest granular policer, so the only way to implement multiple system-wide metrics is to repeat the hierarchy multiple times over, which adds to the delay of the packet and the complexity of the router. In accordance with the enmeshed architecture of the present invention, multiple system-wide metrics can be implemented simultaneously, which allows for easier management of the various macro-level policies by the manager of an access network. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165856 | CROSS-LAYER OPTIMIZATION IN MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS - An embodiment of a system for optimizing operation of a mobile station in a wireless communication network such as a WLAN by adapting the physical (PHY), medium access control (MAC), and application settings of a mobile station therein includes a network status estimation module to evaluate the channel conditions of a wireless channel to serve the mobile station in terms of transmission failure probability due to noise and interference, respectively, a transmission characterization module to determine expected network performance as a function of the settings of PHY, MAC and application parameters in the current channel conditions as evaluated by the network status estimation module, a quality evaluation module to determine the expected quality of communication for the mobile station as a function of different channel performance metrics, and a quality maximization module to interact with the characterization and quality evaluation modules to identify and select the settings of PHY, MAC and application parameters for the mobile station that provide an optimum quality for the mobile station. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165857 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for determining the quality of service of a network are disclosed. A disclosed methodology for determining quality of service for a network includes determining at least two metrics reflective of network parameters in at least two different protocol layers of the communication network. The metrics are then compared with respective threshold values, and quality of service for the network is determined based on the comparison of the metrics with the respective threshold values. Corresponding apparatus executing the methodology are also disclosed. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165858 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - When it is judged that the size of a band of a wireless IP network ( | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165859 | SORTING FLOW RECORDS INTO ANALYSIS BUCKETS - Flow information records are identified and sorted out based on the sending and/or receiving customer. Prior art problems are overcome by using a combination of router identification, SNMP numbers and interface numbers to identify the source and destination of data flow records. A flow information packet containing one or more information flow records is received at a flow process and parsed to identify the router source. The datagram of the flow information packet is examined to identify an SNMP number associated with the source and/or destination affiliated with the flow information packet. Based on the SNMP number, the interface of the router associated with the datagram is identified and the records are accordingly sorted into buckets. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165860 | Load Estimation in Receiver Diversity Telecommunication Systems - Methods and arrangements for providing load reference data in a CDMA wireless communication system with receiver diversity are presented. The method comprises measuring ( | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165861 | CHANNEL CHANGE DECISION MECHANISM AND METHOD FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - In a communication network ( | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165862 | User Equipment Tracing in a Wireless Communications Network - The present invention relates to a method and a network control node for tracing activity and monitoring performance of user equipments in a partly IP-based wireless communications network. The wireless communications network comprises operator controllable and/or operator uncontrollable wireless access points in communication with a network control node via one or more operator controllable and/or operator uncontrollable Internet Protocol, IP, networks. The described method is characterized by a first step of receiving a trace triggering request and user equipment identification, at a network control node, from a first network node. Alternatively, the trace triggering request is received on a signaling connection that explicitly identifies the user equipment. The network control node then starts a trace recording and information retrieval procedure relating to the identified user equipment and identifies all used IP networks and user equipment serving access point. The method further comprises the steps of analyzing the IP networks used between the network node and the user equipment and/or analyzing the user equipment serving access point. Thereafter, a trace printout is created including analyzing results and retrieved information, the printout is to be sent to a second network node, or stored locally for later retrieval. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165863 | LINK BAND ESTIMATING APPARATUS AND LINK BAND ESTIMATING METHOD - A link band estimating apparatus includes packet transmitting means for transmitting a plurality of packets in succession via a route portion of a plurality of communication routes which share a link to be measured, packet interval measuring means for measuring an interval by which the packets are spaced apart in another route portion of the communication routes, and band calculating means for calculating the band of the link to be measured based on a value measured by the packet interval measuring means and a data size of the packets. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165864 | COMMUNICATION CHARACTERISTIC MEASURING DEVICE ADAPTED TO WIRELESS TERMINAL - A cognitive terminal includes different types of radio modules suiting to different types radio media employed by a cognitive base station in the radio communication system. The radio module of the cognitive terminal counts the number of times it receives/transmits ACK/NACK in each unit time. A radio environment cognition unit of the cognitive terminal performs calculations using the count number(s) in consideration of the packet transmission time interval or the time required for repeating a single data packet, thus measuring characteristics of delay time variations in uplink/downlink communication with respect to each radio media. Thus, it is possible for the cognitive terminal to switch over radio media based on ACK/NACK in uplink/downlink communication. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165865 | NETWORK INTERFACE APPARATUS WITH POWER MANAGEMENT AND POWER SAVING METHOD THEREOF - Network interface apparatus with power management is disclosed, which comprises a physical layer circuit, for receiving a packet on a network; a media access control circuit, for performing the media access processing on the packet to output a processed packet; an interface circuit, coupled to the media access control layer, for transmitting the processed packet to a bus; a detecting circuit, coupled to the physical layer circuit, for detecting a transmitting status of the packet on the network to output a detecting signal; a loading control circuit, coupled to the detecting circuit, for control a load positioned in the interface circuit according to the detecting signal. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165866 | CIRCUIT, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TWO NODES OF A RADIO NETWORK - A circuit, system, and method for range finding between two nodes of a radio network, in particular in conformance with the industry standard IEEE 802.15.4. A mode for finding the range to a second node is initiated by the first node. A command for range finding with the address of the second node is transmitted from the first node to the second node in the mode for range finding. The second node is switched into the range finding mode by the command. A sequence is controlled by the command in the range finding mode. As a result of the control by the command, a first signal is transmitted by the first node in a transmission time window of the sequence and the first signal is received by the second node in an associated reception time window of the sequence, and a first phase value of the first signal is measured. As a result of the control by the command, a second signal is transmitted by the second node in a transmission time window of the sequence and the second signal is received by the first node in an associated reception time window of the sequence, and a second phase value of the second signal is measured. As a result of the control by the command, the first frequency of the first signal is changed by a frequency difference and the second frequency of the second signal is changed by the frequency difference in a subsequent time window of the sequence. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165867 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System to Indicate Characteristics of an Access Node to a Mobile Terminal - The present invention relates to a solution for indicating cell characteristics that apply specifically for a mobile terminal ( | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165868 | TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING ARRANGEMENT WITH A CHANNEL-ORIENTED LINK - A transmitting and receiving arrangement as well as a method for transmission of monitoring and/or payload data in a transmitting and receiving arrangement for a wirefree communications system has a device which processes baseband for processing digital signals to form a baseband signal and a device which processes radio frequency for conversion of the baseband signal to a radio frequency signal. Monitoring and/or payload data are/is transmitted in the form of data packets via at least one channel of a channel-oriented link between the device which processes baseband and the device which processes radio frequency. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165869 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT PACKET TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING - A communications method comprising the steps of receiving a data packet; processing the data packet; and transmitting an ack packet approximately at an end of a first defined time interval if the processing of the data packet is completed within the first defined interval, or transmitting the ack packet approximately at an end of a second defined time interval if the processing of the data packet is not completed within the first defined interval and is completed within the second defined interval. Another communication method comprising the steps of transmitting a data packet; scanning a channel for an ack packet approximately at an end of a first defined time interval from the transmission of the data packet; and scanning the channel for the ack packet approximately at an end of a second defined time interval from the transmission of the data packet if the ack packet was not received within the first defined interval. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165870 | BANDWIDTH DIVISION FOR PACKET PROCESSING - A bandwidth divider and method for allocating bandwidth between a plurality of packet processors. The bandwidth divider includes a plurality of counters for measuring the bandwidth of data packets transferred from the bandwidth divider to a respective packet processor; and a controller for analyzing the plurality of counters and transferring a data packet to a selected packet processor based on the contents of the counters. The method monitors the bandwidth consumed by the packet processors; determines, based on the bandwidth consumed by the packet processors, which packet processor has consumed the least amount of bandwidth; and allocates a next data packet to the packet processor which has consumed the least amount of bandwidth. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165871 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETERMING THE BANDWIDTH USED BY A QUEUE - A system determines bandwidth use by queues in a network device. To do this, the system determines an instantaneous amount of bandwidth used by each of the queues and an average amount of bandwidth used by each of the queues. The system then identifies bandwidth use by each of the queues based on the instantaneous bandwidth used and the average bandwidth used by each of the queues. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100172249 | Method for Determining a Route in a Wireless Mesh Network Using a Metric Based On Radio and Traffic Load - A method and apparatus for calculating a routing metric for a wireless network including retrieving configured system parameters, selecting a form of a first weight factor based on channel load/utilization and parameters of the first weight factor, selecting a form of a second weight factor based on frame/packet error rate and parameters of the second weight factor, retrieving estimated link bit rate, measuring a channel/link busy time, estimating a channel/link load, estimating a packet/frame error rate of the link and calculating the metric are described. A method and system for determining a route/path between two nodes of a wireless network including calculating a weighted radio and load aware metric by each node in the wireless network, storing the metric and using the metric to select the route/path for communication between two nodes of the wireless network based on a sum of the metrics calculated by each node of the wireless network are also described. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172250 | METHOD FOR TRANSITIONING BETWEEN MULTIPLE RECEPTION LEVELS - There is provided a method for enabling a user equipment (UE) to transition between a non-discontinuous reception (Non-DRX) level and at least one discontinuous reception (DRX) level. The UE in a DRX level wakes up periodically to monitor a scheduling channel. The method includes receiving a DRX indicator in a Non-DRX level with continuously monitoring the scheduling channel and transitioning from the Non-DRX level to a DRX level indicated by the DRX indicator. The UE can transition between multiple DRX levels by an explicit command/signaling. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172251 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR COMBINING VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL (VOIP) CALL DATA WITH GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for combining VoIP call data with geographical information are disclosed. According to one method, VoIP subscriber device call quality information and VoIP subscriber device status information are determined for a plurality of VoIP subscriber devices. Geographic information is obtained regarding a geographic area in which the VoIP subscriber devices are deployed. The VoIP subscriber device status and the call quality information are combined with the geographic information and, based on the combined VoIP subscriber device status and the geographic information, a map that illustrates the geographic locations of the VoIP subscriber devices and an indication of the current status and the call quality of each VoIP subscriber device is graphically displayed on a display device associated with a computer. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172252 | METHOD FOR REDUCING INFORMATION LOAD OF PACKET SERVICE CONTROL CHANNEL - The present disclosure provides a method for reducing information load of Packet Service Control Channel and a method for updating channelization code. The method for reducing information load of Packet Service Control Channel comprises the following steps: sending a service access request to a RNC by means of a UE; determining whether the service need to monitor HS-SCCH, and if the HS-SCCH is determined not to be monitored, configuring a transport block size index used when the UE does not need to monitor the HS-SCCH and transmitting the transport block size index to a BS, by means of a RNC; determining a channelization code of a High-Speed Physical Shared Channel according to the transport block size index, and sending the channelization code to the RNC, by means of the BS; transmitting the transport block size index and the channelization code to the UE by means of the RNC. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172253 | Communication Apparatus, Communication Method, Communication Control Apparatus, Wireless Communication Apparatus, Communication Control Method, and Wireless Communication Method - In order to detect a change in the propagation environment of a wireless communication path rapidly and accurately and to minimize the number of packets to be discarded without being reproduced due to a delay in arrival time, a communication apparatus | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172254 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTER-SYSTEM INTERFERENCE BASED RADIO CONTROL - User-networks having more than one type of access system are connected to networks having multi-access technology. Interference is measured between the connected, active access systems and the active systems are prioritized. A priority value is assigned to each of the active access systems based on the interference between systems. According to the assigned priority value, the access system with the highest value is enabled. Remaining systems are then compared with the enabled access system and an interference threshold. If the level of interference exceeds the threshold, the offending access system is disabled. If the threshold is not exceeded, the number of simultaneously operating access systems is compared to a predetermined number and the access systems below that number are then disabled. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172255 | NETWORK IN-LINE TESTER - An in-line tester ( | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172256 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION USING MULTIPLE DESCRIPTION CODES - Techniques for using multiple description codes (MDC) for channel feedback to improve channel estimation accuracy are described. A receiver may obtain an initial/measured channel vector for a communication channel. The receiver may select a codebook in a set of codebooks for quantizing the initial channel vector. Each codebook may include a different set of channel vectors/codewords. Different codebooks may be selected in different reporting intervals. The receiver may select a channel vector in the selected codebook, and the selected channel vector may have (i) a largest correlation with a normalized channel vector or (ii) a smallest distance to the initial channel vector. The receiver may send the selected channel vector and possibly the selected codebook to a transmitter. The transmitter may receive the selected/reported channel vectors from the receiver in different reporting intervals and may derive a final channel vector for the communication channel based on the reported channel vectors. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172257 | Internet Real-Time Deep Packet Inspection and Control Device and Method - A deep packet inspection and control device includes a first rule table unit for storing a rule table including a first set of rule entries which are pre-defined or generated dynamically; a first scanning unit for receiving a first real-time packet data stream from the internet, and scanning the first real-time packet data stream according to a scanning window defined by the first set of rule entries; a first analysis unit for matching the first real-time packet data stream with the first set of rule entries in the scanning window of the first scanning unit, and outputting a matching result; and a first rule linkage unit for performing linkage control on the first real-time packet data stream to be output back to the internet according to the matching result output from the first analysis unit. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172258 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTING PACKET - Disclosed is a packet routing method in an ad-hoc network. The method includes periodically calculating a link stability with respect to each neighbor node by means of the number of beacon frames lost within an update period for each neighbor node, updating the calculated link stability in the neighbor node table; identifying a neighbor node which is closer to a destination node of a received packet than the node when the node itself does not correspond to the destination node; and transmitting the received packet to the identified neighbor node when the identified link stability of the neighbor node is greater than or equal to a threshold value. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172259 | Detection Of Falsified Wireless Access Points - Apparatuses and methods for detecting falsified wireless access points are presented. A method includes identifying a target wireless access point for validation and measuring a round trip time delay to the wireless access point. The method also includes determining an expected processing delay of the wireless access point, analyzing the measured round trip time delay and the expected processing delay, and validating the wireless access point based upon the analysis. An apparatus includes a wireless transceiver, a processing unit coupled to the wireless transceiver, and a memory coupled to the processing unit. The processing unit is configured to identify a target wireless access point for validation, measure a round trip time delay to the wireless access point, determine an expected processing delay of the wireless access point, analyze the measured round trip time delay and the expected processing delay, and validate the wireless access point based upon the analysis. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172260 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL (TCP) TRAFFIC SMOOTHING - Various aspects of a method and system for transmission control protocol (TCP) traffic smoothing are presented. Traffic smoothing may comprise a method for controlling data transmission in a communications system that further comprises scheduling the timing of transmission of information from a TCP offload engine (TOE) based on a traffic profile. Traffic smoothing may comprise transmitting information from a TOE at a rate that is either greater than, approximately equal to, or less than, the rate at which the information was generated. Some conventional network interface cards (NIC) that utilize TOEs may not provide a mechanism that enables traffic shaping. By not providing a mechanism for traffic shaping, there may be a greater probability of lost packets in the network. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172261 | INFORMATION COLLECTION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION ERROR DETECTION DEVICE, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - An information collection device includes a signaling packet analysis section which extracts communication device information from a signaling packet, the communication device information identifying a communication device that transmits the signaling packet when connecting to another device. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172262 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DELAY TIME COMPUTATION AND DELAY COMPENSATION BETWEEN BASE STATION AND REMOTE RADIO FREQUENCY UNIT IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for delay time computation and delay compensation between a Base Station (BS) and a remote Radio Frequency (RF) unit in a broadband wireless access system are provided. In a method of operating an apparatus for determining a delay time to compensate for delay between a BS modem card and a remote RF unit in a wireless access system, the method includes determining a process delay time required when traffic data is output from the BS modem card to an antenna of the remote RF unit in a state where a reference cable having a length short enough to neglect a cable delay time is connected between the BS modem card and the remote RF unit, determining a cable delay time required when a sync pulse signal is transmitted through a cable used in actual system operation between the BS modem card and the remote RF unit, and determining a time for outputting traffic data at an earlier time from a modem included in the BS modem card by using the determined process delay time and cable delay time. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172263 | TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION SELECTING METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND MOBILE STATION - In a method of selecting a transport format combination according to the present invention, a mobile station calculates the transmission power of a first physical channel using a first TFC with respect to each of first TFCs, and determines whether the mobile station is in a transmission capable state or not. Then, the mobile station calculates the sum of the transmission power of first and second physical channels using first and TFCs, with respect to each of combinations of the first and second TFCs, and determines whether the mobile station is in the transmission capable state or not. Then, the mobile station selects a first TFC from the first TFCs wherein the mobile station is in the transmission capable state. Then, the mobile station selects a second TFC from the second TFCs which are included in combinations wherein the mobile station is in the transmission capable state among the combinations including the selected first TFC. Thereafter, the mobile station transmits data in the first and second physical channels using the selected first and second TFCs, respectively. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172264 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING PERFORMANCE IN A NETWORK USING A VIRTUAL QUEUE AND A SWITCHED POISSON PROCESS TRAFFIC MODEL - A method for improving network performance using a virtual queue is disclosed. The method includes measuring characteristics of a packet arrival process at a network element, establishing a virtual queue for packets arriving at the network element, and modeling the packet arrival process based on the measured characteristics and a computed performance of the virtual queue. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172265 | Monitoring Network Traffic - A method for monitoring a wireless network includes, at a device including a communication interface coupling the device to a wireless network, monitoring messages transmitted between the communication interface and the wireless network, and outputting monitoring data associated with the monitored messages from the device. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100177645 | METHOD FOR MANAGING MULTIPLE FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT USING TERMINAL'S RECEIVED PERFORMANCE IN OFDMA WRAN SYSTEM - There is a provided a method for managing a multiple frequency assignment using a terminal's RX performance in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) wireless regional area network (WRAN) system, including: a) measuring a bit energy/noise power spectral density (Eb/No) and a received signal strength indicator (RSSI) which are received in the terminal; b) informing the measured Eb/No and RSSI of a base station; c) calculating a round trip delay (RTD) in the base station; d) determining a terminal performance level based on the measured Eb/No, RSSI and the calculated RTD; and e) determining a frequency channel and modulation scheme based on the determined performance level. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177646 | METHOD OF ESTIMATING QUALITY DEGRADATION ON NETWORK IN COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM - In a quality degradation (QD) portion estimating method on a network, a passive measuring unit connected with a management target network measures E2E flow quality (FQ) data on a route from a transmitting terminal connected with a different network to a receiving terminal connected with the management target network and upstream FQ data on the route from the transmitting terminal to said passive measuring unit in the management target network. A QD portion estimating section connected with the management target network collects E2E FQ data and upper stream FQ data measured by said passive measuring unit. A detecting section detects as a QD flow in the management target network, a flow related to the E2E FQ data that does not show degradation of FQ, for the upstream FQ data related to the same transmitting and receiving terminals, from among the E2E FQ data which show the degradation of FQ. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177647 | Optimizing Requested Downlink Data By Adjusting Frame Number By Measuring Actual Transmission Delay - The invention relates to a method and an arrangement for optimizing a link latency on a communication interface in a communication network comprising a first communication network node ( | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177648 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR STATEFUL NEGOTIATION OF ENERGY EFFICIENT PARAMETERS IN LAYER 2 - A method and system for stateful negotiation of energy efficient parameters in Layer 2 are provided. In this regard, energy efficiency of communications between a first network device and a second network device may be managed via an exchange of information between the network devices and a verification of whether the information is up-to-date prior to utilizing the information. In various embodiments of the invention, the second network device may generate a decision pertaining to implementing one or more energy efficient techniques and the second network device may send a message to the first network device requesting that the first network device implement the decision. The message sent to the first network device may comprise the decision as well as parameter values utilized to generate the decision. The first network device may receive the decision and the parameter values and may determine whether the received parameter values are up-to-date. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177649 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD USED IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus communicating with a user equipment terminal in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The base station apparatus includes a determination unit determining whether an uplink signal received from the user equipment terminal is to be retransmitted, a control information generation unit generating control information to permit the user equipment terminal to transmit an uplink signal, and a transmission unit transmitting the control information to the user equipment terminal. Further, in the base station apparatus, when the determination unit determines that the uplink signal is to be retransmitted, the control information generation unit generates the control information so as to include retransmission information indicating that an uplink signal transmitted before from the user equipment terminal is to be retransmitted. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177650 | DATA NETWORK MONITORING SYSTEM AND METHOD - Methods and systems for deriving measures indicative of application-level quality of service in relation to a—client application operating in a data network whereby application data of relevance to the client application is transmitted in packets from node to node over the network by means of a plurality of application flows, each application flow being an exchange of dat between the client application and a serving application; the method comprising: monitoring characteristics of packets containing application data of relevance to the client application and identifying an application flow associated with each packet; determining from monitored characteristics, according to predetermined criteria and individually in relation to each of a plurality of application flows associated with the client application, a flow-level performance measure; and collating the respective flow-level performance measures and deriving an application-level service-quality measure. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177651 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A determination unit ( | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177652 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETECTING A SINGLE DATA FLOW IN AN AGGREGATE PACKET DATA FLOW AND FOR IDENTIFYING THE APPLICATION GENERATING SAID SINGLE DATA FLOW - The invention relates to a method and a system for detecting a single data flow in an aggregate packet data flow and identifying the application generating the single data flow, this single data flow being divided into messages, each message comprising a plurality of blocks, each block (g) having n bits for identifying 2 | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177653 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPUTING AND REPORTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATION (CQI) - Techniques for computing and reporting channel quality indication (CQI) are described. In an aspect, a plurality of CQI computation methods may be supported, and each CQI computation method may indicate how CQI should be computed. One CQI computation method may be selected for use. CQI may then be computed and reported in accordance with the selected CQI computation method. In an exemplary design, a user equipment (UE) may obtain a selected method for computing CQI, which may be chosen based on the UE capability and/or other factors. The selected method may specify (i) CQI computation for a specific codeword among a plurality of codewords or (ii) CQI computation by averaging signal quality across a plurality of layers used for transmission. The UE may compute CQI in accordance with the selected method, send the CQI to a base station, and receive data sent by the base station based on the CQI. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177654 | OPERATING CARRIER SELECTION FOR HOME NETWORK - Various embodiments are disclosed relating to carrier selection for a home network. In an example network, a method may include using a first carrier frequency to transmit in a downlink direction to a mobile node in a home wireless network, and receiving, from the mobile node, a signal strength measurement for each of a plurality of carrier frequencies. The method may further include receiving, from the mobile node, an error report for the first carrier frequency, and determining that a link quality for the first carrier frequency is below a threshold based on the error report. The method may further include selecting a second carrier frequency from the plurality of carrier frequencies based on the determining and based on the signal strength measurement of the second carrier frequency, and changing, based on the selecting, from the first carrier frequency to the second carrier frequency to transmit data in a downlink direction to the mobile node. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177655 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ANTENNA SWITCHING - A client terminal, such as a customer premises equipment (CPE), for receiving a communication signal in a plurality of reception configurations. The client terminal comprises an antenna unit having a plurality of reception configurations for receiving communication signal having a plurality of frames, each the frame having a predefined frame segment, a receiver, a switching module configured for switching between operational and testing receptions of the communication signal respectively by the receiver via the antenna unit in operational and testing configurations, and a timing circuit configured for timing the switching during the operational reception to allow the receiver to receive the testing reception when the predefined frame segment is received via the antenna unit in operational configuration. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177656 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WIRELESSLY PROVIDING HIGH CAPACITY SERVICE USING MULTIPLE ACCESS LINKS - A data receiving method in a wireless LAN system using multiple channels includes: determining whether a difference value of signal levels of first and second access points is equal to or less than a preset value; transmitting an association request frame to the first and second access points according to the determination result; and receiving association response frames from the first and second access points. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177657 | METHOD OF MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE CHANNELS - A medium access control method in a wireless LAN system using multiple channels includes: determining the size of data frames related to a plurality of wireless stations connected through multiple channels; adjusting the number or length of the data frames related to the respective wireless stations, based on the result of determination, so that transmission start time and transmission end time of the data frames coincide during a transmission duration of an access point; and transmitting the data frames, the number or length of which has been adjusted, to the respective wireless stations. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177658 | Network Monitoring System and Path Extracting Method - A network monitoring system that monitors a communication network including plural communication apparatuses and includes an obtaining part for obtaining a transmission traffic amount and a reception traffic amount of each port of the plural communication apparatuses, a determining part for determining whether the transmission traffic amount is no less than a first threshold and whether the reception traffic amount is less than a second threshold for each port of the plural communication apparatuses, a storage part for storing connecting path data of the communication network therein, an extracting part for extracting a loop affected path, and an outputting part for outputting data of the loop affected path. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100182915 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIRELESS NETWORK MANAGEMENT - Methods and systems for wireless network management are described. In one embodiment, a radio measurement of a characteristic of a wireless access technology may be taken. The wireless access technology may enable data communication through a wireless network when connected to an access point. A report may be transmitted through an alternate access technology. The report may be based on the radio measurement. Additional methods and systems are disclosed. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182916 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING NETWORK WIRELESS COMMUNICATION RESOURCES - Embodiments are described that provide methods and radio networks that communicate data between a mobile communication device and a core network. The methods include using network coding to encode data, and communicating a subset of the encoded data between the mobile communication device and the core network through a dynamic relay station. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182917 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTING A PACKET IN MOBILE IP SYSTEM - The system includes a mobile node ( | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182918 | METHOD AND INSTALLATION FOR CLASSIFICATION OF TRAFFIC IN IP NETWORKS - Method for classification of traffic on telecommunications networks, said method including a stage for the capture of traffic and a stage for detailed packet analysis, said method also including a stage for the statistical classification of traffic using a statistically-generated decision tree. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182919 | METHOD FOR TRIGGERING A MEASUREMENT REPORT OF MOBILE TERMINAL - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method for transmitting and receiving a measurement report of a mobile terminal is provided. A network transmits a paging message to the mobile terminal for performing the measurement report or transmits a PDU (Protocol Data Unit) having segmented SDU (Service Data Unit). The mobile terminal transmits the measurement report upon receiving the paging message or the PDU having the segmented SDU, thereby utilizing a radio resource effectively. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182920 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DATA COMMUNICATION - A communication apparatus includes an input interface to receive a flow of segmented data, and an output interface to transmit the received data from a plurality of physical links. The output interface includes storage units corresponding to the respective physical links to store transmission data. A link monitor unit observes how much data is accumulated in each storage unit. A distribution unit selects which physical link is to be used to output the received data. Based on the observations by the link monitor unit, the distribution unit changes the selection to an alternative physical link that has a larger amount of stored data than the currently selected physical link. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182921 | USER ACTIVATED BYPASS FOR IP MEDIA - A system and method for falling back to a secondary network when there is insufficient quality on a primary network is disclosed. The present invention uses a PSTN as a fallback for the IP media when the IP network cannot pass the media acceptably and while continuing to use the IP network for call control and other features. In one embodiment, a call manager has a media monitoring module, a bypass module, a PSTN control module and a GUI module. Once a call has been established between endpoints using a primary IP network, the media monitoring module monitors for degradation in call quality. If degradation in call quality is detected, the GUI module presents an interface to the user that allows selection of the secondary network or the primary IP network for continuation of the call. If the user selected the secondary network, the bypass module is activated to transfer the data communication to a secondary network such as a PSTN while the call control continues to be over the primary network. The present invention also includes a variety of methods including a method for falling back to a secondary network and a method for dynamically switching between a primary and a secondary network to ensure call quality. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182922 | WIRELESS APPARATUS FOR MEASURING A RECEIVED WIRELESS SIGNAL AND MEASUREMENT SYSTEM USING THE WIRELESS APPARATUS - A base station apparatus switches between a communication mode for performing communication with a communication party and a calibration mode for performing a calibration process. In the calibration mode, a weight vector in accordance with a first algorithm for performing a null steering directivity control for orienting an area of drastically-lowered antenna gain in the direction of arrival of a reception signal. Furthermore, multiple transmission signals weighted by the acquired weight vector are output, and a correction value for readjusting the result of the null steering directivity control is acquired from a control PC. In the communication mode, multiple transmission signals are corrected by using the correction value acquired in a calibration mode, and the corrected signals are output. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182923 | USER EQUIPMENT TERMINAL, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION COMMUNICATION METHOD - A user equipment terminal estimates a channel state, encodes channel state information representing the estimated channel state, and transmits the channel state information over plural transmission time intervals. A base station apparatus receives the channel state information over plural transmission time intervals, decodes the channel state information, and assigns resources based on the channel state information. The present invention provides the user equipment terminal, the base station apparatus, and a channel state information communication method. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182924 | METHOD OF CHANGING TRANSMISSION MODE, METHOD OF REQUESTING PACKET RETRANSMISSION, AND METHOD OF RETRANSMITTING PACKET - The present invention is directed to a method of changing a transmission mode, a method of requesting a packet retransmission, and a method of retransmitting a packet with respect to a broadcasting or multicast service. According to the invention, a plurality of terminals provided with one broadcasting or multicast service shares one random access channel (RACH) so as to transmit channel information. Accordingly, a base station receives the channel information through one RACH from the terminal or detects a packet collision generated in the RACH to confirm a request for changing the transmission mode or a request for maintaining the transmission mode by the terminal. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182925 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A radio communication apparatus including: a receiver receiving a traffic evaluation index value of a contention node as a connection node one layer below a self node with a root node of a radio network set as the top layer; parameter determining unit determining a parameter related to priority control of the contention node or a priority for determining the parameter, based on the traffic evaluation index value of the contention node, so that a traffic congestion is prevented and cleared; and a transmitter transmitting the parameter related to the priority control of the contention node or the priority to the contention node. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182926 | PACKET FORWARDING SYSTEM, PACKET FORWARDING DEVICE, PROXY DEVICE, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM, AND CONTROL METHOD OF PACKET FORWARDING DEVICE - A first packet forwarding device is able to form a redundancy group with another packet forwarding device, and is configured to switch master and backup operation with the another packet forwarding device in a complementary manner. The first packet forwarding device is further configured to switch a first operation mode and a second operation mode in the backup operation, the first operation mode monitoring a control packet transmitted regarding the redundancy group from the another packet forwarding device that performs the master operation, and the second operation mode not monitoring the control packet. A proxy device is configured to monitor the control packet on behalf of the first packet forwarding device when the first packet forwarding device is in the second operation mode, and to control switching between the first and second operation modes of the first packet forwarding device based on monitor result of the control packet. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182927 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL PACKET IN BROADBAND COMMUNICATION NETWORK - An apparatus and a method for transmitting a control signal for determining a keep alive status of a counterpart node in a broadband communication network are provided. When a period for determining a keep alive status of the counterpart node to which a data is connected arrives, whether traffic is received from the counterpart node is determined. If it is determined that the traffic is received from the counterpart node, the keep alive status of the counterpart node is determined using the traffic received from the counterpart node. If it is determined that the traffic is not received from the counterpart node, a request signal for determining the keep alive status of the counterpart node is transmitted to the counterpart node. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182928 | Method and System For Sensing Available Spectrum In Wireless Communication Systems - Managing RF spectrum usage by secondary, or unlicensed, devices in portions of the RF spectrum where licensed, or primary, services operate is a requirement of cognitive radio systems. To perform the necessary spectrum scanning, a transition period, such as a TTG or RTG can be extended and the scanning performed during the extended period. The presence of a primary service signal can also detected by detecting an energy signature of the primary service signal in a known sequence. In both cases, there is no need to define quiet periods during which secondary devices scan the RF spectrum, thus resulting in saving of resources and improved QoS. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182929 | TRANSMISSION CONTROL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Techniques for controlling transmissions in wireless communication networks are described. In one aspect, transmission control for a mesh network may be achieved by ranking mesh points or stations in the mesh network. In one design, the rank of a first station in the mesh network may be determined. At least one station of lower rank than the first station in the mesh network may be identified. At least one transmission parameter for the at least one station of lower rank may be set by the first station. At least one transmission parameter value may be selected for each station based on the rank, QoS requirements, amount of traffic, and/or achievable data rate for that station and may be sent (e.g., via a probe response message) to the station. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100182930 | PACKET PRIORITIZATION AND ASSOCIATED BANDWIDTH AND BUFFER MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES FOR AUDIO OVER IP - The present invention is directed to voice communication devices in which an audio stream is divided into a sequence of individual packets, each of which is routed via pathways that can vary depending on the availability of network resources. All embodiments of the invention rely on an acoustic prioritization agent that assigns a priority value to the packets. The priority value is based on factors such as whether the packet contains voice activity and the degree of acoustic similarity between this packet and adjacent packets in the sequence. A confidence level, associated with the priority value, may also be assigned. In one embodiment, network congestion is reduced by deliberately failing to transmit packets that are judged to be acoustically similar to adjacent packets; the expectation is that, under these circumstances, traditional packet loss concealment algorithms in the receiving device will construct an acceptably accurate replica of the missing packet. In another embodiment, the receiving device can reduce the number of packets stored in its jitter buffer, and therefore the latency of the speech signal, by selectively deleting one or more packets within sustained silences or non-varying speech events. In both embodiments, the ability of the system to drop appropriate packets may be enhanced by taking into account the confidence levels associated with the priority assessments. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100188984 | RADIO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided is a communication device, which is enabled to improve the throughput of a communication system by reducing the difference of a transmission power between an SCCH and an SDCH thereby to satisfy the required quality of a PAPR. In this device, an MCS selection unit ( | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188985 | MOBILE STATION, RADIO ACCESS NETWORK APPARATUS AND MOBILITY CONTROL METHOD - A mobile station includes a radio channel condition evaluation unit evaluating a radio channel condition; a radio channel condition averaging unit averaging the evaluated radio channel condition over a predefined time period; a radio channel condition threshold storage unit storing a threshold of the radio channel condition and a message type, the threshold and the message type being specified by a radio access network apparatus; a radio channel condition comparison unit comparing the averaged radio channel condition with the threshold; and a radio channel condition reporting unit transmitting an identifier and the radio channel condition for a cell to the radio access network apparatus, the averaged radio channel condition of the cell being greater than or equal to the threshold. A radio access network apparatus includes a radio channel condition threshold reporting unit transmitting a threshold of a reception level and information indicative of a reporting message type; a communicating cell switch unit instructing a communicating cell to be switched based on a radio channel condition supplied from a mobile station; and a mobile station identifier reporting unit transmitting a mobile station identifier for use in a destination cell based on the radio channel condition supplied from the mobile station. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188986 | Network Node and Method for Fast Traffic Measurement and Monitoring - A network node (e.g., edge node, muter, network management node) is described herein that implements a method for providing fast and exact traffic information during normal traffic fluctuations in a network and also during a sudden and big change in the traffic conditions of the network. In one embodiment, the method monitors a parameter of traffic flowing within a network by: (1) measuring a traffic parameter (m | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188987 | Power learning security in wireless routers - In described embodiments, elements of a wireless home network employ learned power security for the network. An access point, router, or other wireless base station emits and receives signals having corresponding signal strengths. Wireless devices coupled to the base station through a radio link are moved through the home network at boundary points of the home and the signal strength is measured at each device and communicated to the base station. Based on the signal strength information from the emitted signals measured at the boundary points and/or from measured signal strength information of signals received from the boundary points, the base station determines a network secure area. The base station declines permission of devices attempting to use or join the home network that exhibit signal strength characteristics less than boundary values for the network secure area. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188988 | METHOD OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN REDUCED FUNCTIONALITY DEVICES IN AN IEEE 802.15.4 NETWORK - In a 802.15.4 network, each reduced functionality device (RFD) is permitted to communicate with only an assigned full function device (FFD). The present invention allows each of the RFDs to communicate with another RFD upon the RFD determining that the local FFD assigned to the RFD is inoperable or unable to communicate. Under emergency conditions, the RFD is able to communicate with a closely located RFDs such that the closely located RFDs can receive and respond to an emergency situation and/or repeat the message. To satisfy the 802.15.4 standards, communication between the RFDs is allowed only during emergency conditions and when the FFD is inoperative. A comprehensive test procedure is included to insure the integrity of the system is preserved at all times. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188989 | MONITORING OF REAL-TIME TRANSPORT PROTOCOL (RTP) PACKET FLOW ALONG RTP PATH - Techniques are provided herein to enable monitoring of a real-time transport protocol (RTP) packet flow in devices along the path that the RTP packet flow traversed from a source to a destination. A device that is a source or destination of a RTP packet flow transmits a monitor request message that requests one or more other devices along a path of the RTP packet flow to monitor the RTP packet flow. The device that is the source or destination of the RTP packet flow receives one or more monitoring reports from the one or more other devices along the path of the RTP packet flow. This allows a device that requested monitoring of the RTP packet flow to analyze the monitor reports in order to determine a location of a cause of reduced performance in the RTP packet flow. e.g., missing packets, overly delayed packets, etc. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188990 | Network based service profile management with user preference, adaptive policy, network neutrality, and user privacy - Various embodiments are disclosed for a services policy communication system and method. In some embodiments, a network device implements a service profile for assisting control of a communications device use of a service on a network, in which the service profile includes service policy settings for the communications device; monitors use of the service by the communications device based on the service profile; and modifies a service policy setting to achieve a service usage goal. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188991 | Network based service policy implementation with network neutrality and user privacy - Various embodiments are disclosed for a services policy communication system and method. In some embodiments, a network device collects service usage measurements for a communications device use of a service on a network; and compares the service usage measurements to a device assisted implementation of a service policy to verify the device assisted implementation of the service policy. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188992 | Service profile management with user preference, adaptive policy, network neutrality and user privacy for intermediate networking devices - Various embodiments are disclosed for a services policy communication system and method. In some embodiments, an intermediate networking device provides a service intermediary or intermediate connection between a network and one or more communications devices; implements a service profile set for assisting control of the intermediate networking device use of a service set on the network, wherein the service profile set includes one or more service profiles, each profile being associated with either the intermediate networking device or a communications device, each profile further including a plurality of service policy settings; and monitors use of the service set based on the service profile set, in which the implementation of the first service profile set is verified. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188993 | Network tools for analysis, design, testing, and production of services - Various embodiments are disclosed for a services policy communication system and method. In some embodiments, a network device publishes a test service profile to a group of communications devices, in which the test service profile provides for beta testing of the test service profile for a service on a network, and the test service profile includes service policy settings; and monitors use of the service by the group of communications devices based on the test service profile. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188994 | Verifiable service billing for intermediate networking devices - Various embodiments are disclosed for a services policy communication system and method. In some embodiments, an intermediate networking device provides a service intermediary or intermediate connection between a network and one or more communications devices; implements a service policy set for assisting control of the intermediate networking device use of a service on the network, in which the service policy set includes one or more service policies, each policy being associated with either the intermediate networking device or a communications device; and monitors use of the service based on the service policy set; and in which the implementation of the service policy set is verified. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188995 | Verifiable and accurate service usage monitoring for intermediate networking devices - Various embodiments are disclosed for a services policy communication system and method. In some embodiments, an intermediary networking device provides a service intermediary or intermediate connection between a network and one or more communications devices; implements a service policy set for assisting control of the intermediate networking device use of a service on the network, in which the service policy set includes one or more service policies, each policy being associated with either the intermediate networking device or a communications device; and monitors use of the service based on the service policy set; and in which the one or more of the communication devices include a service usage notification capability, and the implementation of the first service policy set is verified. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188996 | ANALYSIS DEVICE FOR DETECTING MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS PROVIDING A CHOSEN QUALITY OF SERVICE, FOR A MOBILE COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT - An analysis device installed in mobile communication equipment includes a communication module for collecting information about mobile communication networks providing known capabilities which may offer service(s), to which the analysis device can connect the mobile communication equipment. The analysis device includes a detection means for determining from information collected by the communication module if one of the mobile communication networks is an accessible mobile communication network providing a chosen quality of service to which the mobile communication equipment is not already connected, and a control means for connecting to a newly determined accessible mobile communication network | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188997 | THROUGHPUT ESTIMATION METHOD AND SYSTEM - In a throughput estimation method for estimating throughput of a first channel in a cellular system in which the first channel and a second channel that are used for an uplink wireless communication service in a cell, noise rise of the second channel is calculated from the traffic volume of the second channel, the noise rise and a target RTWP that is the target total reception power of the base station that is set in the base station are used to calculate a ratio of resources used for the wireless communication service that can be allocated to the first channel, and the resource ratio is then used to calculate the throughput of the first channel. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188998 | INTEROPERABILITY INTERFACE FOR MODEM CONTROL - A system for facilitating interaction with one or more radio modules incorporated within an apparatus. An interface may be provided to supply parameters usable by one or more radio modules for regulating communication. In at least one example configuration, the interface may receive information pertaining to one or more communication flows, may utilize the communication flow information to determine operational conditions for managing the one or more communication flows, and may formulate parameters for controlling one or more radio modules based on the operational condition information. These formulated parameters may then be provided to the one or more radio modules in the apparatus. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100188999 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication method of a wireless communication apparatus ( | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100189000 | PREFIX INFORMATION CHECK DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Disclosed is a technique to prevent the registration of false information that a mobile router is managing prefix information that is not actually managed. According to the technique, when a mobile network prefix is registered from an MR (mobile router | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100189001 | SIGNAL ANALYZER - A signal analyzer for facilitating observation of a relative value, i.e., the quantity of variation in power between slots, at the time of analyzing the power of a signal which is to be measured and subjected to power control in units of slot. An analyzing section detects the power value of every slot of a signal which is to be measured and received at a receiving section, and calculates the relative value of the power value between each slot and a slot separated therefrom by a predetermined number. A display control section displays the relative values thus calculated as a graph at a display section by arranging them continuously in time series. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100189002 | MULTIPLE BEAMFORMING METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present invention relates to a beamforming method and apparatus. A beamforming method for use in a base station for transmitting a plurality of streams through a plurality of antennas includes: receiving feedback information including information on a first codeword selected from a codebook including a plurality of codewords from each of a plurality of user terminals; grouping the plurality of user terminals by use of the feedback information from each user terminal; determining a user terminal to which a plurality of streams will be assigned of the plurality of user terminals, and determining a second codeword to be used for beamforming from the codebook by use of the feedback information of each user terminal and grouping information; and multiplying data to be transmitted through the plurality of steams by the second codeword and a unitary matrix. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100189003 | TEST APPARATUS AND CIRCUIT APPARATUS - There is provided a test apparatus for testing a device under test, including a plurality of operational units that operate in response to control data supplied thereto to test the device under test, a control section that generates packet data containing the control data and unit selection data indicating which one or more of the plurality of operational units are to be selected, and a plurality of data transfer units that are cascade-connected to each other so that the packet data is transferred from each of the plurality of data transfer units to a data transfer unit of a following stage, where each of the plurality of data transfer units corresponds to one or more of the plurality of operational units. Here, when each of the plurality of data transfer units receives the packet data whose unit selection data indicates that one or more of the operational units corresponding thereto are to be selected, the data transfer unit inputs the control data contained in the packet data into the selected operational units or reads data from the selected operational units. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100189004 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTEXT AWARE DEEP PACKET INSPECTION IN IP BASED MOBILE DATA NETWORKS - The present method and system perform context aware deep pack inspection in a mobile IP data network. For doing so, the method and system collect real time data from mobile IP data sessions, analyze the real time data and differentiate user data traffic from control traffic. Then, the method and system extract control information from the control traffic and create a subscriber context. The subscriber context comprises the at least one unique identifier and the corresponding IP address. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100189005 | METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC SELECTION OF A MAC PROTOCOL FOR A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELATED SYSTEM - MAC protocol selection is described. In a communication system, a MAC protocol is automatically selected from a set of MAC protocols based on a connectivity graph of at least part of the communication system. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100189006 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMPUTING AND SENDING RESOURCE REQUESTS AND AVOIDING DEADLOCK SITUATIONS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for requesting resources to send data packets in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes calculating a size of a Robust Header Compression (ROHC) feedback packet associated with data packets available for transmitting, creating a Buffer Status Report (BSR) based on the number of data packets available for transmitting and the size of the ROHC feedback packet, sending the BSR to a first network element to allocate resources for the UE for sending the data packets available for transmitting along with ROHC feedback packet and identifying a size of a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) status report when a handover procedure is performed. The BSR is estimated based on the size of the PDCP status report, the number of data packets available for transmitting and the size of the ROHC feedback packet. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100189007 | Apparatus And Method For Constructing A Data Unit That Includes A Buffer Status Report - An apparatus and method for constructing a data unit that includes a buffer status report (BSR) such that when BSR triggering is performed, the size(s) of the necessary sub-header(s) are also to be considered together in addition to the BSR size. There is a checking unit that checks whether any padding region is available in a MAC PDU that was constructed, a comparing unit that compares the number of padding bits with the size of a buffer status report (BSR) plus its sub-header, and a processing unit that cooperates with the checking unit and the comparing unit to trigger a buffer status report (BSR) procedure if the number of padding bits is larger than the size of the BSR plus its sub-header, including the BSR and its sub-header in the MAC PDU, and setting an LCID in the sub-header to indicate a BSR is included, the BSR having been triggered due to padding. Using such apparatus allows the sub-header(s) to be inserted (included) into the MAC PDU (or transport block (TB) or other data unit). | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100189008 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DETERMINING STANDBY TIME FOR MOBILE STATIONS - A method and system for determining standby time for a mobile station uses a battery simulator, a base station emulator, a computer to control the test equipment and MSUT for testing a mobile station. The computer includes a module for determining a radio off battery voltage, a module for deriving a battery capacity in dependence upon the radio off battery voltage, a module for measuring battery capacity usage in a predetermined time while the mobile station is in standby mode and a module for determining a standby time for the mobile station in dependence upon the battery capacity and the battery capacity usage, where the predetermined time is less than the standby time. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100189009 | Providing link quality intelligence from physical layer to higher protocol layers - Providing link quality intelligence from physical layer to higher protocol layers. The PHY (physical layer) of devices operating within wireless communication systems assess 1 or more operational parameters corresponding to a PHY link that communicatively couples 2 or more devices. These PHYs provide this assessed intelligence to the devices' higher protocol layers so that these higher protocol layers have greater visibility of the operational parameters of the PHY link. These higher protocol layers may use this assessed intelligence to make decisions about how future communication are governed across the PHY links. For example, based on a change of the operational parameter(s), the higher protocol layers may modify the operational parameter(s) for future communications. The higher protocol layers may direct the PHY to assess a particular set of operational parameters, and the higher protocol layers may assess different operational parameters at different times. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100195510 | Method for the Digital Evaluation of a Data Transmission Network - The invention relates to a method for the digital evaluation of a data transmission network comprising a plurality of nodes ( | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195511 | System and Method for Monitoring the Location of a Mobile Network Unit - This invention relates to a system ( | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195512 | Systems and methods for presenting electronic communication packets using a logic analyzer - A method for presenting data via a display on a first computing device according to a user-selected format is described. One of a plurality of data format structures is selected. The structure comprises one or more predetermined data segments according to the selected format. A bus data stream comprising a plurality of data segments is received from a second device. The plurality of data segments being in one of a plurality of possible predetermined formats. The plurality of data segments is decoded in one or more data structures according to the selected format. The contents of the one or more data structures are displayed on a screen. A user analyzes the displayed contents and determines whether to execute debugging operations for the second device according to the contents of the displayed data structures. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195513 | PACKET INSPECTION DEVICE AND METHOD - A packet inspection device and method for use with a packet-retrievable network apparatus are provided. The packet inspection method includes: converting header information of a packet received into a hashing function value in presence of handshaking underway at the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) layer and comparing the hashing function value by a hashing function unit of the pending processing module, storing the hashing function value in a memory unit, and performing packet state comparison and packet screening and then creating by the session processing module a transmission connection according to the packet screened and selected by the pending processing module upon determination that data stored in the memory unit match the hashing function value resulting from conversion by the hashing function unit, thereby expediting packet inspection, reducing occupied memory space, and cutting costs. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195514 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPERATING A MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MU-MIMO) WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A technique for operating a wireless communications system that supports multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) communications between a base station and multiple mobile stations involves generating inter-cell interference information at the mobile stations and providing the inter-cell interference information to the base station. The base station uses the inter-cell interference information to calculate channel quality indicators (CQIs) and then makes scheduling decisions in response to the CQIs. Data is transmitted from the base station to the mobile stations according to the scheduling decisions. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195515 | NODE APPARATUS, NODE QUANTITY ADJUSTMENT METHOD, AND TANGIBLE MACHINE-READABLE MEDIUM FOR A SENSOR NETWORK - A node apparatus and an adjusting method of a quantity of nodes for a sensor network and a tangible machine-readable medium thereof are provided. The sensor network comprises a plurality of groups, wherein each group has a plurality of nodes. For each group, one of the nodes is set to be a gate node, and each node within the group transmits at least one data of itself to the corresponded gate node. Each gate node calculates a data aggregation time based on a data length per unit time of received data and a predetermined packet length, so that each gate node is able to adjust the quantity of nodes within the group thereof accordingly. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195516 | NETWORK COST ANALYSIS - Embodiments generally disclosed herein include methods and systems for calculating incremental network costs between logical city pairs in a network (each city pair being in communication across the network via one or more physical links). For example, the method includes a cost analyzer that, for each physical link in the network, determines a steady state capacity allocation associated with each city pair in the network and, in the same vein, determines a restoration capacity allocation associated with each city pair in the network. The cost analyzer is capable of calculating an incremental cost per unit of traffic for a given city pair based on: i) the steady state capacity allocation and a restoration capacity allocation associated with a given city pair, as compared to, ii) the aggregate steady state capacity allocations and restoration capacity allocations associated with each city pair in the network. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195517 | PROPAGATION DELAY TIME MEASURING SYSTEM - A propagation delay time measuring system | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195518 | SMOOTH EDGE DISTORTION IN BROADBAND CHANNEL INTERPOLATION VIA VIRTUAL PILOT EXTRAPOLATION - In the basic transform domain (linear filtering interpolation) technique for channel estimation at the receiver in a wireless communication system, the improvement of providing channel estimation at the receiver with computational efficiency, comprising:
| 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195519 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PREVENTING A MISS-DETECTION OF DUPLICATED PACKETS AND AN OUT-OF-SEQUENCE DELIVERY TO THE HIGHER LAYER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE OPERATION - A terminal is configured to perform a method capable of preventing the miss detection of duplicated unacknowledged mode data (UMD) protocol data units (PDU) and out-of-sequence delivery in unacknowledged mode (UM) operations. The terminal includes a receiver configured to not make a slot with a sequence number (SN) of k available to receive in new UMD PDU unless a time has passed such that no more retransmissions of a previous UMD PDU with the SN of k is possible. The terminal also includes a transmitter configured to determine a transmission window size for transmitting UMD PDUs. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195520 | Apparatus for detecting quality deterioration of a telecommunications network by discriminating periodic faults - An apparatus for detecting deterioration in quality of a telecommunications network includes a packet monitor for monitoring a packet flowing through the network, a quality information extractor for extracting the quality index of the network on the basis of the packet monitored, a quality deterioration detector for detecting deterioration in quality of the network on the basis of the quality index. The quality deterioration detector determines, for the packet monitored and coming only from a wired line, that the quality of the network is deteriorated if the quality index decreases, and determines, for the packet monitored and coming from a wireless line, that the quality of the network is deteriorated if the quality index aperiodically decreases. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195521 | Adaptive Rate Control in a Communications System - The invention relates to a method for controlling a bit-rate of a session in a packet-switched communications system where multiple sessions are set-up via a shared resource. A current bit-rate of the session is compared to a bit-rate range valid for the session to determine a distance from the position of the current bit-rate to one of the end-points of the bit-rate range. The current bit-rate is then adapted differently depending on the distance to the selected end-point. By controlling the bit-rate of each session that is set-up via the shared resource for applications that provide delay-sensitive services to users in this way the method and corresponding system and sender-receiver arrangements have the effect that rate adaptations can be distributed among the applications so that users share responsibility for rate adaptations. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195522 | CONTROL METHOD FOR UPLINK CONNECTING OF IDLE TERMINAL - A method for controlling an uplink connection of an idle UE in a wireless communication system is disclosed. In a method for performing a random access procedure by an idle-mode user equipment (UE) which desires to receive a specific broadcast/multicast service in a wireless communication system, the method includes, receiving a first message transmitted from a network, so as to count the number of UEs which desire to receive the broadcast/multicast service, transmitting a preamble for a random access to the network, receiving a second message including uplink (UL) radio resource allocation information from the network in response to the preamble, transmitting a third message selected according to a connection indication information contained in the first or second message to the network using the uplink (UL) radio resource allocation information, wherein the connection indication information indicates whether a connection to the network is required or not, and receiving a contention resolution message from the network. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195523 | Quality Channel Reporting in a Time Division System | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195524 | USER EQUIPMENT - A disclosed user equipment terminal capable of transmitting and receiving broadcast information based on broadcast information change notification notified by a base station apparatus, including a determination unit receiving a signal transmitted from the base station apparatus and determining whether the broadcast information has been changed based on the signal and a broadcast information re-reception unit performing re-reception of the broadcast information when the broadcast information has been changed based on a result of determination by the determination unit. Further, in the user equipment terminal, after a predetermined re-reception process suspension period has passed, the broadcast information re-reception unit performs the re-reception of the broadcast information. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195525 | Preliminary Neighbor Cell Suitability Check - Disclosed herein are apparatus, method, and computer program product whereby user equipment ( | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195526 | Multi-Stream Priority-Based Space-Time Coding - Embodiments for space-time coding are disclosed. One method includes establishing a priority for each of a plurality of data streams. A number of data bits for each of the plurality of data streams are allocated. A desired signal quality for each of the plurality of data streams is determined based on the corresponding priority. Each of the plurality of data streams are modulated according to the allocated number of data bits of each of the plurality of data streams. A space-time code is selected for each of the plurality of data streams based at least partially on the desired signal quality for each of the plurality of data streams, wherein at least one of the space-time codes is at least one of a vector or a matrix. Each of the modulated data streams are space-time coded with the selected space-time code. The space-time coded modulated data streams are summed, and transmitted. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195527 | SCHEDULING ALGORITHMS FOR COOPERATIVE BEAMFORMING BASED ON RESOURCE QUALITY INDICATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure support techniques for cooperative beamforming based on inter-cell coordination. Signaling design allows coordinated downlink transmissions with reduced inter-cell interference. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195528 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MEDIA ADAPTATION THEREIN - A media adaptation method in a communication system is provided. The method includes updating a previously stored management object by a communication terminal when an operating environment of the communication terminal is changed, and determining a packet unit between the communication terminal and another communication terminal using the updated management object by the communication terminal when communicating with the other communication terminal. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195529 | ENFORCING ACCESS CONTROL ON MULTICAST TRANSMISSIONS - Systems, apparatus, methods, and computer program products for multicast access control are provided to analyze incoming data based on a source zone and a destination zone of the incoming data. Appropriate access control rules are applied to incoming data based on the results of the analysis. Additional implementations of a multicast access control include using a proxy rendezvous point operable to function as a rendezvous point in place of a physical rendezvous point. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195530 | BANDWIDTH-BASED ADMISSION CONTROL MECHANISM - A device generates a service protection factor (SPF | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100202298 | NETWORK COORDINATE SYSTEMS USING IP INFORMATION - Systems and methods that improve predictions of network latency in network coordinate systems (NCS) based on combining Internet topology information therewith. Topology information can be incorporated into the NCS by system/methodologies represented by geographic bootstrapping; autonomous system (AS) correction; history prioritization; symmetric updates or a combination thereof. Such can improve latency estimation between nodes when using a virtual coordinate system based on latency measurements between nodes. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202299 | MULTI-TIERED SCALABLE NETWORK MONITORING - A network analysis architecture provides a suite of complementary logic operable at different temporal and spatial timescales. The distinct temporal and spatial scales define different tiers, each analyzing network events according to predetermined temporal and spatial scales of progressive magnitude. Particular event detection logic may be operable on an immediate temporal scale, while other logic identifies trends over a longer time period. Similarly, different spatial scales are appropriate to different algorithms, as in logic that examines only headers or length of packets, or inspects an entire payload or transferred file. Deployment of logic that is focused on different timing and scope of data allows timely action in the case of readily apparent deviations, and permits longer term analysis for identifying trends that emerge over time. By selecting a suite of complementary logic directed at different deviant behavior, the focus of a single logic scheme is not charged with producing absolute screening of all traffic. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202300 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SPACE-TIME DETERMINATIONS WITH REDUCED NETWORK TRAFFIC - Space-time solutions are determined by exchanging pings among nodes in a network. Each ping includes a current space-time state of the transmitting node, which includes the transmitting node's currently estimated location and corrected time (as a count stamp). A particular node in the network receives pings from the other nodes in the network and uses the data in the received pings to estimate its own current position and to correct its own free-running clock relative to a common system time. As a service to the network, the particular node then transmits its corrected time (as a count stamp) and estimated position to the other nodes. In some embodiments, the space-time solutions discussed herein are used as backup to other navigation systems, such as the Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B) system. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202301 | METHOD FOR SWITCHING BETWEEN A LONG GUARD INTERVAL AND A SHORT GUARD INTERVAL AND MODULE USING THE SAME - The module for switching between a long guard interval and a short guard interval comprises a signal processing unit, a measurement unit, a comparison unit and a switching unit. The module receives a first data symbol, and the data symbol has one of a long guard interval and a short guard interval. The signal processing unit is configured to generate a second data symbol in accordance with the first data symbol. The measurement unit is configured to measure a portion of the first and second data symbols in order to generate a first measurement value and a second measurement value. The comparison unit is configured to generate an output signal by comparing the first and second measurement values with a threshold value. The switching unit is configured to selectively switch guard intervals of subsequent data symbols in accordance with the output signal. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202302 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESERVING AND SIGNALING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST IDENTIFIERS - A system and method are provided for determining a radio condition for a first user agent; and reserving a number of HARQ Process IDs based on the radio condition for the first user agent. A system and method are also provided for sending a number of reserved HARQ Process IDs over a control channel. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202303 | RANGING METHOD FOR MEASURING DISTANCE BETWEEN A CENTRAL NODE AND AN EQUIPMENT NODE IN A BEACON WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK - A ranging method is described for measuring distance between a central node and an equipment node in a beacon wireless personal area network. At the beginning stage, the central node calculates the parameters needed in the ranging operation and sends these parameters to the equipment nodes by beacon frames. Equipment nodes, in turn, send ranging frames at time slots assigned thereto according to the information received in the beacon frames. The central node calculates beacon frame flight time by recording the sending time and the arrival time of the ranging frame, and then calculates the distance between the central node and the equipment node. For nodes failing in the ranging procedure, the ranging parameters are changed according to failing reasons and the above procedure is repeated until a ranging result is received without failure. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202304 | SIGNAL QUALITY MEASUREMENT IN A TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - The invention discloses a method ( | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202305 | FLEXIBLE SPECTRUM SHARING - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to one example embodiment, a method may include receiving, by a first wireless node in a first wireless network, a request from a second wireless node in a second wireless network to borrow spectral resources from the first wireless network. The method may further include determining a cost of granting the request, the cost being based at least in part on a cost to a lending cell within the first wireless network from which the spectral resources will be borrowed and a cost to neighboring cells of the lending cell. The method may further include lending the spectral resources to the second wireless node based at least in part on the determined cost of granting the request. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202306 | Including in the Uplink Grant an Indication of Specific Amount of CQI to be Reported - The present invention relates to a method, user equipment and a base station adapted to handle channel state feedback reports in a more flexible way. More specifically, a channel state feedback procedure is provided which utilizes the resources available for transmission of channel state feedback more efficiently. This is achieved by including uplink grant availability into the channel state feedback reporting triggers used for determining when and how to send channel state feedback from a UE, i.e. a channel state feedback reporting request may be sent by a base station in an uplink grant to a UE comprising an indication of an expected amount of information to be returned. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202307 | METHOD OF MEASURING CELL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method includes receiving priority information on priority for different frequency or a Radio Access Technology (RAT), measuring a serving cell periodically, measuring different frequency or RAT with higher priority than the serving cell, and suspending the measurement of different frequency or RAT with the higher priority during a certain time period when a measurement result of the different frequency or RAT with higher priority is lower than a reference value. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202308 | SCHEDULING ALGORITHMS FOR COOPERATIVE BEAMFORMING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure support techniques for cooperative beamforming based on inter-cell coordination. Signaling design allows coordinated downlink transmissions with reduced inter-cell interference. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202309 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR THE SAME - A transmission apparatus is provided, including a combination determination unit configured to determine combinations of data packets so that when a data packet in a first frame is missed in transmission, a recover packet (FEC packet) for recovering the missing data packet is generated based on data packets in the first frame and data packets in a second frame, and an error correction coding unit configured to generate a recover packet based on the determination made by the combination determination unit. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202310 | TRANSMISSION BAND DETERMINATION METHOD FOR BANDWIDTH AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A bandwidth aggregation system for providing wideband communication services by aggregating multiple bandwidths and a transmission band determination method for the bandwidth aggregation system are disclosed. T bandwidth determination method includes computing weights of the multiple bandwidths based on resource allocation distributions of the individual bandwidths, and selecting one of the multiple bandwidths for establishing a connection between a base station and a mobile station based on the weights of the multiple bandwidths. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202311 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CHANNEL STATE REPORTING - An approach is provided for optimizing the timing scheme for channel state reporting. A platform determines an offset value for each of a plurality of user equipment. The offset value relates to timing between a channel state measurement point and a corresponding point for reporting of the channel state measurement. The platform further initiates signaling of the offset values to the respective user equipment. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202312 | QUALITY OF SERVICE ROUTING ARCHITECTURE - A quality of service routing architecture is provided which includes a network router configured to route network data traffic. The architecture may further include a routing communication protocol for to sending router control information from the network router to other network routers, the routing communication protocol having a quality of service level attribute. There may be a routing communication protocol decoding module on the network router. The routing communication protocol decoding module may identify incoming routing control communications and determine the quality of service level attribute of the incoming routing control communications. The network router can also include a quality of service forwarding module for determining a next hop router value based on the quality of service level attribute and forwarding data according to the next hop value determination. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202313 | REMOTE UNIT FOR PROVIDING SPATIAL PROCESSING - Methods and apparatus implementing spatial processing in a remote unit. In general, in one aspect, a remote unit in accordance with the invention includes a spatial processing unit to process signals received by a plurality of antennas. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202314 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENSURING COMPATIBILITY ON A HIGH PERFORMANCE SERIAL BUS - A data communications system is disclosed having at least one Legacy cloud coupled to at least one Beta cloud. The system further having at least one BOSS node and at least one border node. A method for ensuring compatibility is disclosed comprising determining when the BOSS node is idle, determining whether the last packet transmitted by any border node was an Alpha format packet if the BOSS node is idle, and unlocking the Legacy cloud if the last packet transmitted by the border node was not an Alpha format packet. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202315 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT USING PERIODIC MEASUREMENTS OF INDICATORS - A beacon signal used in data communications, such as the IEEE 802.11, is provided with data extensions. The data extensions permit additional information to be provided by the beacon signal, thereby reducing the traffic overhead of the network. The data extensions further permit handoffs and handoffs based on offset values. Periodic beacon requests are made during connection between a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and an access point (AP) on a WLAN. A Measurement Request field corresponding to a beacon request contains a measurement duration value and channel number for which the request applies. The beacon request permits a scan mode which includes “Active Scan” mode, “Passive Scan” mode and “Beacon Table” mode. In Active Scan mode, the measuring station (STA) transmits a probe request with a broadcast SSID. In Passive Scan mode, the measuring STA passively receives on the specified channel and return a beacon report containing one information element for each STA from which it detects a beacon or probe response. In Beacon Table mode, the measuring STA returns a beacon report containing the current contents of its beacon table without performing additional measurements. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202316 | STEPS ONE AND THREE W-CDMA AND MULTI-MODE SEARCHING - Techniques for efficient searching in asynchronous systems, such as W-CDMA, as well as multi-mode searching, are disclosed. In one aspect, step one and step three search are performed in a single search engine. In another aspect, a search engine is configurable to search the offsets of a slot in step one search, producing sequential hypothesis energies, and peak detecting and sorting those energies. In yet another aspect, the peak detector and sorter are configurable to perform step one searching or step three/multimode searching. Various other aspects of the invention are also presented. These aspects have the benefit of circuit area and search-time efficiency which translate into reduced costs, increased standby time, increased acquisition speed, higher quality signal transmission, increased data throughput, decreased power, and improved overall system capacity. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202317 | POWER CONTROL PROTOCOL FOR HIGHLY VARIABLE DATA RATE REVERSE LINK OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A subscriber unit performs power control of a reverse link by sending heartbeat messages to a base station, permitting the base station to determine a reverse link quality report. Using a reverse link quality report message received from the base station, the subscriber unit calculates its reverse power level and maintains the reverse power level during the standby state. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100202318 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING PHYSICAL HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL - A method for allocating a physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) includes allocating a CDM group according to a cyclic prefix type in consideration of a ratio of the numbers of necessary CDM groups according to spreading factors, and allocating a PHICH to the allocated CDM group. The PHICH includes an ACK/NACK signal multiplexed by code division multiplexing (CDM). Therefore, resources for PHICH transmission are efficiently allocated and a transmission structure can be maintained irrespective of a spreading factor. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100208597 | METHOD OF PERFORMING CHANNEL QUALITY REPORT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of reporting of channel quality in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of reporting of channel quality in a user equipment, which receives a point-to-multipoint service in a wireless communication system, comprises receiving configuration information for reporting of channel quality from a network, the configuration information corresponding to each of at least one uplink channel, receiving a request message requesting the channel quality from the network, and reporting the channel quality using configuration information corresponding to an uplink channel among the at least one uplink channel. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208598 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCANNING CHANNELS IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - Instead of scanning all the channels at once, the present method separates a channel scanning procedure into multiple channel scanning operations. The method reduces a data loss rate during the operation by returning to the operating channel an associated access point operates on in accordance with a return period for transceiving blocked packets. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208599 | ANTICIPATIVE RECURSIVELY-ADJUSTING CO-ALLOCATION MECHANISM - An anticipative recursively-adjusting co-allocation mechanism (ARAM) includes the steps of: measuring a transmission bandwidth of a candidate server by a bandwidth measurement module; referring to the transmission bandwidth to calculate a recursive parameter value, and calculating a desired allocating file size of present round according to the recursive parameter value and an unassigned file size; allocating the desired allocating file size to the candidate server according to the transmission bandwidth and a transmission completion percentage of the candidate server at a previous round; performing the transmission and calculating the transmission completion percentage of each candidate server; examining the transmission completion percentage of the candidate sever; and examining whether or not an allocation of files is completed if any candidate server has completed a transmission, and looping to the next round if the file allocation has not been completed so as to enhance the data transmission performance effectively. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208600 | Arrangement for a Radio Network and a Method for Granting Data Rates to Users in a Radio Network - The present invention relates to an arrangement ( | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208601 | Applying a Variable Encoding/Decoding Scheme in a Communication Network - Various systems, devices and methods for providing variable encoder/decoder mechanisms are disclosed. As one example, a coder/decoder device including a plurality of coder/decoder mechanisms, a coder/decoder selection engine, and a computer readable medium is disclosed. The computer readable medium includes a network statistic. The coder/decoder selection engine is operable to select at least one of the plurality of coder/decoder mechanisms based at least in part on the network statistic. Further, the coder/decoder selection engine is operable to offer the at least one of the plurality of coder/decoder mechanisms. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208602 | Adaptive Modulation Scheme for Multipath Wireless Channels - A modulation method for data packets transmitted on a mobile communication channel, the method comprising a first linear modulation mode, to be used when the radio conditions are good, and a second constant envelop modulation mode, to be used when the radio conditions are poor. Since a constant envelope-modulated signal is degraded more when time dispersion occurs, the first linear modulation mode is also used when the time dispersion is severe. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208605 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING NETWORK TIME DELAY CHARACTERISTICS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and device for processing network time delay characteristics. The method includes: determining whether network time delay changes; if the network time delay reduces, determining whether at least one blank frame is included in received but not played media frames of a real-time media service; if at least one blank frame is included in the received but not played media frames, extracting the blank frame from the received but not played media frames, the blank frame is a media frame, information amount of which is smaller than a preset first threshold, or difference between the information amount of which and the information amount of a previous media frame is smaller than a preset second threshold; if the network time delay increases, inserting the blank frame in the received but not played media frames. According to the embodiments of the present invention, when the network time delay changes, time for playing the received media frames may be adjusted by changing number of blank frames in the received but not played media frames, so as to reduce or eliminate the effect on the real-time media service generated by the network time delay characteristics. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208606 | RECEIVER APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A receiver apparatus wherein the processing amount for CQI (Channel Quality Indicator) measurements in a communication system having a plurality of system bandwidths can be reduced. In this apparatus, a narrow band CQI measurement part ( | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208607 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR QOS TRANSLATION DURING HANDOVER BETWEEN WIRELESS NETWORKS - This disclosure provides methods and systems for translating quality of service (QoS) parameters of a first radio access technology (RAT), e.g., Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), to QoS parameters of a second RAT, e.g., code division multiple access (CDMA) high rate packet data (HRPD). The methods and systems facilitate a handover by a multi-mode mobile station or other wireless device from the first RAT to the second RAT and vice versa. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208608 | TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL FOR SOUNDING SIGNAL FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - In an example embodiment, an apparatus may include at least one processor and at least one memory including computer code. The at least one memory and the computer program code may be configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus to at least perform: receiving at a mobile station from a base station in a wireless network, a channel quality threshold and a power adjustment value; measuring a downlink channel quality associated with each of a plurality of resource blocks in a downlink direction from the base station; selecting one or more of the resource blocks that have a channel quality that is greater than or equal to the channel quality threshold; and performing the following for each of the selected one or more resource blocks: determining a transmission power for transmitting a sounding signal via the resource block based upon the measured downlink channel quality for the resource block and power adjustment value; and transmitting, via a wireless transceiver, the sounding signal in an uplink direction to the base station via the resource block using the determined transmission power for the resource block. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208609 | DYNAMIC MAPPING OF QUALITY OF SERVICE TRAFFIC - Providing for dynamic mapping of quality of service (QoS) for wireless communication services provided at least in part over broadband Internet is described herein. By way of example, a data packet can be received and analyzed at a broadband Internet link to obtain a QoS level for the data packet. The QoS level can be correlated with a QoS of reverse link traffic for the communication service. If an inconsistency exists, the QoS level can be updated to be consistent with the QoS of the reverse link traffic. In at least one aspect, updating the QoS level can be conditioned at least in part on a type of traffic or service employed for the communication service. In this manner, traffic transmitted over the broadband Internet link can be treated with an appropriate QoS even if marked incorrectly by an entity transmitting the data packet. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208611 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MODIFYING NETWORK TRAFFIC - The disclosed embodiments include a system and method for modifying network traffic. For example, in one embodiment, the method includes receiving a packet at an intermediate network node at a network layer. The method determines at the intermediate network node whether layer injection can be performed at the intermediate network node. If layer injection can be performed at the intermediate network node, the method identifies at least one application or protocol associated with the packet using deep packet inspection. The method determines a routing modification based on the identified application protocol. The method then performs the routing modification on the packet. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208612 | Method for Mitigating Adverse Processor Loading in a Personal Computer Implementation of a Wireless Local Area Network Adapter - A personal computer's (PC) microprocessor is used to provide both the physical layer (PHY) and media access control (MAC) processing functions required to implement a wireless local area network (WLAN) adapter. This technique uses the polling mechanism associated with the power save (PS) functionality of WLAN protocol to relieve networking stress on the host processing system. It does this while maintaining networking integrity and packet delivery. The WLAN protocol polling mechanism is used to briefly inhibit the transfer of packets from the WLAN access point (AP) during peak periods of network traffic and/or host processor loading. Because the modulation, demodulation, and MAC functions, typically implemented in dedicated hardware on existing adapters are implemented in software running on the host PC microprocessor, other host system processes and applications can interfere with these time critical functions. Conversely, latency introduced by WLAN specific processing tasks during peak periods of network traffic may cause unacceptable delays to the other processes and applications requiring microprocessor attention. In addition to its primary stated purpose of allowing WLAN mobile stations to save power, this technique will use power save polling as a method for controlling delivery of network packets when the host is heavily loaded or when peak interrupt latencies make reliable packet delivery difficult or impossible. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100214933 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING VOCAL DATA FLOW IN A PACKET DATA FLOW - The invention concerns a method and an apparatus for detecting vocal data flow in a packet data flow characterised by at least two measurable variables (X5Y). A distribution function (P{x 1 C}, P{y I C}) is provided of the values of each variable (X5Y) in a vocal data flow, and the values (x,y) of each variable (X,Y) are measured in order to obtain a sequence of measured values (x | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214934 | ROUTING METHOD INTENDED FOR INTERMITTENTLY CONNECTED NETWORKS - A routing method in a network with intermittent connectivity, characterized in that it includes, to determine the routing information, for an opportunistically defined routing, for a network comprising a number n of nodes, kmax being the maximum number of relays to be considered in the routing, and M | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214935 | PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT - A controlling node for a cell in a cellular system, arranged to measure a performance indicator of the communication between the node and at least one user and to aggregate the measured performance indicator for at least one user over an amount of time. The performance indicator is measured as the amount of data bits successfully transferred as data blocks in uplink and/or downlink between the controlling node and the at least one user during said defined amount of time, divided by the number of smallest physical resources in the system in terms of time and frequency used during said defined amount of time. One or more predefined combinations of one or more data blocks and one or more said smallest physical resources in the system is/are excluded from the aggregated measurement. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214936 | CALCULATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A calculation processing apparatus, which executes network calculations by a hierarchical network configured by connecting a plurality of logical processing nodes that execute calculations for input data to generate calculation result data, calculates memory sizes of buffers required for the network calculations, based on the configuration of the network calculations, in association with a plurality of types of buffer assignment methods for assigning storage areas for intermediate buffers used to hold calculation result data in correspondence with the plurality of processing nodes which configure the network, and executes the network calculations using buffers assigned by the buffer assignment method, which is selected based on the calculated memory size, in the execution sequence according to that buffer assignment method. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214937 | Rank Indicator Offset for Periodic CQI Reporting with Periodicity of One - This invention prevents a periodically reported Rank Indicator from interfering with a similarly periodically reported wideband and subband channel quality indicator. Such interference is disadvantageous because it may eliminate wideband channel quality indicator reporting or eliminate each first bandwidth part of subband channel quality indicator reporting. Proper selection of the rank indicator reporting periodicity and offset relative to the wideband and subband channel quality indicator reporting periodicity prevents this interference. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214938 | FLEXIBLE DATA AND CONTROL MULTIPLEXING - Systems and methods are disclosed for control-data multiplexing as well as control-data decoupling. In one embodiment, a semi-static approach is disclosed, wherein the upper layer(s) are configured such that each user equipment uses either control-data multiplexing or control-data decoupling. Additionally or alternatively, a dynamic approach is disclosed, in which one bit is added to the DCI format which indicates whether the UE is using control-data multiplexing or control-data coupling. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214939 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETERMINING TIME VARYING RADIO FREQUENCY ISOLATION CHARACTERISTICS BETWEEN NETWORK CELLS - A networked computing system including multiple network base stations, user equipment, and a data communications network facilitating communications amongst all devices of the networked computing system. The radio frequency isolation between two network base stations is determined by taking measurements of a radio operating parameter associated with at least one interference source. A regional network device located near one of the two base stations is configured measures the radio operating parameter on a periodic basis and then transfers the measurements to a radio communications controller. The radio communications controller then allocates network communications resources to user equipment, and optionally designates radio operation levels for one or more network base stations, based on a comparison of the received measurements to known broadcast levels of the radio operating parameter. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214940 | Methods and Systems for Monitoring Changes Made to a Network that Alter the Services Provided to a Server - Methods of automatically monitoring changes made to the communications connections into a server are provided. Pursuant to these methods, an identification is made that a change was made to the communications connections into the server. A determination is then made if the identified change complies with a set of pre-determined rules. If it is determined that the change does not comply with at least one of the rules in the set of pre-determined rules, then an alert is automatically issued. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214941 | SSYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELF-OPTIMIZATION IN WIRELESS BASE STATIONS BY DETECTION OF INTERFERENCE AT THE EDGE OF A RECEIVED RADIO FREQUENCY BAND - Systems and methods are described for reducing an interference level associated with frequency drift in a wireless base station. The base station monitors an interference level in a frequency resource caused by a first frequency resource colliding with a second frequency resource. If the interference level is outside of an expected range, the base station adjusts a parameter of the base station such as a reference oscillator frequency to compensate for frequency drift. This method may be used in a femtocell wireless base station. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214942 | ADAPTIVE PERIODIC POWER-SAVE (PS) POLLING - In accordance with at least some embodiments, a system includes an access point and a station in communication with the access point. The station selectively implements adaptive periodic Power-Save (APPS)-Polling logic for communications between the station and the access point. The APPS-Polling logic is configured to determine a timer value for periodic PS-Polling by monitoring a periodicity of arrival packets for at least a threshold amount of time. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214943 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR AUTONOMOUSLY DETERMINING NETWORK CAPACITY AND LOAD BALANCING AMONGST MULTIPLE NETWORK CELLS - A networked computing system including multiple network base stations, user equipment, a network resource controller (NRC), and a data communications network facilitating communications amongst all devices of the networked computing system. The NRC determines a current radio channel available capacity based on a user load associated with regional user equipment, and then forecasts a maximum radio channel capacity based on the current radio channel available capacity. The NRC may be a network base station and it may determine a number of additional user equipment it can support as a component of the forecast maximum radio channel capacity. The NRC/base station may be further configured to determine a handover threshold utilizing the forecast maximum radio channel capacity, and when the NRC base station's number of users exceeds the handover threshold, one or more user equipment may be handed over to a second network base station with better service capacity. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214944 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OVERLAYING A HIERARCHICAL NETWORK DESIGN ON A FULL MESH NETWORK - A system and method are disclosed for overlaying a hierarchical network on a full mesh network. A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a network element of a full mesh network ( | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214945 | Distributed Overlay Multi-Channel Media Access Control (MAC) for Wireless Ad Hoc Networks - Systems and methods for distributed overlay multi-channel MAC for wireless ad hoc networks are described. In one aspect, the systems and methods divide channel frequencies defined by a wireless network protocol into a single home channel and multiple guest channels that are orthogonal to the home channel. Each of the network nodes in the ad hoc network operates on the home channel for respective variable and overlapping amounts of time to maintain network connectivity with other respective network nodes. Additionally, each of the network nodes determines whether and when to switch from the home channel to a particular guest channel of the guest channels for a variable amount of time to increase data throughput over one or more corresponding communication links in the ad hoc network with other network node(s). | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100214946 | System and Method for Diagnosing a Cabling Infrastructure Using a PHY - A system and method for discovering a cable type using an automated, systematic process. A PHY can be designed to measure electrical characteristics (e.g., insertion loss, cross talk, length, etc.) of the cable to enable determination of the cable type. The determined cable type can be used in diagnosis of cabling infrastructure or in a dynamic configuration or operation process. | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100220603 | Multipath Searcher Results Sorting Method - A method and apparatus for identifying valid multipath energy peaks are described including locating an energy peak in a profile of energy peaks, categorizing the located energy peak based on a plurality of thresholds and processing energy peaks in at least one of the categories of located energy peaks. The method and apparatus further includes removing a direct current value component from each value in the profile of energy peaks, calculating a noise floor for a multipath searching window and determining a first threshold and a second threshold. The step and means for categorizing further includes determining if the located energy peak exceeds the first threshold, labeling the located energy peak as a false alarm, if the located energy peak does not exceed the first threshold, determining if the located energy peak exceeds the second threshold and labeling the located energy peak as confident, if the located energy peak exceeds the second threshold. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220604 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR ESTABLISHING A COMMUNICATION SESSION FOR MULTIMEDIA - A method and arrangement for establishing a packet-switched multimedia session for a mobile terminal connected to a mobile access network. A first Radio Access Bearer RAB is obtained, and the multimedia session is started by communicating media over the first RAB. Simultaneously with the media communication, a quality of communicated media is monitored and evaluated. If the monitored quality is deemed unacceptable, a media-adapted second RAB is obtained, and the session is continued over the second RAB. Thereby, it is not necessary to delay the communication of media by waiting for the second RAB to be obtained. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220605 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION LAYER ROLE DECIDING METHOD - When setting a communication parameter, apparatuses decide on each other's roles for setting the communication parameter. When constructing a new network after the communication parameter is set, the roles of individual communication layers (e.g., a physical layer, IP layer, transport layer, and application layer) are decided on to correspond to the roles when the communication parameter is set. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220606 | MOBILE STATION, FIXED STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A UL-DPCCH processing unit sets up a transmission mode of a channel for transmit power control according to a transmission (or reception) status of a channel exclusively used for a packet, which is monitored by a transmission and reception channel monitoring unit, and the channel for transmit power control is multiplied by a channel coefficient corresponding to the transmission mode set up by the UL-DPCCH processing unit, and the channel for transmit power control multiplied by the channel coefficient and the channel exclusively used for packet are then multiplexed. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220607 | Broadband Wireless Communication Resource Assigning Method, Base Station Apparatus and Terminal Apparatus - A first problem is to reduce an enormous uplink throughput of a base station that feedback information needs so as to improve an uplink throughput of useful user data. A second problem is to carry out a frequency segment assignment to guarantee a number of communication times and a communication quality to every terminal apparatus so as to increase a downlink throughput. The second problem is solved together. As means to give the number of communication times per each terminal apparatus, means to estimate an expected value of the number of communication times per each terminal apparatus, and means to assign the terminal apparatus per each frequency segment are arranged in the base station apparatus. To increase the communication quality, necessary means in each terminal apparatus are: means to measure statistics values of a communication capacity with regard to all the frequency segments; means to feed back the statistics values to the base station apparatus; means to calculate the occurrence probability of a high communication capacity based on the communication capacity statistics values per each frequency segment of all the terminal apparatuses; and means to assign the terminal apparatus per each frequency segment. To fuse the means to give the number of communication times and the means to give the communication quality, the means to assign the terminal apparatus per each frequency segment that the base station apparatus has assigns a frequency segment that has a little number of competitors sharing a same segment, and has high average and dispersion of the communication capacity to each terminal apparatus. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220608 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a multi-antenna radio communication system, in particular to methods and arrangements for improved multiple HARQ transmission in such systems. While HARQ transmission schemes, as known in the art, only can consider the fact whether or not a transmission attempt has been successful the present invention provides a HARQ retransmission scheme that considers the reception quality for already performed transmissions of a same data packet when selecting a resource allocation for necessary re-transmissions. Resource allocation for retransmissions is based on a pre-defined metric indicating a quality of the reception of the previous transmission attempts. Such a metric can be derived from a quality measure derived in the receiver unit, e.g. a CQI or CSI-based value, or an appropriate measure of the mutual information, e.g. the accumulated conditional mutual information (ACMI). | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220609 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCING CALL LATENCY IN MONITORED CALLS - A service management platform for processing packet switched communications is provided. The service management platform has a component for handling voice calls. The component for handling voice calls comprises a first input/output for sending and receiving data packets associated with a first leg of a call, a second input/output for sending and receiving data packets associated with a second leg of the call, a monitoring component for monitoring copies of the data packets for commands contained within a payload of the data packets, and a relay component for directly relaying the data packets between the first input/output and the second input/output and for generating and forwarding copies of the data packets to the monitoring component. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220610 | MAC SLOT ALIGNMENT AMONG MULTIPLE WIRELESS STATIONS - A device in a wireless network receives signals and determines media access control (MAC) slot boundaries of the received signals. The MAC slot boundaries are averaged in time, and a local slot boundary is modified in response thereto. The local MAC slot boundary is modified by less than ten percent of a short interframe space until the local MAC slot boundary is within one orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) cyclic prefix duration of the averaged MAC slot boundaries. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220611 | PACKET FRAGMENT REASSEMBLY - An apparatus for packet fragment reassembly includes a memory and a fragment processing block coupled to the memory. The memory caches information contained in the headers of a plurality of packet fragments, wherein the plurality of packet fragments are identified as belonging to a particular packet. The fragment processing block directly performs operations to each packet fragment according to the information cached in the memory and a predetermined standard, wherein the information cached in the memory is used to track whether all packet fragments associated with the particular packet have been received at the apparatus. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220612 | QUALITY MEASURING SYSTEM, QUALITY MEASURING APPARATUS, QUALITY MEASURING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An exemplary object of the present invention lies in a point of providing a technology capable of measuring a transmission quality of an Ethernet network in order to utilize Ethernet as carrier-grade communication. The present invention includes an error bit number measurer for measuring the number of error bits that have occurred for a frame of Ethernet, being a target of monitoring, within a monitoring period, a transmitted bit number measurer for measuring the number of total transmitted bits of Ethernet frames that a device facing it has transmitted within the foregoing monitoring period, and a bit error rate operator for obtaining a bit error rate of a transmission path by employing a measurement result by the foregoing error bit number measurer and the foregoing transmitted bit number measurer. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220613 | NETWORK NODE OPTIMIZATION WITH TRIGGERED EXPRESSIONS - Method for providing a service in a communication network ( | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220614 | METHOD OF PERFORMING CHANNEL SOUNDING IN FREQUENCY DUPLEX SYSTEM - A method of performing channel sounding in a frequency division duplex (FDD) system in which an uplink frame and a downlink frame use different frequency bands includes dividing a transmission bandwidth with respect to the uplink frame into a plurality of sounding zones, allocating at least one of the plurality of sounding zones to a user equipment and receiving a sounding signal from the user equipment through the allocated sounding zone. Inter-cell interference can be mitigated and overhead due to transmission of the sounding signal can be reduced. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220615 | JITTER-BASED MEDIA LAYER ADAPTATION IN REAL-TIME COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - It is a basic idea to determine the characteristics of a jitter profile measured over a plurality of packets, and classify the jitter profile based on the determined characteristics as well as information representative of the particular access used for communication between the sender and the receiver. The classified jitter profile is then matched to an appropriate action for media layer adaptation so that a proper action for media layer adaptation can be initiated. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220616 | OPTIMIZING NETWORK CONNECTIONS - Embodiments of the invention provide methods and systems for optimizing network connections by a computing device. One or more network connections between a source and a destination may be monitored for one or more values of one or more connection parameters. Thereafter, one or more values of the connection parameters of the monitored network connections may be analyzed to select one or more combinations of the values. Further, the selected combinations of the values of the connection parameters may be stored. Subsequently, one or more monitored network connections may be established based on the stored values of the combinations. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220617 | Apparatus and method for detecting channel quality indicator information in wireless communication system - An apparatus and a method for a base station or a sector to efficiently detect Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) information transmitted from a terminal in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of a base station for detecting CQI information in a wireless communication system includes determining a part or all of a CQI interval as a correlation interval based at least partly upon a presence of an interference power less than a threshold in a corresponding interval of the CQI interval; and determining correlations between a signal received over the determined correlation interval and possible codewords. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220618 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL INFORMATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method for transmitting channel information and a mobile communication terminal are disclosed. The method for transmitting channel information includes requesting, by a mobile station (MS) through a random access channel (RACH), a base station (BS) to allocate a resource for transmitting channel information, if it is determined that transmission of a channel status of a downlink channel is necessary as a result of monitoring the channel status, and transmitting, from the MS through the RACH to the BS, the channel information which is updated according to the channel status if the resource allocation is completed. Therefore an existing control channel can be efficiently used, without adding a new control channel for channel quality identifier (CQI) transmission by a mobile station or modifying the configuration of a transmitting stage. Further, signal interference for the existing channels can be prevented when generating a scheduling request. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220619 | ABNORMAL TRAFFIC DETECTION APPARATUS, ABNORMAL TRAFFIC DETECTION METHOD AND ABNORMAL TRAFFIC DETECTION PROGRAM - An abnormal traffic detection apparatus for detecting an abnormal traffic toward a communication apparatus by using information on traffics passing through a switch, comprising destination IP address counting units (C | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220620 | VRRP and Learning Bridge CPE - The present invention describes an access node for communication in a telecommunication network comprising: an input/output unit adapted for receiving a first information message, wherein the first information message comprises a logical address associated with a virtual network node, a processing unit for extracting the logical address of the virtual network node and for determining a hardware address associated with the logical address of the virtual network node, where the processing unit is further adapted for a determining a logical address of an end-user host communicating with the virtual network node, wherein the access node is configured to transmit a second information message comprising the logical and hardware address of the virtual network node to the logical address of the end-user host. Also, a network infrastructure where the access node is operating, is described. The access node also implements a method of the present invention by means of a computer program comprising instruction sets for implementing the method steps of the invention. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220621 | TECHNIQUES FOR SUPPORTING LOW DUTY CYCLE MODE OF BASE STATION - A Mobile Station (MS) apparatus and method, to search for a Base Station (BS) in a Low Duty Cycle (LDC) mode in a wireless communication system, and a network entity apparatus and method, assist or support the MS, are provided. The method for the MS to search for the BS in LDC mode in the wireless communication system includes obtaining LDC information of one or more BSs in LDC mode, determining the LDC patterns of the one or more BSs in LDC mode based on the LDC information, the LDC patterns comprising at least one of an Available Interval (AI), an UnAvailable Interval (UAI), a starting time of the AI, an ending time of the AI, a length of the AI, a starting time of the UAI, an ending time of the UAI, a length of the UAI, and a cycle of the LDC, searching for any of the one or more BSs in LDC mode during their respective AI, and if a BS is found, performing a follow-up operation based on the found BS. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220622 | ADAPTIVE NETWORK WITH AUTOMATIC SCALING - A method for automatic scaling the processing capacity and bandwidth capacity of a network includes providing a network comprising a plurality of traffic processing units and a plurality of network links. Next, providing monitoring means for monitoring processing capacity demand and bandwidth capacity demand of the network. Next, providing managing means for adding traffic processing units to the network, removing traffic processing units from the network, connecting links to the network and disconnecting links from the network. Next, monitoring processing capacity demand and bandwidth capacity demand of the network via the monitoring means and then dynamically adjusting processing capacity of the network by selectively adding or removing traffic processing units in the network via the managing means upon observation of processing capacity demand increase or processing capacity demand decrease, respectively. The method also includes dynamically adjusting bandwidth capacity of the network by selectively connecting or disconnecting links in the network via the managing means upon observation of bandwidth capacity demand increase or bandwidth capacity decrease, respectively. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220623 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EXTENDING COVERAGE FOR UL TRANSMISSION OVER E-DCH IN IDLE MODE AND CELL_FACH STATE - A method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink (UL) transmission over an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) includes determining whether to activate transmission time interval (TTI) bundling based upon a condition. An indication of the use of TTI bundling based upon the determination is transmitted. The UL transmission is transmitted. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220624 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION - A method for transmitting information includes a NodeB receiving information reported by a User Equipment (UE) through an Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) transmission channel, and determining the UE corresponding to the received information according to UE ID information carried in the received information. A system and NodeB for transmitting information are also provided. When random access data is transmitted between the UE and the NodeB, the NodeB can determine the UE from which the data is received, thus ensuring practicability of the transmission solution that uses High Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA) to implement random access. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220625 | Heuristic Determination of Network Interface Transmission Mode - A method for measuring and determining the duplex modes of a network interface. The method assumes the network interface to be operating in a half-duplex mode until the bandwidth utilization reaches a threshold. When the threshold is reached, the method checks the traffic collision in the interface. If there is no collision, then the duplex mode is determined to be full-duplex. If there is collision, then the duplex mode is determined to be half-duplex and an alarm is set off. In another embodiment, the interface type is determined through SNMP. If the interface is a WAN interface, then the interface is determined to be full-duplex. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220626 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING TRANSMISSION BACKLOG INFORMATION - Methods and apparatus for communicating transmission backlog information are described. Reporting control factors are utilized to expand reporting possibilities for a fixed bit size request report. At least one report control factor is determined as a function of channel quality information, power information, device capability information, and/or quality of service information. A transmission backlog report value is interpreted as a function of a reporting control factor. A wide range of quantization schemes for reporting transmission backlog information are facilitated corresponding to a small bit size report. A communications device can adaptively select a quantization request level closely matched to its current needs such as to provide an accurate representation of its current traffic channel resource needs. A communications device may request a number of frames in a request report and the same report may be indirectly requesting a number of communications segments needed to clear its transmission backlog. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220627 | Enhanced Encapsulation Mechanism using GRE Protocol - Wireless gateway nodes are enabled to support mobile node services, such as content based billing, when a data treatment server is present in the system. Using one of a defined Content Flow Label (CFL), an Application Program Interface (API), and a compression protocol header, content based billing is provided such as by exchanging content and byte count information with the data treatment server. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220628 | Method and apparatus for realizing a test - A method for realizing a test is provided. The method includes receiving a test signaling and a planning parameter of an internet protocol (IP) bearer network; initiating a test service on the IP bearer network according to the test signaling and the planning parameter of the IP bearer network; and obtaining a performance indicator of the IP bearer network according to the running situation of the test service. An apparatus for realizing a test is also provided. A test service is initiated on the IP bearer network according to the planning parameter of the IP bearer network; and a performance indicator of the IP bearer network is obtained according to a running situation of the test service. According to the performance indicator, it is determined whether the current IP bearer network satisfies the performance requirements of the communication network planning model. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100220629 | Estimating Available Bandwidth And Enhancing Narrow Link Bandwidth Estimations In Telecommunications Networks Using Existing User Traffic - Without using additional probing packets, estimates of the narrow link bandwidth and available bandwidth of a network path are computed based on existing traffic. The network can be of different types such as a wireless battlefield network context or a wired or wireless commercial network environment. “Fast packets”, i.e. those packets which do not experience any queuing delay in the network, are identified. Fast packets are identified to resolve end-to-end packet delay into its constituent components (deterministic, transmission and queuing delays), estimate path utilization and eliminate the uncertainty (false alarms) that causes the prior art method to lose its effectiveness. An estimation algorithm computes end-to-end transmission delay and end-to-end deterministic delay of fast packets traveling along a path in a network. Examples of deterministic delay include satellite propagation delays and clock effects. Then, based on the results of the fast packet identifying algorithm, two logic branches are followed. A first branch calculates utilization and a second branch calculates narrow link bandwidth. The narrow link bandwidth is determined from the packet pair dispersion. The available bandwidth is obtained from the narrow link bandwidth and the utilization. Estimation of available bandwidth for an end-to-end network path allows traffic sources to judiciously regulate the volume of application traffic injected into the network. | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100226261 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO PREVENT SPAM OVER INTERNET TELEPHONY - A method and system of preventing SPAM over Internet telephony (SPIT) is provided, including the establishment of calling rate limits for VoIP Challenge for callers, and SPIT ratings included with call initiation manual input messages to warn the callee if the call is at high risk of being SPIT. The calling rate limits are adjustable based on the reputation of the caller and events which may occur that are indicative of SPIT. Furthermore, methods for parental control over call end-points are provided. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226262 | Adaptive Joint Source and Channel Coding Scheme for H.264 Video Multicasting Over Wireless Networks - A method and apparatus for estimating packet loss rate are described including calculating a real packet loss rate in a time slot at the end of the time slot, estimating average packet loss rate for a subsequent time slot, estimating variance of packet loss rate for the subsequent time slot and estimating the packet loss rate for the subsequent time slot. A method and apparatus and also described for dynamically allocating available bandwidth for video multicast including selecting an intra-frame rate, determining a packet loss rate threshold, receiving user topology information, receiving channel conditions for each user, determining an optimal operation point for encoding and transmitting video frames in a subsequent time slot, adapting dynamically quantization parameters and a forward error correction code rate, encoding the video frames using the quantization parameters and applying forward error correction code with the forward error correction code rate to data packets of the video frames to generate forward error correction packets. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226263 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING QUALITY OF MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST MULTICAST SERVICE (MBMS) IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND TERMINAL THEREOF - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method of supporting quality of Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) while using minimum possible radio resource(s) of a cell. A method of providing a multimedia multicast broadcast service (MBMS) in a wireless communications system that may include: transmitting a feedback configuration parameter to at least one terminal that is subscribed in a MBMS service; transmitting a MBMS service data to the at least one terminal; and receiving feedback information from the at lest one terminal that uses the feedback configuration parameter for a transmission of the feedback information. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226264 | System and Method for Robust Cell Detection - A wireless communication receiver performs robust cell searching, excluding interference due to UL transmissions from other UE, by qualifying the output of a matched filter with a metric indicative of the momentary signal-to-noise ratio (SNR). The momentary SNR metric is derived over the same amount of samples as the length of the matched filter. By discarding filter outputs during low momentary SNR, synchronization interference from UL transmissions is avoided. The momentary SNR metric and filter outputs are efficiently calculated, with only a few states and operations, compared to a conventional tapped delay line filter implementation. A limited list of cell candidates is populated, with information on correlation, timing, cell identity within cell group, and SNR metric for the K strongest candidates with respect to the matched filter correlation values. This list is used for later cell search stages, where a secondary synchronization channel is decoded. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226265 | METHOD OF CONCURRENT MULTIPATH TRANSFER BASED ON RELATIONAL PATHS - A method of Concurrent Multipath Transfer which is based on the relational paths, characterized in that for a packet lost in a path, it allows other packets sent from the path and/or other paths to point out the lost packet through a gap report. According to the present invention, any lost packets and abnormal paths can be found as fast as possible, and can be retransmitted quickly. So this method can avoid the failure of all paths from handing in packets to upper layer only for the abnormity in one path, which limits the speed of whole association. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226266 | WIRELESS NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method, system and protocol for processing a Transmission within a wireless network, the network including at least one device that transmits the Transmission and at least one device that receives the Transmission. The method provides for receiving the Transmission at the device that receives the Transmission; determining whether the device that receives the Transmission has previously received the Transmission; and actioning the received Transmission only if the device that receives the transmission has not previously received the Transmission. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226267 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING ACCESS DURING INTER-TECHNOLOGIES HANDOFF - A system and method for determining an initial mean open loop power level of a pilot channel of a reverse traffic channel for a mobile terminal. The initial open loop power level enables handoff of an active call from a first access network to a second access network. A handoff initialization request is from the first access network. A mean received power level of the forward link of the second access network is measured and transmitted to the second access network. An open loop power adjustment factor is received from the second access network. The initial mean open loop power level is set based on the open loop power adjustment factor. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226268 | SLOT BASED PERSISTENT ALLOCATION SCHEME - There is provided a method for allocating a mobile station to an available resource slot of a plurality of resource slots within a stream of data frames, the stream of data frames broadcasted to the mobile station by a base station. The method includes scanning resource slots to identify an available resource slot, the available resource slot available for assignment to a resource, wherein the resource slots are included in all of the data frames in the stream of data frames, the scanning further including retrieving a data structure of the available resource slot, the data structure having nodes, the nodes associated with different periodicities and different offsets of the periodicities. The method also includes assigning the mobile station to one of the nodes of the available resource slot with an associated periodicity and an associated offset of the periodicity. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226269 | 12METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN MULTICARRIER-BASED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS BASED ON TIERS - Systems and methods for decreasing the amount of information sent on a feedback channel are disclosed. A hierarchical tree structure may be used to reduce the amount of information sent on the feedback channel. Spectral binning may also be used in conjunction with the hierarchical tree structure. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226270 | METHOD OF DETERMINING TRANSMISSION RATE OF CONTROL RESPONSE FRAME FOR ACKNOWLEDGING DATA RECEIPT IN WIRELESS LAN - A method is provided for determining a transmission rate of a control response frame for acknowledging data receipt in a wireless local area network. The method includes obtaining transmission parameters of a transmitting station from a data transmission frame received from the transmitting station, searching a receiving station for transmission parameters which correspond to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station, determining the transmission rate of the control response frame according to transmission parameters of the receiving station if the transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station are found in the receiving station, and determining a maximum rate among a set of basic transmission rates to be the transmission rate of the control response frame if the transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station are not found in the receiving station. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226271 | METHOD OF DETERMINING TRANSMISSION RATE OF CONTROL RESPONSE FRAME FOR ACKNOWLEDGING DATA RECEIPT IN WIRELESS LAN - A method is provided for determining a transmission rate of a control response frame for acknowledging data receipt in a wireless local area network. The method includes obtaining transmission parameters of a transmitting station from a data transmission frame received from the transmitting station, searching a receiving station for transmission parameters which correspond to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station, determining the transmission rate of the control response frame according to transmission parameters of the receiving station if the transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station are found in the receiving station, and determining a maximum rate among a set of basic transmission rates to be the transmission rate of the control response frame if the transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station are not found in the receiving station. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226272 | METHOD OF DETERMINING TRANSMISSION RATE OF CONTROL RESPONSE FRAME FOR ACKNOWLEDGING DATA RECEIPT IN WIRELESS LAN - A method is provided for determining a transmission rate of a control response frame for acknowledging data receipt in a wireless local area network. The method includes obtaining transmission parameters of a transmitting station from a data transmission frame received from the transmitting station, searching a receiving station for transmission parameters which correspond to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station, determining the transmission rate of the control response frame according to transmission parameters of the receiving station if the transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station are found in the receiving station, and determining a maximum rate among a set of basic transmission rates to be the transmission rate of the control response frame if the transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station are not found in the receiving station. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226273 | METHOD OF DETERMINING TRANSMISSION RATE OF CONTROL RESPONSE FRAME FOR ACKNOWLEDGING DATA RECEIPT IN WIRELESS LAN - A method is provided for determining a transmission rate of a control response frame for acknowledging data receipt in a wireless local area network. The method includes obtaining transmission parameters of a transmitting station from a data transmission frame received from the transmitting station, searching a receiving station for transmission parameters which correspond to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station, determining the transmission rate of the control response frame according to transmission parameters of the receiving station if the transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station are found in the receiving station, and determining a maximum rate among a set of basic transmission rates to be the transmission rate of the control response frame if the transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station are not found in the receiving station. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226274 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERRUPTING A TRANSMISSION OF A MULTICAST SIGNAL - A method and apparatus for interrupting a transmission of a multicast signal includes a common channel selector ( | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226275 | FLOW BASED FAIR SCHEDULING IN MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORKS - Embodiments describe flow based fair scheduling in a wireless multi-hop network. The scheduling can be rate controlled multi-hop scheduling or power controlled multi-hop scheduling. The scheduling chosen is intended to provide maxmin fairness over all flows within the wireless network. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226276 | FLOW BASED FAIR SCHEDULING IN MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORKS - Embodiments describe flow based fair scheduling in a wireless multi-hop network. The scheduling can be rate controlled multi-hop scheduling or power controlled multi-hop scheduling. The scheduling chosen is intended to provide maxmin fairness over all flows within the wireless network. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100226277 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF MONITORING THE RECEIPT OF MULTICAST TRAFFIC - A method and system for monitoring data packet traffic in a multicast network comprising determining a first packet count received at a receiver router, representing a quantity of data packets associated with a multicast group and source at a first time, determining a second packet count received at that receiver router representing a quantity of data packets associated with that multicast group and source, at a second time subsequent to the first time, comparing the second packet count to the first packet count, and indicating an alarm in response to the second packet count being less than a predetermined value greater than the first packet count. A status for multiple routers can be obtained, comprising a difference between the quantity of the first and second packet counts; and indicating a warning in response to at least one of the plurality of router status being less than the predetermined value. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100232301 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND CONTROL PROGRAM - A mobile communication terminal | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232302 | CHANNEL QUALITY REPORTING METHOD, SCHEDULING METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL AND BASE STATION - A method of reporting channel quality indication according to the present invention is a method in which each terminal in a communication system monitors quality of a complete system frequency range. When a frequency band of better quality than a frequency band being currently used for data communication and a frequency group including the frequency band of better quality are not detected, each terminal reports channel quality indication of a frequency group formed by a plurality of frequency bands including the frequency band being currently used for data communication. On the other hand, when a frequency band of better quality than a frequency band being currently used for data communication and a frequency group including the frequency band of better quality are detected, each terminal reports channel quality indication of the frequency group that is formed by a plurality of frequency bands including the frequency band of better quality. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232303 | BASE STATION AND METHOD - A base station (eNodeB) performing a radio communication with a user equipment (UE) includes: a transmission format determining unit ( | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232304 | Mode switching of a data communications link - A method and apparatus for determining a time-out period used for switching between a first operational mode and a second operational mode of a data communications link, comprising detecting a signal used to request switching from the first operational mode to the second operational mode; measuring the duration of the signal; and determining the time-out period in dependence on the measured duration of the signal. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232305 | COMMUNICATION PARAMETER SETTING METHOD, COMMUNICATING APPARATUS, AND MANAGING APPARATUS FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATION PARAMETERS - When a plurality of managing apparatuses which manage communication parameters exists, there is a case where the wrong communication parameters are set into a communicating apparatus. When the communication parameters are set between the managing apparatus which manages the communication parameters and the communicating apparatus, if a plurality of managing apparatuses in a setting state of the communication parameters into the communicating apparatus is detected, the managing apparatus in the setting state is notified that the plurality of managing apparatuses in the setting state exists. Whether or not the setting of the communication parameters is continued is discriminated, thereby continuing or stopping the setting of the communication parameters. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232306 | METHODS FOR SUPPORTING IPv6 USING BRIDGE EXTENSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for supporting Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) in a wireless communication system. According to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, a wireless communication system consists of an access router, a bridge, and a base station. The access router allocates a common network prefix to all subscriber stations served by it. When receiving IP multicast data destined for all nodes on the same link, the access router forwards the data back to the bridge. The bridge transmits IP multicast data with reference to an identification cache table (ICT) which includes MAC addresses of each subscriber stations, identifiers for point-to-point connections between the bridge and base station, IPv | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232307 | Apparatus and method for semi distributed resource allocation in a cognitive radio wireless communication system - An apparatus and operation method of a Base Station (BS) for allocating a radio resource in a Cognitive Radio (CR) wireless communication system includes, when a licensed system is activated, determining whether each of User Terminals (UTs) located in a cell satisfies Quality of Service (QoS). If all of the UTs satisfy the QoS, a binary message indicating ‘on’ is broadcasted to neighbor BSs. If at least one of the UTs does not satisfy the QoS, a binary message indicating ‘off’ is broadcasted to the neighbor BSs, and when the binary message indicating ‘off’ is received from at least one of the neighbor BSs, the binary message indicating ‘off’ is broadcasted to the UTs. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232308 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, TIMING CONTROL DETERMINING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An uplink timing control device and method which make no excessive resource request for timing update when performing an uplink timing control even to a mobile station which performs no uplink signal transmission are provided. A system is characterized by comprising a mobile station ranking section for performing the prioritization of each mobile station from high necessity for the timing update in consideration of the occurrence of an extra-CP timing shift and the DRX remaining activation time of a mobile station which DRX-operates besides the mobile station received signal information at the time of the TA transmission in the past and the elapsed time form the TA transmission in the past. The system performs the timing update by allowing a mobile station with high priority determined by the mobile station ranking section to transmit an uplink timing detection signal and to notify the TA. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232309 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DYNAMIC CALL BLOCKING IN WIMAX IDLE MODE - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure present methods and apparatuses that enable a mobile station (MS) to selectively reject downlink (DL) data during idle mode. The MS may determine whether to reject the pending DL data based on information about the data. This information may be provided by a base station (BS) that is part of the access service network (ASN) that is retaining the DL data. The information provided by the BS may, for instance, include service flow information related to the pending DL data. In certain embodiments, the information may include one or more internet protocol (IP) packets that are part of the pending DL data. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232310 | FRAME BASED, ON-DEMAND SPECTRUM CONTENTION METHODOLOGY - A frame-based, on-demand spectrum contention protocol provides a fine grain allocation of a shared spectrum resource in a cognitive radio network. Each frame of a plurality of synchronized superframes is allocated independently based on contention criteria. As demands for increased spectrum resources are realized, targeted protocol is followed resulting in targeted requests issued to base stations currently occupying certain data frames. A contention resolution process occurs at the base station currently occupying the targeted spectrum resource in which spectrum contention numbers generated by each base station vying for access to a shared spectrum are compared. The base station winning the contention is announced and after a predetermined period of time, the contention winner occupies the contended spectrum resource. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232311 | CONCURRENT TRANSMISSION OF ACK/NACK, CQI AND CQI FROM USER EQUIPMENT - A wireless communications method is provided. The method includes providing a multi-codeword transmission that includes ACK/NACK and discontinuous transmission (DTX) information. The method also includes ordering reference signal (RS) symbols in proximity to at least one other reference signal symbol to facilitate signaling of additional states and enabling spreading gain to be increased. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232312 | Hierarchical Data Collection Network Supporting Packetized Voice Communications Among Wireless Terminals And Telephones - A packet-based, hierarchical communication system, arranged in a spanning tree configuration, is described in which wired and wireless communication networks exhibiting substantially different characteristics are employed in an overall scheme to link portable or mobile computing devices. The network accommodates real time voice transmission both through dedicated, scheduled bandwidth and through a packet-based routing within the confines and constraints of a data network. Conversion and call processing circuitry is also disclosed which enables access devices and personal computers to adapt voice information between analog voice stream and digital voice packet formats as proves necessary. Routing pathways include wireless spanning tree networks, wide area networks, telephone switching networks, internet, etc., in a manner virtually transparent to the user. A voice session and associate call setup simulates that of conventional telephone switching network, providing well-understood functionality common to any mobile, remote or stationary terminal, phone, computer, etc. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232313 | DETECTION OF ENCRYPTED PACKET STREAMS USING FEEDBACK PROBING - Methods, systems, and devices are disclosed for detecting encrypted Internet Protocol packet streams. A probe stream having a known observable parameter is generated. The observable parameter exhibits a known characteristic of a known type of data encrypted within a stream of packets. The probe stream is communicated to a network element via a communications network. When the probe stream is received by the network element, the network element can compare the known observable parameter to an actual value. Any difference between the known observable parameter and the actual value can be used to correct for network-induced variation and other effects, thus ensuring accurate detection and identification of data types within encrypted streams of packets. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232314 | NON-INTRUSIVE MONITORING OF QUALITY LEVELS FOR VOICE COMMUNICATIONS OVER A PACKET-BASED NETWORK - Provided is a method and apparatus for objectively and non-intrusively measuring voice quality on live calls without disrupting the call session or the network. A communication system includes plural communities each including a switch that controls access to a packet-based data network for call sessions. Each of the communities is coupled to the data network by respective packet-based trunks. Quality of service (QoS) monitoring devices are coupled to the respective packet-based trunks to monitor quality levels of routes between any two given communities. Each QoS monitoring device receives packets containing streaming data (which may be actual packets or test packets). From the received packets, the QoS monitoring device can derive QoS parameters, particularly for audio and speech signals on live calls without disrupting the call session. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232315 | METHOD OF DETERMINING TRANSMISSION RATE OF CONTROL RESPONSE FRAME FOR ACKNOWLEDGING DATA RECEIPT IN WIRELESS LAN - A method is provided for determining a transmission rate of a control response frame for acknowledging data receipt in a wireless local area network. The method includes obtaining transmission parameters of a transmitting station from a data transmission frame received from the transmitting station, searching a receiving station for transmission parameters which correspond to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station, determining the transmission rate of the control response frame according to transmission parameters of the receiving station if the transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station are found in the receiving station, and determining a maximum rate among a set of basic transmission rates to be the transmission rate of the control response frame if the transmission parameters corresponding to the transmission parameters of the transmitting station are not found in the receiving station. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100238813 | Q-in-Q Ethernet rings - A resilient virtual Ethernet ring has nodes interconnected by working and protection paths. Each node has a set of VLAN IDs (VIDs) for tagging traffic entering the ring by identifying the ingress node and whether the traffic is on the working or protection path. MAC addresses are learned in one direction around the ring. A port aliasing module records in a forwarding table a port direction opposite to a learned port direction. Each node can also cross-connect working and protection paths. If a span fails, the two nodes immediately on either side of the failure are cross-connected to fold the ring working-path traffic is cross-connected onto the protection path at the first of the two nodes and is then cross-connected back onto the working path at the second of the two nodes so that traffic always ingresses and egresses the ring from the working path. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238814 | Methods and Apparatus to Characterize and Predict Network Health Status - Methods and apparatus to characterize and predict network health status are presented. A particular method of characterizing and predicting a health status of a network node includes receiving a plurality of report values associated with the network node, where each report value is one of alert and normal, and where each report value is received at a corresponding time. The method includes calculating a current report weight associated with a current report value received at a current time. When a first previous report value was received at a first previous time before the current time, the current report weight is calculated based at least partially on the current report value and at least partially on a first previous report weight associated with the first previous value. The method includes storing the current report weight at a memory device. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238815 | Network Status Detection - A network status is determined based on channel data specifying at least one channel characteristic of a communications channel. Changes in various channel characteristics are indicative of changes in a status of a distributed network. Therefore, these channel characteristics can be monitored over time to identify changes to the status of the distributed network. Changes to channel characteristics can be identified based on normalized channel data that is normalized relative to reference channel data. Status scores are generated based on the normalized channel data. The status scores are, in turn, normalized for channels that are identified as valid channels. The normalized status scores are adjusted based on variations of the channel data and the network status is identified based on status score variations. Status data identifying the network status is generated based on the status of the network. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238816 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND RELAY NODE SELECTION METHOD OF TERMINAL DEVICE - A terminal device and a relay node selection method of the terminal device are described. The terminal device may sequentially compare a threshold value and an output signal to noise ratio (SNR) of a plurality of relay nodes based on a set test order, and select a relay node having an output SNR greater than the threshold value as a relay node to perform a cooperative communication. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238817 | Method for Frequency Planning of a Cellular Radio System with IRC - In a method and a device for frequency planning of a cellular radio system with IRC. a cost function is provided that takes the IRC capabilities of the cellular system into account. Using the method and the device the frequency optimization can be made to take into account systems employing multi carrier techniques whereby the planning complexity and time for operators is reduced. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238818 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION QUALITY INFORMATION GENERATING METHOD - A wireless communication mobile station apparatus wherein the accuracy of measuring the communication quality can be improved. In this apparatus, a desired signal power measuring part ( | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238819 | RELAYING METHOD, TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER AND RELAY - A relaying method includes a request packet generation operation generates a request packet for requesting a connectivity check for all communication routes between said receiver and said transmitter, a request packet transmission operation transmits a generated request packet to a relay, a route information addition operation adds information representing the router itself to the received request packet as route information, a request packet forwarding operation forwards the request packet to which said route information has been added to each of all the communication routes between said receiver and said relay, a response packet generation operation has been transcribed, a response packet transmission operation in which said receiver transmits the generated response packet to said transmitter via said relay, a response packet forwarding operation forwards the received response packet to said transmitter, and a route information output operation outputs the route information included in the received response packet. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238820 | SYSTEM ANALYSIS METHOD, SYSTEM ANALYSIS APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING SYSTEM ANALYSIS PROGRAM - An apparatus for analyzing system identifies plural combinations of downlink packet and uplink packet immediately following the downlink packet under predetermined condition, the uplink packet having a predetermined threshold value or more difference time from the received time of the downlink packet to the received time of the uplink packet. And the apparatus calculates chunk processing time by using a difference between the received time of the identified uplink packet and the received time of the identified downlink packet, which are between the time when the packet of a specific processing request to the lower-level server is received and the time when the packet of the response corresponding to the specific processing request is received, and calculates the total sum of the chunk processing times. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238821 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC CELL SELECTION AND RESOURCE MAPPING FOR CoMP JOINT TRANSMISSION - A wireless communication system includes a number of base stations capable of communicating with a plurality of subscriber stations. The base station coordinates transmission of resource blocks with a transmission of resource blocks from a second base station. The resource blocks include at least one reference signal (RS) patterns. In addition, base station punctures a plurality of resource elements in the resource blocks that might overlap with one of the CRS patterns in another resource block transmitted by the second base station such that no data is transmitted in the plurality of punctured resource elements. The subscriber station receives the resource blocks from at least two base stations and can avoid reading data from the resource elements that might overlap. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238822 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device includes: a holder configured to hold a reference picture necessary for decoding of an access unit as a processing subject in decoding of a stream composed of access units including a header; an analyzer configured to analyze the stream to thereby detect the header for each of the access units; and a generator configured to, if a header indicating change of deletion order of pictures is detected as the header detected by the analyzer, delete a picture included in an access unit corresponding to the header in the deletion order indicated by the header and generate hold information indicating a reference picture to be held by the holder. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238823 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING INCONSISTENT CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for handling inconsistent control information in a wireless communication system are described. In an aspect, inconsistent control information is handled in different manners for the downlink and uplink. In one design, a user equipment (UE) receives a first grant with first control information for a first data transmission and also receives a second grant with second control information for a second data transmission. The UE determines that the second control information is inconsistent with the first control information, e.g., due to the two grants conveying different transport block sizes. The UE determines whether to retain or discard the second grant based on whether the two grants are for data transmissions on the downlink or uplink. In one design, the UE retains the second grant if the two grants are for data transmissions on the downlink and discards the second grant if the two grants are for data transmissions on the uplink. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238824 | FEEDBACK MECHANISMS FOR BEAMFORMING OPERATION - A method for generating feedback data is described. A downlink message is received from a base station. It is determined whether full channel reciprocity or partial channel reciprocity is enabled at a transmitter. A mode for feedback data generation is determined. Feedback data is generated using the determined mode. The feedback data includes beamforming information. The feedback data is transmitted to the base station. The feedback data may include a channel quality indicator (CQI) and a rank. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238825 | LOOP POWER CONTROLS FOR MULTI-CARRIER HIGH-SPEED UPLINK PACKET ACCESS - A method for wireless communications is provided. The method includes applying independent power controls to two or more carriers from a set of high speed packet access signals. The method includes monitoring power across the two or more carriers to determine power levels for the set of high speed packet access signals. The method also includes adjusting at least one of an open loop control, an inner loop control, or an outer loop control in view of the power levels for the set of packet access signals. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238826 | ASSOCIATION AND RESOURCE PARTITIONING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK WITH RELAYS - Techniques for performing association and resource partitioning in a wireless network with relays are described. In an aspect, resource partitioning may be performed to allocate available resources to nodes and access/backhaul links of relays. In one design, a node computes local metrics for a plurality of possible actions related to resource partitioning. The node receives local metrics for the possible actions from at least one neighbor node and determines overall metrics for the possible actions based on the computed and received local metrics. The node determines resources allocated to a set of nodes and resources allocated to the access and backhaul links of at least one relay based on the overall metrics for the possible actions. In another aspect, association involving relays may be performed by taking into account the performance of the relays. In yet another aspect, association and resource partitioning may be performed jointly. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238827 | ASSOCIATION WITH LEAKAGE-BASED METRICS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for performing association with leakage-based metrics in a wireless network are described. Association may be performed to select a serving node (e.g., a base station or a relay) for a station (e.g., a UE or a relay). In one design, at least one metric may be determined for at least one candidate node for possible association by the station. A metric for each candidate node may be determined based on leakage of the candidate node. The leakage of the candidate node may include interference due to the candidate node at stations not served by the candidate node (excluding the station). The metric for each candidate node may include a signal-to-leakage ratio (SLR), a geometry-to-leakage ratio (GLR), or a throughput-to-leakage ratio (TLR). A serving node for the station may be selected from among the at least one candidate node based on the at least one metric. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238828 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATION OF ROUND TRIP TIMES WITHIN A TCP BASED DATA NETWORK - A system and method for estimation of round trip times (RTTs) within a TCP based data network is described. The system provides for a passive monitoring of the network round-trip latency by simply observing existing TCP connections in operation. In this way, it is possible to measure RTT out to a remote site without having to send any traffic to that site with the result that there is no impact on the network, and it is possible to estimate what production traffic is experiencing. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238829 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DUAL-CELL HIGH-SPEED UPLINK PACKET ACCESS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which a plurality of uplink carriers are utilized in a cellular communications system. In an aspect of the disclosure, a wireless terminal configured for use in a cellular network transmits an uplink with a plurality of uplink carriers including an anchor carrier and a secondary carrier, and receives a downlink with a plurality of downlink carriers. Here, the wireless terminal provides feedback information, such as a channel quality indicator and an acknowledgment, corresponding to the plurality of downlink carriers, on an uplink channel on each of respective carriers in a subset of the plurality of uplink carriers. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238830 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A POWER HEADROOM REPORT OF A UE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus are provided for transmitting a Power Headroom Report (PHR) to base station by a User Equipment (UE), wherein the UE determines whether a received an uplink resource is a first uplink resource allocated for a new transmission after a Medium Access Control (MAC) reset, and starts a timer for reporting the PHR, if the allocated uplink resource is the first uplink resource allocated for the new transmission after the MAC reset. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238831 | RACH-RELATED SYSTEM RESOURCE OPTIMIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A RACH-related system resource optimization method and apparatus is provided for a wireless communication system. Specifically, a method is provided in a user equipment for optimizing a system resource related to a random access channel in a wireless communication system. A downlink channel condition and a transmission capability for performing random access to a base station based on a stored message size parameter are measured. The measured downlink channel condition and the measured transmission capability are reported. When a new message size parameter determined based on the reported downlink channel condition and the reported transmission capability is received, the stored message size parameter is updated with the new message parameter. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238832 | UPLINK TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL - Control of uplink transmit power for a first mobile station operating with scheduled uplink data transmissions. A change in uplink scheduled status for the first mobile station is detected ( | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238833 | OFDMA with adaptive subcarrier-cluster configuration and selective loading - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100246417 | METHOD FOR SELECTING ATTACHMENT POINTS AND RELAY NODE USED IN THE METHOD - A technique is disclosed, according to which communication can be achieved with high efficiency by selecting access points to be connected based on the quality of end-to-end communication between a mobile node and a correspondent node when there are a plurality of access points. According to this technique, a mobile node | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246418 | Device and method of collecting and distributing reporting service measurement data in a wireless communications system - A local radio network controller (RNC) includes one or more stage buffers, with each stage buffer including a database configured to receive and index service measurement data, and a plurality of service measurement data (SM) buffers configured to store the service measurement according to the index of the database, and to send at least one of the stored service measurement data to a next stage of processing at least one of during the receiving of the service measurement data by the stage buffer and before the stage buffer has completed receiving the service measurement data. A depth and number of the SM buffers and a buffer serving time are allocated such that the one or more stage buffers are scalable to support a service node of increasing size by supporting a diverse number of service measurement pegging and appearing virtually infinite in size to applications pegging the service measurement data. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246419 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COLLECTING LOCATIONING INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method and system are provided for determining estimated location of a wireless communication device (WCD) operating in a network. The network includes a first AP that is currently associated with, a second AP and a third AP. The first AP transmits a first RSSI data request message to the WCD at a first time over a radio channel. The first RSSI data request message includes a BSSID of the first AP. The WCD then transmits a first response message to the first AP, and in response the first AP transmits a first measured RSSI value to a trilateration engine (TE). At a second time different that the first time, the second AP can switch to the radio channel and transmit a second RSSI data request message that includes the BSSID of first AP to the WCD over the radio channel. In response, the WCD transmits a second response message to the second AP, and in response the second AP transmits a second measured RSSI value to the TE. A third AP performs a similar message exchange. This method and system can be used to collect RSSI information from the WCD at the APs without disrupting the connection of the WCD and the first AP that it is currently associated with, without disrupting the connections between the other second and third APs and any other WCDs that are currently communicating with the second and third APs, without requiring the WCD to send probe requests to the APs, and without the need to synchronize the APs. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246420 | Enhanced Channel Detection - An apparatus for detecting the presence of a frequency channel is provided. The apparatus comprises an energy detection unit configured to measure receive energy over a first bandwidth and a second energy detection unit configured to measure receive energy over a second bandwidth. The apparatus further comprises a processor configured to compare the measured receive energy over the first bandwidth to a first energy threshold, to compare the measured receive energy over the second bandwidth to a second energy threshold, and to detect the presence of the frequency channel when the measured receive energies over the first and second bandwidths are above the first and second energy thresholds, respectively. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246421 | Automated Network Condition Identification - Performance data relating to each of multiple network devices distributed in a geographic region is analyzed. That data can include values for various parameters measured automatically by routine polling of subscriber devices and/or network elements serving those subscriber devices. Measured parameter values can then be stored in a database and made available, together with information about subscriber device locations, to one or more analysis servers that analyze different portions of the network. As part of that analysis, groups of devices experiencing performance problems are identified based on device location. Information about those groups is then communicated and can be made available for, e.g., monitoring by service personnel. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246422 | NETWORK DEVICE AND METHOD OF MEASURING UPSTREAM BANDWIDTH EMPLOYED THEREBY - A network device measures upstream bandwidth of a communication network. The communication network includes a server and a plurality of communication nodes. The network device transmits a sequence of Internet control message protocol (ICMP) request datagrams corresponding to a sequence of time to live (TTL) increased from a first value to a second value to the server via the communication nodes. The network device designates the communication node that transmits an overtime datagram first as the best communication node, transmits a plurality of ICMP detection datagrams to the best communication node, receives response datagrams and records receiving time thereof, and calculates the upstream bandwidth according to size of the plurality of ICMP detection datagrams and the recorded receiving time of the response datagrams. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246423 | FAST SELECTION OF COOPERATIVE NODES - The present invention relates to a method, apparatuses, a system, and a computer program product for selecting at least one cooperative node from multiple cooperative nodes ( | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246424 | Network Device - A network device may be provided with a PHY layer process unit configured to execute a process of a PHY layer, a determination unit configured to determine that a link state is a link up state or a link down state by utilizing information given from the PHY layer process unit, and a first control unit configured to control an electrical power supply for the PHY layer process unit. The first control unit may be configured to stop a continuous electrical power supply for the PHY layer process unit if the determination unit determines that the link state is the link down state during a first period in which the continuous electrical power supply for the PHY layer process unit is being performed, perform a temporary electrical power supply for the PHY layer process unit during a second period after the continuous electrical power supply for the PHY layer process unit is stopped, and commence the continuous electrical power supply for the PHY layer process unit if the temporary electrical power supply for the PHY layer process unit is performed during the second period and the determination unit determines that the link state is the link up state. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246425 | PACKET PROCESSING APPARATUS, INTERFACE UNIT AND METHOD THEREOF - A packet processing apparatus includes a plurality of communication connecting unit each connected with a communication partner apparatus using one of a work path and a protection path, connecting unit for connecting, using a data bus, the plurality of communication connecting unit with one another; determination unit for, when a packet sent from the communication partner apparatus is received by one of the communication connecting unit, determining whether the packet is a maintenance packet that is used for monitoring a connection state with the communication partner apparatus; and transmitting unit for, when it is determined that the packet is a maintenance packet by the determination unit, transmitting the maintenance packet to the plurality of communication connecting unit using the data bus via the connecting unit. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246426 | METHOD ALLOWING A MONITORING SYSTEM OF THE NETWORK OF AN OPERATOR TO CLASSIFY IP FLOWS - A method is provided for allowing a monitoring system to classify, by entity, IP “accounting” elements passing through routers of a network of a service provider, these entities being arranged in different sites connected to the network. The method includes:
| 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246427 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING COMMUNICATION IN LOW SNR SCENARIO - Techniques for supporting communication for wireless devices in a wireless network are described. The wireless network may support a first physical channel having a first minimum SNR for reliable reception. Some wireless devices may require operation at a lower SNR. In an aspect, low SNR operation may be supported by transmitting data on a second physical channel that can be reliably received at a second minimum SNR that is lower than the first minimum SNR. In another aspect, low SNR operation may be supported by transmitting data on both the first and second physical channels. In yet another aspect, low SNR operation may be supported by transmitting data in multiple instances of the first and/or second physical channel. In yet another aspect, low power operation may be supported by transmitting the second physical channel in a portion of the system bandwidth instead of across the entire system bandwidth. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246428 | Method and Apparatus for Performing Data Access According to Protocol Handling - A method for performing data access via software according to communication protocol handling includes: calculating a time slot period and an upper limit of a processing time for performing a predetermined data processing according to time slot information defined in a communication protocol, a critical period and a time slot number; defining a clock frequency of a processor according to the upper limit of the processing time; and performing data access according to the slot time by the processor operating at the clock frequency. Accordingly, design inflexibility arising from performing data access via hardware is addressed, and a non-real-time issue caused by performing data access via software is also prevented. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246429 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LINK ADAPTIVE MULTICAST/BROADCAST TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - A method and apparatus for adaptively transmitting the same data, i.e., multicast/broadcast data, according to channel quality to a receiving group including one or more terminals that request the same service in a wireless network. A base station obtains feedback on channel quality indications (CQIs) from a plurality of terminals, selects a transmission technique that satisfies desired service quality based on the COIs, and transmits data to the terminals included in a receiving group by using the selected transmission technique. The CQIs to be transmitted from the terminals in the receiving group to the base station are transmitted through a previously allocated common CQI feedback channel. In the present invention, in order to reduce a CQI feedback channel capacity, the base station does not allocate a common CQI feedback channel with respect to each reception terminal and allocates radio resources according to CQI levels. As radio resources are allocated according to CQI levels, a CQI feedback channel capacity may not be increased even when the number of terminals in the receiving group is increased and adaptive transmission may be efficiently performed. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246430 | VOICE OPTIMIZATION IN A NETWORK HAVING VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL COMMUNICATION DEVICES - An apparatus and a method of optimizing voice quality on a network having end-points that are voice over Internet Protocol (IP) devices. Default parameters of the end-points are initialized. Network performance parameters are measured and evaluated to determine whether they signify that connection to the network is below a desired level of operation. If so, the default parameters of the end-points are re-set based on the evaluation. The adjustment may entail re-negotiating the CODEC connection and re-setting parameters for packet size and resetting parameters for jitter buffer size. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246431 | LINK STATE DETECTION METHOD AND SYSTEM - A link state detection method is disclosed in an embodiment of the present invention. The method includes: obtaining link state information from the lowest level SE to the mid-level SE; notifying to the mid-level SE the link state information from the lowest level SE to the mid-level SE; obtaining accessibility information from the mid-level SE to the lowest level SE according to the link state information from the lowest level SE to the mid-level SE, and link state information from the mid-level SE to the first level SE; notifying the first level SE the link state information from the mid-level SE to the first level SE, and the accessibility information from the from the mid-level SE to the lowest level SE; obtaining the accessibility information from the first level SE to the lowest level SE according to the link state information and the accessibility information sent by the mid-level SE. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246432 | Method and System for Detecting QoS Anomaly - A method for detecting QoS anomaly is provided. The method includes obtaining a QoS index of data stream transmission of a parent peer, and detecting QoS anomaly of the parent peer according to the QoS index and a corresponding QoS index threshold. A method for detecting factors causing QoS anomaly is also provided. The method includes detecting whether QoS of an associated peer is abnormal or not, counting a QoS anomaly proportion of the associated peer statistically, and determining factors causing QoS anomaly according to the anomaly proportion of the associated peer. Correspondingly, a system for detecting QoS anomaly and a system for detecting factors causing QoS anomaly are also provided. Thus, the QoS anomaly information is detected, and the factors causing the QoS anomaly are also detected, so as to ensure that the QoS anomaly information is precisely detected in a P2P system, and the QoS in the system is indeed guaranteed. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246433 | SCANNING NEIGHBORING BASE STATIONS IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Scanning neighboring base stations in a wireless access system is provided. In one embodiment, a method of scanning neighboring base stations for assessing channel quality includes receiving from a serving base station information associated with at least one neighboring base station, and transmitting a scanning request message from a mobile subscriber station to the serving base station, wherein the scanning request message comprises a requested scan duration and a requested scan iteration, the requested scan iteration being associated with a requested number of iterations of the scanning of the at least one neighboring base station. The method also includes receiving a scanning response message from the serving base station, wherein the scanning response message comprises an allowed scan duration and an allowed scan iteration, the allowed scan iteration being associated with an allowed number of iterations of the scanning of the at least one neighboring base station. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100254271 | POINT-TO- MULTIPOINT (P2MP) NETWORK RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - Techniques for managing resources in a point-to-multipoint (P2MP) network are disclosed. In some examples, a root station is adapted to transmit and receive network packets and leaf stations are adapted to transmit and receive the network packets from the root station. An electrical control system can be adapted to adjust a control error toward a zero value and adjust an output toward a steady state. The electrical control system may include feedback to control the root station based, at least in part, on the output of the electrical control system. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254272 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR - A method of transmitting channel quality indicator (CQI) includes obtaining CQI of each, of the plurality of sub-bands, selecting a first sub-band having the best CQI of the plurality of sub- bands, transmitting the best CQI of the first sub-band at a first transmission cycle and transmitting a difference value between the best CQI of the first sub-band and a CQI of the first sub-band at a second transmission cycle. Signalling overhead due to CQI transmission can be reduced. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254273 | NETWORK DEVICE AND CONNECTION DETECTION METHOD THEREOF - A network device records a number of data packets transmitted between a partner network device and the network device in a detection cycle. According to the number of detection packets without corresponding response packets number at the end the detection cycle, and the number of unchanged of data packets when the number of the detection packets without corresponding response packets is not less than the preset value, the network device determines a connection status of the partner network device. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254274 | Method of Monitoring Cells in Wireless Communication Systems - A wireless communication network automatically tests itself for sleeping cells. This is done by designing the base stations to regularly act as a terminal, contact its neighboring base stations and as a mobile perform a set of typical traffic cases. From the outcome of the traffic cases the probing base station detects neighboring base stations that cannot carry traffic. The information about sleeping cells is subsequently communicated from the base station to the operation and maintenance system. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254275 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVAL RECONFIGURATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for Transmission Time Interval (TTI) reconfiguration in a mobile communication system are provided. The apparatus includes an ACK/NACK determiner, an ACK/NACK controller, and a TTI controller. The ACK/NACK determiner determines if a response signal to be transmitted is ACKnowledgment (ACK) or Non ACKnowledgment (NACK) depending on an error or non-error of data received from a User Equipment (UE). The ACK/NACK controller counts the ACK and NACK determined in the ACK/NACK determiner. The TTI controller indentifies if number of the latest ACKs counted in the ACK/NACK controller is continuously generated by preset number of times and, if it is continuously generated by the present number of times, reconfigures a new TTI. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254276 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD - A disclosed base station apparatus includes a measurement unit measuring received quality of a reference signal, a scheduling unit providing scheduling information indicating allocation of a radio resource in uplink, and a transmission unit transmitting a control signal including the scheduling information. Further when, after a first packet is transmitted using a first frequency band, a retransmission packet of the first packet is transmitted using a second frequency band other than the first frequency band, the control signal further includes information indicating a difference between received quality in the first frequency band and that in the second frequency band, and the retransmission packet is transmitted at a transmission power level determined by adding a transmission power level of the first packet to that corresponding to the difference. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254277 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - There is provided a method of determining latency in a remote network element of a telecommunications network. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving a message at a network element, the message comprising a time stamp of the time at which it was sent from a source network element. On receiving the message, the network element obtains another time stamp, and so may determine the time for the message to be sent between the network elements. In further embodiments, a source network element may gain an implicit indication of the workload of the remote network element by sending a first message to the remote network element and determining a length of time before the remote network element sends a second message back to the source network element. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254278 | ASSESSMENT IN AN INFORMATION NETWORK - A method for assessing channel performance in a home communication network is provided. The home communication network is operable over a plurality of channels. The home communication network includes a network controller and a plurality of nodes. Each of the network controller and the plurality of nodes is in communication over a coax backbone. The method preferably includes selecting a channel for assessment and allocating a first probe operation for use with the plurality of nodes. The method may also include, in response to the allocating, sending a first probe operation report message from each of the plurality of nodes to the network controller. In response to receiving the first probe operation report messages, the method may further include using the network controller to select a node to be a channel assessment operation node. In addition, the method may include selecting at least a portion of the plurality of nodes to participate in a channel assessment operation signal exchange. The method may also include moving the selected nodes to a different channel to perform a channel assessment operation on the different channel and using the channel assessment operation node to allocate a second probe operation on each of the selected nodes. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254279 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING LOAD INDICATOR IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for providing load state information of a Base Station (BS) in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The method includes determining a ratio of a whole allocated resource compared to a whole resource of the BS and a ratio of a resource allocated for a rate requiring security compared to the whole resource, generating at least one load indicator for indicating a first value expressing the ratio of the whole allocated resource and a second value expressing the ratio of the resource allocated for the rate requiring security, and transmitting the at least one load indicator. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254280 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A system and method for allocating a single timeslot to multiple communication devices in a wireless communication network are disclosed. The method includes establishing a first communication channel between a base transceiver station and first communication devices through a first timeslots of a frame. The method further includes establishing a second communication channel between the base transceiver station and second communication devices through second timeslots. The method also includes determining whether a third communication channel can be established between the base transceiver station and at least one of the second communication devices using at least one of the first timeslots based on a set of predefined parameters evaluated for each of the first timeslots. Moreover, the method includes establishing the third communication channel between the base transceiver station and the at least one of the second communication devices using at least one of the first timeslots. | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100254281 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING PEER TO PEER COMMUNICATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for supporting Peer to Peer (P2P) communication in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. A P2P zone within a frame used for the P2P communication includes at least one channel, each channel includes a broadcasting zone and a contention zone, and a P2P-mode transmit Mobile Station (MS) transmits a reference signal through a broadcasting zone of a channel to which itself belongs. The method MS includes determining an interference sum for each channel within the P2P zone, comparing the determined interference sums with each other, selecting a channel having the least interference sum, and transmitting information regarding the selected channel to a Base Station (BS). | 10-07-2010 |
| 20100260054 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONDUCTING MEDIA QUALITY MEASUREMENTS AT A GATEWAY - A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a residential gateway (RG) having a controller to measure media presentation quality in a multicast network inline at the RG and to use Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) header information from RTP packets to perform the media presentation quality measurements. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100260055 | HIGH DATA RATE INTERFACE WITH IMPROVED LINK SYNCHRONIZATION - A data Interface for transferring digital data between a host and a client over a communication path using packet structures linked together to form a communication protocol for communicating a pre-selected set of digital control and presentation data. The signal protocol is used by link controllers configured to generate, transmit, and receive packets forming the communications protocol, and to form digital data into one or more types of data packets, with at least one residing in the host device and being coupled to the client through the communications path. The interface provides a cost-effective, low power, bi-directional, high-speed data transfer mechanism over a short-range “serial” type data link, which lends itself to implementation with miniature connectors and thin flexible cables which are especially useful in connecting display elements such as wearable micro-displays to portable computers and wireless communication devices. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100260056 | Mobile Communication System, Common Channel Transmission Control Device, and Common Channel Transmission Control Method Used in the System and Device - A mobile communication system in which a number of common channels are added due to the offering of a new service includes: the assumption that a plurality of common channels can be arranged to transmit the same data, a monitor means that uses the reception path search results of either dedicated channels or random access channels of mobile stations to monitor the communication state of mobile stations within the cell and a control means that, when it is determined that distribution within the cell of mobile stations that receive the new service is unbalanced, effects control to divide and use the communication range permitted by a plurality of common channels. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100260057 | METHOD FOR MAPPING CONTROL CHANNELS - A method for mapping control channels is disclosed. This mapping method includes calculating a control channel mapping start time of each cell according to the number of control channel groups allocated to each cell, and performing mapping of repetition of the control channel at intervals of a predetermined distance in order to acquire a diversity gain, wherein the mapping begins from the control channel mapping start time. In this case, control channels of several groups are transmitted in each cell. So, a resource allocation method during transmission of control channels (e.g., PHICH and PCFICH) is improved such that interference between neighboring cells can be reduced, resulting in the improvement of a control channel throughput. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100260058 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device capable of improving power saving is provided. A communication device ( | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100260059 | MULTI-USER MIMO TRANSMISSIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - An apparatus and method for providing control information in a Multi User-Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving a plurality of Resource Elements (REs) including Downlink Control Information (DCI), determining, using the DCI, a set of REs to which a plurality of Downlink Reference Signals (DRSs) may be mapped, determining remaining REs as REs to which data is mapped, and demodulating the data using a precoding vector of a DRS corresponding to the MS. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100260060 | INTEGRATED CALIBRATION PROTOCOL FOR WIRELESS LANS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide a protocol for calibration of an access point in a wireless network. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100260061 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REMOTE CONTROL OF LOCAL DEVICES OVER A WIDE AREA NETWORK - A system and method for remote monitoring via an external network of the operation of a plurality of devices located on a local area network. The system and method comprise a gateway device, such as a server or intelligent router, for coupling the external network with the local area network. The gateway device has a unique external network address and is configured for receiving a network data packet addressed by the external network address. The gateway is configured for extracting a device data packet from the network data packet and for sending the device data packet to an associated local network address on the local area network. The system and method also have a control server coupled to the gateway via the external network and configured for generating the network data packet to contain the device data packet associated with a selected device of the plurality of devices. The local network address is associated with the selected device. The system and method also have a controller device located on the local area network and coupled to the selected device. The controller receives the device data packet according to the local network address and is configured to operate the selected device according to the contents of the device data packet. | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100260062 | PROTOCOL DELAY MEASURING DEVICE AND PROTOCOL DELAY MEASURING METHOD - A protocol delay measuring device ( | 10-14-2010 |
| 20100265833 | NETWORK BANDWIDTH DETERMINATION - A method for determining a bandwidth of a network system. A first device in the network transmits a plurality of test data during a first interval of time. A second device in the network receives an amount of the transmitted test data, wherein the amount of the test data received by the second device is less than a total amount of the test data transmitted by the first device during the first interval of time. The bandwidth of the network is then determined based on the amount of the test data that is received by the second device. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265834 | VARIABLE LATENCY JITTER BUFFER BASED UPON CONVERSATIONAL DYNAMICS - Methods, devices, and systems for balancing latency and voice quality during a communication session are provided. More specifically, mechanisms for monitoring parameters indicative of conversational dynamics and adjusting jitter buffer size based thereon are described. This allows latency to increase if the conversation is not highly interactive and decrease if a more interactive conversation is desired. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265835 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR MEASURING NETWORK LATENCY FROM FLOW RECORDS - The disclosure presents a system, method, and computer readable medium for computing network latencies. Network devices using flow processors create network traffic summary information in the form of flow records. A harvester may gather, process, and analyze flow records to find matching flows. Using matching flows, a harvester computes the latency, either one-way or round-trip, between two devices on the network. This information may be exported or stored on other devices on the network. The teachings of the present disclosure enable wide network coverage through the use of existing network traffic summary records. Further, the present disclosure mitigates network slowdowns associated with monitoring equipment. The present disclosure also reduces or eliminates the need for clock synchronization between devices on the network. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265836 | Self-Correcting Adaptive Tracking System (SATS) - A system and method for self and group location and tracking based on ultra wide band ranging among members of the group is presented. The system comprises an anchored station, a plurality of nodes, each node having at least knowledge of where the node is facing and heading, knowledge of all pair wise distances among all of the plurality of nodes, and ability to exchange information among the nodes and with the anchored station via relays. The system and method find a new position estimate of the group in accordance with an adaptive search process based on constraints of the ultra wide band ranging, and the search process enables extracting directional information and adaptively stabilizing orientation of the group. In one embodiment, adaptively stabilizing the orientation of the group is performed using an orientation-correcting polygon matching process. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265837 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND FEEDBACK METHOD - A terminal device is provided for solving the problem of large overhead expended in the PMI calculation process. A reception quality measurement unit ( | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265838 | COMMUNICATION QUALITY ESTIMATION SYSTEM, EQUIPMENT, METHOD AND PROGRAM - A communication quality estimation system has: a plurality of equipments performing packet transmission on a network; and a communication quality estimation equipment. The plurality of equipments includes: a first equipment; a second equipment; and a third equipment placed downstream of the first equipment and upstream of the second equipment. The communication quality estimation equipment estimates communication quality in the third equipment by comparing a number of first packets satisfying a first sampling rule out of packets transmitted by the first equipment and a number of second packets satisfying the first sampling rule out of packets transmitted by the second equipment. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265839 | Improved Radio Repeater Controllability - A radio repeater includes a first analyzer ( | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265840 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING NOISE POWER ESTIMATE IN WCDMA NETWORK - Method and apparatus for improving a noise power estimate in a wideband CDMA (WCDMA) network are disclosed and may include calculating a total noise power estimate for a downlink channel based on a plurality of control channel bits from a plurality of different types of control channels. The plurality of control channel bits may include at least two of: dedicated physical channel (DPCH) transmit power control (TPC) bits, DPCH pilot bits, and common pilot channel (CPICH) bits. A first noise power estimate may be calculated for the downlink channel based on a plurality of the DPCH TPC bits. A value of at least one of the plurality of DPCH TPC bits may not be known when the at least one of the plurality of DPCH TPC bits is received. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265841 | System and Method for Precoding Codebook Adaptation with Low Feedback Overhead - A system and method for wireless communications with codebook adaptation with low feedback overhead are provided. A method for controller operations includes receiving a first channel information from a communications device, estimating channel statistics based on the first channel information, adapting a codebook using the channel statistics, and receiving a second channel information from the communications device. The method also includes constructing a precoding matrix from the second channel information and the adapted codebook, and transmitting information precoded by the precoding matrix to the communications device. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265842 | ENABLING SUPPORT FOR TRANSPARENT RELAYS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Providing for improved implementation of supplemental wireless nodes in a wireless base station deployment is described herein. By way of example, a donor base station is configured to send a schedule of data transmission to and from a set of UEs served by the base station, and further can provide the schedule and identifiers for the set of UEs to one or more wireless nodes serving the base station. Respective access channel measurements between respective UEs and respective wireless nodes can be forwarded to the base station, which in turn can identify optimal access channels for the set of UEs. Additionally, the donor base station can schedule multiple data transmissions on these access channels in a common transmission time slot, to achieve cell-splitting gains for the data transmissions. Range boosting, differential coding, and supplemental channel quality mechanisms are also provided for various wireless communication arrangements described herein. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265843 | Method, Apparatus and System for Forming Time Division Duplex Multi-Input Multi-Output Downlink Beams - In a method for forming TDD MIMO downlink beams, a BS receives an index of a codebook element from a mobile terminal. The codebook element refers to a codebook element whose correlation value has a greatest modulus value among correlation values that are calculated by the mobile terminal and are about correlation between the codebook element and a channel corresponding to a non-transmitting antenna of the mobile terminal. The BS calculates a channel vector corresponding to the non-transmitting antenna of the mobile terminal. The BS calculates channel vectors of the transmitting antennas of the mobile terminal, and performs SVD to determine a best transmitting precoding matrix. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265844 | Adjustment of Background Scanning Interval Based on Network Usage - In a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), roaming from one access point to another by a mobile station without interruption to network service may be facilitated by frequently performing background scans to find neighboring access points while the mobile station is associated to the WLAN. Frequent background scanning, however, depletes battery life. By dynamically adjusting the background scanning interval during the mobile station's association to the WLAN, the mobile station's immediate need for network connectivity performance may be met, while simultaneously prolonging battery life. For example, by using a shorter background scanning interval during a telephone conversation, network connectivity performance may be maintained throughout the call. Longer background scanning intervals may be used during periods when interruptions to network connectivity may be better tolerated. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100271962 | AVAILABLE BACKHAUL BANDWIDTH ESTIMATION IN A FEMTO-CELL COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for estimating an available backhaul bandwidth in a femto-cell communication network includes a step ( | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271963 | UPLINK RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN THE PRESENCE OF POWER LIMITED USERS - A base station in an OFDMA system which determines a modulation and coding scheme to use for a packet of a certain size to be transmitted by a Mobile Station. The base station schedules transmissions by mobile stations and transmits packets. The base station includes a processing unit which determines a number of time-frequency resources required to transmit the packet for a modulation and coding scheme, determines an SINR based on the number of time-frequency resources used and available power at the mobile station, determines a transmission rate as a ratio of the packet size transmitted to the number of time-frequency resources used, sets a rate to zero if the determined SINR is lower than a threshold SINR required for the modulation and coding scheme, and selects the modulation and coding scheme with a highest transmission rate. The base station includes a memory storing modulation and coding schemes. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271964 | FLOW REDIRECTION EMPLOYING STATE INFORMATION - In an example embodiment, there is disclosed an apparatus comprising a first interface configured to receive a packet from a client, a second interface configured to transmit the packet to a server, a third interface configured to communicate with at least one processing device, redirection module in communication with the first interface, the second interface and the third interface, and flow monitoring and state information module in communication with the first interface, the second interface, the third interface and the redirection module. Responsive to receipt of the packet on the first interface, the redirection module is operable to communicate with the flow monitoring and state information module whether state information exists for the packet, the state information comprising an address for a processing device. The redirection module is operable to route the packet to the processing device responsive to determining state information exists for the packet. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271965 | Methods and Apparatus in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention relates to methods and apparatus in a RBS and a UE for reference signal (RS) measurements in an OFDM system, that enable having a configurable RS transmission bandwidth which is smaller than the system bandwidth. This allows for better interference coordination of RS, which in turn improves the UE RS measurements used for different services such as positioning. The RBS retrieves the RS transmission bandwidth, determines a RS measurement bandwidth based on this RS transmission bandwidth, and transmits the determined bandwidth to the UE. The UE receives the RS measurement bandwidth and measures the RS in a bandwidth determined based on the received measurement bandwidth and the UE capability. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271966 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RESOURCE MANAGEMENT DEVICE, WIRELESS BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - Disclosed is a technique of efficiently collecting communication quality information with excellent responsiveness in wireless resource management. According to the technique, a RRM | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271967 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING DEMODULATING PERFORMANCE OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for measuring demodulating performance of a communication system. The method includes: commanding the mobile station to modulate test pattern data and transmit test pattern data to the central station; commanding the central station to comparing a demodulation result of the data transmitted from the mobile station with the test pattern data; and receiving the comparison result from the central station. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271968 | TECHNIQUES FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods for a User Equipment (UE) to transmit Channel Quality Index (CQI) feedback information, and an indicator in feedback information, to an evolved Node B (eNB) in a wireless communication system, and apparatuses therefore, are provided. A method for a UE to transmit CQI feedback information to eNB in a wireless communication system, includes obtaining one or more Transmission Points Configurations for Coordinated MultiPoint (CoMP) (TPCCs), each TPCC including a unique combination of one or more cells in a CoMP measurement set, estimating a channel for one or more cells in the CoMP measurement set, computing a CQI for each of at least one of the one or more TPCCs, each CQI being computed using one or more estimated channels that correspond to the combination of one or more cells included in a corresponding TPCC, generating CQI feedback information based on the one or more CQIs, and transmitting the CQI feedback information. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271969 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication method for a radio communication system employing an enhanced uplink scheme includes the steps of determining a transmission power control bit for controlling transmission power of a downlink control channel; generating an uplink control signal including the transmission power control bit; and transmitting the uplink control signal to a base station. In the determining step, whether an indicator channel indicating acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement for an uplink data channel is receivable at a quality level better than a predetermined value is evaluated, and the transmission power control bit of the indicator channel is determined based on the evaluation result. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271970 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION FOR CARRIER AGGREGATED SPECTRUMS - Methods and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) in carrier aggregated spectrums are disclosed. UCI may include, but is not limited to, Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI), Rank Indication (RI), Channel Quality Indicator (CQI), Acknowledge/Not Acknowledge (ACK/NACK) and Scheduling Request (SR). For symmetric carrier aggregation, uplink (UL) and downlink (DL) component carriers may be paired and use physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) in each UL component carrier to send UCI for the corresponding DL component carrier. For asymmetric carrier aggregation, methods are provided for UCI transmission and resource allocation depending on component carrier configuration or assignment. Methods are provided for multiple and single component carrier configurations that may further provide backward compatibility. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271971 | Method of Reporting Channel Quality in EGPRS System - To report channel quality in RTTI configuration, channel quality parameters for at least one radio block intended for the MS is calculated over a filtering period. A filtering period is two times longer than the time needed to transmit the radio block. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271972 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication device of the present invention is a communication device which performs data communication via a power line ( | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100278053 | Method for Organizing Packets Belonging to Streams, and Associated Equipment - The inventive method consists in determining a flow (F) to which belongs each new incoming packet (P), when said flow (F) is on a list of active flows, in introducing said packet into a fair share scheduling mechanism ( | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278054 | Method and apparatus for the classification of ports on a data communication network node - A method and apparatus for classifying a port on a node in a data communications network, such as a router. The node, itself or in some embodiments though another network device, determines whether the port in question is currently receiving packets from a single address, for example a MAC address, only. If so, incoming packets of at least a first type are selected for inspection. The inspection criteria may vary with the type or types of packets selected, but in any case the results of the inspection are used to determine whether the single address corresponds with a client device. If so, selective security measures may be applied to the port. If security measures are applied to a port, the port is preferably monitored periodically to ensure that it remains a client port. The frequency of inspections or monitoring may vary depending on the port's classification history. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278055 | Apparatus and Method of Compensating for Clock Frequency and Phase Variations by Processing Packet Delay Values - An apparatus and method are described for compensating for frequency and phase variations of electronic components by processing packet delay values. In one embodiment, a packet delay determination module determines packet delay values based on time values associated with a first and a second electronic component. A packet delay selection module selects a subset of the packet delay values based on the maximum frequency drift of the first electronic component. A statistical parameter determination module evaluates a first and a second parameter based on portions of the subset of packet delay values A validation module validates the parameters when each portion the subset of packet delay values includes a minimum of at least two packet delay values. An adjustment module compensates for at least one of a frequency variation and a phase variation of the first electronic component based on the parameters if the parameters are both validated. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278056 | System and Method for Monitoring a Network Communication at Multiple Network Layers - A network monitor gets a (layer 7) media path bill of materials for a communication between two communication devices. The network monitor also gets a (layer 7) signaling path bill of materials. The media path bill of materials and the signaling path bill of materials comprise a plurality of items that are involved in the communication (e.g. hardware, software, links). The media path bill of materials and the signaling path bill of materials comprise a communication path bill of materials. The network monitor sends at least one configuration packet to a plurality of network analyzers to monitor packets that contain a status of the communication in relation one or more items in the communication path bill of materials. The status of the communication is output and displayed in relation to the items in the communication path bill of materials. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278057 | DETERMINING A METRIC REGION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless network metric region in a wireless network is determined using a node metric region and a performance metric. The node metric region, which includes a boundary of the node metric region, for each node is estimated and the performance metric for the node metric region for each node is measured. The boundary of the node metric region for each node is adjusted based on the measured performance metric and then the wireless network metric region for the wireless network is determined based on the adjusted boundaries of the node metric region for each node. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278058 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING MULTICARRIER DIFFERENTIAL CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR (CQI) FEEDBACK - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products are disclosed for facilitating multicarrier channel quality indicator (CQI) feedback. A wireless terminal communicates with a base station via a plurality of carriers and receives configuration data generated by the base station identifying a subset of carriers included in the plurality of carriers. The wireless terminal identifies a reference carrier and reports a reference CQI value corresponding to the reference carrier to the base station. The wireless terminal also reports a differential CQI value derived from the reference CQI value to the base station. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278059 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK SPACE TRANSMISSION OF TDD SYSTEM - A method for uplink transmission based on a time division duplex (TDD) system is provided. In the method, a terminal measures downlink channel state information, estimates the state information of the uplink spatial channel using the channel reciprocity of the TDD system, and selects an uplink spatial pre-coding matrix using the state information of the uplink spatial channel based on a certain criterion, the terminal executes spatial pre-coding using the selected pre-coding matrix, and transmits the data stream to a base station via terminal transmit antennae. A terminal, a base station and a system which are based on the method are also provided. The invention uses the reciprocity of the TDD system channel fully to achieve the maximal channel capacity, thereby optimizes the uplink spatial'transmission. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278060 | METHOD FOR MEASURING NODE LOCATION USING MAC LAYER OF WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK - Provided is a method for measuring a node location using a Media Access Control (MAC) layer of a Wireless Personal Area Network (WPAN). The method, includes: requesting ranging measurement to the mobile node by broadcasting an MAC frame where ranging measurement start is displayed according to a ranging measurement request message for a mobile node transmitted from outside; and receiving ranging measurement information measured in the mobile node as a response to the broadcasted MAC frame and broadcasting an MAC frame where ranging measurement end is displayed. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278061 | CINR FORMULA FOR SPATIAL MULTIPLEXING - A method for calculating channel quality in a multi-stream communication system, by calculating channel quality for each selectable stream of the multi-stream communication system, based on estimation of at lest one set of error vectors. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278062 | MAC ARCHITECTURES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS USING MULTIPLE PHYSICAL LAYERS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for wireless communications using two different physical layers with a common medium access control layer. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278063 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE - A method for controlling interference between a plurality of neighboring base stations for a terminal by a serving base station of the terminal in a communication system is provided. The method includes receiving interference amount information on a first region of a downlink frame from the terminal, determining an interference amount estimate for the first region based on the received interference amount information, comparing the determined interference amount estimate with an interference amount tolerance for the first region; and transmitting an interference indicator requesting reduction in transmission power for the first region to the plurality of neighboring base stations when the interference amount estimate exceeds the interference amount tolerance. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278064 | RACH-SPECIFIC INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An RACH information transmission method and apparatus is provided for a wireless communication system. A preamble selected from a specific preamble group is transmitted. A random access response message having a Transmission Time Interval (TTI) bundling indicator is awaited in response to the preamble. A combined message generated by applying a TTI bundling based on the TTI bundling indicator with a number of TTIs is transmitted, when the random access response message is received. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278065 | Traffic Load Estimation for Access Point Functionality Enabled Mobile Devices - Embodiments of the invention comprise a system and method for estimating a traffic load on a wireless network. An access point notifies a station that the access point will not receive transmissions during a first quiet period. After the first quiet period, the access point monitors the wireless network during a first monitoring period. If no transmissions are received during the first monitoring period, the access point notifies the station that it will not receive transmissions during a second quiet period. The second quiet period has an equal or longer duration than the first quiet period. The access point alternates between monitoring periods and quiet periods and progressively expands the duration of the quiet periods as long as no transmissions are received during the monitoring periods. If a station notifies the access point that packets are pending at the device, the monitoring period is extended to handle these packets immediately. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278066 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO COMBINE NEIGHBOR CELL INFORMATION OBTAINED FROM MULTIPLE SIGNALING SOURCES - Methods and apparatus to combine neighbor cell information obtained from multiple signaling sources are disclosed. An example method disclosed herein comprises receiving first neighbor cell information via broadcast signaling, receiving second neighbor cell information via non-broadcast signaling, receiving an indicator indicating whether to (1) use the first and second neighbor cell information, or (2) use the second neighbor cell information but not the first neighbor cell information, and utilizing at least one of the first or second neighbor cell information in accordance with the indicator. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278067 | SELECTIVELY ADAPTABLE FAR-END ECHO CANCELLATION IN A PACKET VOICE SYSTEM - A packet voice transceiver adapted to reside at a first end of a communication network and to send an ingress communication signal comprising voice packets to, and receive an egress communication signal comprising voice packets from, a second packet voice transceiver residing at a second end of the communication network. The packet voice transceiver includes a far-end echo canceller that reduces echo that is present in the egress communication signal. The far-end communicates with other functional components of the transceiver system and cancels echo or refrains from canceling echo based on the activity of the other functional components. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100284286 | PROCESSING DEVICE FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF MEASUREMENTS TAKEN BY RADIO TERMINALS - A processing device (D) acts on behalf of at least one radio terminal (UE) capable both of receiving data broadcast by a radio communication network in point-to-multipoint mode over a physical broadcast channel and according to an adaptable modulation and coding scheme, and of determining measurements representative of the radio conditions present in at least the cell in which it is located. This device (D) comprises processing means (PM) tasked with i) determining whether a measurement taken by at least one radio terminal (UE) corresponds to a status from among a set of predefined statuses, and ii) if so, to generate a message dedicated to the determined status and order the radio terminal (UE) to transmit this status message to the radio network within a portion of the time/frequency/code domain reserved within a signaling frame, for at least the cell in question. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284287 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING ROUTING METRICS BASED ON POWER CONSUMPTION - An approach is provided for optimizing power consumption and costs associated with routing information over a transport environment. A first collection interval corresponding to retrieval of a first data set specifying power consumption information and associated cost information for a plurality of routing nodes is determined. The first data set is compared with a second data set specifying power consumption information and associated cost information for a second collection interval. Routing metrics of the plurality of routing nodes are determined based on the comparison, wherein the routing metrics specify relative desirability of the plurality of routing nodes for establishing one or more communication paths formed by one or more of the plurality of routing nodes based on the routing metrics. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284288 | VOIP ANOMALY TRAFFIC DETECTION METHOD WITH FLOW-LEVEL DATA - The present invention relates to a method and system of detecting anomaly traffic for VoIP applications, in which a router captures an IP packet of a VoIP flow being transmitted, the captured IP packet is classified into an SIP message and a RTP traffic, header information is extracted from the classified SIP message and RTP traffic, the extracted header information is stored in a database, and whether SIP-based anomaly traffic or RTP-based anomaly traffic is generated is determined based on the extracted and stored information, and to a system therefor. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284289 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND BASE STATION FOR DETERMINING DATA TRANSMISSION OFFSETS - A method for determining a data transmission offset includes: synchronizing a first time division duplex TDD system with a second TDD system (a | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284290 | CONTEXT BASED DATA MEDIATION - A communication environment includes of one or more subscriber terminals capable of receiving and transmitting data over a communication network via a communication management system. The communication management system receives mobile communication device context information and mobile communication device identification information from the mobile communication device. The communication management system then identifies data availability profiles reflective of a prior determination of mobile communication device availability to receive data communications according to context. The communication management system then implements data filtering rules corresponding to a current data availability profile. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284291 | MOBILITY MANAGEMENT WITH DOWNLINK-ONLY WIRELESS NETWORKS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may include a media application that receives data from a media server via a link on a downlink (DL) -only radio access network. The link on the DL-only radio access network may be handed over to a second DL-only radio access network. A mobility management server, such as a Media Independent Handover (MIH) server, may communicate with the WTRU via a second radio access network that is a bidirectional radio access network to facilitate the handover. MIH messages may include fields that relate to DL-only radio access technologies may be used to facilitate handover of a DL-only link. Further, MIH broadcast or multicast messages may be used to facilitate the handover of a DL-only link. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284292 | PERSISTENT SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS BASED ON SEMI-GROUPING AND STATISTICALLY MULTIPLEXING - A persistent scheduling method and apparatus based on semi-grouping and statistically multiplexing, wherein a predetermined number of user equipments are grouped into a user equipment group to share allowable maximum transmission times of retransmission processes in different time slots each having a predetermined size, according to a predetermined set of criteria on communication conditions; and each user equipment within one user equipment group is allocated to use a corresponding time slot in a time division multiplexing mode. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284293 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK QUALITY ANALYSIS SYSTEM, QUALITY ANALYSIS DEVICE, QUALITY ANALYSIS METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a communication network quality analysis technique which can identify a network side communication device, a communication area, or a terminal which causes degradation of quality of the communication network detected by an abnormal communication quality index. The technique analyzes a recording content of a call process performed by the network side communication device and acquires a distribution of quality degradation amounts in respective hierarchies such as a terminal, a network communication device, or a communication area. Thus, the technique estimates a terminal, a network side communication device, or a communication area causing degradation of the communication quality according to a degree of quality degradation degree distribution bias considering the belonging relationship of the terminal, the network side communication device, and the communication area. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284294 | COMMUNICATION BY RETURN PATHWAY FROM A TERMINAL TO A TRANSMITTER FOR REDUCING IN PARTICULAR INTERFERENCE BETWEEN BEAMS FROM THE TRANSMITTER - The invention relates to a communication by return pathway from a terminal to a transmitter for reducing in particular interference between beams from the transmitter. A telecommunication system comprises a transmitter designed to render simultaneously active a first number of beams, as resources for a plurality of user terminals. Within the sense of the invention, each terminal calculates, while taking account of interference noise, at least one second preferred number of beams to be rendered simultaneously active by the transmitter, and sends to the transmitter, through the return pathway, an indication of this second preferred number, among information about the quality of reception. The transmitter can then adjust the first number of beams to be rendered active, as a function of the returns from the terminals, for a next burst. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284295 | VIDEO QUALITY ESTIMATION APPARATUS, METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A packet loss frequency calculation unit ( | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284296 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, PROGRAM AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus includes: providing means for providing communication parameters to a receiving apparatus to be provided with communication parameters; determination means for determining whether there are a plurality of providing apparatuses that provide the communication parameters; and notifying means for, in case the determination means determines that there are the plurality of apparatuses, notifying the receiving apparatus that the providing means have already provided with the communication parameters of a notification that instructs the apparatus to halt the usage of the provided communication parameters. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284297 | SCANNING NEIGHBORING BASE STATIONS IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Scanning neighboring base stations in a wireless access system is provided. In one embodiment, a method of scanning neighboring base stations for assessing channel quality includes receiving from a serving base station information associated with at least one neighboring base station, and transmitting a scanning request message from a mobile subscriber station to the serving base station, wherein the scanning request message comprises a requested scan duration and a requested scan iteration, the requested scan iteration being associated with a requested number of iterations of the scanning of the at least one neighboring base station. The method also includes receiving a scanning response message from the serving base station, wherein the scanning response message comprises an allowed scan duration and an allowed scan iteration, the allowed scan iteration being associated with an allowed number of iterations of the scanning of the at least one neighboring base station. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284298 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Information by Using Cyclic Prefix Timeslots - A method for transmitting information by using Cyclic Prefix (CP) timeslots includes a transmitter transmitting CP information at a portion of CP timeslots when transmitting the timeslots or transmitting no CP information at CP timeslots when transmitting the CP timeslots. A method for using CP timeslots effectively and an apparatus for using CP timeslots are also disclosed. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100290352 | Apparatus and methods for multi-radio coordination of heterogeneous wireless networks - Embodiments of systems and methods for multi-radio coordination of heterogeneous wireless networks are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290353 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CLASSIFYING NETWORK PACKET DATA - A network monitor provides improved understanding of the type of data being transmitted by packets by capturing rendezvous packets, such as domain name server queries and responses, to extract text domain names that may then be associated with later packets using a common numeric addresses. Text domain names intended for human understanding and recollection provide a unique insight into the content of the packets not readily obtained by analysis of the packet data itself. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290354 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING ETHERNET MODE OF OPERATION DURING PASSIVE MONITORING - A procedure for determining the mode of operation of an Ethernet network during passive monitoring of the network. A passive tap is introduced into a network and configured to operate according to a first Ethernet mode. The tap determines whether or not it is operating in the same mode as that being used by devices within the network segment being monitored. If so, the tap continues to operate in the current mode, otherwise, the tap switches modes and the process repeats until the tap is deemed to be operating in the correct mode. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290355 | Achieving Quality of Service in a Wireless Local Area Network - Examples of achieving quality of service in a wireless local area network via meeting communication channel performance criteria to include a minimum signal-to-noise plus interference ratio and a proportional fairness limit are disclosed. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290356 | WIMAX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A communications system comprising at least one Base Station BS, one or more Satellites and Mobile Stations MS connected therebetween, and wherein the mobile station includes means to calculate Doppler frequency shifts. In a preferred embodiment, the mobile station includes means to measure clock mismatch frequency. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290357 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DETERMINING MAXIMUM SEGMENT SIZE OF DATA CALL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for determining a maximum segment size (MSS) in a mobile communication system. When the portable terminal accesses a multimedia service server through a data call, the method includes confirming whether or not a maximum segment size (MSS) of the server is stored; if the MSS is stored, the server is accessed using the MSS; and if the MSS is not stored, determining the MSS of the server through a ping procedure. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290358 | ARCHITECTURE USING INEXPENSIVE, MANAGED WIRELESS SWITCHING POINTS TO DELIVER LARGE SCALE WLAN - Methods, apparatus and a computer program product provide for a network architecture implemented between a Wireless Switching Point and a remote Wireless Controller. The Wireless Switching Point contains only a first data plane portion. At least one incoming data packet is received at a respective port of the Wireless Switching Point. Based on data included within the at least one incoming data packet, the Wireless Switching Point determines a first current network interface utilized by at least one port of the Wireless Switching Point. The Wireless Switching Point uploads the first current network interface to a remote Wireless Controller—which implements a first control plane capability on behalf of the Wireless Switching Point. After uploading the first current network interface, the Wireless Switching Point receives an update, provided by the remote Wireless Controller, to the first current network interface. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290359 | DETECTION AND LOCATION OF WIRELESS FIELD DEVICES - A method of evaluating a potential location to add a wireless field device to an existing network of a plurality of existing wireless field devices is provided. The method includes placing a handheld field maintenance tool in the potential location and causing the handheld field maintenance tool to identify wireless field devices within communicative range of the potential location. Information related to wireless communication at the potential location is viewed. Methods are also provided for identifying a selected field device in a process installation using a handheld field maintenance tool. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290360 | BLIND CARRIER FREQUENCY OFFSET ESTIMATOR BASED ON SINGLE-OFDM-SYMBOL PN RANGING CODE IN MULTI-USER OFDMA UPLINK - A blind carrier frequency offset estimator is based on a single-OFDM-symbol training sequence in multi-user OFDMA uplink. Through multiple access interference modeling and analysis, a virtual user is employed that occupies the all null sub-carriers. By minimizing the energy leakage on the virtual user in term of tentative frequency offsets, the estimator can approach the real frequency offset. The estimator performs only on frequency-domain, simplifies interference calculations, and lowers the rank of the matrix. An iterative computation method is used to approach the real frequency offset. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290361 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EXTRACTING QOS PARAMETERS IN MOBILE DEVICE - Provided are a method and an apparatus for extracting QoS parameters in a mobile device. In the method, all packets received from a terminal device are monitored, and SIP packets are filtered. When a real-time service application is executed on the terminal device, and an SIP request packet or an SIP response packet is filtered and input, QoS parameters are extracted from the SIP request packet or the SIP response packet. The extracted QoS parameters are incorporated into a wireless link data resource request and transmitted to a wireless network device. When a response to the wireless link data resource request is received, an uplink filter value for a new resource is extracted and added to a packet monitoring list. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290362 | MONITORING OF NETWORK CONNECTIONS - A management device ( | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290363 | Variation of Up Link Resources in a Cellular System - The invention discloses a method ( | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100296401 | MULTI-DIMENSIONAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A communication system may include a plurality of entities comprising a hybrid network controller, one or more femtocells, one or more access points and/or one or more end-point devices. The hybrid network controller may determine and/or communicate configuration parameters corresponding to space, time, frequency and/or code domains that may enable communication of data between and/or among two or more of the entities. The configuration parameters may comprise frequency, time slot, codes and/or antenna pattern assignments. The network controller may control communication between a communication device external to the communication system and one or more of the entities within the communication system. Availability of frequencies, time slots, codes and/or antenna patterns may be monitored. The network controller may assign the femtocells, access points and/or end-point devices to handle the communication of the data. The hybrid network controller may communicate with the plurality of entities via wired, optical and/or wireless interfaces. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100296402 | NETWORK REAL TIME MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM - A network real-time monitoring and control system includes several layers of components for generating a network traffic shaping control that is used to shaping network traffic flows for one or more network nodes. The layers of the network real-time monitoring and control system include a monitoring layer, an event control layer, a traffic shaping control layer, a reporting layer, and an administrative layer. The monitoring obtains network traffic indicator measurements and network node operational indicator measurements. The event control layer uses the indicator measurements to generate a network event identifier, and generates a request for a network traffic shaping control based on a correlation of the network event identifier with a network node status identifier. The request for the network traffic shaping control is communicated to the traffic shaping control layer to generate a network traffic shaping control. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100296403 | Predictable Performance Optimization of Wireless Networks - Methods are described for optimizing wireless networks in a predictable way, i.e., the performance optimized is achievable in a real network. The methods consist of two main components: (i) a novel model that captures the relationship between network topology, wireless interference, traffic demand, and MAC-induced dependencies to accurately predict the throughput of individual flows in the wireless network, and (ii) a model-driven optimization that uses this model to optimize the network for a given performance objective. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100296404 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND APPARATUS - The invention relates to a method of accessing a channel in a wireless network having a plurality of communication nodes, the method comprising identifying a first channel available for use, forming a cognitive network to manage utilisation of said first channel, said cognitive network comprising a leader node and at least one of said plurality of said communication nodes, managing said cognitive network by means of said leader node including identifying a second channel available for use in an event that said first channel being no longer available for use, and switching to said second channel upon said second channel being identified. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100296405 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT ON UPLINK CHANNELS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems, methods, apparatus and computer program products for facilitating interference management on an uplink in a wireless communication system are provided. In one embodiment, a method can include: determining channel gain information measured on a downlink, wherein the determining is performed by a base station; determining interference from one or more interfering user equipment based on the channel gain information for the uplink; and calculating a nominal interference based on the interference from the one or more interfering user equipment. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100296406 | TIMING RECOVERY OVER PACKET NETWORKS - In a method of recovering timing information over packet networks, raw network delays are measured using timing packets sent between a transmitter and receiver. The expected delay is predicted using a minimum statistics adaptive filter to track local minima of measured time delays over a smoothing window. Only those incoming timing packets which meet a particular criterion relative to the expected delay within a smoothing window are selected, and a local clock is adjusted based on the measured timing delays from the selected timing packets. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100296407 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION MODE SELECTION IN A MULTI CHANNEL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques to select a suitable transmission mode for a data transmission in a multi channel communication system with multiple spatial channels having varying SNRs are presented in this disclosure. For certain embodiments, a closed-loop technique may be applied, in which back-off factors used to calculate an effective SNR value fed back to a transmitter are adjusted. An open-loop rate control scheme is also presented in which a transmitter may select a data rate and number of streams based on whether transmitted packets are received in error at a receiver. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100296408 | System and method for monitoring communications in a network - Methods and systems are described for monitoring communications in a packet-switched network. More specifically, the system initiates a communication between a network endpoint associated with a call mediator and at least a second network endpoint; records, at the call mediator, information associated with the communication; and upon termination of the communication, communicates, from the call mediator to an enterprise gatekeeper, the information associated with the communication. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100296409 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR DETERMINING NETWORK ACCESS PERFORMANCE OF A WIRELESS DEVICE - Apparatus, methods, processors and computer readable media for determining the wireless network access performance or capability of a wireless device. Embodiments include a wireless device having a computer platform with a processing engine operable to generate a plurality of network access performance data during processing activities on the wireless device. The wireless device further includes a network access performance module operable to collect selected ones of the plurality of network access data associated with a predetermined data processing capability of the wireless device, and based on a predetermined collection configuration. The embodiments may also include an apparatus operable to generate the predetermined collection configuration, and operable to receive the collected network access data and to generate a performance report characterizing the network access performance or capability of the wireless device. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100296410 | CONFIGURATION MEASUREMENT TIME SLOTS FOR MOBILE TERMINALS IN A TDD SYSTEM - The technology applies to a cellular radio network where each cell area is associated with a radio base station in which mobile terminals communicate with at least one of the base stations over a radio interface. The mobile terminals perform mobility-related measurements on downlink signals received from a corresponding neighbor cell during time slots configured for downlink transmission measurement. A configuration node receives input information, and based on that received input information, determines measurement time slot configuration information. The node provides the measurement time slot configuration information to the base stations so that the base stations may signal the measurement time slot configuration information to mobile terminals. | 11-25-2010 |
| 20100302953 | Method of coverage evaluation and optimization using triangulation model - An un-triangulated hole counting method is described in the invention to evaluate the performance of sensing coverage or wireless communication coverage in a randomly and uniformly deployed sensor network or wireless network without knowing the network topology. This method calculates the expected number of un-triangulated holes, which is the un-triangulated area size in the target area divided by mean un-triangulated hole size, given node density and target area size of the network. The present invention thus provides an aid for controlling the degree of coverage in node deployment for randomly deployed sensor networks. It can also aid to choose a suitable common transmission range for all nodes in a wireless network to provide acceptable wireless radio coverage. A position inside a target area is said to be un-triangulated if it is not enclosed by any triangle formed by connectivity links between three mutually connected nodes. An un-triangulated hole is an area enclosed by a polygon formed by links between nodes where each position of the area is un-triangulated. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302954 | DISTRIBUTED INFORMATION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL OF COMMUNICATION NETWORK PERFORMANCE DATA - An apparatus and method for information storage and retrieval of communication network performance data includes a first step | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302955 | PACKET RETRANSMISSION OPTIMIZATION IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Embodiments of the present disclosure set forth methods for determining a probability of retransmitting a packet in a time slot for a source node in a wireless network. Some example methods include determining whether transmission of the packet in the time slot is successful, measuring a number of time slots accumulated since a most recent successful transmission of the packet by the source node, and determining a first value of the probability based on a second value associated with the number of time slots accumulated. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302956 | Enhanced Methods of Cellular Environment Detection When Interoperating with Timed Interfers - Techniques for performing analysis of a cellular telephone signaling environment in the presence of interferers. The techniques do the analysis by employing a receiver to listen to the cellular environment during holes in the interference. The holes have a timing which differs from that used by the cellular telephone signaling environment and will thus over time overlap with structures of interest in the cellular telephone environment. The holes may be smaller than the structure of interest. The signals which the receiver hears in the holes are analyzed and combined to reproduce the structure. The combination may involve statistical methods and weighted decoding. The analysis obtains information which permits surgical attacks on individual wireless devices which are in the traffic state. Example applications of the techniques are given for the GSM and CDMA cellular telephone standards. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302957 | CHANNEL STATE TRANSITION OPTIMIZATION - A system for optimizing communications on a radio network by altering transitions between different link states that includes several modules. The activity, environment, and load module monitor monitors the link layer based on spectral-load metrics and radio-link metrics. The state transition control module determines when user equipment transitions between different states based on the type of user equipment, user equipment battery life, whether the user equipment is connected to an alternating current outlet, a spectral cost, and a backhaul cost. The channel state influencer module uses any of direct messages, ping messages, and keep-alive messages to influence the link state. The policy and preference handler enables or disables transitions based on the bearer technology type, the type of user equipment, the user's subscription plan, and the load level on the network. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302958 | CONNECTION MANAGER FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Techniques for supporting communication for a wireless device are described. In an aspect, an embedded connection manager may reside within a radio subsystem and support communication for the wireless device. The connection manager may receive at least one connection request sent by at least one application, select at least one radio for use, and provide the selected radio(s) to the application(s). In another aspect, communication may be supported using multiple radios. M out of N available radios may be selected for use, and K applications may be mapped to the M selected radios, where M>1, N>1, and K≧1. In yet another aspect, communication may be supported using profiles, which may define the operation of the wireless device to obtain connectivity. In yet another aspect, communication may be supported with auxiliary services, which are services that assist the wireless device to obtain connectivity. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302959 | Coverage of Private Base Station - A controller of a private base station receives data on a travel time depending on a propagation delay between a private base station and a user terminal. The controller outputs a control signal to a controllable amplifier for decreasing a transmission power of the private base station if the measured travel time is longer than a predetermined reference time or quality of service is lower than reference quality. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302960 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The user equipment | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302961 | METHOD FOR RESOLVING NETWORK CONTENTION - A method for resolving network contention in a wireless network having a plurality of communication devices is disclosed. In one aspect, the method includes determining a set of initial values of at least three parameters of a first device of the plurality, at least one of the at least three parameters being indicative of the transmit power of that first device. The method further includes determining, given the set of initial values, a gain measure obtainable by changing the set of initial values of the at least three parameters into a set of updated values, the gain measure taking into account the parameter indicative of the transmit power. The method further includes deciding according to the determined gain measure on using the set of updated values of the at least three parameters for the first device. Other inventive aspects relate to systems and software stored on computer readable media. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302962 | Wireless Terminal, Wireless Base Station, Wireless Communication Method, And Wireless Communication System - A wireless communication method for performing wireless communications between a wireless terminal and a wireless base station during a first time period or a second time period includes determining whether the first time period or the second time period is assigned to the wireless terminal, measuring a quality of a signal to be transmitted during the determined first or second time period, selecting either the first time period or the second time period according to the measured quality of the signal, and reporting selection data indicating the selected first or second time period or reporting measurement data indicating the measured quality of the signal to the wireless base station. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302963 | AUTOMATIC NETWORK RETRIEVAL AND DISPLAY DEVICE - An automatic network retrieval and display device including: a transmission/reception processing unit | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302964 | Method and Apparatus for Reporting Carrier Status - A method for reporting carrier status in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The wireless communication system supports Carrier Aggregation (CA) such that the UE is able to perform transmission or reception through multiple component carriers. The method includes steps of configuring a plurality of component carriers, receiving a signaling utilized for activating or deactivating the plurality of component carriers, and using a medium access control control element (MAC CE) to indicate the signaling is successfully received after the signaling is successfully received. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302965 | METHOD AND APPARATUS THAT FACILITATES AUTOMATIC ASSISTANCE FOR POSITIONING OF ACCESS POINT BASE STATIONS - Aspects are disclosed for positioning an access point base station. In a particular aspect, a performance parameter of a communication between a user equipment and the access point base station is monitored. A position of the access point base station is then assessed based on the performance parameter, and an assessment of the location is subsequently communicated. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302966 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - An access point establishing a wireless LAN is constructed to have a monitor system ‘b’ for monitoring an available channel for communication, in addition to a communication system ‘a’. In the event of detection of radar/radio signals, the access point changes a communication channel used for wireless communication from a current active channel to the monitored channel. Each terminal belonging to the wireless LAN recognizes and follows this channel change by detection of a beacon broadcasted by the access point. In the case of non-detection of radar/radio signals for one minute at the monitored channel, the wireless communication is reestablished immediately at the monitored channel recognized as a CAC (channel availability check)-finished channel. This series of processing is also applicable to inter-access point communication, for example, communication in a WDS (wireless distribution system) mode. This arrangement desirably prevents the potential interruption of wireless communication in a 5 GHz frequency band for a significant period, in the event of detection of radar/radio signals, for example, a weather radar. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302967 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING NETWORK DELAY IN ETHERNET RING NETWORK - A node generates a delay measurement frame and transmits it to an adjacent node of an Ethernet ring network in order to measure a delay of the network. The node receives the delay measurement frame generated by the node from another adjacent node of the ring network, and measures a network delay by using the received delay measurement frame. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302968 | COMMUNICATION ACCESS TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT - A method and apparatus are disclosed for communication access technology management. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may evaluate end-to-end connection performance by sending a connection ECHO message and receiving a connection ECHO response. The connection performance may be evaluated for a connection including multiple transmission paths, and for multiple connections. The WTRU may establish or modify a multihoming communication session with a mobility server using a plurality of connections. Each connection may be established using a different interface. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302969 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF INTERFERER SIGNAL DETECTION - A method for detecting an interferer signal in a duplex communication channel. The method comprises establishing a duplex communication channel for transmitting and receiving a signal having a plurality of frames each comprising an uplink (UL) and a downlink (DL) sub frames, allocating a plurality of silent slots in at least on of the UL and DL sub frames of at least some of the plurality of frames, intercepting at least one transmission signal during the plurality of silent slots, and detecting at least one interferer signal according to the at least one transmission signal. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302970 | Demand-Driven Prioritized Data Structure - A system and method for optimizing the efficiency of data sharing among a set of radio nodes in a radio environment is provided. The technique includes identifying a data unit and assigning it a class, identifying a connectivity type, computing a significance factor based on connectivity type and assigned class, mapping the significance factor to a priority factor, and scheduling output of the data unit based on the priority factor. A scheduler algorithm can be used for scheduling output. The class can be assigned based on which nodes of the set of radio nodes possess copies of the data unit at a given time. An arbitration process can be used to determine the priority factor. A significance factor weighting algorithm, based on how many nodes will be receiving the data and on how much a node needs the data, can be used to determine the significance factor. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302971 | GROUND-BASED BEAMFORMING FOR SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Methods, systems and apparatus for ground-based beamforming of a satellite communications payload ( | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100309793 | METHOD OF ESTIMATING SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO, METHOD OF ADJUSTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION TRANSMISSION, ADAPTIVE MODULATION AND CODING METHOD USING THE SAME, AND TRANSCEIVER THEREOF - A method of estimating a signal-to-noise ratio by considering user mobility, a method of adjusting feedback information transmission, an adaptive modulation and coding method using the same, and a transceiver thereof are disclosed. The present invention includes measuring a first channel parameter and a second channel parameter using first and second symbols sequentially received, respectively, estimating a channel quality considering a time delay between measurements of the first and second channel parameters using the first and second channel parameters, and transmitting information for the estimated channel quality if a variation of the first and second channel parameters is equal to or greater than a prescribed threshold. Accordingly, the present invention reduces performance degradation and feedback overhead caused by a time delay in channel quality estimation. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309794 | DPI MATRIX ALLOCATOR - A deep packet inspection (DPI) allocator for managing bandwidth in a communication channel, the DPI allocator comprising: a DPI application for inspecting data packets propagating to a destination via the channel that enter the allocator; and at least one service application for processing data packets that enter the allocator. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309795 | DYNAMICALLY RIGHT-SIZING PREFIXES FOR NETWORK AND APPLICATION PERFORMANCE - In one embodiment, performance parameters may be determined for each of a plurality of network address prefixes in a computer network. Based on the respective performance parameters, the prefixes may be resized through at least one of consolidation of adjacent prefixes and splitting of prefixes, and traffic may then be routed in the computer network based on the resized prefixes. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309796 | REDUCED-COMPLEXITY EQUALIZATION WITH SPHERE DECODING - Techniques for spherical decision-feedback sequence estimation are disclosed. A received signal is equalized by forming a trellis comprising a plurality of stages, each stage corresponding to a symbol time and comprising a plurality of nodes, each having a node state. A most likely received symbol sequence is identified by evaluating cumulative state metrics for the nodes according to MLSE or DFSE criteria. The trellis is formed by selecting a set of fan-out branches for each node by identifying, of all possible state transition branches from the node to successor nodes in the succeeding stage, those state transition branches that have a spherical branch metric less than a pre-determined metric limit, and determining the cumulative state metric for each node as a function of the cumulative state metrics for predecessor nodes in the preceding stage and the spherical branch metrics for fan-out branches connecting the predecessor nodes to the node. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309797 | Signal Measurements Based on Sync Signals - Methods and apparatus for determining a load estimate in a receiver in an orthogonal frequency division multiplex (OFDM) communication system include detecting at least one OFDM symbol of at least one predetermined synchronization signal; determining a signal strength measure based on the detected at least one synchronization symbol; detecting at least one OFDM symbol nearby to the OFDM symbol of the at least one predetermined synchronization signal; determining a total signal power measure based on the detected at least one nearby OFDM symbol; and determining the load estimate based on the signal strength measure and the total signal power measure. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309798 | Discontinuous Transmission and Reception - There is provided a method of determining a discontinuous reception and/or transmission cycle length, the method comprising determining information relevant to the cycle length from a high layer in a protocol stack; providing the information to a lower layer in the protocol stack; and in the lower layer of the protocol stack, determining the cycle length from the information. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309799 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING NETWORK PERFORMANCES - A method for optimizing network performances, wherein the network includes one or more network nodes ( | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309800 | Network Monitoring And Intellectual Property Protection Device, System, And Method - A method and device for detecting and halting specified peer-to-peer (“P2P”) and/or Internet Relay Chat (“IRC”) communication sessions based on a priori defined templates is described. Network packets are intercepted and inspected for patterns (defined by the templates) that identify them as definitely, likely or not being associated with one of the specified P2P and/or IRC protocols. Those packets identified as definitely belonging to one of the specified protocols are prevented from reaching their target destination. Those packets identified as only likely belonging to one of the specified protocols are permitted to continue toward their target destination after select information about the particular session/packet is recorded for later use. Those packets identified as not belonging to one of the specified protocols are permitted to continue to their target destination. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309801 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a solution for taking into account that the interference, which each of the transmission resource elements is affected by, may differ between the different transmission resource elements when determining an interference estimate by determining a mixed interference estimate, e.g. based on both reference symbols and data symbols. Furthermore, signalling from the network is also introduced which makes it possible to control what the mixed interference estimate should be based on. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309802 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication according to the present invention includes a step A of causing the mobile station to judge whether or not the mobile station is allowed to go into a standby mode in a cell corresponding to a predetermined pilot channel when the mobile station detects a predetermined operation made by a user and a step B of causing the mobile station to enter the standby in the cell when the mobile station judges that the mobile station is allowed to be in the standby mode in the cell. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309803 | RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND GAP ALLOTTING METHOD - The invention provides a wireless communication terminal device and a gap allotting method capable of completing a measuring process at high speed and reducing the number of retransmissions. Upon determining that the average number of retransmissions exceeds the parameter for the average number of retransmissions in gap length change judging unit ( | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309804 | Quality Assessment of a Communication Connection in a Radio-Operated Multi-Hop Hazard Reporting System - A method determines a quality of a communication connection between a selected secondary station and a main station of a radio-operated multi-hop hazard reporting system. The method includes the determination of a value of a first parameter for the selected secondary station, the value of the first parameter is indicative of the connection security only between the selected secondary station and the main station. The method further includes a determination of a value of a second parameter for the selected secondary station, wherein the value of the second parameter is indicative of the connection security only between any directly adjacent secondary stations of the selected secondary stations and the main station, and a determination of the quality of the communication connection based only on the value of the first parameter and the value of the second parameter. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309805 | TESTING UPSTREAM CABLE CHANNELS - In order to measure the performance of a DOCSIS upstream channel as well as to locate impairments, a special test signal is transmitted in a time slot of the upstream channel by a test instrument positioned anywhere within the CATV plant. A second test instrument, located at the termination point of the upstream plant, then detects, recovers, and processes the test signal in order to complete the measurement. The typical methods used to detect and recover bursted signals within a DOCSIS upstream channel use precise timing information transmitted in a corresponding DOCSIS downstream channel. Unfortunately, the downstream channel and thus the precise timing information are not always available to the secondary test instrument. The present invention also describes an apparatus and method for detecting a bursted test signal without the use of the DOCSIS upstream channel timing. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309806 | Peer-To-Peer Control Network For A Wireless Radio Access Network - A spectrum manager and base station controller for a wireless radio access network allocates TV band white space to all TV band devices under its control using: an allocation policy; information pulled/pushed from a white space database, spectrum usage data supplied by a spectrum sensing engine, and information received from at least one other peer spectrum manager and base station controller for the wireless radio access network. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309807 | MAINTAINING THE INTEGRITY OF CONFIGURATION INFORMATION OF A NETWORK OF ACCESS POINTS FOR USE IN POSITIONING AN APPARATUS - A method comprising: collecting from each of multiple access points in a network of access points a set of measurements made at a respective access point for signals transmitted by other access points, wherein the network of access points is for use in positioning a device that communicates with the network of access points; processing the collected sets of measurements to classify changes in the network of access points; and performing an action that is conditional upon how a change is classified. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309808 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD - A base station apparatus is used in a mobile communication system in which at least a shared data channel is transmitted by an orthogonal modulation scheme using an I-channel and a Q-channel. The base station apparatus includes a providing unit providing Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement information indicating whether retransmission of a signal received in uplink is required; a mapping unit mapping a number of multiplexed users of the Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement information to the I-channel or the Q-channel based on a predetermined mapping table; and a reporting unit reporting the Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement information to the respective users. The mapping table indicates that, when the number of the multiplexed users is equal to or less than a predetermined number, the Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement information is associated with the I-channel or the Q-channel, and otherwise, the Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement information is associated with the I-channel and the Q-channel. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309809 | System and Method for Monitoring a Data Packet - The embodiments described herein include a system and method for monitoring a packet adapted to traverse a network having a plurality of devices. The system and method enable an operator to efficiently determine the marking of a packet at each intermediate hop and the destination within a network by executing an algorithm through the use of an operating system. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100309810 | Technique For Soft Bit Scaling - A technique for determining in a fading channel environment a scaling factor for soft bit quantization is proposed. In a method realisation, the technique includes repeatedly determining an SNR value for the fading channel, calculating a weighted average based on a plurality of the SNR values, wherein weighting is performed such that contributions of extremal SNR values are attenuated, and determining the scaling factor for soft bit quantization dependent on the weighted average. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100315960 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR PROVIDING ADAPTIVE JITTER BUFFER MANAGEMENT BASED ON PACKET STATISTICS FOR MEDIA GATEWAY - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for providing adaptive jitter buffer management based on packet statistics for media gateway are disclosed. According to one aspect, the subject matter described herein includes a system for providing adaptive jitter buffer management based on packet statistics for a media gateway. The system includes a media gateway for communicating data between entities in one or more telecommunication networks. The media gateway includes first and second network interfaces for interfacing with the one or more telecommunication networks, a packet monitor for monitoring and maintaining packet statistics for channels established between the first and second network interfaces, each channel including a jitter buffer for buffering packets received on the first or second network interface, and a jitter buffer adjustment module for dynamically adjusting jitter buffer size on a per-channel basis based on the packet statistics maintained for each channel. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315961 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RECEPTION ACKNOWLEDGMENT SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are apparatus and method of transmitting and receiving a reception acknowledgment signal in a mobile communication system. The apparatus and method of receiving the reception acknowledgment signal includes respectively calculating a probability that the received reception acknowledgment signal is a reception success signal and a probability that the reception acknowledgment signal is a reception failure signal, by using an estimated packet error rate predicted based on a pre-set required packet error rate and determining whether the reception acknowledgment signal is the reception success signal or the reception failure signal. The apparatus and method of transmitting a reception acknowledgment signal includes determining transmission powers of a reception success signal and a reception failure signal in order to maximize a difference between a first complex signal and a second complex signal, the first complex signal being modulated for the reception success and the second complex signal being modulated for the reception failure, based on the average transmission power and a pre-set required packet error rate. The apparatus and method of transmitting reception acknowledgment signals transmits a single packet indicating reception successes or failures for a plurality of received data packets by using variable length coding based on a pre-set required packet error rate. According to the present invention, non-uniformity of frequency between the reception success signal and the reception failure signal is considered to increase correct reception rate of the reception acknowledgment signal. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315962 | BASE STATION DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND CLOSED LOOP CONTROL METHOD - Provided is a base station device capable of reducing a DL-CSI feedback amount in a TDD type radio communication system in which a DL bandwidth is different from a UL bandwidth. In this device, a demultiplexing unit ( | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315963 | Measurement of Cell-Specific Reference Symbols in the Presence of MBMS Single Frequency Network Transmissions - A network unit of an own cell is operated in a radio communication system utilizing a radio interface that includes a radio frame made up of a number of sub-frames. The own cell serves one or more user equipments. Operation includes obtaining information about a scheduling of MBSFN data transmissions in one or more neighboring cells. The information thereby obtained is used to generate an information signal that, for a given sub-frame, enables the one or more user equipments to determine whether neighboring cell measurements can be performed using a unicast group of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple access (OFDM) symbols. The information signal is transmitted to the one or more user equipments, which can then use the information to determine how to locate cell-specific reference symbols when doing measurements of neighboring cells. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315964 | METHOD OF EXCHANGING MESSAGES AND TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DEVICES - A method of exchanging a round trip time between a transmitting device and a receiving device in a wireless network comprises receiving an echo request command from an audio video control (AVC) layer to a medium access control (MAC) layer, the echo request command including a first identifier for identifying the transmitting device, a second identifier for identifying the receiving device, and a third identifier; transferring a MAC message from the MAC layer to a physical layer, the MAC message including a message preamble, a message type, and the echo request command; transmitting a first physical layer data unit to the receiving device, the first physical layer data unit including at least one header, the MAC message, and audio/video (A/V) data; and receiving a second physical layer data unit from the receiving device, the second physical layer data unit including an echo report command in response to the echo request command, the echo report command including the third identifier. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315965 | Packet Based Data Transmission - In a method for transmitting data in a packet-based transmission system, a packet is assembled by including control information and payload data, wherein the control information includes a destination address; redundancy information is calculated using the packet; wherein the destination address is stripped from the packet and the redundancy information is added to the packet and a control bit in the packet is set indicating that no destination address is included in the packet. The thus altered packet is transmitted. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315966 | DYNAMICALLY MANAGING AND RECONFIGURING WIRELESS MESH NETWORKS - A wireless network with multiple subscriber systems in a lobe pool may operate by determining a state of the wireless network, identifying a new condition, the new condition including a new demand condition or a new network health condition, determining whether the new condition has a threshold impact on operations of the wireless network or component subscriber systems of the wireless network, and if the threshold impact exists, reconfiguring the wireless network to accommodate the new condition. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315967 | MULTI-FREQUENCY PILOT SIGNALS - An access point is identified based on pilot signal information that appears on different frequencies. Here, a combination of one or more pilot PN spreading codes or one or more PN offsets on different frequencies are used to uniquely identify an access point. For example, upon receipt of a pilot measurement report, a network entity may uniquely identify an access point that transmitted the pilot signals based on at least one pilot PN spreading code or at least one PN offset and a plurality of frequencies identified by the report. Also, to facilitate acquiring this information, a network entity may request an access terminal to conduct an inter-frequency search for pilot signals. Also, an access terminal may maintain pilot information corresponding to access points in a network and use this information to autonomously conduct inter-frequency searches for pilot signals. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315968 | CODING METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM BASED ON MEASURING QUALITY OF EXPERIENCE OF USER - This invention provides a coding method, user equipment and system based on measuring Quality of Experience (QoE) of a user. The method includes: measuring, at destination user equipment, a QoE value; comparing the measured QoE value with a QoE threshold; adjusting at least one of a source coding rate and a channel coding mode according to a result of the comparison; and coding according to the adjusted source coding rate and/or channel coding mode; or further performing wireless resource allocation according to the adjusted coding scheme. Such method, user equipment and system of this invention adjust the coding technique according to the QoE, thus making the wireless resource used reasonably. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315969 | Methods and Arrangements in a Communication System - A method and arrangement in a first node ( | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100315970 | Inter-Cell Interference Mitigation Using Limited Feedback in Cellular Networks - An embodiment herein provides a method to mitigate effects of inter-cell interference in cellular communications, thereby maximizing SINR of a cellular device, due to a serving base station selecting a transmission strategy which places the signal strength (average and instantaneous) of the cellular device utilizing the base station in its in-phase region and inverse of interference signal strength (average and instantaneous) received by the cellular device from interfering base stations in their out-of phase region. | 12-16-2010 |
| 20100322086 | ENABLING BUFFER STATUS REPORTS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for enabling Buffer Status Reports in a Long Term Evolution communication system includes a step ( | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322087 | ANALYSIS AND CONTROL OF TRAFFIC BASED ON IDENTIFIED PACKET CONTROL FUNCTIONS - A device receives packet control function (PCF) load information associated with a packet data serving node (PDSN), and determines PCF Internet protocol (IP) address information and a number of sessions per PCF based on the PCF load information. The device also receives IP information from an IP network associated with the PDSN, and determines PCF identity information based on the IP information. The device further generates control information based on the PCF IP address information, the number of sessions per PCF, and the PCF identity information, and provides the control information to the PDSN to control operation of the PDSN. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322088 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MONITOR DISTRIBUTION IN A MULTI-CORE SYSTEM - The present invention is directed towards systems and methods for monitoring services in a multi-core system. The systems and methods distribute the monitors for a service and the ownership of a service across the cores of the multi-core device. The greater resources of the multi-core device process the workload of the monitors for the services and the workload for monitoring the states of the services more efficiently than a single packet engine on a core. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322089 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR N-CORE STATS AGGREGATION - Described herein are systems and methods for aggregating performance data or trace data for a multi-core, multi-packet-engine networked appliance. A plurality of packet engines operate on the appliance and manage network traffic between a plurality of clients and a plurality of servers. In various embodiments, the system comprises a plurality of packet engines and an aggregator communicating with the packet engines through shared memory allocations. Each packet engine can write performance data or trace data to the a shared memory allocation. The aggregator can obtain the performance data or trace data and consolidate the data to provide unified performance data or unified trace data representative of the appliance. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322090 | POWER SCALING FOR MULTI-CARRIER HIGH-SPEED UPLINK PACKET ACCESS - A method for wireless communications is provided. The method includes applying independent power controls to two or more carriers from a set of high speed packet access signals. The method includes monitoring power across the two or more carriers to determine power levels for the set of high speed packet access signals. The method also includes automatically scaling at least one of the independent power controls in view of the determined power levels for the set of high speed packet access signals. The method also includes setting the minimum power offset of the data channel independently on each carrier. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322091 | IN-BAND MEDIA PERFORMANCE MONITORING - A method including receiving data packets encapsulating at least part of a media stream, extracting a decoder-ready packet from the data packets, processing the decoder-ready packet; and substantially synchronously with the processing of the decoder-ready packet, generating delivery performance information for the at least part of the media stream, data from which is included in the decoder-ready packet. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322092 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING A RECEIVING APPARATUS FOR CO-CHANNEL OPERATION - A method of selecting a receiving apparatus for co-channel operation, the method comprising: transmitting a first and a second data at predetermined respective power levels on a single first channel comprising a single frequency and time slot; receiving the data; measuring a characteristic of the data; transmitting a signal indicating the measured characteristic; receiving the indicating signal; and responding to the received indicating signal by selecting the receiving apparatus for co-channel operation depending on the measured characteristic. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322093 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND PROCESSING METHOD BY COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device, which receives data and checks a header in the data, includes: a first check circuit configured to detect whether or not a value in the header is within a first range; a second check circuit configured to detect whether or not a value of a data length field of the header is within a second range; and a third check circuit configured to detect whether or not a value of a connection identifier field of the header is within a third range. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322094 | CARRIER DETECTION - There is disclosed a method of determining one or more candidate frequencies for a carrier signal in a received signal, which method comprises: generating a narrowband spectrum of the received signal; detecting one or more peaks in the narrowband spectrum; generating a candidate frequency list, each frequency at which a peak occurs being included in the candidate frequency list. The method further comprises: removing the detected one or more peaks from the narrowband spectrum to generate a modified narrowband spectrum; detecting one or more further peaks in the modified narrowband spectrum; and modifying the candidate frequency list in dependence on the one or more further peaks. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322095 | PACKET ANALYSIS APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A method executed by a packet analysis apparatus for analyzing packets including voice packets and non-voice packets includes: capturing packets in a specific session; storing the captured packets in a storage; screening the stored packets to count up a receipt count of voice packets; determining whether packet loss has occurred in the specific session; and determining whether loss packets are voice packets in accordance with received packets adjacent to the loss packets to count up a loss count of voice packets when the packet loss has occurred. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322096 | METHOD OF IMPROVING COMPONENT CARRIER IDENTIFICATION IN A RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of improving component carrier identification in a random access procedure for a UE of a wireless communication system includes transmitting a random access preamble on an UL component carrier to a network of the wireless communication system by using a PRACH resource corresponding to an anchor component carrier of a plurality of DL component carriers, so that the network identifies the anchor component carrier according to the PRACH resource used for transmitting the random access preamble. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322097 | Method of Handling Downlink Signaling and Related Communication Device - A method of handling downlink signaling for a mobile device in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises t receiving at least one DL reference signal by at least one antenna port configured by a network and measuring the received at least one DL reference signal for a channel quality measurement, demodulation channel estimation, or a positioning measurement, wherein the resource for the at least one DL reference signal is dynamically or semi-statically assigned and configured to the mobile device. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322098 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for sending buffer status information includes checking if a quality of service (QoS) parameter is defined for a first logical channel and at least one condition of a set of predetermined conditions associated with a logical channel group is fulfilled. If the QoS parameter is defined and at least one condition of the set is fulfilled, the method includes setting a number of bits in a media access control header according to a first semantic. The bits carry buffer status information, and the first semantic is based on the QoS parameter of the first logical channel. Otherwise, the method includes setting the number of bits carrying the buffer status information according to a second semantic that is based on an amount of data available for transmission across the logical channel group. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322099 | PC ARRANGEMENT FOR LTE TDD SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide methods, systems and apparatuses for optimizing downlink path loss (PL) measurements in time division duplex (TDD) systems enabling fast power control targeting to decrease fading margin. In one embodiment, a method of power control in a long term evolution time division duplex (TDD) system is provided. The method includes controlling a length of a path loss measurement filter based on an allocation type. A width and frequency position of the path loss measurement filter is made dependent on the allocation type. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322100 | Methods and Arrangements in a Mobile Telecommunication System - The present invention ensures that the UEs are able to make use of all the available reference signals that can be used in a cell for performing UE measurements, estimations or demodulations. That is achieved by indicating on a downlink common or shared channel, the MIMO mode settings associated with a specific network node. The indicated MIMO mode settings explicitly or implicitly indicate available common reference signals and/or dedicated reference signals to be used for said UE measurements, estimations or demodulations, which implies that measurements, estimations or demodulations can be performed based on said received indication. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322101 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPORTING, THROUGH A WIRELESS NETWORK, A CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION BETWEEN A FIRST TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE AND A SECOND TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for reporting, through a wireless network which has a plurality of frequency subbands, channel state information is provided. The method includes determining single or multiple units of channel state information for each frequency subband between antennas of first and second telecommunication devices, and transferring the single or multiple units of channel state information to the second telecommunication device. The number of single or multiple units of channel state information for each frequency subband is the same. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322102 | UPLINK FEEDBACK IN A MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST/MULTICAST SERVICES (MBMS) WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A technique for managing uplink feedback involves establishing a channel quality threshold range, for example, in terms of a channel quality indicator (CQI), broadcasting the channel quality threshold range to the mobile stations and using the channel quality threshold range to control the feedback of channel quality information. For example, the mobile stations determine their own mobile station-specific CQI and then generate CQI feedback information in response to a comparison between their own mobile station-specific CQI and the CQI threshold range. In an embodiment, if the CQI of a mobile station falls within the CQI threshold range, then the mobile station can transmit a reduced set of CQI feedback information. For example, the reduced set of CQI feedback information may be a single bit that indicates whether the mobile station-specific CQI is greater than or less than a CQI threshold or whether the CQI has crossed a CQI threshold. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100329128 | SCHEDULING REMOTE UNITS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for scheduling a wireless communication entity ( | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329129 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING SERVICE QUALITY IN A WIMAX COMMUNICATION NETWORK, AND METHOD FOR SELECTING AN ACCESS TRANSPORT RESOURCE CONTROL FUNCTION BY MEANS OF A GUIDELINE DECISION-MAKING FUNCTION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method provides service quality in a WiMAX communication network, and a method selects an access transport resource control function by a guideline decision-making function in a communication network. According to a method for providing service quality on an air interface of an access network in a WiMAX communication network by an application function, the application function aims to provide a user of the WiMAX communication network with a service quality-related application. The desired service quality is signaled by an authentication, authorization and accounting infrastructure of the WiMAX communication network. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329130 | VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL DIAGNOSTICS - Embodiments disclose a method that may be used for diagnosing, for example, Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) sessions. The method may include establishing a first streaming session between a first telephone and a server using session control messages and establishing a second streaming session between the first telephone and a second telephone using session control messages. The method may further include transmitting or receiving data packets using the second streaming session, wherein the data packets carry voice or video data between the first and second telephones. The method may further include echoing the session control messages used to establish the second streaming session or the data packets carrying the voice or video data to the server using the first streaming session. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329131 | WIRELESS DEVICE AND METHODS FOR OPPORTUNISTIC SCHEDULING IN A CONTENTION-BASED WIRELESS NETWORK - Embodiments of a wireless device and method for channel access are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the wireless device is configured to measure channel quality and set a backoff delay for channel access based on the channel quality. Shorter backoff delays are set for better channel quality and longer backoff delays are set for poorer channel quality. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329132 | MOBILE AWARE BEACON - Techniques for reducing beacon interference include identifying a mobile device located within a coverage area serviced by a first access point, determining a power of a signal transmitted by a mobile device to a second access point; and modifying the beacon to reduce interference. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329133 | NETWORK DETECTION OF REAL-TIME APPLICATIONS USING INCREMENTAL LINEAR REGRESSION - Method and apparatus using incremental linear regression to derive a traffic flow signature indicative of a particular application within a packet stream. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329134 | FEEDBACK AND LINK ADAPTATION TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed relating to feedback and link adaptation techniques for wireless networks. According to an example embodiment, an apparatus may include a processor or controller. The controller may be configured to determine a channel quality indication (CQI) value for each of a plurality of wireless sub-channels, discard any of the CQI values older than a threshold time, leaving a set of current CQI values, determine a percentile CQI value based on the set of current CQI values, and transmit the percentile CQI value to an infrastructure node. The infrastructure node, may, for example, determine or select one or more data transmission parameters, such as a modulation scheme and/or coding rate, based at least in part on the received percentile CQI value. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329135 | Buffer Status Reporting Based on Radio Bearer Configuration - The present invention relates to wireless communication systems, and more particularly to a method and an apparatus for periodically reporting the buffer status in a wireless communication system. Methods and arrangements for an improved buffer status reporting taking the type of radio bearer configuration into account is provided. This is achieved according to an embodiment of the present invention by taking the type of radio bearer configuration into account when determining the content of the buffer status report sent by the UE to the eNodeB. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329136 | MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile station is applied to a mobile radio communication system including a transmission control function. The mobile station includes a determining unit to determine a gradient, on data to be uploaded which is input from an upper layer and transmitted through an uplink data channel in a direction toward a base transceiver station, based on a relation in chronological change of transmission data amount per predetermined time; a judging unit to judge that, when detecting that the gradient has become smaller than a predetermined threshold value, the transmission data amount is decreased; and an instructing unit to instruct a lower layer, in a state where Happy bit information transmitted through an uplink control channel continuously takes a first value for requesting an increase of a transmission power, to change the first value to a second value for maintaining or decreasing the transmission power. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329137 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A plurality of wireless communication methods are combined, networks to be used are dynamically selected by evaluating each network quality, and a packet format is changed adaptively to realize necessary reliability. The wireless communication apparatus has a network interface, a data interface, a quality interface, an allocation control part, a quality database, a quality update part, communication units and antennas. The wireless communication apparatus receives data and a requested quality from an application apparatus, selects the communication unit and communication method suitable for the requested quality, and transmits the data and requested quality. The communication unit receives a communication quality of the communication partner, and the quality update part updates the communication quality state in the quality database. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329138 | METHOD OF OBTAINING INFORMATION REPRESENTATIVE OF AN AVAILABILITY, A DEVICE FOR OBTAINING INFORMATION, AND A CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM - A method is provided of obtaining information representative of an availability of a communications network, which includes a plurality of equipment exchanging routing data in accordance with a routing protocol. The method includes a stage of storing in chronological order at least some of the routing data exchanged between at least one first equipment and at least one second equipment; a stage of totaling unavailability times as a function of the routing data stored in chronological order for a predetermined time period; a stage of obtaining the information representative of an availability for the time period as a function of the totaled unavailability times. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329139 | CIRCUIT OF A NODE AND METHOD FOR TRANSIT TIME MEASUREMENT IN A RADIO NETWORK - A circuit of a node in a radio network and method for transit time measurement between a first node and a second node of a radio network is provided. A frame is transmitted by the first node, wherein the frame requires an acknowledgment of reception by the second node. A first point in time of the transmission of the frame is established by the first node by a time counter. The frame is received by the second node at a second point in time. The acknowledgment is transmitted by the second node to the first node at a third point in time, wherein the third point in time depends on the second point in time by a predetermined time interval between the second point in time and the third point in time. A fourth point in time is established by the first node by the time counter when the acknowledgment is received. The transit time or the change in transit time is determined from the first point in time established by the time counter and from the established fourth point in time and from the predetermined time interval. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329140 | Interaction Detection Between Web-Enabled and Call-Related Features - A method is provided for detecting interactions between call-related and web-enabled features. In some embodiments, communication application components are configured to transmit an indication to a feature interaction detector every time a feature is invoked by the user. When the interaction detector receives an indication that a feature is being invoked, it compares the invoked feature against features that have previously been invoked (or executed) and determines whether the invoked feature interacts with any of the features that have been previously executed. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329141 | BUFFER MODULE, RECEIVER, DEVICE AND BUFFERING METHOD USING WINDOWS - A buffer for managing the order of data packages arriving at the buffer, wherein the buffer includes a first window, having a predetermined size defined by a first and a second extreme, and the first window is included within a second window. The buffer includes a filter for determining the time stamp of an arriving data package to determine if the arriving data package has an expected location included inside or outside the first window based on the time stamp. The buffer also includes a buffer module for locating the arriving data package in the expected location or for moving the first window by a predetermined distance to a position, without changing the size of the first window, to accommodate the expected location. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329142 | SENDING METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SCHEDULING REQUEST (SR) SIGNAL - A method and device for sending a scheduling request (SR) signal are used for a user equipment (UE) in a long term evolution system to send an uplink signal to a base station. The method includes: if a time length of a radio frame is less than an SR periodicity, a sending frame and a subframe for the SR signal are determined after shifting an SR subframe offset from a starting subframe of a first radio frame of multiple consecutive radio frames which have a total time length equal to the SR periodicity; if a time length of a radio frame is equal to or greater than the SR periodicity, each radio frame is determined as the sending frame for the SR signal, and if a time length of a radio frame is equal to the SR periodicity, a subframe of the sending frame is determined after shifting the SR subframe offset from the starting subframe of the sending frame; if a time length of a radio frame is greater than the SR periodicity, a subframe of the sending frame is determined after shifting the SR subframe offset from the starting subframe of a radio half-frame; and the UE sends the SR signal to the base station in the determined subframe of the sending frame. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329143 | Method and Apparatus for Relating to Quality of Service in Wireless Networks - A method for adapting quality of service to dynamics of a wireless telecommunications network is provided. The method includes collecting data relating to operation of an element in the network, wherein the collected data comprises radio-frequency (RF) data relating to operation of the network. The method also includes pre-calculating, from the collected data, a dynamic operational characteristic of the network, wherein the pre-calculating includes pre-calculating from the collected data to obtain a geometrical determination based on a geographical location of a wireless communications device within the network. The method further includes making available the pre-calculated characteristic of the network to an application of the device using the network, including storing the characteristic at a pre-calculation server accessible by the device so the device can selectively retrieve the characteristic, and updating the characteristic at a frequency based on a trigger related to volatility of the RF data being collected. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329144 | Estimating the Location of a Wireless Terminal Based on Calibrated Signal-Strength Measurements - A process and machine for estimating the location of a wireless terminal is disclosed. The illustrative embodiment of the present invention is based on the observation that the signal strength of a signal from a transmitter is different at some locations, and, therefore, the location of a wireless terminal can be estimated by comparing the signal strength it currently observes against a map or database that correlates locations to signal strengths. In accordance with a first example, if a particular radio station is known to be received well at a first location and poorly at a second location, and a given wireless terminal at an unknown location is receiving the radio station poorly, it is more likely that the wireless terminal is at the second location than it is at the first location. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20110002229 | DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT OF END-TO-END NETWORK LOSS DURING A PHONE CALL - A method and system of managing end-to-end loss in a manner that allows phone calls to be executed across many networks at desirable end-to-end loss levels, including networks having fixed-loss stratagems, by controlling devices to adjust their local loss or gain in order to establish target end-to-end loss. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110002230 | Quality of Service Parameter Relaxation for Non-Conversational Voice Calls Over a Packet-Switched Network - A method for communication in a packet-switched network. The method includes, when a determination is made that a call that has been set up with a quality of service appropriate for a live voice call will carry recorded voice-based data, decreasing the quality of service used on the call. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110002231 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING MONITORING OF TIMESLOTS DURING DATA TRANSMISSION - A method for coordinating communications between a user equipment and a base station comprises identifying timeslots for uplink and downlink communications between the user equipment and the base station, monitoring a predetermined number of timeslots for communications, and tracking usage of at least a portion of the timeslots identified for at least one of uplink communications and downlink communications. Upon reaching a predetermined usage metric related to at least one of uplink communications and downlink communications, the method includes triggering an automatic reduction in a number of timeslots monitored by the user equipment to less than the predetermined number of timeslots or communicating a delay signal to the base station to delay a trigger of an adjustment of a number of timeslots monitored by the user equipment. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110002232 | MULTI-PATH TIMING TRACKING AND IMPAIRMENT MODELING FOR IMPROVED GRAKE RECEIVER PERFORMANCE IN MOBILITY SCENARIOS - Methods and wireless receivers ( | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110002233 | Link Quality Estimation Method and Apparatus in a Telecommunication System - Method and apparatus for enabling accurate link quality estimation of a wireless link between a sending node ( | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110002234 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UMTS HSDPA SHARED CONTROL CHANNEL PROCESSING - Aspects of a method and system for UMTS HSDPA Shared Control Channel processing may include calculating at a receiver, for each one of a plurality of control channels, a quality metric based at least one Viterbi Decoder state metric. A control channel may be selected on the basis of the quality metrics, where the quality metric is selected that provides maximum confidence. The selected control channel may be chosen if its corresponding 3GPP metric is greater than a specified threshold, where the threshold is a design parameter. A validity of a selected control channel may be determined based on consistency and a CRC, where the CRC may be derived from decoding a sub-frame. The calculating and selecting may be done for a first slot of a sub-frame for High-Speed Shared Control Channels. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110002235 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING CONTROL SIGNAL TRANSMISSION - A disclosed base station includes a transmission-rate determining unit for determining a transmission rate of a control channel for transmitting an upper-layer control signal, and a transmitter for allocating a predetermined bandwidth to the control channel for transmitting the upper-layer control signal according to the determined transmission rate, and transmitting the signal. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110002236 | OPTIMIZATION OF STREAMING DATA THROUGHPUT IN UNRELIABLE NETWORKS - Multiple TRFC connections transport streaming data through a wireless channel, and the difference between measured round trip times of packets and minimum round trip time is used to adjust the number of TFRC connections to fully utilize bandwidth through the wireless channel. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110002237 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Provided is a transmission device comprising a transmission weight generating unit for generating a plurality of transmission weights, a communication quality acquiring unit for acquiring a value indicating the communication quality of each of unique paths, and a transmission weight determining unit for selecting such one of the transmission weights generated by the transmission weight generating unit that the difference of the values indicating the communication qualities acquired by the communication quality acquiring unit between the individual unique paths is at or lower than a predetermined value and that the sum of all the communication qualities of the unique paths becomes the maximum. | 01-06-2011 |
| 20110007637 | Indicating Current Connection Status of a Wireless Device - In one embodiments, a method includes determining a current connection status of a first wireless device with respect to one or more second wireless devices configured to communicate wirelessly by a particular wireless communication protocol. The current connection status of the first wireless device potentially being that the first wireless device has scanned for and found one or more available ones of the second wireless devices to connect wirelessly to but has not yet having established a wireless connection to any one of them or potentially being that the first wireless device is currently attempting to establish a wireless connection to one of the available ones of the second wireless devices. The method includes communicating for presentation to a user at the first wireless device a scan-result indicator if the first wireless device has scanned for and found one or more available ones of the second wireless devices to connect wirelessly to but has not yet established a wireless connection to any one of them and a connection-attempt indicator if the first wireless device currently is attempting to establish a wireless connection to one of the available ones of the second wireless devices. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007638 | ARTIFICIAL DELAY INFLATION AND JITTER REDUCTION TO IMPROVE TCP THROUGHPUTS - A method, a system and a base-station for automatically determining delays of data transmitted via Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and inflating these delays in order to reduce jitter and improve TCP throughput in a communications network. A Dynamic Jitter Reduction (DJR) logic/utility operating within a communications node measures delays on a rolling basis in order to capture the delay profile. Based on the delay profile, the DJR utility determines a delay target. The DJR utility ‘inflates’/augments future/expected delays toward the delay target by performing on one or more of the following: (a) using a delay based factor in the scheduler metric for TCP applications; (b) performing fine-tuning of link adaptation schemes; (c) delaying transmission of packets at the transmit or receive buffer; and (d) delaying transmission of a received TCP ACK signal from the media access control (MAC) sub-layer to TCP layer. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007639 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING IDENTIFIERS - Methods and apparatus related to detecting identifiers in a wireless communications system are described. Various methods and apparatus are well suited to a decentralized peer to peer wireless communications system in which devices monitor for and attempts to detect peer discovery identifiers of interest. Identifiers correspond to identifier bit sequences which are intentionally structured to appear to be random sequences. A portion of an identifier bit sequence is broadcast in a peer discovery interval. A receiver device, searching for a particular bit sequence of interest, tries to match received peer discovery bit sequence portion against a corresponding portion of the bit sequence of interest. Matching bits are determined on a per portion basis, and an updated match quality value is determined. A match or mismatch condition is determined as a function of the updated match quality value. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007640 | MULTIPLE PEER-TO-PEER SIGNALING - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product operable in a wireless communication system are provided in which a first signal is generated for transmission to a wireless node to enable the wireless node to determine a first preferred beam pattern. A second preferred beam pattern is determined from a second signal received from the wireless node. The apparatus communicates with the wireless node through at least one of the first or second preferred beam pattern. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007641 | Method and Device for distributing connections towards a receiving domain - A method is described for distributing a plurality of connections ( | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007642 | System reliability evaluation method for transmission by two minimal paths in time restriction - A system reliability evaluation method for transmission by two minimal paths in time restriction is disclosed. The minimal path includes plural arcs between a start node and a terminal node in a flow network. The method includes the steps of providing a virtual network in a computer for simulating the flow network; inputting a transmission requirement and a time restriction; distributing the transmission requirement in a first minimal path and a second minimal path to make the first minimal path have a first throughput and the second minimal path have a second throughput; finding a plurality of feasible solutions satisfying the relation that the first throughput plus the second throughput equals the demand in the time restriction; finding a lower boundary vector by applying the comparative method; and computing a system reliability by applying set theory. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007643 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A method for adaptively deciding number of feedback resource blocks in a downlink which comprises that a base station ( | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007644 | FREQUENCY OFFSET ESTIMATION IN A CDMA SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method of estimating a frequency offset. The method comprises receiving a wireless signal timed according to a first frequency; generating a local signal timed according to a second frequency; and performing a plurality of synchronization searches, each search comprising obtaining a set of correlation results indicative of a correlation between the wireless signal and the local signal at different timing offsets of the wireless signal relative to the local signal. The method the no comprises finding a series of results, with a result from each of a plurality of the synchronization searches, for which the difference in; timing offset between results from adjacent searches in the series is within a maximum specified value. A frequency off set between the first and second frequencies can be determined from the series. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007645 | SYSTEM AND PROCESS FOR DIMENSIONING A CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A process for dimensioning a cellular telecommunications network, including, for each of one or more network elements of the network: accessing network element environment data representing a configuration and environment of the network element; accessing QoS data representing quality of service criteria for users of the network; and processing the network element environment data and the QoS data to generate network element capacity data representing combinations of loads of network services corresponding to capacities of the network element that meet the quality of service criteria. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007646 | INTERFERENCE RESISTANT SATELLITE LINK POWER CONTROL USING DOWNLINK BEACON - A method for determining EIRP of user terminals in a satellite communication system comprises obtaining a frequency gain of a gateway at one or more frequencies, obtaining a path gain of the gateway for one or more signal paths, and obtaining a satellite beacon signal power at a receiver of the gateway. The method also comprises determining a target signal power at the gateway for one or more frequency channels, where the target signal power based at least in part on the frequency gain, the path gain, and the satellite beacon signal power. The method also comprises obtaining a message signal power at the gateway of a message from a user terminal, and determining the EIRP of the user terminal based at least in part on a difference between the target signal power and the message signal power. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007647 | MF-TDMA SATELLITE LINK POWER CONTROL - A method for determining attenuation settings across carriers in a return link bandwidth of a user terminal comprises determining a first attenuation setting for a user terminal at a first transmission frequency, where the first attenuation setting is based on a first signal quality metric value of a first message sent from the user terminal at the first transmission frequency. The method also comprises determining a second attenuation setting for the user terminal at a second transmission frequency, where the second attenuation setting is based on a second signal quality metric value of a second message sent from the user terminal at the second transmission frequency. The method also comprises determining the attenuation settings across the carriers in the return link bandwidth of the user terminal based on the first attenuation setting and the second attenuation setting. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007648 | Method, System, and Network Apparatus for Evaluating Quality of Experience - A method for evaluating quality of experience (QoE) includes obtaining service parameter information sent from a media server. Quality of service (QoS) metrics is obtained. QoE is obtained according to the service parameter information and the QoS metrics. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007649 | BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND METHOD OF DETERMINING TRANSMIT POWER - A base transceiver station ( | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007650 | METHOD OF ESTIMATING POSITION OF MOBILE NODE IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method of estimating the position of a mobile node in a wireless sensor network using a passive mode OWR method. The method includes: estimating frequency offsets of anchor nodes and a mobile node; allowing the anchor nodes to sequentially transmit ranging frames; allowing the mobile node to receive the ranging frames and to estimate the difference between the reception times of signals from two anchor nodes; and applying the estimated difference between the reception times of the signals to time difference of arrival (TDOA) to estimate the position of the mobile node. According to the above-mentioned structure of the present invention, a plurality of mobile nodes can estimate their positions with a minimum number of ranging frame transmissions, without using a separate network synchronization unit. In addition, it is possible to easily construct a wireless sensor network for position recognition, and rapidly and accurately perform distance estimate using an OWR method. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007651 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND MONITORING NODE - In order to improve throughput in a whole network system, there is provided a network system controlling a plurality of wireless systems, comprising: access points of the respective wireless systems; gateways for terminating the respective wireless systems; a certificate authority; a home agent; a monitoring node; a control node; and terminal device connects to the plurality of wireless systems, wherein the monitoring node connects to the access points in the respective wireless systems and obtains information about the terminal device, the control node changes the wireless systems to which the terminal device connects in accordance with instructions of the monitoring node; and the terminal device selects one of the plurality of the wireless systems to which the terminal device connects in accordance with the information about the terminal device obtained by the monitoring node. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007652 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PATH SWITCHOVER - A method and device for path switchover in communications field are provided. The method includes: detecting communication quality of traffic transmitted on an active path and obtaining a detection value of the communication quality; determining whether the detection value meets a switching condition; if yes, switching the traffic transmitted on the active path to a standby path. The device includes a detecting module, an obtaining module, a determining module and a switching module. The embodiment of the present disclosure integrates the NQA technology for detecting the path communication quality and the TE FRR fast path switching technology, and the NQA detection result may trigger the TE FRR path to switch quickly. Therefore, when the signal quality of the path degrades, making the QoS requirement of the SLA hard to meet, the traffic may be switched to standby path to meet the requirement of the SLA agreed originally between the carrier and the user, so as to improve the user experience and the satisfactory degree on the service provided by the carriers. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007653 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING PACKET DATA ON A SUBSET OF CARRIER FREQUENCIES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A remote station for a wireless communication system including a base station is disclosed. The remote station includes a front end structure configured to receive packet data in parallel on a subset of carrier frequencies. Each packet data is preceded by a header field for identifying the remote station as the recipient of the packet data and the subset of carrier frequencies is based on a set of a corresponding number of multiple carrier frequencies. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007654 | Restoring Aggregated Circuits with Circuit Integrity Checks in a Hierarchical Network - A system and method is disclosed that assures component circuits transported in aggregated circuits restore correctly after an aggregated circuit fault. The system and method implements component circuit tail segment integrity checks whenever an aggregated circuit is restored in a higher level of a network hierarchy. Switches at both ends of an aggregated circuit perform circuit integrity checks of the tail segments of every component circuit. A failure of the component circuit integrity check on any component circuit causes that component circuit to be released and restored end-to-end. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007655 | METHOD FOR TESTING TRANSMISSION MODES OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for testing transmission modes of a wireless communication device. According to the method, a switching range is determined in a parameter space in a test device. The parameter of the parameter space describes the quality of transmission and influences a recommendation for a transmission mode to be adjusted in a device to be tested. The switching range is a subspace of the parameter space and contains at least one switching limit for the recommendation for the subsequent transmission mode to be adjusted. In a further step, random parameter points from the switching range are generated depending on a probability distribution which is defined for the switching range. A signal is generated for every parameter point and has a transmission mode determined by the parameter point and is transmitted to the device to be tested. The device to be tested then transmits one response signal per received signal to the test device, the response signal containing a recommendation for a subsequent transmission mode to be adjusted. All recommendations from all received response signals are evaluated in the test device. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007656 | DETERMINISTIC BACK-OFF METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus are described including identifying a channel that a decentralized network is using for communications and identifying a station that is a member of the decentralized network to monitor data transmission activity over the identified channel. Also described are a method and apparatus for a station to transmit data over a communication medium of a decentralized network including monitoring the communication medium, determining if the communication medium is idle, transmitting data if the communication medium is idle and if the station has a data to transmit and adjusting a slot count and a service ring configuration if the medium is busy. Further described are a method and apparatus including monitoring a communication channel used by a decentralized network, determining a number of available idle time slots between two successive frame transmissions initiated by different stations, updating a service ring, adjusting a number of stations and adjusting a slot count. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007657 | Neighbour Cell Quality Measurement in a Telecommunications System - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for neighbour cell quality measurements using silent resource element (RE) grids, and as well to a silent RE grid. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007658 | Method and Apparatus for Investigating whether a Given Signal is Received in a Given Set of OFDMA Resource Elements - A method for investigating a signal in an OFDMA transmission is disclosed. The method comprises receiving the OFDMA transmission and obtaining a resource grid comprising resource elements of the transmission; determining a set of pairs of the resource elements, wherein the resource elements of the pair are disjoint; for each pair, comparing signals of the resource elements of the pair; determining a statistical test value based on the comparisons; and processing the statistical test value to obtain a desired output about the signal. A computer program for implementing the method, a receiver arrangement adapted to perform such investigation, and a communication apparatus using such receiver arrangement are also disclosed. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007659 | BROADCAST SYSTEM, BROADCAST MANAGEMENT DEVICE, BROADCAST METHOD, AND TERMINAL - Provided is a broadcast system that assigns a communication channel to a program and broadcasts data for the program to terminals, the broadcast system including a broadcast management device and a communication access network device. The management device calculates as a score a measure of viewing requests from users of the terminals for a plurality of programs, and determines a program to actually broadcast on the communication channel based on the score. The communication access network device transmits program data on a communication channel according to the determination of the broadcast management device. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110007660 | SYSTEM FOR MEASURING TRANSMISSION BANDWIDTH FOR MEDIA STREAMING AND METHOD FOR SAME - A system for measuring a transmission bandwidth for media streaming and a method thereof that are capable of calculating the transmission bandwidth by using a transmission packet to be transmitted to a receiver without transmitting a proving packet to the receiver and streaming media data to a receiver by using the transmission bandwidth in a service for streaming the media data such as a moving picture in real time. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110013525 | Indirect measurement methodology to infer routing changes using statistics of flow arrival processes - Statistical methods are used to observe packet flow arrival processes and to infer routing changes from those observations. Packet flow arrivals are monitored using NetFlow or another packet flow monitoring arrangement. Packet flow arrivals are quantified by counting arrivals per unit time, or by measuring an inter-arrival time between flows. When a change in packet flow arrivals is determined to be statistically significant, a change in network routing protocol is reported. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013526 | SLOT ADAPTATION IN A WIRELESS DYNAMIC TDMA NETWORK WITH RESERVATIONS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system for performing wireless slot adaptation with reservations in a time division multiple access (TDMA) network where time is divided into time slots in repeated frames. During operation, the system receives a vector from a neighbor node, wherein a respective element in the vector indicates received signal quality for a corresponding time slot in a frame with respect to that neighbor node. Next, the system updates a record which indicates the received signal quality for all the time slots within a frame for the neighbor node based on the received vector. The system then determines a transmission threshold for a time slot with respect to a neighbor node based on the record. Subsequently, the system transmits a packet destined for the neighbor node in an outbound queue if the record indicates that the received signal quality in an upcoming slot is better than the transmission threshold. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013527 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DEEP PACKET INSPECTION - IP networks carry packets that consist of headers and payloads. Typical traffic analysis systems at layer 3 process packet headers in order to obtain as much information about the traffic as possible. However, performing of deep packet analysis requires the processing of packet payloads as well. Another important requirement of layer 3 processing is the need to process the payloads at wire speeds. A system and method for deep packet inspection at layer 3 involves (a) an approach for packet payload processing; (b) accounting for out of order arrival of packets; (c) an approach for partial match analysis so as to be able to analyze the traffic flows when only partial information is available; and (d) an approach for effective payload processing for attempting to achieve wire speed processing. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013528 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING PRESENCE AND LOCATION INFORMATION OF MOBILES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In one embodiment, the method includes collecting, at the base station, presence information for each of the plurality of mobile devices, respectively. Location information is collected at the base station for each of the plurality of mobile devices, respectively. Integrated information is generated at the base station for each of the plurality of mobile devices, respectively, based on the collected presence and location information. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013529 | Method and device for processing access of user terminals in fixed access networks - Improvements are made to an access control equipment, a user-side equipment, and a user terminal through this invention. Wherein, the access control equipment obtains the resource condition of the link between itself and the user-side equipment, and provides it to each user terminal via the user-side equipment, for the convenience of the user terminal to perform the access point selection. Besides, the access control equipment further performs reasonable allocation for the resource in the link according to a predefined rule without depending on a quasi-static configuration of user. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013530 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING DETECTION OF A COMPATIBLE NETWORK - An approach is provided for searching and detecting cells. System synchronization sequences are detected. An information block on a control channel of one of a plurality of networks is decoded, in response to the detected synchronization sequences. The synchronization sequences are independent of the networks. The information block includes a system indicator specifying release version of the network. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013531 | LOW REUSE PREAMBLE - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate cell search and detection in high interference situations. Heterogeneous network can include a plurality of unplanned femtocell deployments, which can prevent macrocellular UEs from acquiring macrocells. A base station within the network can transmit a low reuse preamble that includes system information, wherein the low reuse preamble is tunneled on a downlink traffic channel such as a physical downlink shared channel. A UE can detect the low reuse preamble and evaluate the preamble to obtain the system information. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013532 | Method for Wireless Communication System and Device Using the Same - A method, for determining a first amount of a plurality of high-throughput long training fields within a packet in a wireless communication system, includes determining a second amount of a plurality of space time streams needed by the wireless communication system transmitting the packet, and setting the first amount to be greater than or equal to 8 when the second amount is greater than 4. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013533 | ADAPTIVE COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT TO ACCOMMODATE HIDDEN TERMINAL CONDITIONS - A method for use in an access point includes managing communication, based on an associated set of communication parameters, between a first client wireless transceiver and the packet switched backbone network, and between a second client wireless transceiver and the packet switched backbone network. A hidden terminal condition is identified, based on at least the attempt to detect transmissions from the second client wireless transceiver circuitry by the first client processing circuitry. At least one parameter of the associated set of communication parameters is altered to address the hidden terminal condition. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013534 | Receiver Having Integrated Spectral Analysis Capability - A method of managing traffic in a communications channel includes the steps of receiving a subscriber ID corresponding to a subscriber, performing a spectral analysis on a signal received from the subscriber within a time interval identified by the subscriber ID, and adjusting transmission characteristics of the subscriber based on the spectral analysis. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013535 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOLICITING CONNECTIVITY FROM WIRELESS DATA NETWORKS - According to the embodiments of the techniques of this application, a wireless data device or other data node sends solicitation messages periodically to a wireless gateway, such as a PDSN, when there is no data traffic between the wireless data device and a wireless data network. Each solicitation message resets the simple IP inactivity timer on the wireless gateway. When multiple wireless data devices send solicitation messages, the interval between subsequent transmissions of solicitation messages |
